As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 18, 2011
Registration No. 333-174543
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
Securities Act of 1933
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Nevada | 3510 | 33-0963637 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, IL 60191
(630) 350-9400
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Gary S. Winemaster
Chief Executive Officer and President
Power Solutions International, Inc.
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, IL 60191
(630) 350-9400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number including area code, of agent for service)
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
Mark D. Wood
Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
525 W. Monroe Street
Chicago, IL 60661
Tel.: (312) 902-5200
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | x |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Securities to be Registered |
Amount to be Registered |
Proposed
Maximum Offering Price Per Share |
Proposed
Offering Price |
Amount of Registration Fee |
||||
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
|
6,026,211 (1)
|
$1.26 (2)
|
$7,593,026 (2)
|
$882 (3)
|
||||
|
(1) | This Registration Statement registers the offer and sale of 6,026,211 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the registrant, all of which are issuable upon conversion of the registrants Series A Convertible Preferred Stock previously issued by the registrant, giving effect to the limitations on conversion thereof set forth in the Certificate of Designation of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. In addition, there are being registered hereunder such additional number of shares of common stock of the registrant, of a currently indeterminable amount, as may from time to time become issuable by reason of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions, which shares of common stock are registered hereunder pursuant to Rule 416. |
(2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) based on the average of the bid and asked prices of the common stock reported on the over-the-counter markets on May 24, 2011, the date two days prior to the date upon which this Registration Statement was originally filed. |
(3) | The registrant previously paid $11,025 in connection with the previous filing of this Registration Statement. |
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion, dated August 18, 2011
Prospectus
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
6,026,211 Shares of Common Stock
This prospectus relates to the sale or other disposition from time to time by selling securityholders of shares of our common stock issuable from time to time upon conversion of shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, originally issued by us pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and among us and the investors party thereto.
Each share of our preferred stock is convertible into shares of our common stock at any time at the election of its holder, subject to limitations on conversion set forth in the Certificate of Designation for the preferred stock (as described below), at a conversion price of $0.375 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the certificate of designation. After giving effect to the proposed migratory merger of our company into a Delaware corporation, which will effect our reincorporation into the State of Delaware and a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of our common stock (as described below under Description of Capital Stock Reverse Split and Migratory Merger), as if it occurred on or prior to the date hereof, the conversion price at which each share of our preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock would be $12.00 per share.
The selling securityholders may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of our common stock or interests in shares of our common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. If these shares are sold through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, the selling securityholders will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agents commissions.
Our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is not listed on an exchange or quoted on any over-the-counter market, and we do not intend to list our preferred stock on any exchange or to seek any such quotation.
Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTC Markets OTCQB tier under the symbol PSIX. On August 16, 2011, the last reported closing bid price of our common stock as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board was $0.10 per share. These over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. You are urged to obtain current market quotations of the common stock.
Investing in the securities involves a high degree of risk. See Risk Factors beginning on page 5 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities offered hereby or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is , 2011
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
5 | ||||
22 | ||||
23 | ||||
23 | ||||
24 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
25 | |||
42 | ||||
66 | ||||
70 | ||||
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management |
77 | |||
80 | ||||
87 | ||||
93 | ||||
112 | ||||
114 | ||||
116 | ||||
116 | ||||
116 | ||||
F-1 | ||||
P-1 |
i
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Risk Factors and the financial statements and related notes and the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included herein. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Upon the closing of the reverse recapitalization transaction (as discussed below under Company History and under Business-Company History), Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.) has succeeded to the business of The W Group. In connection with the reverse recapitalization transaction, effective April 29, 2011, we changed our corporate name to Power Solutions International, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, we, our, us, our company and similar expressions used in this prospectus refer to The W Group and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively, prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization transaction on April 29, 2011, and Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.), as successor to the business of The W Group, and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively, following the closing of the
Business
We are a global producer and distributor of a broad range of high performance, certified low emission, power systems for original equipment manufacturers of off-highway industrial equipment (industrial OEMs). Our customers include companies that are large, industry-leading and/or multinational organizations, and we are a sole source power system provider for most of our customers. Our power systems are highly engineered, comprehensive systems which, through our technologically sophisticated development and manufacturing processes, including our in-house design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities and our analysis and determination of the specific components to be integrated into a given power system (driven in large part by emission standards and cost restrictions required, or desired, to be met), allow us to provide to our customers power systems customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements, other technical specifications of customers and requirements imposed by environmental regulatory bodies. Our power system configurations range from a basic engine block integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry. The components which we integrate into our power systems include internally designed components and components for which we coordinate design efforts with third party suppliers, as well as other components supplied from third parties. Some of these key components (including engines) embody proprietary intellectual property of those suppliers. We are able to provide to our customers a comprehensive power system which can be incorporated, using a single part number, directly into a customers specified application. Capitalizing on our expertise in developing and manufacturing emission-certified power systems and through our access to the latest power system technologies, we believe that we are able to provide complete green power systems to industrial OEMs at a low cost and with fast design turnaround.
Our power systems are primarily spark-ignited, running on alternative fuels such as natural gas and propane. We design, develop, manufacture, distribute and provide after-market support for our power systems for industrial OEMs in a wide range of industries with a diversified set of applications. For these applications, our low-emission, alternative fuel power systems, which range in size from under 1 liter to over 22 liters and meet, and in many cases produce emissions at levels significantly lower than those currently required by, emission standards of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the California Air Resources Board (CARB), represent a cleaner, and typically less expensive, alternative to diesel fuel power systems. In addition, while our power systems primarily run on alternative fuels, we also supply low-emission standard fuel (such as diesel) power systems and are in the process of developing hybrid power systems.
Under a distributor agreement with Perkins, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Caterpillar, packaging and distribution agreements with Caterpillar engine dealers and our association with Caterpillar, we are one of the largest suppliers of Perkins and Caterpillar diesel power systems under 275 horsepower. This makes us a prominent supplier of EPA and CARB emission-certified diesel power systems to the industrial OEM marketplace. As we do for our alternative fuel power systems, we supply components for, and apply our sophisticated application engineering and design services to, these Perkins and Caterpillar power systems in a wide range of industrial applications. Building upon our experience in developing emission-compliant power systems, and with a view to serving our customers needs regarding emissions compliance, we are also developing a range of hybrid power systems. We plan to apply technology from our existing green power systems and our application expertise to provide tailored, cost-efficient, emission-compliant hybrid power systems to the industrial OEM marketplace, both domestically and internationally.
In addition to our emission-certified power systems, we also produce and distribute non-emission-certified power systems for industrial OEMs for particular applications in markets which do not currently maintain emission standards for those applications (for example, oil and gas equipment used in Canada). Approximately 65% of our net sales in 2010 consisted of sales of emission-certified products, with approximately 50% of our 2010 net sales consisting of sales of emission certified products for which we hold the applicable regulatory certification and approximately 15% of our 2010 net sales consisting of sales of diesel power systems for which the diesel engine supplier holds the applicable regulatory certification. Approximately 12% of our net sales in 2010 consisted of sales of aftermarket parts and the remaining approximately 23% of our net sales in 2010 consisted of sales of our non-emission-certified power systems.
Company History
Founded in 1985, we sought to break the then-prevalent OEM focus on the diesel engine as a commodity by providing value-added engineering, procurement and packaging of products and services to the industrial OEM marketplace. Because of our expanded product and service offerings, we played a significant role in moving the industrial OEM marketplace from a simple, engine-centric model to a more comprehensive model. Through implementation of our strategy, we grew our diesel power system sales and became one of the largest Perkins diesel power system distributors in the world, a position we still maintain today.
1
From the mid-1990s going forward, we have applied our strategy to spark-ignited gasoline and alternative fuel products. In applying our extensive, prior experience developing power systems for our diesel power system OEM customers to the spark-ignited industrial OEM marketplace, and addressing the growing demand for diesel alternatives as a result of environmental and economic considerations, we have developed a comprehensive range of alternative fuel power systems. As a result, we have become a significant supplier of power systems to prominent OEM customers located throughout North America, with sales to OEM customers located (with location determined based upon the continent to which we ship a product) throughout North America representing approximately 94% of our net sales in 2010. We also sell our power systems to OEM customers located throughout Asia (approximately 5% of our net sales in 2010) and Europe (approximately 1% of our net sales in 2010), in which regions we intend to increase our sales efforts.
On April 29, 2011, The W Group completed a reverse acquisition transaction with Format, Inc. (which is now Power Solutions International, Inc.), in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Format, merged into The W Group, and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the merger. In that transaction, The W Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc.
Immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse acquisition transaction, Format was engaged, to a limited extent, in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC, and providing limited commercial printing services. Due to the nominal operations and assets of Format immediately prior to the consummation of this reverse acquisition transaction, this reverse acquisition transaction is accounted for as a recapitalization.
In connection with the reverse recapitalization transaction and the private placement described below, Format entered into a stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, with Ryan Neely, the sole director and executive officer of Format immediately prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization, and his wife, Michelle Neely. Pursuant to this agreement, among other things, Format repurchased 3,000,000 shares of its common stock, representing approximately 79.57% of the shares of Formats common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the reverse recapitalization transaction, from Ryan and Michelle Neely.
For a detailed description of the reverse recapitalization and this repurchase of Format common stock, see Business Company History below.
Company Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 655 Wheat Lane, Wood Dale, IL 60191. Our telephone number is (630) 350-9400 and our web address is www.powergreatlakes.com. The information included or referred to on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.
About This Offering
On April 29, 2011, we entered into a purchase agreement with 29 accredited investors, pursuant to which we issued to these investors an aggregate of 18,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, together with warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $1,000 per share and related warrant, receiving total gross proceeds of $18,000,000. The shares of preferred stock issued in the private placement are convertible into an aggregate of 48,000,007 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock. For every one share of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock purchased in the private placement, each investor also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40625 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrants. The warrants represent the right to purchase a total of 24,000,007 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in the warrants. In connection with the private placement, we also issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as compensation for its role as placement agent in connection with the private placement, a warrant to purchase 3,360,000 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in the warrant issued to Roth Capital Partners, at an exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrant. For a detailed description of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, including the limitations on conversion and the adjustment provisions, see Description of Capital Stock Description of the Preferred Stock Series A Convertible Preferred Stock below; for a detailed description of the private placement warrants, including the limitations on exercise and the adjustment provisions, see Description of Capital Stock Description of the Warrants below; and for a detailed description of the warrant issued to Roth Capital Partners, including the limitations on exercise and the adjustment provisions, see Description of Capital Stock Description of the Roth Warrant below.
In connection with the private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the investors and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, the placement agent. Pursuant to this registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC covering the resale of the Registrable Securities (as defined below and contemplated by the registration rights agreement), including the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our preferred stock originally issued in the private placement and shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants originally issued with the preferred stock in the private placement and upon exercise of the warrant issued to Roth Capital Partners. The shares of our common stock offered by this
2
prospectus represent shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of the preferred stock, giving effect to limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation.
Pursuant to the terms of the private placement, we also agreed to consummate, and Formats board of directors approved, a migratory merger of our company into a Delaware corporation, which will effect our reincorporation into the State of Delaware and a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of our common stock. The reverse split will be effected through the consummation of the migratory merger, whereby each 32 shares of our common stock will be exchanged for one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger. The consummation of the migratory merger will constitute the reverse split for all purposes, as contemplated by the transaction documents entered into in connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction and the private placement. References throughout this prospectus to the reverse stock split and the reverse split mean the 1-for-32 reverse stock split of our common stock which will be effected through the consummation of the migratory merger.
Trading of Our Common Stock
As of August 16, 2011, our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets under the symbol PSIX. However, prior to the reverse recapitalization transaction, there was limited or no trading activity in Formats common stock, and there has continued to be a lack of trading activity in our common stock. Furthermore, immediately prior to the reverse recapitalization transaction there was, and after the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction there continues to be, a substantial spread between the bid and asked prices for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets. For example, on August 16, 2011, the closing bid price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $0.10 and the closing ask price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $4.25. As of August 16, 2011, there are a limited number of market makers on the OTC Bulletin Board posting priced (and unpriced) quotations for our common stock (one of which is Roth Capital Partners, LLC, the placement agent for the private placement (which has posted quotations for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board since May 18, 2011)). Prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction (and for a period thereafter) either only one market maker posted quotations for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board or, to the extent there were multiple market makers, those market makers were posting unpriced quotations. Accordingly, there is limited information available about the historical market price of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board.
At the effective time of the migratory merger, it is anticipated that the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger, will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets under the symbol PSIX, as the Company expects that the current market makers for the common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets will continue posting quotations for the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger on those markets. Following the migratory merger, there will likely be a lack of trading activity in the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger and a substantial spread between the bid and asked prices for the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets, in each case similar to the trading activity and the quotations on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets for the common stock immediately prior to the migratory merger. Accordingly, the ability of the stockholders of the surviving entity in the migratory merger to sell their shares of common stock at the time that such stockholders wish to sell them or
Summary Consolidated Financial Information
The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and consolidated balance sheet data as of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and as of the six months ended June 30, 2011. The W Group is considered the accounting acquiror in the reverse recapitalization and, as a result, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that are reflected in our consolidated financial statements are those of The W Group. In other words, the historical financial data of The W Group is deemed to be our historical financial data. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for those years. The audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are included in this prospectus beginning on page F-21 and ending on page F-43. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and the statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods. The unaudited financial statements as of June 30, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 are included in this prospectus beginning on page F-2 and ending on page F-19. The following data for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this prospectus and with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus beginning on page F-2 and ending on page F-43. See also the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus beginning on page P-2 and ending on page P-16, which give effect to the reverse recapitalization and related transactions.
All amounts are in thousands.
Years ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 |
|||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 100,521 | $ | 82,902 | $ | 125,318 | $ | 66,682 | ||||||||
Net income (loss) allocable to stockholders |
1,569 | 2,387 | 664 | 1,575 | ||||||||||||
As of December 31, | As of June 30, 2011 | |||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 55,353 | $ | 65,586 | $ | 51,967 | $ | 57,755 | ||||||||
Line of credit |
21,633 | 22,409 | 23,001 | 16,223 | ||||||||||||
Total long-term debt (1) |
7,902 | 10,033 | 11,678 | 76 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 49,997 | $ | 61,799 | $ | 50,567 | $ | 40,097 |
3
(1) | Includes notes and capital lease obligations, including the current portion of these obligations. Total capital lease obligations were $78, $576 and $1,063 as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There were no capital lease obligations as of June 30, 2011. The current portion of total debt was $2,226, $2,218 and $1,645 as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The current portion of total debt was $22 as of June 30, 2011. |
About This Prospectus
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC. We may provide a prospectus supplement containing specific information about the terms of a particular offering by the selling securityholders, or their transferees. The prospectus supplement may add, update or change information in this prospectus. If information in a prospectus supplement is inconsistent with the information in this prospectus, you should rely on the information in that prospectus supplement. You should read both this prospectus and, if applicable, any prospectus supplement. See Where You Can Find More Information for more information.
This prospectus includes industry and market data and other information, which we have obtained from, or is based upon, market research, independent industry publications or other publicly available information. Although we believe each such source to have been reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the information contained in such sources. Any such data and other information is subject to change based on various factors, including those described below under the heading Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement. This prospectus is offering to sell, and is seeking offers to buy, the securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.
4
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks, uncertainties and other factors described below, in addition to the other information set forth in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. Any of these risks, uncertainties and other factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. See also Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Risks Related to our Business and our Industry
Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows have been, and may continue to be, negatively impacted by the current challenging global economic conditions and the recent financial crisis.
The current challenging global economic conditions, which have had a particularly severe impact on industrial markets, have had, and may continue to have, a material adverse effect on our business. More specifically, such conditions resulted in significantly reduced demand in 2009 for our power systems and other products from our industrial OEM customers, as those customers faced sharp declines in market demand for their products into which our power systems are incorporated. Our net sales decreased 34% from 2008 to 2009, primarily due to lower power system shipment volumes and aftermarket parts sales resulting from this reduced demand. This sales decrease was reflected across our base of customers in all of the OEM categories in which our power systems are used. The difficult market conditions continue to affect our sales environment. As a result, among other things, we are experiencing pricing pressure, which is negatively impacting our margins.
The current difficult economic climate and future economic downturns may continue to materially impact our OEM customers, as well as suppliers and other parties with which we do business. Economic conditions that adversely affect our customers may cause them to terminate existing supply agreements or to reduce the volume of power systems they purchase from us in the future. In the case of a further economic downturn, we may have significant balances owing from customers that face liquidity issues. Failure to collect a significant portion of amounts due on those receivables could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Similarly, with adverse market conditions, our key suppliers from which we source power system components may be unable to provide components to us. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully anticipate, plan for and respond to changing economic conditions, and our business could be negatively affected.
In addition, the recent financial troubles affecting the banking system and financial markets and the on-going concerns and threats to investment banks and other financial institutions have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit and equity markets. There could be a number of follow-on effects from the credit crisis on the industrial OEM industry generally and on our business specifically. Our OEM customers may be unable to obtain credit to finance purchases of their inventory (thus reducing demand for our power systems), or to honor their obligations to us, or may become insolvent. In addition, our key suppliers may make changes in the credit terms they extend to us, such as shortening the required payment period for our amounts owing them or reducing the maximum amount of trade credit available to us, or may become insolvent.
The market for alternative fuel spark-ignited power systems may not develop according to our expectations and, as a result, our business may not grow as planned and our business plan may be adversely affected.
Our future growth is dependent upon the market for efficient alternative fuel spark-ignited power systems (including natural gas and propane) expanding as a result of our customers and potential customers substituting alternative fuel power systems for diesel power systems. Part of our business plan is dependent on our market forecasts with respect to this expected substitution trend. However, there can be no assurance that we can accurately predict the potential impact of new diesel emission regulations, which we assume will help drive this trend by increasing the cost and product footprint of diesel power systems, nor can we assure that customers or potential customers would substitute natural gas and propane powered power systems for diesel power systems in response to
5
these regulations. In addition, to the extent that diesel power system manufacturers develop the ability to design and produce emission-compliant diesel power systems that they can sell at a lower price and have smaller product footprints than we currently expect, diesel power systems will be more competitive with our alternative fuel power systems, and customers and potential customers may be less likely to substitute alternative fuel power systems for diesel power systems. Furthermore, even if alternative fuel power systems are substituted for diesel power systems, there can be no assurance that our power systems would capture any portion of this potential market size increase. If the industrial OEM market generally, or more specifically any of the industrial OEM categories which represent a significant portion of our business or in which we anticipate significant growth opportunities for our power systems, fails to develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, the growth of our business and our business plan could be materially adversely affected.
Changes in environmental and regulatory policies could hurt the market for our products.
Our business is affected by government environmental policies, mandates and regulations around the world, most significantly with respect to emission standards in the United States. Examples of such regulations include those that (1) restrict the sale of power systems that do not meet emission standards, (2) impose penalties on sellers of non-compliant power systems, and (3) require the use of more expensive ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel. There can be no assurance that these policies, mandates and regulations will be continued or expanded as assumed in our growth strategy. Incumbent industry participants with a vested interest in gasoline and diesel, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do, may invest significant resources in an effort to influence environmental regulations in ways that delay or repeal requirements for more stringent carbon, particulate matter (a mixture of solid particles and liquid droplets found in the air that contain a variety of chemical components, such as dust, dirt, soot or smoke) and other emissions.
We generally must obtain product certification from both the EPA and CARB to sell our products in the United States. We may attempt to expand sales of our power systems to industrial OEMs that sell their products in Europe, which also has stringent emissions requirements. Accordingly, future sales of our product will depend upon their being certified to meet the existing and future air quality and energy standards imposed by the relevant regulatory agencies. We cannot assure you that our products will continue to meet these standards. We incur significant research and developments costs to ensure that our products comply with emission standards and meet certification requirements in the regions where our products are sold. The failure to comply with certification requirements would not only adversely affect future sales but could result in the recall of our products or civil or criminal penalties.
The adoption of new, more stringent and burdensome government emission regulations, whether at the foreign, federal, state, or local level, in markets in which we supply our power systems, may require modification of our emission certification and other manufacturing processes for our power systems. Thus, we might incur unanticipated expenses in meeting future compliance requirements, and may be required to increase our research and product development expenditures. Increases in such costs and expenses could necessitate increases in the prices we charge our OEM customers for our power systems, which could adversely affect demand for them.
We currently face, and will continue to face, significant competition, which could result in a decrease in our revenue.
The market for our products and related services is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and sensitive to new product and service introductions and changes in technical requirements. New developments in power system technology may negatively affect the development or sale of some or all of our power systems or make our power systems uncompetitive or obsolete. Other companies, some of which have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and greater financial and marketing resources than us, are currently engaged in the development of products and technologies that are similar to, or may be competitive with, certain of our products and power system technologies. If the markets for our products (including particular industrial OEM market categories) grow as we anticipate, competition may intensify, as existing and new competitors identify opportunities in such markets.
We face competition from companies that employ current power system technologies, and may face competition in the future from additional companies as new power system technologies are adopted. Among our competitors are fuel system providers such as Westport Innovations, Inc., Fuel System Solutions and Woodward Governor, Inc., which supply engines and engine system components to the industrial OEM marketplace.
6
Additionally, we may face competition from companies developing technologies such as cleaner diesel engines, bio-diesel, fuel cells, advanced batteries and hybrid battery/internal combustion power systems. We may not be able to incorporate such technologies into our product offerings, or may be required to devote substantial resources to doing so. The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to provide single assembly, integrated, comprehensive, technologically sophisticated power systems to our customers. The development or enhancement by our competitors of similar capabilities could adversely affect our business.
Our industrial OEM customers may not continue to outsource their power system needs.
The purchasers of our power systems are industrial OEMs that manufacture industrial equipment. As a result of the significant resources and expertise required to develop and manufacture emission-certified power systems, these customers have historically chosen to outsource production of power systems to us. Our business depends in significant part on our industrial OEMs continuing to outsource design and production of power systems, power system components and subsystems. However, there can be no assurance that our OEM customers will continue to outsource, or outsource as much of, their power system production in the future. Industrial OEMs that otherwise might use our power systems may instead seek to internalize the production of these power systems and related components. Increased levels of OEM vertical integration could result from a number of factors, such as shifts in our customers business strategies, acquisition by a customer of a power system manufacturer or the emergence of low-cost production opportunities in foreign countries.
We are dependent on certain products and industrial OEM market categories for a significant share of our revenues and profits.
During fiscal 2010, a significant portion of our revenues were derived from sales of our power systems to be incorporated into equipment used in the power generation market category, and we anticipate that sales of power systems in the power generation market category will continue to represent a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. We further believe that our growth may depend in a significant part upon our ability to increase sales of our power systems in the oil and gas market category, as well as certain other industrial OEM categories. There can be no assurance that the oil and gas market category, or any other industrial market category into which we sell our power systems, will grow as quickly or as significantly as we expect (if at all), or that the current, or any future, demand for our power systems in any of these market categories will not decrease.
Failure to raise additional capital or to generate the significant capital necessary to continue our growth could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. Our current credit facility contains covenants restricting our ability to enter into additional debt financing. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and capital resources Credit agreement for a description of our credit facility. If we raise additional equity financing, our shareholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the per share value of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in additional debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, and take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of our shareholders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not, among other things, be able to:
|
continue to expand our research and product development operations and sale and marketing organization; |
|
expand operations both organically and through acquisitions; or |
|
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements. |
7
We are dependent on relationships with our OEM customers.
Our power systems are integrated into our OEM customers equipment for subsequent sales and distribution to end-users of off-highway industrial equipment. One of our customers represented more than 10% of our sales in each of the last three fiscal years, and another customer represented more than 10% of our sales in fiscal 2008. We do not currently have formal, written agreements with either of these two customers or some of our other largest customers. There can be no assurance that our current material customers, or industrial OEMs in general, will continue manufacturing equipment that uses our power systems or, if they do manufacture such equipment, that the end-users of our OEM customers will choose to purchase products into which our power systems are incorporated. Any integration, design, manufacturing or marketing problems encountered by our OEM customers could adversely affect the demand for our power systems and the ability of our OEM customers to timely pay us amounts due for our products and services. Any change in our relationships with any of our key OEM customers, whether as a result of economic or competitive pressures or otherwise, including any decision by our OEM customers to reduce their commitments to purchase our power systems in favor of competing products, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
In addition, we may be subject to disputes arising from agreements and other arrangements with our OEM customers. Disputes with our OEM customers could lead to termination of arrangements with our OEM customers and delays in collaborative development or commercialization of power systems that we design for, and supply to, these customers. Moreover, disagreements may arise with our OEM customers over rights to proprietary technology and other intellectual property incorporated in our power systems and our customers products into which our power systems are integrated. Significant disagreements with our OEM customers could result in costly and time-consuming litigation. Any such conflicts with our OEM customers could negatively impact our relationships, reduce the number of power systems which we supply, and negatively impact our ability to obtain future business, in each case with these and other OEM customers.
We are dependent on relationships with our material suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these key suppliers, or the failure to find replacement suppliers or manufacturers in a timely manner, could adversely affect our business.
We have established relationships with third party engine suppliers and other suppliers from which we source our components for our power systems. We are substantially dependent on our three key engine suppliers, General Motors, Perkins/Caterpillar and Doosan. Sales of our power systems incorporating engines from General Motors, Perkins/Caterpillar and Doosan represented approximately 58%, 16% and 14% of our total sales for fiscal 2010, respectively, and represented approximately 61%, 11% and 15% of our total sales for the six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. If any of these three engine suppliers were to fail to provide engines in a timely manner or to supply engines that meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements, or were to discontinue manufacturing any engines we source from them or providing any such engines to us, and we were unable to obtain substitute sources in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to manufacture our products could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we currently source other important components used in our power systems, such as catalysts, engine controllers, fuel mixers, wiring harnesses, engine sensors and intake manifolds, from a limited number of suppliers. Much of the technology incorporated into these components that we source from a limited number of suppliers is technologically sophisticated, and we do not believe that our competitors have access to some of this sophisticated technology. Our business could be harmed by adverse changes in our relationships with our non-engine component suppliers, or if our competitors gain access to the technology. Further, if our suppliers are unable to provide components to us in a timely manner, or are unable to meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements, we may not in all cases be able to promptly obtain substitute sources. Any extended delay in receiving engines or other critical components could impair our ability to deliver products to our OEM customers.
The quality and performance of our power systems are, in part, dependent on the quality of their component parts that we obtain from various suppliers, which makes us susceptible to performance issues that could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation and financial results.
Our power systems are sophisticated and complex, and the success of our power systems is dependent, in part, upon the quality and performance of key components, such as engines, fuel systems, generators, breakers, and complex electrical components and associated software. There can be no assurance that the power system parts and components will not have performance issues from time to time, and the warranties provided by our suppliers may not always cover the potential performance issues. We may face disputes with our suppliers with respect to those performance issues and their warranty obligations, and our customers could claim damages as a result of such performance issues.
8
We maintain a significant investment in inventory, and a decline in our customers purchases could lead to a decline in our sales and profitability.
We cannot always predict the timing, frequency or size of the future orders of our OEM customers. Our ability to accurately forecast our sales is further complicated by the current global economic uncertainty. We maintain significant inventories in an effort to ensure that our OEM customers have a reliable source of supply. If we fail to anticipate the changing needs of our customers and accurately forecast our customer demands, our customers may not continue to place orders with us, and we may accumulate significant inventories of products that we will be unable to sell or return to our suppliers. This may result in a significant decline in the value of our inventory and a decrease in our future gross profit.
Changes in our product mix could materially and adversely affect our business.
The margins on our revenues from some of our product and service offerings are higher than the margins on some of our other product and service offerings. In particular, the margins vary between sales of our power systems as compared to sales of our aftermarket parts and components. Our margins can also fluctuate based upon competition, alternative products and services, operating costs and contractual factors. In addition, we may not be able to accurately estimate the margins of some of our new and developing products and services due to our limited operating history with sales of these products. Our new products and services may have lower margins than our current products and services.
While margins differ across the range of our power systems, prices for our power systems generally vary based on the relative sizes in terms of horsepower of the power systems. For example, if a greater proportion of our revenues are generated from sales of our lower-power power systems, our total revenues and profits may be lower than what they would be if we sold a comparable number of larger power systems, even if margins on these smaller power systems are greater.
We derive a substantial majority of our revenues attributed to our diesel power systems business from our relationships with Perkins and Caterpillar.
We derive a significant portion of our diesel power systems business from our distributor agreement with Perkins, packaging and distribution agreements with Caterpillar engine dealers and our association with Caterpillar. Our business with Perkins and Caterpillar represented approximately 19% and 20% of our revenues in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Any material change in our relationships with Perkins and Caterpillar, including the termination of our distribution agreement with Perkins, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
Fuel price differentials are hard to predict and may have an adverse impact on the demand for our products in the future.
The prices of various fuel alternatives are subject to fluctuation, based upon many factors, including changes in resource bases, pipeline transportation capacity for natural gas, refining capacity for crude oil and government excise and fuel tax policies. The price differential among various fuel alternatives can impact OEMs and their decisions to buy power systems from us. For example, if fossil fuel prices increase significantly, OEMs may choose to seek power systems powered by electric motors instead of ones that use fossil fuels. Furthermore, if OEMs do decide to purchase power systems from us, relative fuel prices may affect which power systems they purchase from us. The margins on our sale of certain of our power systems are higher than the margins on other power systems that we sell to our OEM customers. See Changes in our product mix could materially and adversely affect our business.
9
Price increases in some of the key components in our power systems could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.
The prices of some of the key components of our power systems are subject to fluctuation due to market forces beyond our control, including changes in the costs of raw materials incorporated into these components. Such price increases occur from time to time due to spot shortages of commodities, increases in labor costs or longer-term shortages due to market forces. In particular, the prices of certain precious metals used in our emissions control systems have recently increased significantly. Substantial increases in the prices of raw materials used in components which we source from our suppliers may result in increased prices charged by our suppliers. If we incur price increases from our suppliers for key components in our power systems, our operating costs will increase. Given competitive market conditions, we may not be able to pass all or any of those cost increases on to our OEM customers in the form of higher sales prices. To the extent our competitors do not suffer comparable component cost increases, we may have even greater difficulty passing along price increases and our competitive position may be harmed. As a result, increases in costs of key components may adversely affect our margins and otherwise adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.
Many of our power systems involve long and variable design and sales cycles, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations for any given quarter or year.
The design and sales cycle for our customized power systems, from initial contact with our potential OEM customer to the commencement of shipments of our power systems, may be lengthy. Customers generally consider a wide range of issues before making a decision to purchase our power systems. Before an industrial OEM commits to purchase our power systems, they often require a significant technical review, assessment of competitive products and approval at a number of management levels within their organization. The current challenging economic conditions have resulted in even longer sales cycles than we had experienced previously. During the time our customers are evaluating our products, we may incur substantial sales and marketing, engineering and research and development expenses to customize our power systems to the customers needs. We may also expend significant management efforts, increase manufacturing capacity, order long-lead-time components or purchase significant amounts of power system components and other inventory prior to receiving an order. Even after this evaluation process, a potential customer may not purchase our products.
The product development time after an industrial OEM customer agrees to purchase our power systems can be considerable. Our process for establishing technical specifications and developing a customized, integrated power system requires use of significant engineering resources, including design, prototyping, modeling, testing and application engineering. The length of this cycle is influenced by many factors, including the difficulty of the technical specification, the novelty and complexity of the design and the customers procurement processes.
Our design, development and sales cycle may vary based on the specific power system and the industrial OEM market category in which our customers product will compete, and it is difficult to predict for any particular transaction. The length and variability of our sales cycle can make it difficult to predict whether particular sales commitments will be received in any given quarter. As a result, a significant period may elapse between our investment of time and resources in designing and developing a custom power system for an OEM customer and our revenue from sales of that power system.
The length of this process may increase the risk that an OEM customer will decide to cancel or change its plans related to its equipment into which our power system is integrated, especially in this challenging economic climate. Such a cancellation or change in plans by a customer could cause us to lose anticipated sales. In addition, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if a customer curtails, materially reduces or delays a significant order during our sales cycle, chooses not to release its equipment that contains our custom power system, or is not successful in the sale and marketing of its equipment that contains our custom power system.
10
The loss of one or more key members of our senior management, or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business.
Our success and future growth depends to a significant degree on the skills and continued services of our management team, in particular Gary Winemaster, our Chief Executive Officer and President. The loss of any of our key members of management could inhibit our growth prospects. We do not expect that the proceeds from any key man life insurance policies we maintain for certain members of management would adequately compensate us for the loss of any of these individuals. Our future success also depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain and motivate key management, engineering, manufacturing and operating personnel. As we develop additional capabilities, we may require more skilled personnel. Given the highly specialized nature of our power systems, these personnel must be highly skilled and have a sound understanding of our industry, business and our technology. The market for such personnel is highly competitive. As a result, we may not be able to continue to attract and retain the personnel needed to support our business.
Our existing debt could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.
At April 29, 2011, after giving effect to our entry into our credit facility with Harris N.A. in connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction and the private placement, and the repayment of debt using a portion of the proceeds from the private placement, we had approximately $18.4 million in principal amount of outstanding debt under a credit line that allows us to borrow up to an aggregate of $35.0 million. Our indebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in current and potential future credit agreements have important consequences, including:
|
limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt; |
|
limiting our ability to incur additional indebtedness; |
|
limiting our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities; |
|
placing us at a competitive disadvantage to those of our competitors that are less indebted than we are; |
|
making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and |
|
making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business. |
More specifically, pursuant to our current loan and security agreement with our senior lender entered into in connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction and the private placement, we have agreed to certain financial covenants, including maintaining certain ratios between our adjusted EBITDA and our fixed charges. In addition, our current loan and security agreement places limitations on our ability to make capital expenditures and to make acquisitions of other companies. As of December 31, 2010, we were not in compliance with certain of the financial covenants set forth in our previous loan and security agreement; however, on January 20, 2011, we received a waiver from our previous senior lender with respect to our noncompliance with these financial covenants as of December 31, 2010. Any failure by us to comply with the financial covenants set forth in our current loan and security agreement in the future, if not cured or waived, could result in our senior lender accelerating the maturity of our indebtedness or preventing us from accessing availability under our credit facility. If the maturity of our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash resources to satisfy our debt obligations and we may not be able to continue our operations as planned.
Our quarterly operating results are subject to variability from quarter to quarter.
Our quarter-to-quarter and quarter-over-quarter operating results (including our sales, gross profit and net income) and cash flows have been, and in the future may be, impacted by a variety of internal and external events associated with our business operations, many of which are outside of our control. Examples of such events include (1) changes in regulatory emission requirements (which generally occur on January 1 of the year in which they become effective), (2) customer product phase-in/phase-out programs, (3) supplier product (i.e. a specific engine model) phase-in/phase-out programs, (4) changes in pricing by suppliers to us of engines, components and other
11
parts (typically effective January 1 of any year), and (5) changes in our pricing to our customers (typically effective January 1 of any year), which may be related to changes in the pricing by suppliers to us. In order to mitigate potential availability or pricing issues, customers may adjust their demand requirements from traditional patterns. We may also extend special programs to customers in advance of such events, and we are more likely to offer such programs in our fourth quarter of a year in anticipation of events expected to occur in the first quarter of the next year. The occurrence of any of the events discussed above may result in fluctuations in our operating results (including sales and profitability) and cash flows between and among reporting periods.
If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we could lose important proprietary technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
We believe that the success of our business depends, in substantial part, upon our proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how. The unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology by others could materially harm our business. We do not own any material patents and rely on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, along with confidentiality agreements, contractual provisions and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. Although certain of our employees have entered into confidentiality agreements with us to protect our proprietary technology and processes, not all of our employees have executed such agreements, nor can we ensure that employees who have executed such agreements will not violate them.
Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, existing laws afford only limited protection, and our actions may be inadequate to protect our rights or to prevent others from claiming violations of their proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain, use or exploit aspects of our products and services, develop similar technology independently, or otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not independently develop technology similar or superior to our technology or design around our intellectual property.
In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights as fully or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. In particular, we sell our power systems to industrial OEM customers, and source certain components from suppliers, in China, where commercial laws are relatively underdeveloped compared to other geographic markets into which we sell our products. Protection of intellectual property is limited under Chinese law, and the sale of our products and the local sourcing of components may subject us to an increased risk of infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. As a result, we cannot be certain that we will be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights in China.
We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, and to determine the validity and scope of other companies proprietary rights in the future. However, litigation could result in significant costs or in the diversion of financial resources and managements attention. We cannot assure you that any such litigation will be successful or that we will prevail over counterclaims against us.
In addition, many of the components we source from our suppliers and which are incorporated into our power systems use proprietary intellectual property of our suppliers. We also license or rely upon certain intellectual property from third parties, including the back office software and functionality for our telematics tool, MasterTrak. For a description of MasterTrak, our telematics tool, see Business Our Products and Industry CategoriesConnected Asset Services. Any of these third parties from which we source our power system components, from which we license intellectual property or on whose intellectual property we rely, may also supply these components (or other components that incorporate the same intellectual property) or license or provide such intellectual property, as applicable, to others, including our competitors, or terminate our access to such intellectual property.
If we face claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties, we could encounter expensive litigation, be liable for significant damages or incur restrictions on our ability to sell our products and services.
We cannot be certain that our products, services and power system technologies, including any intellectual property licensed from third parties for use therein or incorporated into components that we source from our suppliers, do not, or in the future will not, infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. We are not aware of all of the proprietary technology incorporated into, or used in developing, the components that we source and integrate into our power systems, nor are we familiar with all of the technology included in, or used in developing, products that are competitive with these components. Furthermore, the design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities we use to manufacture our power systems are technologically sophisticated, and we consider the processes by which we develop our power systems to be confidential and proprietary trade secrets. To compete in the industrial OEM market, our competitors likely also use proprietary development processes to manufacture their products. Given that neither we nor our competitors make information regarding such manufacturing and development processes available to the public, we cannot know the extent to which there may be any commonality between our respective processes and cannot be certain that we are not infringing on any intellectual property rights of others. In addition, for the above reasons, we cannot assure you that third parties will not claim that we have infringed their intellectual property rights.
12
A third party alleged, and asserted those allegations in proceedings against us (which proceedings were subsequently settled), that certain technology related to our telematics tool, MasterTrak, infringed upon the intellectual property rights of that party. As such, we may in the future be subject to similar infringement claims that may result in litigation. Successful infringement claims against us could result in substantial monetary liability, require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, or otherwise materially disrupt the conduct of our business. In addition, even if we prevail in the defense of any such claims, any such litigation could be time-consuming and expensive to defend or settle, and could result in the diversion of the time and attention of management and of operational resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:
|
stop selling and/or using the specific products and/or services incorporating the allegedly infringing technology and/or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such products and/or services; |
|
obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license to sell and/or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; or |
|
redesign the products and/or services that incorporate the allegedly infringing technology. |
We could suffer warranty claims.
Provisions we make for warranty accrual may not be sufficient, and we may recognize additional expenses as a result of warranty claims in excess of our current expectations. Such warranty claims may necessitate a redesign, re-specification, a change in manufacturing processes, and/or recall of our power systems, which could have an adverse impact on our finances and on existing or future sales of our power systems and other products. Even in the absence of any warranty claims, a product deficiency such as a manufacturing defect or a safety issue may necessitate a product recall, which could have an adverse impact on our finances and on existing or future sales.
We could become subject to product liability claims.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent to natural gas, propane, gasoline and diesel, and products that use these fuels. Natural gas, propane and gasoline are flammable and are potentially dangerous products. Any accidents involving our power systems could materially impede widespread market acceptance and demand for our power systems. In addition, we may be subject to a claim by end-users of our OEM customers products or others alleging that they have suffered property damage, personal injury or death because our power systems or the products of our customers into which our power systems are integrated did not perform adequately. Such a claim could be made whether or not our power systems perform adequately under the circumstances. From time to time, we may be subject to product liability claims in the ordinary course of business, and we carry a limited amount of product liability insurance for this purpose. However, our current insurance policies may not provide sufficient or any coverage for such claims, and we cannot predict whether we will be able to maintain our insurance coverage on commercially acceptable terms.
Our telematics tool, MasterTrak, may not be successful.
We have recently begun to offer connected asset services through MasterTrak, our telematics tool, which allows our customers to collect critical data from their equipment and monitor the performance of their equipment. Our telematics tool is unproven in the market and does not yet provide a material portion of our revenues. There can be no assurance that our telematics tool will gain widespread acceptance among customers or generate meaningful revenues or profits.
We are subject to various laws and regulations relating to our telematics tool. Among other things, wireless transceiver products are required to be certified by the Federal Communications Commission and comparable authorities in foreign countries where they are sold. If we fail to obtain product certifications for our telematics product, or otherwise fail to successfully comply with applicable regulations in this area, we may be required to make significant unanticipated expenditures to bring our telematics tool within compliance with such regulations, and future sales of our telematics tool may be adversely affected. Furthermore, through our telematics tool, we transmit and store information of customers, including equipment-specific information such as performance data. Equipment-specific information may also reveal customer-identifiable information. A growing body of laws designed to protect the privacy of personally-identifiable information, as well as to protect against its misuse, and the judicial interpretations of such laws, may adversely affect the growth of our telematics business. In particular, such laws could limit our ability to collect information related to users of our telematics tool, to store or process that information in what would otherwise be the most efficient manner, or to commercialize new telematics services based on emerging technologies. In addition, we could become subject to third party claims based upon allegations of loss or misuse of customer information.
13
See also If we face claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties, we could encounter expensive litigation, be liable for significant damages or incur restrictions on our ability to sell our products and services, for a discussion of a third party intellectual property infringement claim with respect to technology related to our telematics tool, which matter has been settled.
We may have difficulty managing the expansion of our operations.
Our current organization and our facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support our future growth. In order to effectively manage our operations and any significant growth, including any significant growth in the sales of, and services related to, our power systems, we may need to:
|
scale our internal infrastructure, including establishing additional facilities, while continuing to provide technologically sophisticated power systems on a timely basis; |
|
attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented personnel, including application engineers, customer support staff and production personnel; |
|
continue to enhance our compliance and quality assurance systems; and |
|
continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. |
Rapid expansion of our operations could place a significant strain on our senior management team, support teams, manufacturing lines, information technology platforms and other resources. In addition, we may be required to place more reliance on our strategic partners and suppliers, some of whom may not be capable of meeting our production demands in terms of timing, quantity, quality or cost. Difficulties in effectively managing the budgeting, forecasting and other process control issues presented by any rapid expansion could harm our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.
New products may not achieve widespread adoption.
Our growth may depend on our ability to develop and/or acquire new products, and/or refine our existing products and power system technology, to complement and enhance the breadth of our power system offering with respect to engine class and the industrial OEM market categories into which we supply our products. We are currently in the process of developing a range of hybrid power systems, and have recently begun to offer connected asset services through our telematics tool, MasterTrak, to our OEM customers and other businesses to which we do not supply our power systems. We will generally seek to develop or acquire new products, or enhance our existing products and power system technology, if we believe they will provide significant additional revenues and favorable profit margins. However, we cannot know beforehand whether any new or enhanced products will successfully penetrate our target markets. There can be no assurance that newly developed or acquired products will perform as well as we expect, or that such products will gain widespread adoption among our customers.
Additionally, there are greater design and operational risks associated with new products. The inability of our suppliers to produce technologically sophisticated components for our new power systems, the discovery of any product or process defects or failures associated with production of any new products and any related product returns could each have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If new products for which we expend significant resources to develop or acquire are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.
If we do not properly manage the sales of our products into foreign markets, our business could suffer.
A significant portion of our future revenues could be derived from sales outside of the United States, particularly in Asia. We have recently begun sales and distribution activities in Asia and Europe where we may lack sufficient expertise, knowledge of local customs or contacts. In Asia, we depend upon an independent sales
14
and support organization to complement our OEM relationships and provide knowledge of local customs and requirements, while also providing immediate sales assistance and customer support. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our current relationship with this independent sales and support organization, or that we will be able to develop effective, similar relationships in foreign markets into which we supply our products in the future.
Establishment of a market for our products in Asia and other markets outside of the United States may take longer and cost more to develop than we anticipate and is subject to inherent risks, including unexpected changes in government policies, trade barriers restricting our ability to sell our products in those countries, longer payment cycles, exposure to currency fluctuations, and foreign exchange controls that restrict or prohibit repatriation of funds. As a result, if we do not properly manage foreign sales, our business could suffer.
In addition, our foreign sales are subject us to numerous stringent U.S. and foreign laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and comparable foreign laws and regulations which prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Safeguards that we may implement to discourage these practices could prove to be ineffective, and violations of the FCPA and other laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, or other liabilities or proceedings against us, including class action lawsuits and enforcement actions from the SEC, Department of Justice and overseas regulators. Any of these factors, or any other international factors, could impair our ability to effectively sell our power systems, or other products or services that we may develop, outside of the U.S.
If our production facilities become inoperable, our business, including our ability to manufacture our power systems, will be harmed.
We operate our business, including all of our production and manufacturing processes, out of facilities that are all located in Wood Dale, Illinois. If damaged, our facilities, our manufacturing lines, the equipment we use to perform our emission certification and other tests and our other business process systems would be costly to replace and could require substantial time to repair or replace. We are particularly subject to this risk because of our current geographic concentration of our facilities. We may decide to consolidate into fewer facilities in the future, which would further exacerbate this risk. Our facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, wildfires, floods, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to efficiently operate our business for some period of time. In addition, such events may temporarily interrupt our ability to receive engines, fuels systems or other components for our power systems from our suppliers and to have access to our various production systems necessary to operate our business. Our insurance covering damage to our properties and the disruption of our business may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
In the event our facilities are damaged or destroyed, we may need to find another facility into which we can move our operations. Finding a facility that meets the criteria necessary to operate our business would be time-consuming and costly and result in delays in our ability to provide our sophisticated power systems or to provide the same level of quality in our services as we currently provide.
We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters.
As of July 15, 2011, our workforce consisted of approximately 248 persons, including full-time and part-time employees, as well as members of our production team whose services we obtain through an arrangement with a professional employer organization. While none of the members of our workforce are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement, there have been unsuccessful efforts to unionize our manufacturing employees in the past, and there can be no assurance that members of our workforce will not in the future join a union. If our employees organize and join a union in the future, there can be no assurance that future issues with our workforce will be resolved favorably or that we will not encounter future strikes, work stoppages or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our employees. Any of these consequences may have an adverse effect on us or may limit our flexibility in dealing with our workforce.
15
In addition, many of our suppliers have unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by our material suppliers could result in slow-downs or closures at the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers from where our power system components are sourced. If one or more of our key suppliers experience a material work stoppage, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
We could be adversely affected by risks associated with potential acquisitions.
From time to time, we may seek to expand our business through investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, subject to our business plans and managements ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing industrial OEM market categories and geographic markets. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including: (1) difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure; (2) potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations; (3) difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position; (4) difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided; (5) potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses; (6) overpayment for the acquired company or assets; (7) increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets; and (8) challenges in implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business. In addition, under the terms of our credit facility, we may be restricted from engaging in certain acquisition transactions. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and capital resources Credit agreement for a description of our credit facility.
If we were to pursue acquisition or investment opportunities, these potential risks could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We could become liable for damages resulting from our manufacturing activities.
The nature of our manufacturing operations exposes us to potential claims and liability for environmental damage, personal injury, loss of life and damage to, or destruction of, property. Our manufacturing operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations that govern environmental protection and human health and safety. These laws and regulations have changed frequently in the past and it is reasonable to expect additional and more stringent changes in the future. Our manufacturing operations may not comply with future laws and regulations, and we may be required to make significant unanticipated capital and operating expenditures to bring our operations within compliance with such regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, manufacturing guidelines, and workplace safety requirements, governmental authorities may seek to impose fines and penalties on us or to revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of operating permits, and private parties may seek damages from us. Under such circumstances, we could be required to curtail or cease operations, conduct site remediation or other corrective action, or pay substantial damage claims for which may not have sufficient or any insurance coverage for claims.
We may have unanticipated tax liabilities that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to various types of taxes in the U.S., as well as foreign jurisdictions into which we supply our products. The determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax accruals involves various judgments, and therefore the ultimate tax determination is subject to uncertainty. In addition, changes in tax laws, regulations, or rules may adversely affect our future reported financial results, may impact the way in which we conduct our business, or may increase the risk of audit by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authority. Although we are not subject to any audits currently, we may be in the future subject to an Internal Revenue Service audit or other audit by state, local and foreign tax authorities. The final determinations of any tax audits in the U.S. or abroad could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. If any taxing authority disagrees with the positions taken by us on our tax returns, we could incur additional tax liabilities, including interest and penalties.
16
Variability in self-insurance liability estimates could significantly impact our results of operations.
We self-insure for employee health insurance coverage up to a predetermined level, beyond which we maintain stop-loss insurance from a third-party insurer. Our aggregate exposure varies from year to year based upon the number of participants in this health insurance plan. We estimate our self-insurance liabilities using an analysis provided by our claims administrator and our historical claims experience. Our accruals for insurance reserves reflect these estimates and other management judgments, which are subject to a high degree of variability. Any significant variation in these estimates and judgments could cause a material change to our reserves for self-insurance liabilities, as well as our earnings.
Risks Related to the Shell Company
We may have contingent liabilities related to Format, Inc.s operations prior to the reverse recapitalization transaction of which we are not aware and for which we have not adequately provisioned.
Format, Inc. may be deemed to have been a shell company with nominal operations and assets prior to the reverse recapitalization transaction. Upon completion of the reverse recapitalization, we acquired all of the operations of The W Group and its subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, Format, Inc. was engaged, to a limited extent, in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC, and providing limited commercial printing services. We cannot assure you that there are no material claims outstanding, or other circumstances of which we are not aware, that would give rise to a material liability relating to those prior operations, even though we do not record any provisions in our financial statements related to any such potential liability. If we are subject to past claims or material obligations relating to our operations prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, such claims could materially adversely affect our business,
Risks Related to the Reverse Recapitalization and the Ownership of our Common Stock
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management and accounting and finance resources as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies; any failure to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or to recruit, train and retain necessary accounting and finance personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to accurately and timely prepare our consolidated financial statements.
As a public operating company, we will incur significant administrative, legal, accounting and other burdens and expenses beyond those of a private company, including those associated with corporate governance requirements and public company reporting obligations. In particular, we will need to enhance and supplement our internal accounting resources with additional accounting and finance personnel with the requisite technical and public company experience and expertise, as well as refine our quarterly and annual financial statement closing process, to enable us to satisfy such reporting obligations. However, even if we are successful in doing so, there can be no assurance that our finance and accounting organization will be able to adequately meet the increased demands that result from being a public company.
Furthermore, we will be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures and prepare annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These assessments will need to include disclosure of identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Testing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting will involve significant costs and could divert managements attention from other matters that are important to our business. Additionally, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in remediating any deficiencies that may be identified. If we are unable to remediate any such deficiencies or otherwise fail to establish and maintain adequate accounting systems and internal control over financial reporting, or we are unable to recruit, train and retain necessary accounting and finance personnel, we may not be able to accurately and timely prepare our consolidated financial statements and otherwise satisfy our public reporting obligations. Any inaccuracies in our
17
financial statements or other public disclosures (in particular if resulting in the need to restate previously filed financial statements), or delays in our making required SEC filings, could have a material adverse effect on the confidence in our financial reporting, our credibility in the marketplace and the trading price of our common stock.
In addition, our management team will also have to adapt to other requirements of being a public company. We will need to devote significant resources to address these public company-associated requirements, including compliance programs and investor relations, as well as our financial reporting obligations. Complying with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.
Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
As of August 16, 2011, Gary Winemaster, our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Kenneth Winemaster, our Senior Vice President and Secretary, on a fully-diluted basis, but giving effect to any limitations on conversion of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and any limitations on exercise of any warrants, beneficially own in the aggregate approximately 85.70% of our outstanding shares of common stock. This percentage gives effect to Gary Winemasters agreement to purchase shares of our capital stock issued to Thomas Somodi pursuant to the reverse recapitalization transaction, but does not give effect to the proposed reverse stock split of our common stock. On a pro forma basis as if the reverse split was consummated on or prior to such date, such shareholders would beneficially own in the aggregate approximately 77.28% or our outstanding shares of common stock. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Purchase and Sale Transaction for a description of Mr. Winemasters agreement to purchase from Mr. Somodi the shares of preferred stock and shares of our common stock issued to Thomas Somodi pursuant to the reverse recapitalization merger agreement.
As of August 16, 2011, Gary Winemaster alone beneficially owns approximately 55.77% of our outstanding shares of common stock, on a fully-diluted basis calculated on the same basis as described above (giving effect to Mr. Winemasters agreement to purchase shares of capital stock from Mr. Somodi, but without giving effect to the reverse split), and approximately 50.30% on a pro forma basis as if the reverse split was consummated on or prior to such date.
The fully diluted percentage of outstanding shares held by these shareholders decreases, relative to the fully diluted ownership of investors in the private placement, when giving effect to the proposed reverse stock split of our common stock because these individuals hold both shares of our common stock and preferred stock (which preferred stock fully converts into shares of our common stock automatically upon the consummation of the migratory merger and the reverse split), while the investors in the private placement hold shares of our preferred stock and warrants (which warrants become exercisable upon the consummation of the migratory merger and the reverse split). On the other hand, for these reasons, the fully diluted percentage of outstanding shares held by the investors in the private placement increases when giving effect to the proposed reverse stock split. Upon the consummation of the proposed reverse split, holders of our common stock that do not hold any shares of our preferred stock or warrants will incur a substantial decrease in their voting power and will own a significantly smaller percentage of the outstanding shares of our common stock relative to their percentage ownership of outstanding shares of our common stock prior to the proposed reverse split.
As a result of Gary Winemasters and Kenneth Winemasters beneficial ownership of a significant majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, these shareholders can exercise control over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our articles of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions impossible without the support of these shareholders.
An active, liquid, public and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, and the price of our stock may be volatile and may decline in value.
There currently is not an active, liquid public trading market for our common stock. An active, liquid public trading market may not develop or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active, liquid public trading market may impair your ability to sell your shares of common stock at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active, liquid public trading market for our common stock may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. Furthermore, a substantial spread currently exists between the bid and asked prices for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTC Markets OTCQB Tier. For example, on August 16, 2011, the closing bid price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $0.10 and the closing ask price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $4.25.
To the extent there is trading in shares of our common stock, including the shares covered by this prospectus, the trading price is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. The stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies with securities traded in those markets. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of companies stock, including ours, regardless of actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular companys securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managements attention and resources.
18
Our common stock may not be eligible for listing on a national securities exchange.
Our common stock is not currently listed on any national securities exchange, and we do not currently meet the initial quantitative listing standards of any national securities exchange. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange, or, if we do meet such initial qualitative listing standards, that we will be able to maintain any such listing. Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTC Markets OTCQB tier and, until our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, we expect that it will continue to be eligible and quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTC Markets OTCQB tier, on another over-the-counter quotation system, or in the pink sheets. In those venues, however, an investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our common stock. In addition, if we fail to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations, various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling our common stock, which may further affect its liquidity. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.
Our common stock may be considered a penny stock.
The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define penny stock to be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. The market price of our common stock may be less than $5.00 per share and therefore may be a penny stock. Broker and dealers effecting transactions in penny stock must disclose certain information concerning the transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities. These rules may restrict the ability of brokers or dealers to sell our common stock and may affect your ability to sell shares of our common stock in the future.
As a result of the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus, a significant number of shares of our common stock have become eligible for sale, which could depress the market price for our common stock. Future sales by us or our existing shareholders could similarly depress the market price of our common stock.
As a result of the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus, a significant number of shares of our common stock have become eligible for sale in the public market, which could cause the market price for our common stock to decline significantly. If we or our existing shareholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock, or if we sell additional securities that are convertible into common stock, in the future, the market price of our common stock similarly could decline. Further, even the perception in the public market that we or our existing shareholders might sell shares of common stock could depress the market price of our common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Nevada law, could impair a takeover attempt.
In addition to the concentration of ownership described under Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions above, which will limit any attempt to acquire control of our company not supported by these significant shareholders, our articles of incorporation, bylaws and Nevada law contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our organizational documents include provisions:
|
creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms; |
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without shareholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock; |
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers; and |
19
|
restricting the ability of our shareholders to take action by written consent. |
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. Pursuant to the purchase agreement entered into with the investors in the private placement, we agreed to consummate the migratory merger (as described below under Description of Capital Stock Reverse Split and Migratory Merger), pursuant to which we will change our jurisdiction of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware, and agreed with the investors in the private placement on forms of each of the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws for the surviving entity in the migratory merger. These forms of the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws for the surviving entity in the migratory merger contain provisions similar in some respects to those contained in our current articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.
As a Nevada corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Nevada law which restrict shareholders beneficially owning 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of our board of directors or the holders of our stock representing a majority of the voting power not beneficially owned by the interested stockholder. Our articles of incorporation contain a similar provision restricting shareholders beneficially owning 20% or more of our outstanding voting shares from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of our board of directors or the holders of our common stock representing two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, subject to the voting rights of any issued and outstanding preferred stock.
After the consummation of the migratory merger, we will be subject to Delaware law. Provisions of Delaware law, and the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws (after giving effect to the migratory merger), may have anti-takeover effects.
Any provision of our charter or bylaws (including our charter and bylaws, after giving effect to the migratory merger) or Nevada law or, after the consummation of the migratory merger, Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our shareholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our shareholders may experience significant dilution if future equity offerings are used to fund operations or acquire complementary businesses.
If we engage in capital raising activities in the future, including issuances of common stock, to fund the growth of our business, our shareholders could experience significant dilution. In addition, securities issued in connection with future financing activities or potential acquisitions may have rights and preferences senior to the rights and preferences of our common stock. In the future, we may adopt and establish an equity incentive plan pursuant to which equity awards may be granted to eligible employees (including our executive officers), directors and consultants, if our board of directors determines that it is in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders to do so. The issuance of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of any such equity awards may result in dilution to our shareholders and adversely affect our earnings.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by whether industry or securities analysts publish research and reports about us, our business, our market or our competitors and, if any analysts do publish such reports, what they publish in those reports. We may not obtain analyst coverage in the future. Any analysts that do cover us may make adverse recommendations regarding our stock, adversely change their recommendations from time to time, and/or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors. If any analyst who may cover us in the future were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, or if analysts fail to cover us or publish reports about us at all, we could lose, or never gain, visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
20
We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain our future earnings to support operations and to finance expansion and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future.
21
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect our expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as anticipate, believe, could, estimate, expect, intend, may, plan, project, potential, should, will, will be, would and similar expressions, but this is not an exclusive way of identifying such statements. Our actual results, performance and achievements may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus as a result of various risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those described above under the heading Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as expressly required under federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after the date of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information or future events or otherwise. You should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by us, or on our behalf. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.
22
This prospectus relates to the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock by the selling securityholders listed under Selling Securityholders and their transferees. We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of the shares by the selling securityholders.
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. The payment of dividends in the future will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition, and will be within the discretion of our then-existing board of directors. We currently intend to retain our future earnings to support operations and to finance expansion and, therefore, our board of directors does not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and capital resources Credit agreement below for a further discussion regarding restrictions on the payment of dividends under our new credit facility.
23
Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTC Markets OTCQB tier under the symbol PSIX. The table below sets forth the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock as quoted on the OTC Markets OTCQB tier for the periods indicated. Prior to April 29, 2011, the effective date of the reverse recapitalization, the common stock traded under the symbol FRMT. All OTCQB quotations included herein reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
Prior to the reverse recapitalization, there was limited or no trading activity in Formats common stock and there has continued to be a lack of trading activity in our common stock. There can be no assurance that there will be active trading of our common stock in the future. Furthermore, immediately prior to the reverse recapitalization transaction there was, and after the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction there continues to be, a substantial spread between the bid and asked prices for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets. For example, on August 16, 2011, the closing bid price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $0.10 and the closing ask price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $4.25. As of August 16, 2011, there are a limited number of market makers on the OTC Bulletin Board posting priced (and unpriced) quotations for our common stock (one of which is Roth Capital Partners, LLC, the placement agent for the private placement (which has posted quotations for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board since May 18, 2011)). Prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction (and for a period thereafter) either only one market maker posted quotations for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board or, to the extent there were multiple market makers, those market makers were posting unpriced quotations. Accordingly, there is limited information available about the historical market price of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board.
At the effective time of the migratory merger, it is anticipated that the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger, will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets under the symbol PSIX, as the Company expects that the current market makers for the common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets will continue posting quotations for the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger on those markets. Following the migratory merger, there will likely be a lack of trading activity in the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger and a substantial spread between the bid and asked prices for the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets, in each case similar to the trading activity and the quotations on the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets for the common stock immediately prior to the migratory merger. Accordingly, the ability of the stockholders of the surviving entity in the migratory merger to sell their shares of common stock at the time that such stockholders wish to sell them or at a price that such stockholders consider reasonable may be impaired.
Pursuant to the purchase agreement entered into with the investors in the private placement, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to list, our common stock for trading on a national securities exchange as soon as reasonably practicable after we meet the initial quantitative listing standards of any such exchange. However, our common stock is not currently listed on any national securities exchange, and we do not currently meet the initial quantitative listing standards of any national securities exchange. Accordingly, we cannot be certain when or whether we will meet such initial listing standards or receive approval to list our common stock on any national securities exchange.
High | Low | |||||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
||||||||
First Quarter |
N/A | N/A | ||||||
Second Quarter |
N/A | N/A | ||||||
Third Quarter |
N/A | N/A | ||||||
Fourth Quarter |
N/A | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
||||||||
First Quarter |
N/A | N/A | ||||||
Second Quarter |
$ | 0.05 | $ | 0.05 | ||||
Third Quarter |
$ | 2.00 | $ | 0.05 | ||||
Fourth Quarter |
$ | 0.20 | $ | 0.20 | ||||
Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 2011 |
||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | 0.51 | $ | 0.20 | ||||
Second Quarter |
$ | 0.51 | $ | 0.51 | ||||
Third Quarter (through August 16, 2011) |
$ | 0.20 | $ | 0.20 |
As of August 16, 2011, the closing bid price for our common stock on the OTC Markets OTCQB tier was $0.20 per share, and the closing bid price for our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was $0.10 per share.
Holders
As of August 16, 2011, there were approximately 35 holders of record of our common stock.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Compensation Plans
We currently do not have any compensation plans or individual compensation arrangements under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance.
24
Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion includes forward-looking statements about our business, financial condition and results of operations, including discussions about managements expectations for our business. These statements represent projections, beliefs and expectations based on current circumstances and conditions and in light of recent events and trends, and you should not construe these statements either as assurances of performance or as promises of a given course of action. Instead, various known and unknown factors are likely to cause our actual performance and managements actions to vary, and the results of these variances may be both material and adverse. A description of material factors known to us that may cause our results to vary, or may cause management to deviate from its current plans and expectations, is set forth under Risk Factors. See Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. The following discussion should also be read in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, and unaudited pro forma combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
Organization
We design, manufacture, distribute and support power systems for industrial OEMs across a broad range of industries including stationary electricity power generation, oil and gas, material handling, aerial work platforms, industrial sweepers, arbor, welding, airport ground support, turf, agricultural, construction and irrigation. Our engineering personnel design and test power system solutions and components supporting those solutions. Our major engine suppliers include Perkins/Caterpillar, General Motors and Doosan, and we source components from a variety of domestic and global suppliers. We operate as one business and geographic segment. Accordingly, the following discussion is based upon this presentation.
Net sales
We generate revenues and cash primarily from the sale of off-highway industrial power systems and aftermarket parts to industrial OEMs. Our products are sold globally, and we are a sole source power system provider of our products for most of our customers. Net sales are derived from gross sales less sales returns and or sales discounts.
Cost of sales
We manufacture all of our products at our facilities in Wood Dale, Illinois. The most significant component of our cost of sales is the engine cost. The remainder of our cost of sales primarily includes the cost of additional materials utilized in our finished goods, labor, freight, depreciation and other inventoriable costs such as allocated overhead.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses include engineering, selling and service and general and administrative expenses. Engineering expenses include both internal personnel costs and expenses associated with outsourced third party engineering relationships. Engineering activities are staff intensive; thus costs incurred primarily consist of wages and benefits for professional engineers and amounts paid to third parties under contractual engineering agreements. Engineering consists of a Product and Application Research and Development Engineering Group and a Customer Support Engineering Group. The primary focus of the Product and Application Research and Development Engineering Group is on current and future product design, prototyping, testing and application development activities. The Customer Support Engineering Group provides dedicated engineering and technical attention to customer production support, including a direct communication link with our internal operations.
25
Selling and service expenses represent the costs of our OEM sales team, an aftermarket sales group and a customer support group for field service and warranty support of our products. We utilize a direct sales and marketing approach to maintain maximum customer interface and service support. Wages and benefits, together with expenses associated with travel, account for the majority of the costs in this category.
General and administrative expenses principally represent costs of our corporate office and personnel that provide management, accounting, finance, human resources, information systems and related costs which support the organization. In addition to wages and benefits, costs include professional services, insurance, banking fees and other general facility and administrative support costs.
Recent developments
Reverse Recapitalization, Private Placement and Stock Repurchase
On April 29, 2011, Format, Inc. (n/k/a Power Solutions International, Inc.) completed a reverse recapitalization transaction, in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Format, merged with and into The W Group, Inc. and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the merger. In that transaction, The W Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc. The reverse recapitalization transaction was consummated under Delaware corporate law pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger, dated as of April 29, 2011. Pursuant to this merger agreement, all of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group at the closing of the reverse recapitalization converted into shares of our common stock and shares of preferred stock. In connection with the reverse recapitalization and Gary Winemaster and Thomas Somodi entering into the purchase and sale agreement (as described below under Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Purchase and Sale Transaction), (1) The W Group and Mr. Somodi entered into a termination agreement, pursuant to which each of Mr. Somodis employment agreement with The W Group (the term of which expired in April 2010) and the subscription agreement between The W Group and Mr. Somodi were terminated; and (2) Power Solutions International, Inc. entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Somodi, which sets forth the terms of Mr. Somodis employment with us. See Executive Compensation Employment Agreements below for a description of the new employment agreement with Mr. Somodi.
The transaction is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization because, among other reasons: (1) the management of The W Group immediately prior to the reverse recapitalization dominated the management of Power Solutions International, Inc. immediately following the reverse recapitalization (i.e., the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer and the Senior Vice President of Power Solutions International, Inc. are the same individuals who then held those titles with The W Group, Inc.) and (2) immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, Format, Inc. had nominal assets and operations.
Concurrently with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, on April 29, 2011, we completed a private placement of shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, together with warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, to 29 accredited investors, receiving total gross proceeds of $18,000,000. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into a number of shares of our common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the conversion price then in effect, subject to limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock. For every one share of our common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock purchased in the private placement, each investor in the private placement also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40625 per share, subject to limitations on exercise and adjustment as set forth in the warrants.
Concurrently with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, we issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as compensation for its role as placement agent, a warrant. This warrant represents the right to purchase an aggregate of 3,360,000 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in the warrant. The warrant has an exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the reverse split and non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of our common stock. The warrant is not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the reverse split, and will expire on April 29, 2016. Giving effect to the reverse split, as if it occurred immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the warrant would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $13.20 per share.
In connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, Format, Inc. entered into a stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, with Ryan Neely, who was the sole director and executive officer of Format, Inc. immediately prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization, and his wife, Michelle Neely. Pursuant to this agreement, at the time the reverse recapitalization was completed, (1) Format repurchased 3,000,000 shares of Format common stock from Ryan and Michelle Neely, and (2) Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely terminated all of their interest in, and released Format from all obligations Format had with respect to, the loans made by Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely to Format, Inc. from time to time (which, as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement, were in an aggregate principal amount of $114,156), in exchange for aggregate consideration of $360,000. As part of the stock repurchase agreement, Ryan and Michelle Neely also released Format from any other obligations Format owed to them, which included the balance of accrued liabilities on Formats balance sheet of approximately $50,000. The remaining liabilities of Format, which consisted of accounts payable, were settled in connection with but prior to, the consummation of the recapitalization with the available cash on Formats balance sheet, and Format also transferred to Ryan Neely all of its rights and obligations under the real property lease relating to Formats sole office space. In addition, assets, consisting of prepaid expenses, office equipment and furniture, with a net book value of approximately $5,000, were written off.
As a result of the reverse recapitalization transaction, Power Solutions International, Inc. succeeded to the business of The W Group. See Business Company History below for a detailed description of the reverse recapitalization and the repurchase of shares of our common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely; see Selling Securityholders below for a detailed description of the private placement; and see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Purchase and Sale Transaction below for a detailed description of the transactions contemplated by the purchase and sale agreement between Gary Winemaster and Thomas Somodi.
26
Replacement of Prior Credit Agreement
On April 29, 2011, in connection with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, the repurchase of shares of our common stock from Ryan and Michelle Neely and the private placement, Power Solutions International, Inc. and The W Group entered into a loan and security agreement with Harris N.A., and such loan and security agreement replaced the then existing loan and security agreement that The W Group had with its senior lender prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization. Pursuant to the loan and security agreement with Harris N.A., among other things, Power Solutions International, Inc. became a party to the loan and security agreement, the maximum loan amount under the senior credit facility was reduced from the maximum loan amount under The W Groups prior credit facility to reflect The W Groups repayment in full of its two previously outstanding term loans under the prior credit facility and the financial covenants under the prior credit facility were replaced with a new fixed charge coverage ratio. See Liquidity and Capital Resources Credit Agreement below for a discussion of our current credit facility and The W Groups prior credit facility, which was replaced by the current credit facility in connection with the reverse recapitalization.
Reverse Split and Migratory Merger
In connection with, and prior to the consummation of, the reverse recapitalization, the board of directors of Format approved the reverse split and the migratory merger. See Description of Capital Stock Reverse Split and Migratory Merger below for additional information regarding the reverse split and the migratory merger.
Further, in connection with the private placement, each of our current shareholders who was a stockholder of The W Group and who received shares pursuant to the reverse recapitalization or received as a gift stock from the stockholders of The W Group, entered into a voting agreement, pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of our common stock and preferred stock, as applicable, in favor of the reverse split and the migratory merger. The persons who entered into the voting agreements hold, in the aggregate, a substantial majority of the voting securities of our company. Accordingly, approval of the reverse split and the migratory merger is probable. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions The Voting Agreements below for a detailed description of the voting agreements
Factors affecting future comparability
We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Public company expenses
As a result of the reverse recapitalization, we are now a public company, and anticipate that we will make an application to list our shares for trading on a national securities exchange, once we satisfy the relevant quantitative listing criteria. As a result, our general and administrative expenses will increase as we pay our employees, legal counsel and accountants to assist us in, among other things, establishing and maintaining a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and preparing and distributing periodic public reports under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company the cost of director and officer liability insurance has increased. We may also incur additional costs associated with compensation of non-employee directors.
Stock-based and other executive compensation
Prior to the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, we have not granted or issued any stock-based compensation. Accordingly, we have not recognized any stock-based compensation expense. We may consider adopting an equity compensation plan and making awards under such a plan to our directors, officers and other employees and possibly to consultants. As a result, to the extent relevant, we may incur non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses in future periods.
Events affecting sales and profitability comparisons
Our quarter-to-quarter and quarter-over-quarter operating results (including our sales, gross profit and net income) and cash flows can be impacted by a variety of internal and external events associated with our business operations. Examples of such events include (1) changes in regulatory emission requirements (which generally occur on January 1 of the year in which they become effective), (2) customer product phase-in/phase-out programs, (3) supplier product (e.g., a specific engine model) phase-in/phase-out programs, (4) changes in pricing by suppliers to us of engines, components and other parts (typically effective January 1 of any year), and (5) changes in our pricing to our customers (typically effective January 1 of any year), which may be related to changes in the pricing by suppliers to us. In order to mitigate potential availability or pricing issues, customers may adjust their demand requirements from traditional patterns. We may also extend special programs to customers in advance of such events, and we are more likely to offer such programs in our fourth quarter of a year in anticipation of events expected to occur in the first quarter of the next year. The occurrence of any of the events discussed above may result in fluctuations in our operating results (including sales and profitability) and cash flows between and among reporting periods.
27
Critical accounting policies and estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, inventories, warranties and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and our revenue recognition. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Revenue recognition
We recognize revenue at the time title and risk of loss of inventory passes to the customer, which is typically upon shipment of goods. In certain cases, we recognize revenue upon billing for goods which are not immediately shipped at the request and for the convenience of our customer, otherwise known as a bill and hold arrangement. In these cases, revenue is recognized under the same terms and conditions as any other sales except that the products are held by us until the customer initiates the shipment of the product from our warehouses. Transfer of the title and risk of loss pass to the customer, and there are no future performance obligations, at the time the bill and hold sale is recognized. Any product that has been sold under a bill and hold arrangement is segregated from our owned inventory. When billed to the customers, shipping and handling charges to customers are included in revenue when incurred. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the company are included in cost of sales.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects managements best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. Management individually reviews all past due accounts receivable balances and, based on an assessment of current creditworthiness, estimates the portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected.
Inventories
Inventories consist primarily of engines and parts. Engines are valued at the lower of cost, as determined by specific serial number identification, or market value. Parts are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first out) or market value.
We write down inventory for an estimated amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated realizable value. Estimated realizable value for each item in inventory is based upon our estimation of future demand for the quantity of inventory on hand. In determining an estimate of future demand, multiple factors are taken into consideration including (i) customer purchase orders and customer forecasted demand; (ii) historical sales/usage for each inventory item; and (iii) utilization within a current or anticipated future power system. These factors are primarily based upon quantifiable information and therefore, we have not experienced significant differences in inventory valuation due to variances in our estimation of future demand. We estimate that, in 2010, a 10% variance between the cost of the inventory and its estimated net realizable value would have a $0.3 million effect on our cost of goods sold and the estimated net realizable value of our inventory.
Warranty programs
We offer a standard limited warranty on the workmanship of our products that in most cases covers defects for a period of (i) one year from the date of shipment or (ii) six months from the date products are placed into service, whichever occurs first. Warranties for certified emission products are mandated by the EPA and/or the CARB and are longer than our standard warranty on certain emission related products. Our products also carry limited warranties from suppliers. Costs related to supplier warranty claims are borne by the supplier; our warranties apply only to the modifications we make to supplier base products. We estimate and record a liability, and related charge to income, for our warranty program at the time products are sold to customers. Our estimates are based on historical experience and reflect managements best estimates of expected costs at the time products are sold. We make adjustments to our estimates in the period in which it is determined that actual costs may differ from our initial or previous estimates. In 2010, a 10% change in the amount of warranty expense would increase our warranty liability and related costs by approximately $32 thousand.
28
Income taxes
All income tax amounts reflect the use of the liability method. Under this method deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. These differences relate primarily to different depreciation methods for financial statement and income tax purposes, nondeductible allowances for accounts receivable and inventory, certain accrued expenses, unrealized losses on hedging activities and research and development credit carryforwards.
Deferred taxes are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and tax rates as of the date of enactment.
Private Placement Warrants
For every share of our common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock purchased in the private placement, each investor in the private placement also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of our common stock, at an initial exercise price of $0.40625 per share ($13.00 per share giving effect to the reverse split), subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of our common stock. These warrants represent the right to purchase a total of 24,000,007 shares of our common stock, but the private placement warrants are not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the reverse split. The private placement warrants are also subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection similar to the anti-dilution provisions of our preferred stock, whereby, upon the issuance of shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the private placement warrants (or the issuance of securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the private placement warrants), subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the private placement warrants will be reduced to the effective price of our common stock so issued (or issuable upon conversion of issued securities). Giving effect to the reverse split, immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the private placement warrants represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 750,002 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $13.00 per share. The private placement warrants will expire on April 29, 2016.
The private placement warrants issued with the 18,000 shares of our preferred stock had a fair value of $2,887,500 at the closing of the reverse recapitalization transaction and the private placement on April 29, 2011, determined based upon an agreed-upon exercise price of the private placement warrants; the agreed-upon purchase price for (value of) our preferred stock and private placement warrants, in the aggregate as agreed upon with the investors in the private placement; and assessment of an appropriate risk-free interest rate of 2.1%, an anticipated volatility factor of 50.0%, and a zero percent dividend yield, all incorporated into the valuation using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We determined that the five-year Treasury Bond yield was a reasonable assumption for a risk-free rate, and that an appropriate volatility rate would represent the upper end of the range of implied volatility of publicly traded call options of benchmark companies, which reflects the mid-range of their historical volatility. Our past history of not paying dividends and managements intentions to continue such a dividend policy resulted in a zero dividend yield assumption. The five-year term of the private placement warrants, the stated warrant exercise price of $13.00 per share (on a post-reverse split basis, when the private placement warrants become exercisable), and our common stock valuation of $10.08 per share (post-reverse split basis, when the private placement warrants become exercisable) comprise the balance of the inputs into our Black-Scholes pricing model for the warrant valuation.
The liability for the private placement warrants is a fair value instrument as measured under ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments . As such, the private placement warrants liability is valued based upon unobservable inputs and thus is considered a Level 3 financial instrument, the measurement of which involves various assumptions, as described in Note 6 Fair Value of Financial Instruments to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. These assumptions include an assessment of the risk-free interest rate, an anticipated volatility factor, divided yield and other assumptions. Since the date of issuance of the private placement warrants, the liability associated with these warrants has decreased from $2.9 million at April 29, 2011 to $2.8 million at June 30, 2011.
Results of operations
Six months ended June 30, 2011 compared with the six months ended June 30, 2010
Net sales
Our net sales increased $23.3 million (53.6%) to $66.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to $43.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Sales volume accounted for approximately $22.1 million of the period-over-period increase. The increase in net sales was primarily due to increases in sales volume to existing customers arising from an improvement in the general global economy, together with a continued growth in sales of large power systems and the expansion of sales to Asia-based customers to which we began shipping product in 2010. Sales volumes for our established diesel power systems, and alternative fuel power systems, including aftermarket components, increased $17.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010, of which $5.0 million was due to growth arising from shipments to Asia. Our new, alternative fuel large power systems introduced in late 2009 accounted for $4.8 million of the sales increase for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.
Cost of sales
Our cost of sales increased nearly $18.0 million (49.5%) to $54.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $36.3 million in the comparable period of 2010. The increase in cost of sales was primarily due to the increase in our sales volume. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales has declined to 81.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2011, compared to 83.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Production costs were spread over higher volumes which favorably affected cost of sales. In addition, the increase in sales, noted in Net sales above, occurred across the majority of our customer base, broadening our product mix, which also favorably impacted our cost of sales.
Gross profit
Our gross profit increased $5.3 million (74.6%) to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $7.1 million in the comparable period of 2010. Our gross profit increased primarily due to the previously discussed increase in sales volumes. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 18.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to 16.5% in 2010. The higher gross profit during the second quarter of 2011 was principally attributable to the broadening product mix and higher sales volume relative to production costs as described in Cost of sales above.
Engineering
Engineering expense increased $0.3 million (15.4%) to $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to $1.7 million for the same period in 2010 due to an increase in customer product support activities associated with the increase in sales and product development. Wages and benefits increased $0.4 million on a year-over-year basis as we increased headcount in connection with our engineering development and support activities. This increase was offset by a $0.2 million decrease in emissions expense due, in part, to a decrease in the costs of certain emissions tests. The remaining increase was attributable to increases in other expense categories, none of which was individually significant. The increase in engineering expense was less than the growth rate of our sales. Accordingly, as a percentage of net sales, engineering expenses decreased to 3.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to 4.0% for the same period in 2010.
29
Selling and service
Selling and service expenses increased $0.7 million (28.8%) to $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $2.5 million in the comparable period of 2010. Wages, benefits, and travel costs increased $0.3 million, and warranty costs increased $0.1 million, both in support of our increased product sales for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. In addition, promotional costs, which is primarily the cost of participation in trade shows, increased $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The remaining increase was attributable to increases in other expense categories, none of which was individually significant. As a percentage of net sales, selling and service expenses decreased to 4.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to 5.7% for the same period in 2010.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $1.0 million (68.5%) to $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $1.4 million in the comparable period of 2010. The increase was principally attributable to (i) a $0.6 million increase in professional, consulting, and bank fees incurred in connection with our year end audit, reverse recapitalization and the refinancing of our credit facility in April 2011, and (ii) $0.2 million for the cost of additional staff to support our higher sales volume. The remaining increase was attributable to increases in other expense categories, none of which was individually significant. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses increased to 3.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 from 3.3% for the same period of 2010.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased $0.07 million (6.8%) to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to $1.0 million for the same period in 2010. Our average outstanding bank borrowings were $3.3 million lower for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was attributable to the payoff of our bank term debt and a reduction in our outstanding revolving line of credit due to the proceeds received in the private placement.
Loss on debt extinguishment
We recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, due to the write off of remaining unamortized loan fees associated with our prior credit facility. The remaining unamortized loan fees were required to be expensed when we refinanced our prior credit facility and repaid the balances outstanding under our prior credit agreement. See Liquidity and Capital Resources Credit Agreement below for a further discussion regarding the refinancing of our prior credit facility with a new lender.
Other (income) expense, net
Other expense was $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to none for the same period in 2010. Other expense increased $0.8 million due to the transaction costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the warrants in the private placement. The attributes of the private placement warrants required that the warrants be classified as a liability. The transaction costs incurred in connection with the private placement are required to be allocated between equity and operating results based on the value attributable to the instruments recorded as equity or a liability, respectively. As such, with respect to the value of the warrants that we recorded as a liability, we recognized $0.8 million of the transaction fees as an expense. Offsetting this expense was a $0.1 million of other income relating to the change in the valuation of the warrants for the six months ended June 30, 2011.
Income tax expense
Our income tax expense increased $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, to $1.2 million, as compared to $0.1 million in 2010. Our effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was 43.5% compared with 18.9% for the comparable prior year period. Our effective tax rate in 2011 increased primarily due to the non-deductibility of transaction costs incurred in connection with the reverse recapitalization and private placement as discussed above in Other (income) expense, net and an increase in the Illinois corporate income tax rate from 4.8% to 7%. The increase in the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was partially offset by research tax credits expected to be generated and used. Our income tax expense in 2011 assumes that we will realize a comparable amount of these tax credits as that which we estimated for 2010. However, as our overall taxable income for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was higher as compared to 2010, the research tax credit had less of an impact on our effective tax rate period over period.
Year ended December 31, 2010 compared with the year ended December 31, 2009
Net sales
Our net sales increased $17.6 million (21.2%) to $100.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $82.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven by an increase in sales volume of approximately $15.7 million, with the remaining $1.9 million increase to cover increases in supplier component costs. Net sales volume increased $10.6 million in 2010 compared to 2009 due to increases in sales of our new alternative fuel larger power systems, which we initially introduced in 2009. In addition, sales to new, Asia-based customers contributed $3.1 million to sales volume growth year-over-year. The remaining $2.0 million increase in volume was due to our existing product base.
30
Cost of sales
Our cost of sales increased 26% to $83.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $66.5 million in the comparable period of 2009. The increase in cost of sales was primarily due to the increase in our sales volume. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales increased to 83% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 80% for the year ended 2009. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was lower in 2009 primarily due to lower costs associated with products sold in a special program discussed under Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the year ended December 31, 2008 - Net sales below and the cost control initiatives begun in 2008 and which continued throughout 2009.
Gross profit
Our gross profit increased 1.5% to $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $16.4 million in the comparable period of 2009. Our gross profit increased primarily due to the previously discussed increase in sales volumes. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit was 17% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 20% in 2009. The higher gross profit in 2009 was principally attributable to the lower material costs associated with the products sold in a special program discussed under Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the year ended December 31, 2008 Net sales below and the cost control initiatives previously identified.
Engineering expense
Engineering expenses increased 41% to $3.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from $2.7 million in the comparable period of 2009. Engineering activities are staff intensive; thus, costs incurred primarily consist of salary and benefits for professional engineers and amounts paid to third parties for contract services associated with our research and development activities. Engineering salaries and benefits increased $0.7 million in 2010 compared to 2009 in connection with new customer product launches and increased product development activities. In addition, costs associated with the required initial and periodic testing of engines for emission compliance increased $0.6 million in 2010 compared to 2009. Net other expenses decreased $0.2 million, none of which was individually significant.
Selling and services expense
Selling and service expenses increased 21% to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $4.5 million in the comparable period of 2009, although this expense remained consistent as a percentage of net sales year over year. The increase in selling and services expense was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries and benefits of $0.8 million to support our increased sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 2009.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses increased 7% to $3.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from $3.1 million in the comparable period of 2009. The increase in general and administrative expenses is principally attributable to a $0.3 million increase in salaries and benefits in 2010 arising from a restoration of compensation that had previously been subject to adjustments implemented as part of our cost control initiatives associated with lower sales and the global economic slowdown in 2009. Net other expenses decreased $0.1 million, none of which was individually significant. The sales growth from 2009 to 2010 outpaced the increase in general and administrative expenses as we were able to effectively leverage our general and administrative costs to support our increased sales volume. As a result, general and administrative expenses decreased to 3% of net sales in 2010 from 4% in 2009.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased 8% to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our average outstanding bank borrowings were $1.8 million lower in 2010 compared to 2009. Our average effective interest rate on our bank borrowings was 5.82% in 2010 as compared to 5.01% in 2009. We benefitted from lower average outstanding debt and reduced amortization of deferred financing costs in 2010. The lower outstanding debt was primarily attributable to scheduled payments of term loans and capital lease obligations. In addition, we wrote off additional deferred financing costs in 2009 as a result of an amendment to our existing credit agreement which reduced our overall borrowing capacity. Offsetting these reductions in interest expense was a higher average interest rate in 2010.
Income tax expense
Our income tax expense decreased $1.0 million to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009, primarily as the result of our lower taxable income. Our effective tax rate was 19% on income before taxes of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to an effective tax rate of 37% on pre-tax income of $3.8 million for the comparable period of 2009. The lower effective income tax rate in 2010 was attributable to available federal and state tax research credits generated and used. Absent changes to existing legislation, we expect these research tax credits, to the extent generated but not used, will be available for our benefit in the future as well.
31
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with Year ended December 31, 2008
Cost control program 2009
We initiated a cost control program in 2008, which we expanded in 2009 to reduce expenses by implementing mandatory cost reduction programs, including stringent budgetary cost controls on discretionary spending and various employee cost control programs that matched required staffing levels with the variability of product demand during the year. We historically maintained a mix of full-time and temporary staffing in both production and administrative functions, allowing us to flex the staff in response to market conditions. This mix provided us with the ability to quickly adjust our staffing cost to the decrease in demand in 2009. In addition, we were able to establish flexible production lines along with flexible work programs with the remainder of our staff, enabling us to match required production capacity and staffing levels with the variability of product demand. This also enabled us to retain our most qualified staff, which in turn provided a solid technical base to support the anticipated improvement in customer sales activity as ultimately realized in 2010.
Net sales
Net sales decreased 34% to $82.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $125.3 million for 2008. The decrease in net sales was attributable to lower demand as a result of the downturn in global economic conditions across our customer base. The decrease in shipments occurred across all power system products, as well as our aftermarket parts, although our customer base remained stable during this period. In spite of a general decrease in net sales in 2009, fourth quarter 2009 net sales remained strong due to increased sales activity associated with customers purchasing product before our published January 1 price increases, product purchases by customers to cover transitional requirements associated with new mobile emission standards and a special program whereby we offered our customer base the opportunity to purchase certain products scheduled for a supplier phase out in 2010 in order to avoid potential availability issues and future published price increases on those products. Sales under this program represented a substantial portion of total net sales in the fourth quarter of 2009.
Cost of sales
Our cost of sales decreased 38% to $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $107.4 million in the comparable period of 2008. The decrease in cost of sales was due to the decrease in our sales volume associated with the downturn in the global economy. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales decreased to 80% in 2009 compared to 86% in 2008. The improvement in the cost of sales as a percentage of net sales between 2009 and 2008 was primarily attributable to lower costs associated with the products sold in the special program discussed under Net sales above, as well as lower labor and overhead costs resulting from cost control programs initiated during 2008 and 2009.
Gross profit
Our gross profit decreased 8% to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $17.9 million in the comparable period of 2008. The decrease in gross profit was due to the overall decrease in sales volumes associated with the general downturn in global economic conditions that generally affected our customer base. As a percentage of sales, gross profit increased to 20% in 2009 compared to 14% in 2008. Our gross profit as a percentage of sales increased due primarily to the factors noted above in Cost of sales.
Engineering expense
Engineering expenses decreased 18% to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $3.3 million in the comparable period of 2008. The decrease in engineering expense was primarily due to our cost control plan which was implemented in 2008 and continued into 2009, and resulted in reduced salaries and benefits expenses of $0.7 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. Engineering activities are staff intensive; thus costs incurred primarily consist of salary and benefits for professional engineers and amounts paid to third parties for contract services. Although we did reduce engineering costs according to our cost control program, we retained our technical staff to continue development of new products independent of our sales volume. Net other expenses increased $0.1 million, none of which was individually significant.
32
Selling and service expense
Selling and service expenses decreased 24% to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $6.0 million in the comparable period of 2008. The decrease in selling and service expense was the result of the cost control plan implemented in 2008 and continuing into 2009 which resulted in lower expenses across most expense categories, including (i) a $0.6 million decrease in salaries, benefits and travel (ii) a $0.3 million decrease in advertising and promotions, and (iii) a $0.3 million decrease in consulting fees. Our bad debt expense also decreased $0.3 million as our sales decreased in the year over year period. As a percentage of net sales, selling and service expense was 5% in 2009 and 2008.
General and administrative expense
General and administrative expenses decreased 31% to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $4.4 million in the comparable period of 2008. The decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily due to decreased discretionary spending and personnel costs from the continuation of the cost control program, which was expanded in 2009 in response to lower sales and general business activity levels. Accordingly, our salaries and benefits were lower by $0.7 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. Professional fees, including legal and bank fees, also decreased $0.4 million year over year. General and administrative expenses remained consistent at approximately 4% of net sales in 2009 and 2008.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased 17% to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $2.8 million in the comparable period of 2008. Our average outstanding bank borrowings were $3.2 million lower in 2009 compared to 2008. Our average effective interest rate on our bank borrowings was 5.01% in 2009 compared to 5.50% in 2008. Partially offsetting the expense decrease was a $0.2 million increase in deferred financing charges arising from an amendment to our then existing credit facility, which among other things, resulted in a decrease in our overall borrowing capacity.
Income tax expense
Our income tax provision increased to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $0.8 million in 2008, primarily due to
higher income before income taxes. Our effective tax rate was 37% and 53% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We were under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for certain tax years prior to 2008. During 2008, these
audits were completed, resulting in additional income tax expense of $0.2 million, which increased our effective overall income tax rate as a percentage of pre-tax income. The additional taxes arising from the settlement and closure of these tax
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our cash requirements are dependent upon a variety of factors, foremost of which is the execution of our strategic plan. We expect to continue to devote substantial capital resources to running our business. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, principally collections of customer accounts receivable and borrowing capacity under our credit facility. Our existing and historical financing arrangements require that cash received by us be applied against our revolving line of credit. Accordingly, we typically do not maintain cash or cash equivalents on our balance sheet, but instead fund our operations through borrowings under a revolving line of credit which is described below under Credit Agreement.
Based on our current forecasts and assumptions, we believe that our sources of cash and cash equivalents, namely the sales of our power systems and aftermarket products and access to borrowing capacity, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.
As of June 30, 2011, we had working capital of $16.9 million compared to $6.3 million as of December 31, 2010. Our working capital increased $10.6 million, which was primarily attributable to an increase in accounts receivable and a decrease in the current portion of our long-term debt as well as a reduction in borrowings under our revolving line of credit. Accounts receivable increased $4.7 million due principally to an increase in sales. Specifically, our sales in the three months ended June 30, 2011 were $5.3 million higher as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2010. The current portion of long-term debt and the revolving line of credit decreased, in aggregate by $7.6 million and were paid off and/or reduced primarily from the proceeds received in connection with the private placement discussed above under Reverse Recapitalization, Private Placement and Stock Repurchase. These increases to working capital were partially offset by a $1.8 million reduction in inventories due our efforts to reduce our inventories while still supporting our higher sales activity.
Our working capital decreased $0.8 million as of December 31, 2010 from December 31, 2009 principally due to the scheduled debt payments arising from collections on accounts receivable in excess of the amounts used to reduce accounts payable and our line of credit. Our accounts receivable decreased $12.3 million, while our accounts payable and revolving line of credit decreased $9.7 million. These decreases were principally attributable to our collection of receivables in 2010 on sales arising from the 2009 fourth quarter sales discussed in Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 and payment of inventory purchases associated with
those sales activities. These decreases in working capital were offset by a $1.0 million increase in inventories, as well as a $0.7 million reduction in our income tax liability and net other reductions of $0.1 million. Inventories increased to support the increase in sales in 2010, and the reduction in our income tax liability was attributable to our lower estimated tax liability for 2010 as compared to 2009.
A limited number of our customers have payment terms which may extend up to 150 days. As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our trade receivables included $3.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively, which represent aggregate customer account balances subject to these terms. Of these amounts, $2.1 million and $1.4 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, represent the portion of the balance outstanding beyond our normal trade terms of 30 to 45 days. Under our revolving
33
line of credit which funds our working capital as needed, these receivables represent eligible collateral the same as our other trade receivables and remain eligible as collateral upon which we may borrow up to their extended due date of 150 days. When collected, the cash from these receivables, as with all cash collected, is applied against our revolving line of credit, a component of our working capital. Through August 11, 2011, we have collected $1.5 million and $2.5 million on these accounts receivable balances with extended payment terms of up to 150 days as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
34
Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011
Operating activities
For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we used $1.3 million in cash for our operations. Net income and changes in working capital are the primary drivers of our cash flows from operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we generated cash flows from net income of $2.3 million (including net $0.7 million of non-cash items, consisting primarily of depreciation and loss on debt extinguishment) as compared to $0.8 million for the same period in 2010. The cash generated from operating results was offset by an increase in our working capital, principally driven by a $4.7 million increase in accounts receivable, a $0.6 million increase in prepaid expenses and a $0.6 million decrease in income taxes payable. The increase in accounts receivable was due to an increase in 2011 sales as discussed in Results of operations Six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase in sales also includes an increase in sales to customers with payment terms up to 150 days. As such, the $4.7 million increase in accounts receivable includes a $0.4 million increase in accounts receivable due from customers with payment terms of up to 150 days to $3.1 million as of June 30, 2011. The decrease in income taxes payable was principally attributable to the tax payments made for 2010 and 2011. Our prepaid expenses increased due to payments of estimated income taxes and the advance payment of insurance premiums. Offsetting these working capital increases, we decreased our inventories $1.8 million. The change in inventories was attributable to an initiative to decrease our inventories while still supporting our higher level of sales activity. Net other cash generated from operations in the first six months of 2011 was $0.5 million, none of which was individually significant.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 related primarily to the acquisition of property, equipment and other assets.
Financing activities
We generated $1.7 million of cash for the six months ended June 30, 2011. In connection with the private placement for which we issued preferred stock and warrants to purchase our common stock, we generated proceeds of $18.0 million. In addition, we refinanced our revolving line of credit with a new bank, Harris, N.A., for net borrowings of $16.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The terms of the revolving line of credit with Harris N.A. are discussed below in Credit Agreement. The proceeds from the private placement and revolving line of credit were used to pay off our existing term loans and our revolving line of credit with our prior lender, Fifth Third Bank. We used $29.5 million in cash for the payoff of these term loans, the payoff of the prior revolving line of credit and other scheduled debt payments. We used $3.8 million of cash to pay transaction and financing costs associated with the private placement and refinancing of our revolving line of credit. We also had a $0.8 million increase in our cash overdraft balance since December 31, 2010. Consistent with our prior revolving line of credit, our current revolving line of credit requires that our cash be applied against our revolving line of credit. As such, we do not maintain a cash balance, and we borrow on the revolving line of credit to fund outstanding checks as they clear our bank. Our cash overdrafts will fluctuate based on the timing of checks issued which have not yet cleared our bank as of a given date.
Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010
Operating activities
We generated $3.4 million in cash from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010, arising in part from $0.8 million of net income, (including net $0.4 million of non-cash items, consisting primarily of depreciation), but generated primarily from a reduction in our working capital for the period. Specifically, we collected $14.3 million in accounts receivable, a significant portion of which was attributable to our sales in the latter part of 2009. This decrease in accounts receivable is net of a $0.5 million increase in accounts receivable due from customers with payment terms of up to 150 days which increased the accounts receivable due from these customers to $1.8 million as of June 30, 2010 as compared to $1.3 million as of December 31, 2009, primarily attributable to an increase in shipments to these customers. In addition, we also generated cash due to a $1.8 million reduction in inventories from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010. Our inventories were higher at the end of 2009 due to positions we had taken to support new programs for 2010, including sales of large alternative fuel power systems. The cash generated from the collection of these receivables and the reduction in inventories were partially offset by $12.2 million in payments to suppliers in 2010 arising from the inventories associated with these sales, the additional inventory positions taken as well as current year purchasing activities. The cash collected was also offset by a $1.1 million in estimated income tax payments made in 2010 related to our 2009 operating results. Net other cash used in operations was $0.2 million.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 related primarily to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.
Financing activities
We used $3.1 million of cash in our financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Of this amount $2.0 million relates to cash received and applied against our revolving line of credit. We also used $0.9 million of cash for scheduled payments on
35
our long-term debt and capital lease obligations. The remaining cash used in our financing activities funded the decrease in our cash overdraft position.
Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010
Operating activities
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated cash flows from operations of $3.9 million of which $2.6 million arose from net income and other non-cash items of depreciation and receivable allowances as compared to $3.3 million in 2009.
We also realized a reduction in our working capital during the year, which contributed to the cash generated from operations, primarily arising from a $12.0 million reduction in accounts receivable that was partially offset by a $9.3 million reduction in accounts payable and a $1.0 million increase in our inventories. The decrease in accounts receivable and accounts payable primarily arose from a high level of sales activity occurring in the fourth quarter of 2009, which resulted in both an increase in receivables from those sales and related payables from the purchase of inventories to support those sales. We collected the receivables and paid the corresponding payables in the first quarter of 2010. The $12.0 million change in accounts receivable also includes an increase of $1.1 million due from customers with payment terms of up to 150 days to $2.7 million from $1.6 million as of December 31, 2009, due to an increase in shipments to these customers in 2010.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, related primarily to the acquisition of fixed assets. Fixed asset expenditures principally arose from the purchase of tooling and transportation equipment.
Financing activities
During 2010, our financing activities included scheduled payments of $1.7 million of bank term debt and $0.5 million of capital lease obligations and other notes payable. Our overall revolving line of credit decreased $0.8 million principally arising from the cash flows generated from operations. We also used $0.3 million of cash during the year for the payment of financing fees in connection with the reverse recapitalization and private placement. We also had a $0.7 million decrease in cash overdrafts. At December 31, 2010, we were not in compliance with certain of our bank covenants, including our senior debt leverage and our fixed charge coverage ratios. On January 20, 2011, we obtained a waiver from our bank for these events of non-compliance. Subsequent to December 31, 2010, we completed a reverse recapitalization and private placement offering on April 29, 2011, which resulted in the repayment in full of our remaining term debt, and we also refinanced our existing revolving line of credit with another bank.
Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2009
Operating activities
In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated cash flows from operations of $3.4 million, which consisted primarily of net income of $3.3 million, including non-cash adjustments (primarily for depreciation) of $0.9 million.
With respect to our working capital, changes in accounts receivable and inventories, net of accounts payable and income taxes payable had a nominal net impact on cash flows from operations. Although our receivables and inventories increased by $9.6 million and $4.9 million year over year, these increases were offset by a $13.2 million and $1.2 increase in accounts payable and income taxes payable, respectively. The increase in receivables arose from sales activity occurring late in 2009 as further described in Net sales above for the year ended December 31, 2009. Included in the $9.6 million increase in accounts receivable was an increase of $0.7 million due from customers with payment terms of up to 150 days to $1.6 million at December 31, 2009. In addition, our inventories increased from the purchase of components to support new programs arising in 2010, including sales of large alternative power systems. The inventories purchased to support the sales activity and the new programs for 2010, primarily accounted for the $13.2 million increase in accounts payable. In addition, cash flows of $1.2 million were generated from an increase in our income taxes payable. The increase was attributable to the income generated late in 2009 and paid in 2010. Net other cash flows from operations was $0.2 million, none of which was individually significant.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities related primarily to the acquisition of fixed assets of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Fixed asset expenditures principally arose from the purchase of custom tooling used in the production of components for power systems.
Financing activities
We used $3.0 million of cash for our financing activities in 2009, of which $1.6 million was used for the repayment of debt obligations. Specifically, we paid $1.2 million to our bank for scheduled term debt payments, and the remaining payments consisted of scheduled payments on capital lease obligations and other notes payable. We had a $0.6 million reduction in our revolving line of credit which arose from a reduction in our working capital as we collected more cash from customer receivables during the period than what was required to pay trade payables and other obligations. We also had a $0.7 million decrease in cash overdrafts.
36
Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2008
Operating activities
In the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated cash flows from operations of $2.7 million, which consisted primarily of net income of approximately $1.8 million, including non-cash adjustments (primarily for deferred income taxes and depreciation) of $1.1 million. We generated additional cash flow of $5.8 million from the collections of accounts receivable. The cash flow generated from a reduction in the accounts receivable in 2008 compared to 2007 arose due to the timing of receivable collections. Included in the $5.8 million decrease in accounts receivable was a decrease of $3.7 million due from customers with payment terms of up to 150 days, which decreased the accounts receivable due from these customers to $0.9 million as compared to $4.6 million at December 31, 2007. In addition, we generated cash flow through a reduction of $7.4 million of our inventories from the prior year. Throughout 2007, our inventories had increased with our sales activity. In 2008, although sales were at levels consistent with 2007, we strategically targeted a reduction of inventories, while still supporting our sales. The cash flow generated from the reductions in accounts receivable and inventories was partially offset by a $12.0 million decrease in accounts payable. Accounts payable decreased as we lowered our inventories during 2008. Net other cash flows used in operations was $0.3 million, none of which was individually significant.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities related primarily to the acquisition of fixed assets of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Fixed asset expenditures principally arose from the purchase of custom tooling used in the production of components for power systems.
37
Financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $2.1 million. We refinanced our existing line of credit and three term loans with arrangements with a new lender during 2008. The refinancing was completed to provide us with additional cash. Under the terms of the refinancing, we replaced the existing line of credit and term loans with our prior lender with two term loans totaling $11.1 million and a revolving line of credit arrangement to maintain sufficient borrowing capacity. Borrowings under our revolving line of credit fluctuate based upon our changes in working capital requirements during a period. We used $12.6 million to repay borrowings, including repayment of the prior revolving line of credit and scheduled term debt payments, and we used $1.3 million of cash to pay financing fees related to the debt with our new lender. We also generated cash of $0.4 million from the sale and leaseback of assets during the year. We also had a $0.4 million increase in cash overdrafts the balance of which fluctuates based upon the timing of outstanding checks clearing our bank. Our revolving line of credit requires that our cash be applied against the revolving line of credit. As such, we do not maintain a cash balance, but rather borrowing on the revolving line of credit to fund outstanding checks as they clear our bank. Accordingly, the change in our outstanding checks will fluctuate by reporting period based upon the timing of their presentation to our bank for payment.
Credit Agreement
In connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, on April 29, 2011, we entered into a loan and security agreement with certain lenders and Harris N.A., as agent for the lenders. The new credit agreement replaced the loan and security agreement with Fifth Third Bank, the terms of which are discussed below. Our credit agreement provides for borrowings of up to $35.0 million under a revolving line of credit, which new line of credit is scheduled to mature on April 29, 2014 and has a variable interest rate as described below. Borrowings under our credit agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. Under our credit agreement, we are required to meet certain financial covenants, including a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.1 to 1.0 and a limitation on annual capital expenditures, the testing of which commenced on April 30, 2011. We were in compliance with the financial covenants under our current credit facility as of our most recent required compliance reporting period. Our credit agreement also contains customary covenants and restrictions applicable to us, including agreements to provide financial information, comply with laws, pay taxes and maintain insurance, restrictions on the incurrence of certain indebtedness, guarantees and liens, restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain dispositions of assets, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions. In addition, our credit agreement requires our cash accounts to be held with Harris N.A. Our cash deposits in the new line of credit account are swept by Harris N.A. daily and applied against the outstanding balance on our new line of credit. As a result, we maintain a zero cash balance in our line of credit account, and we borrow on the line of credit on a daily basis to fund our cash disbursements.
Under our credit agreement (in contrast to the prior credit agreement discussed below): (a) Power Solutions International, Inc. is a party to the new credit agreement and pledged the equity interests of The W Group to Harris N.A.; (b) there are no term loans; (c) the new line of credit bears interest at Harris N.A.s prime rate (3.25% at June 30, 2011) plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 0.50% or, at our option, a portion of the new line of credit can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%; (d) there is a higher limit on annual capital expenditures; (e) there is no maximum quarterly senior debt leverage ratio; and (f) there is a fixed charge coverage ratio similar to the fixed charge coverage ratio in the prior credit agreement with Fifth Third Bank, except that the fixed charge coverage ratio under the new credit agreement excludes historical debt service on Term Loan A and Term Loan B (each as defined and discussed below) and certain other one-time expenses. As of June 30, 2011, $10.0 million of our outstanding borrowings under our revolving line of credit of $16.2 million had been designated to bear interest at the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin.
On April 29, 2011, upon consummation of the reverse recapitalization and the other transactions referred to above under Recent Developments, we used net proceeds from the private placement and proceeds from a draw on the new line of credit to repay the prior loans (as discussed below) under the prior credit agreement with Fifth Third Bank in full. Upon consummation of the reverse recapitalization and immediately following the repayment of these prior loans on April 29, 2011, availability under the new line of credit was approximately $12.7 million.
The prior credit agreement was entered into in 2008 among Fifth Third Bank and The W Group and its subsidiaries. The initial proceeds from the prior credit agreement were used to retire the revolving line of credit and term loans with our predecessor bank. The prior credit agreement provided for a revolving line of credit of up to $37.5 million, a term loan of $8.7 million (Term Loan A) and a term loan of $2.4 million (Term Loan B), which prior loans collectively were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2013 and had variable interest rates. Under the terms of the prior credit agreement with Fifth Third Bank, we had the ability to elect whether outstanding amounts under the prior loans accrued interest based on the prime rate plus a margin or LIBOR plus a margin. Prior to being repaid in full, the loans under our prior credit agreement were collateralized by substantially all of our assets. Under the prior credit agreement, we were required to maintain our cash accounts with Fifth Third Bank. We had our cash deposits in our prior line of credit account swept by Fifth Third Bank daily and applied against the outstanding line of credit balance. As a
38
result, we maintained a zero cash balance in our prior line of credit account, and we borrowed on our prior line of credit on a daily basis to fund our cash disbursements. Outstanding borrowings under our prior line of credit were $25.4 million and $21.6 million at April 29, 2011 (immediately prior to the repayment of the prior line of credit) and December 31, 2010, respectively. Prior to its repayment in full in connection with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, principal payments of Term Loan A were payable in quarterly installments ranging from $0.2 million to $0.6 million over the life of the loan. Term Loan A had an outstanding balance of $5.1 million and $5.6 million as of April 29, 2011 (immediately prior to the repayment of the loan balance) and December 31, 2010, respectively. Prior to its repayment in full in connection with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, principal payments of Term Loan B were payable in quarterly installments of less than $0.1 million over the life of the loan plus a balloon payment at maturity. Term Loan B had an outstanding balance of $2.1 million and $2.1 million as of April 29, 2011 (immediately prior to the repayment of the loan balance) and December 31, 2010, respectively. In addition to scheduled quarterly payments, prior to its replacement, the prior credit agreement required an annual repayment equal to 60% of excess cash flow.
Our prior line of credit was previously amended, in August 2009, to reduce the maximum borrowings from $37.5 million to $29.0 million, bearing interest at Fifth Third Banks prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2009) plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50%. Prior to the replacement of our prior credit agreement with Fifth Third Bank on April 29, 2011, at our option a portion of the prior line of credit could be designated to bear interest at LIBOR, subject to a 2.00% floor, plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 3.50%. At December 31, 2010, the entire outstanding balance of $21.6 million had been designated to bear interest at the LIBOR rate, plus margin. The interest rate on our prior line of credit was 5.50% at December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2010, we determined that we were not in compliance with the quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio and the quarterly senior debt leverage ratio covenants of our prior credit agreement with Fifth Third Bank. The event of non-compliance at December 31, 2010 arose principally due to the timing of the payment of certain fixed charges such as tax payments during the period and as our actual EBITDA was less than the minimum required to be in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio and the senior debt leverage ratio. On January 20, 2011, we received from Fifth Third Bank a waiver of our noncompliance with these financial covenants as of December 31, 2010.
Contractual obligations
As of December 31, 2010, our commitments under our revolving line of credit, term debt, purchase obligations, operating and capital leases (which do not reflect the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, our repurchase of shares of our common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely or the private placement) were as set forth in the table below (amounts in 000s). On April 29, 2011, as discussed above under Liquidity and Capital ResourcesCredit Agreement, we entered into a new credit agreement with Harris Bank, N.A. Except for this agreement, during the six months ended June 30, 2011, there were no material contractual obligations entered into, or modified, outside the ordinary course of business which would affect any of the amounts presented in the table.
Total |
Less
than 1 year |
2 - 3
years |
4 - 5
years |
More
than 5 years |
||||||||||||||||
Revolving line of credit |
$ | 21,633 | $ | | $ | 21,633 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Term debt |
7,824 | 2,148 | 5,663 | 13 | | |||||||||||||||
Interest (1) |
3,873 | 1,672 | 2,201 | | | |||||||||||||||
Purchase commitments (2) |
1,109 | 378 | 150 | 150 | 431 | |||||||||||||||
Capital leases |
78 | 78 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Operating leases |
1,630 | 1,184 | 441 | 5 | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 36,147 | $ | 5,460 | $ | 30,088 | $ | 168 | $ | 431 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | For our revolving line of credit, we estimated future interest expense using the balance and interest rate as of December 31, 2010 through the remaining term of the agreement. For all other debt with scheduled principal payments, we estimated future interest expense using the applicable balances expected during the remaining term of each obligation and the interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2010. |
39
(2) | On November 18, 2010, we entered into an agreement with a supplier to build certain tooling and fixtures to be owned by us and used to produce certain of the components for our power systems. In exchange for the intellectual development and building of the tooling and fixtures, we agreed to pay the supplier $1.125 million over a 10 year period. Of this amount, $0.9 million remains unpaid at December 31, 2010. In addition, we have a $0.2 million commitment to another supplier relating to the development of licensing exclusively for our benefit. |
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements.
Impact of recently issued accounting standards
Revenue Recognition
In September 2009, the FASB reached a consensus on ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic No. 605)Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, (ASU 2009-13). ASU 2009-13 modifies the requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet been delivered. ASU 2009-13 eliminates the requirement that all undelivered elements must have either: (i) vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) or (ii) third-party evidence (TPE), before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement consideration that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities are required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. Overall arrangement consideration must be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entitys estimated selling price. The residual method of allocating arrangement consideration has been eliminated. The application of this standard as of January 1, 2011 had no material impact on the results of operations.
Fair value measurements
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, the FASB does not intend for the amendments in this statement to result in a change in the application of the requirements of this topic. The amendments fall into two categories:
1. | Those that clarify the FASBs intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements; and |
2. | Those that change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value, or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. |
Those amendments that clarify the FASBs intent include the following:
a. | The highest and best use and valuation premise for fair value measurement is relevant only for non-financial assets and are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or liabilities. |
b. | An entity should measure the fair value of its own equity instruments from the perspective of a market participant that holds that instrument as an asset. |
c. | A reporting entity is to disclose quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used in a fair value measurement of items within the Level 3 hierarchy. |
Those amendments that change a particular principle or requirement include the following:
a. | Financial institutions and similar reporting entities that manage their financial instruments on the basis of their net exposure, are now allowed an exception that allows them to measure the fair value of such financial assets and liabilities at a price to sell or settle a net asset position or net liability position for a particular risk, as opposed to a fair value measurement for the gross values of each financial instrument. |
b. | Application of discounts or premiums are allowed in a fair value measurement if related to the unit of account for the asset or liability being measured at fair value, and in the absence of a Level 1 input, a reporting entity should apply premiums or discounts when market participants would do so when pricing the asset or liability consistent with the unit of account in Topic 820 that requires or permits the fair value measurement. For example, control premiums included in a fair value measurement would be a valid application of this guidance; however, a block discount would not, as the former represents a characteristic of the asset, whereas the latter results only from the size of the asset acquired. |
c. | Additional disclosures for fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, to include: |
1. | The valuation processes used for Level 3 measurements and their sensitivity to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any. |
2. | How a non-financial asset is used, if used other than for its highest and best use, when its fair value must be measured or disclosed on that basis. |
3. | The categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, but for which fair value is disclosed (e.g., financial instruments measured at amortized cost). |
The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively by us beginning January 1, 2012. Early adoption is not allowed. Based on the nature of our financial assets and liabilities, these amendments are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.
Other Comprehensive Income
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Presentation of Comprehensive Income in order to increase the prominence of items presented in other comprehensive income and to facilitate the convergence of GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). This statement gives reporting entities two options for presenting other comprehensive income (OCI), which until now included a third option of presenting the components of OCI in the statement of shareholders equity.
An OCI statement can now be included with the statement of operations, and together the two will make a statement of total comprehensive income. Alternatively, the OCI statement can be presented separately from the statement of operations, but the two statements will have to appear consecutively within a financial report. In either case, an entity is required to present each component of net income, total net income, and each component of OCI, a total for OCI, and a total for comprehensive income. Also, in either case, adjustments for items reclassified from OCI to net income are to be presented on the face of the financial statement(s) where the components of net income and OCI are presented.
Public companies will have to apply the amendments for fiscal quarters and years that start December 15, 2011, or later, with early
adoption permitted. Based on the nature of the Companys operations, we currently have no items reported in OCI. Since ASU 2011-05 does not change the items that must be reported in OCI (and does change when items must be reclassified from OCI
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
We maintain cash accounts with Harris N.A., which is where we also maintain our new line of credit. Our cash deposits in the new line of credit account are swept by Harris N.A. on a daily basis and applied against the outstanding line of credit balance, and we borrow on the line of credit on a daily basis to fund our cash disbursements.
Our exposure to changes in the level of interest rates is generally limited to borrowings under our credit facility with Harris N.A. In particular, our interest expense sensitivity results from changes in the underlying prime rate or LIBOR. At our option, we have the ability to elect whether outstanding amounts under our new line of credit with Harris N.A. bear interest at the prime rate plus a margin or LIBOR plus a margin and, prior to the repayment of our prior line of credit with our previous senior lender, Fifth Third Bank as of April 29, 2011, we had the ability to elect whether outstanding amounts under each of Term Loan A and Term Loan B with Fifth Third Bank, bore interest at the prime rate plus a margin or LIBOR plus a margin. We designated our outstanding balance under our prior line of credit with Fifth Third Bank to bear interest at LIBOR, subject to a 2.0% floor, plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 3.50%. At June 30, 2011 the principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the current line of credit was $16.2 million and at December 31, 2010, the principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the prior line of credit was $21.6 million. At June 30, 2011, we had no term loans outstanding with Harris, N.A. At December 31, 2010, the principal amounts outstanding under the Fifth Third Bank Term Loan A and Term Loan B were $5.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively.
At June 30, 2011, the Harris, N.A., line of credit had an outstanding balance of $16.2 million. We designated $10.0 million of the outstanding balance to bear interest at LIBOR at rates ranging from 2.69% to 2.75%, inclusive of the applicable margin of 2.5%. The remaining balance of $6.2 million bore interest at the prime rate of 3.25% plus the applicable margin, for an all-in interest rate of 3.75%. At December 31, 2010, the entire outstanding balance of $21.6 million under the prior line of credit bore interest at a rate of 5.50%. At December 31, 2010, the outstanding balances under Term Loan A and Term Loan B bore interest at the prime rate plus a margin. See Note 7 Line of Credit and Note 8 Long-Term Debt to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011; and see Note 3 Line of credit and Note 4 Long-term debt to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009; and see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and capital resources Credit agreement above for a discussion of our current line of credit with Harris N.A., and our prior line of credit with Fifth Third Bank, Term Loan A and Term Loan B.
40
We previously maintained, and may maintain in the future, an interest-rate risk management strategy using derivative instruments to minimize significant, unanticipated earnings fluctuations caused by interest-rate volatility. However, we have not maintained such a strategy since the third quarter of fiscal 2008.
Based upon our current credit agreement with Harris N.A., using our balances and interest rates as of June 30, 2011, and holding other variables constant, a 10% increase in our interest rates for the next 12 month period would have decreased our pre-tax earnings and cash flow by less than $0.1 million.
We are currently not subject to any material foreign currency exchange rate risk or any investment-related risk.
41
Company Overview
We are a global producer and distributor of a broad range of high performance, certified low emission, power systems for original equipment manufacturers of off-highway industrial equipment. Our customers include companies that are large, industry-leading and/or multinational organizations, and we are a sole source power systems provider for most of our customers. Our power systems are highly engineered, comprehensive systems which, through our technologically sophisticated development and manufacturing processes, including our in-house design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities and our analysis and determination of the specific components to be integrated into a given power system (driven in large part by emission standards and cost restrictions required, or desired, to be met), allow us to provide to our customers power systems customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements, other technical specifications of customers and requirements imposed by environmental regulatory bodies. Our power system configurations range from a basic engine block integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry. The components which we integrate into our power systems include internally designed components and components for which we coordinate design efforts with third party suppliers, as well as other components supplied from third parties. Some of these key components (including engines) embody proprietary intellectual property of those suppliers. We are able to provide to our customers a comprehensive power system which can be incorporated, using a single part number, directly into a customers specified application. Capitalizing on our expertise in developing and manufacturing emission-certified power systems and through our access to the latest power system technologies, we believe that we are able to provide complete green power systems to industrial OEMs at a low cost and fast design turnaround.
Our power systems are primarily spark-ignited, running on alternative fuels such as natural gas and propane. We design, develop, manufacture, distribute and provide after-market support for our power systems for industrial OEMs in a wide range of industries with a diversified set of applications. Our power systems are used in stationary electricity generators, oil and gas equipment, forklifts, aerial work platforms, industrial sweepers, arbor equipment, agricultural and turf equipment, aircraft ground support equipment, construction and irrigation equipment, and other industrial equipment. For these applications, our low-emission, alternative fuel power systems, which range in size from under 1 liter to over 22 liters and meet, and in many cases produce emissions at levels significantly lower than those currently required by, emission standards of the EPA and CARB, represent a cleaner, and typically less expensive, alternative to diesel fuel power systems. In addition, while our power systems primarily run on alternative fuels, we also supply low-emission standard fuel (such as diesel) power systems and are in the process of developing hybrid power systems. In the markets in which our diesel and alternative fuel power systems compete, substantially all of the engines are water-cooled (as opposed to air-cooled), multi-cylinder engines.
Under a distributor agreement with Perkins, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Caterpillar, packaging and distribution agreements with Caterpillar engine dealers and our association with Caterpillar, we are one of the largest suppliers of Perkins and Caterpillar diesel power systems under 275 horsepower. This makes us a prominent supplier of EPA and CARB emission-certified diesel power systems to the industrial OEM marketplace. As we do for our alternative fuel power systems, we supply components for, and apply our sophisticated application engineering and design services to, these Perkins and Caterpillar power systems in a wide range of industrial applications. We believe that the 12-state territory covered by these distribution agreements presents us with the opportunity to capitalize on the majority of all diesel industrial OEM opportunities in the United States.
42
Building upon our experience in developing emission-compliant power systems, and with a view to serving our customers needs regarding emissions compliance, we are also developing a range of hybrid power systems. We plan to apply technology from our existing green power systems and our application expertise to provide tailored, cost-efficient, emission-compliant hybrid power systems to the industrial OEM marketplace, both domestically and internationally.
We expect that growth in domestic sales of our low-emission power systems will be driven by the substantial breadth of our emission-certified products, as well as increasing U.S. demand for alternative fuel power systems resulting from the adoption of increasingly stringent engine emission regulations. Additionally, we are seeing increasing demand for our power systems from international industrial OEMs, most significantly in Asia, that manufacture industrial equipment for the U.S. import market.
In addition to our emission-certified power systems, we also produce and distribute non-emission-certified power systems for industrial OEMs for particular applications in markets which do not currently maintain emission standards for those applications (for example, oil and gas equipment used in Canada). Approximately 65% of our net sales in 2010 consisted of sales of emission-certified products, with approximately 50% of our 2010 net sales consisting of sales of emission certified products for which we hold the applicable regulatory certification and approximately 15% of our 2010 net sales consisting of sales of diesel power systems for which the diesel engine supplier holds the applicable regulatory certification. Approximately 12% of our net sales in 2010 consisted of sales of aftermarket parts and the remaining approximately 23% of our net sales in 2010 consisted of sales of our non-emission-certified power systems.
Industry and Market Overview
Industrial OEM Market
The off-highway industrial OEM market represents a diversified set of applications and industry categories that include power generation, oil and gas, material handling, aerial work platforms, sweepers, arbor, welding, airport ground support, agricultural, turf, construction and irrigation. While the power system requirements for the industrial OEM market bear similarities to the requirements for power systems used in automotive applications, there are substantial application differences between automotive and industrial equipment applications. Torque, start, stop, low speed and, with respect to certain applications, indoor use requirements make direct use of an automotive power system impractical for use in most industrial equipment applications. Recognizing these differences, the EPA and CARB have issued distinct emission standards and regulations for industrial applications, as compared to those for automotive applications. As a result, there is not a direct cross-over of available automotive power systems into the industrial OEM market. Power systems used in the industrial OEM market must satisfy these emission standards through a certification process with the EPA and CARB that includes durability testing of the engine emission system at zero and 5,000 hours, production line testing on a quarterly basis and field compliance audit testing. Given the level of engineering and financial resources that automotive engine manufacturers would need to dedicate to supply EPA emission-certified product into this industrial OEM marketplace, and that this marketplace does not represent a core business for these manufacturers, it is generally impractical for automotive engine manufacturers to compete in the industrial OEM marketplace.
Industrial OEM power systems use internal combustion engines (both diesel and spark-ignited), as well as electric motors. Diesel engine systems, which use compression to initiate ignition to burn fuel, in contrast to spark-ignited engine systems which use a spark plug to initiate the combustion process, currently represent the dominant power systems, depending on the specific industrial application involved. For example, diesel powered equipment is generally used in outdoor industrial applications, while electric motors and alternative fuel, spark-ignited power systems are used for indoor industrial applications where carbon monoxide and air quality issues must be addressed.
The following charts illustrate the industrial OEM market in 2009 for water-cooled, multi-cylinder diesel and spark-ignited power systems, broken down by geographic regions for which these systems are purchased, and between diesel and spark-ignited engine power systems, based upon data supplied by Power Systems Research, Inc., a global supplier of business information to the engine and power products industries.
43
Both diesel power systems and electric motors have significant limitations. Diesel power systems present unique emission compliance challenges, while electric motors are often not feasible alternatives in industrial applications as a result of limitations on battery storage capacity. We expect demand for spark-ignited power systems within the industrial OEM marketplace, even without full consideration of the anticipated migration from diesel to spark-ignited power systems in the industrial OEM marketplace, to grow at a high rate. Worldwide demand is estimated by Power Systems Research, Inc. to be approximately 272,000 units in 2011, a 67% increase over the 2009 level of approximately 163,000 units, and approximately 357,000 units in 2015, an increase of approximately 119% over 2009 levels. Additionally, consistent with trends in the automotive marketplace, industrial OEMs are demonstrating strong interest in hybrid power systems.
Market Trends
The market for our power systems is continuing to grow globally as a result of several key drivers.
Increasingly Stringent Regulations and Growing Efforts to Reduce Emissions
Concerns regarding climate change and other environmental considerations have led to implementation of laws and regulations that restrict, cap or tax emissions in the automotive industry and throughout other industries. While emission standards vary significantly around the world, such standards have become increasingly more stringent. Over the last ten years in particular, there has been a significant increase in regulation of off-highway equipment emissions. Industrial OEMs have experienced pressure to redesign their products to address these emission regulations, as products that are unable to meet emission standards may not be sold in the marketplace. However, we believe few suppliers to industrial OEMs have been capable of providing, or are willing to make the investments of time and financial and other resources necessary to provide, products that meet the new EPA and CARB requirements.
Increased EPA and CARB emission regulations associated with diesel power systems due to take effect over the next several years are expected to increase both the cost and product footprint (in other words, the size of the power system) of diesel power products. Internal combustion engines generally produce emissions of carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons (organic compounds consisting entirely of hydrogen and carbon that can be emitted as a result of incomplete fuel combustion and fuel evaporation), and oxides of nitrogen (highly reactive gases formed when oxygen and nitrogen in the air react with each other during combustion), and diesel engines produce particularly high levels of these pollutants. In addition, diesel engines produce particulate matter, which is among the areas of focus of these emission regulations. In 2004, the EPA adopted rules introducing Tier 4 emission standards which significantly reduce permitted emissions of oxides of nitrogen and particulate matter, and restrict hydrocarbon emissions, for off-road diesel engines of various sizes. The most recent standards adopted were initially implemented in 2008 and will continue to be phased in through 2015. As an example of the increasingly stringent standards to which diesel engines are subject, in 2012 permitted levels of particulate matter for nonroad diesel engines will be reduced by approximately 90% from 2009 permitted levels. As a result, manufacturers and suppliers of diesel power systems, in comparison to spark-ignited and hybrid power systems, face greater challenges in complying with the new emission regulations. A manufacturer of diesel power systems must expend significant resources to develop a compliant power system, often
44
through incorporation of additional components into a power system to reduce levels of particulate and other emissions. This can be a lengthy and expensive processbased upon our experience with customers and suppliers, and on additional information provided by Power Systems Research, Inc., industrial OEMs are experiencing cost increases of between 30% and 100% for a comprehensive diesel power system with combustion and aftertreatments incorporated to satisfy the new requirements. Furthermore, these emission regulations will create not only a cost but also a footprint disadvantage for a diesel power system, when compared to a spark-ignited, emission-certified power system.
Additionally, countries outside of the United States have historically adopted emission regulations aligned with those of the U.S., and accordingly, it is anticipated that regulations comparable to current and future EPA and CARB emission regulations will be implemented internationally. For example, recently implemented policies in Europe, generally referred to as Stage I, II, III and IV regulations, regulate emissions of off-road mobile equipment. Similar to emission regulations in the U.S., these regulations in Europe call for reductions in emissions of hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen and particulate matter, to be phased in over a period of time. If foreign jurisdictions continue to adopt emission regulations consistent with those of the U.S., it is expected that the international industrial OEM market will experience similar pressures to use cost effective, emission-certified power systems.
The chart below represents our estimate of the anticipated growth in sales of water-cooled, multi-cylinder, spark-ignited engines, relative to equivalent diesel engines, in the worldwide industrial OEM market for water-cooled, multi-cylinder diesel and spark-ignited engines over the next several years, based upon data supplied by Power Systems Research, Inc.
Projected Growth in Sales of Water-Cooled, Multi-Cylinder Spark-Ignited Engines in the Worldwide
Industrial OEM Market
Increased Use of Alternative Fuels
As a result of economic considerations, the drive for energy independence and the widespread availability of alternative fuels such as natural gas and propane, in addition to environmental concerns, the market for alternative fuel technology continues to grow. We believe that providers of industrial equipment in industrial OEM categories, such as power generation, that rely significantly on coal, diesel fuel and gasoline, will face increasing pressure to use alternative fuel power systems.
45
In the United States, significant domestic alternative fuel reserves have been identified. These reserves include the Marcellus Gas Shale, with estimated resources recoverable using current technology of 262 trillion cubic feet of natural gas, and the Bakken Formation of the Williston Basin Province, Montana and North Dakota, with estimated undiscovered volumes of 3.65 billion barrels of oil, 1.85 trillion cubic feet of natural gas in the oil and 148 million barrels of natural gas liquids. It is believed that the alternative fuel reserves identified in the United States could satisfy much of the energy needs of the U.S. for many years.
Additionally, the infrastructure supporting alternative fuel in the United States continues to expand. Further, the United States and some other countries have taken action to increase demand and support for alternative fuels, in an effort to reduce dependence on imported oil, capitalize on domestic natural gas reserves and reduce emissions from diesel engines. For example, the EPA has provided subsidies in the form of grants and other financing programs for the advancement of alternative fuel technologies (to date directed primarily towards on-road vehicles). Additionally, industry organizations, such as the Propane Education and Research Council, an organization authorized by the U.S. Congress with the passage of the Propane Education and Research Act, award grants to a wide variety of institutions, universities, and government organizations for the continued research, development, demonstration and commercialization of alternative fuel technologies.
Industrial OEM Trend Toward Outsourcing
Industrial OEMs have been following the broader marketplace trend of outsourcing non-core functions. The dynamics of global sourcing and the need for cost competitiveness have led, and should continue to lead, industrial OEMs to assess what operations and system components are core to their business model and what they should outsource to their suppliers and partners. In particular, to comply with frequently changing environmental regulations while remaining competitive, industrial OEMs have been increasingly more reliant on outsourcing to third party suppliers and partners with specialized regulatory and design expertise. By looking to outside sources for power systems, power system components and subsystems, industrial OEMs are able to focus their resources on overall design and functionality of their products, rather than on developing the sophisticated technology associated with emission-certified power systems. We expect increasingly more industrial OEMs to outsource power systems, system components and subsystems to third party suppliers with the requisite experience and technology.
Penetration by International Suppliers into Regulated Markets
The implementation of emission regulations domestically and in non-U.S. markets also impacts international suppliers of industrial equipment products outside these regulated markets. International industrial OEMs that supply into regulated industrial OEM markets, including those already doing so and those recognizing emerging opportunities to sell their products into these markets, must meet applicable emission requirements, like those imposed by the EPA and CARB in the U.S. For example, Chinese and other Asian suppliers have recognized that, in order to effectively penetrate and sell into emission regulated industrial OEM markets like North America and Western Europe, their products must be emission-certified. These international industrial OEMs generally lack the regulatory and design expertise necessary to develop their own emission-certified power systems. Furthermore, they recognize that, even if they had or could acquire the relevant expertise, it can be much less time consuming and much more cost-effective for them to acquire compliant power systems from third-party suppliers, rather than internally developing and manufacturing their own solutions. Accordingly, just as domestic industrial OEMs are outsourcing this function, so too are international industrial OEMs, and we expect this trend to continue.
Growing Demand for Sophisticated Electronic Technology and Automotive Grade Quality Standards
Demanding automotive grade quality, as well as on-time delivery, has become standard practice in the industrial OEM marketplace. Consistent with the trend in the automotive industry, the level of technology and sophistication, including electronic controls, associated with industrial OEM power systems has advanced significantly to meet the growing demand for improved quality, reliability and performance. This has led to an ongoing reduction in the number of suppliers capable of supporting such product requirements.
46
Our Competitive Strengths
We have a 25-year history and reputation as a proven supplier of cost-effective, technologically advanced products to the industrial OEM marketplace. We believe that our technological superiority and the comprehensive nature of our product offerings position us to capitalize on developing trends in the industrial OEM markets and drive significant future growth.
Our Deep and Broad Array of Green Product Offerings
Alternative Fuel Power Systems
Our power systems represent a broad range of EPA and CARB emission-certified, alternative fuel products for industrial applications in the world. We are one of only a few providers of industrial OEM products that meet, and in many cases produce emissions at levels significantly lower than those currently required by, current emission standards of the EPA and CARB. We also provide advanced, standardized fuel system and component technology across our entire range of emission-certified products, using a common fuel system and electronic controls on most of our power systems. As a result, our OEM customers are able to focus internal engineering and technical support resources, and train their personnel, on one standardized fuel system and one set of electronic controls employed throughout the range of power systems they acquire from us, and are able to reduce their product design and ongoing product support costs.
Our existing capability to provide a large range of emission-certified, alternative fuel products strategically positions us to capitalize on the cost and packaging disadvantage associated with diesel power systems that will result from increased EPA and CARB emission regulations scheduled to take effect over the next several years. Given the existing dominance of diesel power systems in the industrial OEM marketplace, even a minor shift in the marketplace from diesel to spark-ignited, alternative fuel power systems will represent a significant growth opportunity for us.
Additionally, as international OEMs desire to supply industrial equipment products into the United States that must meet required EPA and CARB emission requirements, we provide a fast, certain, cost-effective route for these foreign industrial OEMs to meet these emission requirements. Specifically, because we own the EPA and CARB compliance certificates specific to our power systems, we provide foreign industrial OEMs with immediate access to EPA and CARB compliant power systems through our lineup of emission-certified product and application engineering capabilities. We have already secured commercial sales relationships with some of Asias largest industrial OEMs, and have begun supplying EPA and CARB compliant power systems to these industrial OEM customers for incorporation into their product lineups.
Furthermore, because we expect countries outside of the United States to implement emission regulations that are aligned with current and future U.S. emission standards, we anticipate an opportunity to further diversify and supplement our customer base with industrial OEMs that supply products outside of the U.S. If such emission regulations are implemented consistent with our expectation, we anticipate being able to provide power systems to industrial OEMs that meet applicable foreign emission standards, leveraging our technology and experience in developing our EPA and CARB emission-certified products.
In summary, we represent a one-stop power system solution for industrial OEMs desiring to meet the growing demands for green products with reduced emissions across their entire range of products. As such, we believe we are in a prime competitive position to continue to grow market share domestically, as well as internationally.
Hybrid Power Systems
We believe that, as increased emission standards are implemented, our existing OEM customers and other industrial OEMs may explore power system alternatives to standalone combustion engines. Accordingly, in addition to alternative fuel power systems, we are developing hybrid power systems that address future emission standards and todays environmental and cost related concerns, with the ability to operate over an extended range. We are developing versatile hybrid powertrain units for the industrial OEM market, and expect to be able to integrate our
47
hybrid power systems within the powertrain as a parallel system, which is coupled to a traditional hydraulic pump or transmission, or series system, which is used to provide extended on-board electrical power to an electric drive system. We believe that our hybrid power systems will reduce fuel costs, increase torque and increase productivity of the power system. Additionally, our hybrid power systems are being designed to produce low levels of noise and exhaust emissions and excellent fuel economy. These systems should also enable customers to downsize current engine displacements (in other words, get the same power out of smaller engines).
Capitalizing on our extensive experience in developing both short and long term green power systems, we will be able to accurately specify the proper engine size, battery and voltage range, along with the proper integrated hybrid system and engine management controls for a specific industrial application. We believe our ability to provide fully integrated hybrid powertrain systems to our industrial OEM customers will be an advantage over our competitors and strengthen our ability to meet the alternative power system needs of industrial OEMs in the future.
Our Deep Market Penetration and Strong and Diverse Customer Base
Through industrial OEMs outsourcing component products to us, we are able to take advantage of opportunities for component standardization across industry categories, while still providing each industrial OEM with the flexibility to customize as required for particular design and application specifications. We aggregate our product development efforts, and can amortize associated costs, over our large and diverse OEM customer base and across industry categories. Furthermore, we capitalize on volume, economies of scale and global supply opportunities when sourcing component products. We can therefore provide our OEM customers with lower cost structures than they would otherwise be able to achieve and help them reduce their part numbers and supply base by consolidating their procurement and assembly efforts down to a single part number product supplied by us. Our component sourcing relationships further enable our OEM customers to recognize resource reductions, inventory reductions and engineering support advantages.
Additionally, our relationships with international OEM customers that supply their industrial equipment into the United States generate opportunities for us to further supplement our business. We believe that, once one of our emission-certified power systems is engineered into a foreign industrial OEMs product, that OEM is likely to also incorporate our power systems into its products that do not require emission-compliant power systems. This use by foreign industrial OEMs of our power systems for both their emission-certified and non-emission-compliant power system needs reduces ongoing engineering, aftermarket and field service support requirements, while supporting a product strategy that can easily be adjusted to any future worldwide changes in emission requirements. These relationships further provide us with growth opportunities beyond those dependent upon U.S. demand for emission regulated products, and solidify our supplier and partnership position with our foreign industrial OEM customers.
Moreover, even if our relationship with an international OEM customer is limited to United States compliant power systems, we are in an opportune position to provide additional emission-compliant power systems in the future, as emission regulations for industrial equipment begin to emerge in other countries around the world. Given our established expertise and worldwide presence, we provide a cost effective strategy to meet emerging emission regulations for both domestic and foreign industrial OEMs that can continue to benefit from our emission expertise and aggregation capabilities.
48
Our Superior Technology
We are a recognized leader in providing industrial OEMs with highly engineered, technologically superior, emission-certified power systems that cover a wide range of possible fuel alternatives. Rather than dedicating the significant resources necessary to develop the in-house capabilities to design and manufacture technologically sophisticated, emission-certified power systems for their products, our OEM customers are able to take advantage of our proven power system technology, our application engineering expertise, the broad range of our EPA and CARB emission-certified power systems and our industrial equipment testing and certification processes. By using our emission-certified, technologically sophisticated power systems, our OEM customers recognize potentially significant cost reductions. They are able to focus their efforts on the development of operations and system components core to their business, without having to expend considerable resources associated with the emission certification process, which requires potentially years to perform durability testing of the engine emission system at zero and 5,000 hours, production line testing on a quarterly basis and field compliance audit testing, each of which is mandated and regulated by the EPA and CARB.
The level and range of our EPA and CARB emission-certified product offering further demonstrates the strength of our technology. Our emission-certified products meet all current existing emission standards of the EPA and CARB. We are able to maintain and enhance our position as a supplier of technologically sophisticated, emission-certified power systems through our experienced and technologically savvy team of application engineers. This team gives us the ability to support and integrate our power systems into a significant number of industrial OEM applications. We believe that our continued recruitment and development of talented personnel will augment our ability to stay ahead of emerging technologies in the industrial OEM marketplace.
Further, we are not captive of our own internal manufactured components and technology. Unlike some of our competitors that focus on developing and manufacturing most of their own product technology and components, we believe that superior technology is derived from having the flexibility to incorporate the best proven technology available in the marketplace. We focus on developing deep internal engineering and application expertise, more than on developing in-house components and technology. This affords us the flexibility to capitalize on current and emerging technology that best meets the requirements of any given application, as opposed to only using internally-developed technology that might not provide the best solution. Because we do not directly compete in the development of key technology, suppliers of underlying technology are interested in supplying their latest innovations to us. As a result, we believe we have access to the best proven technology in the marketplace. We believe this strategy puts us in a strong position to benefit from our significant OEM customer base and aggregation capabilities in order to provide the best available product and technology solutions for our OEM customers.
49
Our Dedicated Customer-centric Product and Application Expertise
We have a customer-centric business focus. We commit our attention and efforts first on solidifying and expanding relationships with our existing customers by staying connected with our customers, being aware of challenges they face and understanding their evolving needs. Through our extensive experience in the industrial OEM marketplace and our adaptive technology strategy that we use in developing our power systems, we accept the specific requests of our individual customers and provide tailored power systems to their power system needs. We believe that satisfaction of our current customers needs helps generate new opportunities for us to expand our market presence and obtain new business. In addition, we are always looking for opportunities that may develop into new customer relationships.
Our goal is to be not only a leader in technology, but also a leader in customer satisfaction at all levels of customer interaction. Our product and application experience and expertise extends beyond our extensive design, prototyping, testing and application integration engineering capability. Our entire team, from production personnel to our customer support staff, is highly experienced in both the products we sell and the OEM customer applications into which they are integrated. This experience is derived from both industry experience with industrial equipment and formal training.
We assign a customer support engineer, holding an engine technology degree, to each of our OEM customers. Each customer support engineer provides dedicated application support for our OEM customers, providing a direct line of communication between the OEMs manufacturing line and our production operations. Our quality, field service support and service operations have similar capabilities and provide knowledgeable and responsive support to our OEM customers at every point of customer interface.
Growth Strategy
Our core strategy is to develop comprehensive power systems for the industrial OEM marketplace. We believe that, with our competitive advantages, our continued pursuit of our core strategy will drive growth in our business. More specifically, we intend to seek future growth as follows:
Expand Products and Services Provided to Existing OEM Customers
We are continually working to capitalize on organic growth opportunities, building upon our strong existing customer relationships, which in many cases are on a sole source basis. We plan to expand our business with our existing customers, including through the natural expansion of the products and services we supply to them, as their own businesses grow, their product lines evolve and they use our power systems throughout their product lines. As economic conditions improve and our existing OEM customers businesses and product lines expand, including into new market categories, we expect to continue to satisfy all of their emission-compliant, power system needs across their entire range of products. We continue to build upon our current range of emission-certified power systems, including further broadening our range of alternative fuel power systems and developing our hybrid power systems, positioning us to offer comprehensive green power systems that meet the emerging needs of our existing OEM customers.
Establish New Industrial OEM Relationships
We expect to strengthen our OEM customer base by developing new relationships with industrial OEMs. We seek to acquire new clients and gain new business from OEMs that we do not presently serve by focusing our marketing efforts toward these potential customers and capitalizing on our reputation, the depth, breadth and technological sophistication of our power systems, our commitment to customer service and the cost savings we can offer, to develop these new relationships. Emphasizing our experience and reputation in market categories in which our power systems are already well-established, such as power generation, we focus on establishing new industrial OEM relationships in these market categories, thereby capturing an increasingly greater share of the market opportunity in these industrial OEM categories.
50
We aim to establish new relationships with, and supply our emission-certified power systems to, OEMs in a variety of industrial OEM market categories. In particular, we target expanding our OEM relationships in high-growth market categories, such as oil and gas applications, while maintaining and enhancing our penetration in market categories that are growing more slowly. As we gain traction in emerging industrial OEM categories that did not previously represent significant opportunities for our power systems, we plan to further focus our efforts on potential customers in those categories.
Expand Into New Geographic Markets
We plan to increase our penetration of international markets, expanding our business with existing and international OEM customers by satisfying their needs for EPA and CARB emission requirement compliant power systems for use in products sold in the U.S. and for non-compliant systems for use in products sold outside the U.S. Additionally, with our expertise in developing comprehensive, integrated green power systems, our expanding worldwide presence and our ability to provide beneficial cost structures to our customers as a result of our aggregation capabilities, we intend to take advantage of increases in demand for emission-compliant industrial OEM power systems from industrial OEMs that sell into international markets, as emissions regulations emerge in those markets.
Develop New Products
By leveraging the deep industry experience of our engineering and new product development teams, we are working to broaden the range of our power system product offerings, including with respect to engine classes and the industrial OEM market categories into which we supply our products. We capitalize on our technologically sophisticated, in-house design, prototyping, testing and application engineering capabilities to further refine our superior spark-ignited power system technology. We plan to apply our experience and expertise in developing comprehensive, integrated green power systems to expand our spark-ignited alternative fuel offerings and further develop our hybrid power systems. We also plan to develop new, complementary product offerings, such as MasterTrak, our telematics tool that we offer bundled with our power systems, as well as on a stand-alone basis, to our OEM customers and other businesses.
Selectively Pursue Complementary Strategic Transactions
We may enter into strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of, or joint ventures or partnerships with, companies that present complementary non-organic growth opportunities. Specifically, we will seek opportunities that extend or supplement our presence into new geographic markets or industrial OEM market categories, expand our customer base, add new products or service applications (such as our 2007 acquisition of the telematics technology for our MasterTrak product and services; see Our Products and Industry CategoriesConnected Asset Services) or provide significant operating synergies. We believe that there may be domestic or international strategic opportunities available to us, as the sophistication of technology and amount of resources necessary to develop and supply power systems that meet increasingly stringent emission standards continue to increase.
Company History
Founded in 1985, we sought to break the then-prevalent OEM focus on the diesel engine as a commodity by providing value-added engineering, procurement and packaging of products and services to the industrial OEM marketplace. Because of our expanded product and service offerings, we played a significant role in moving the industrial OEM marketplace from a simple, engine-centric model to a more comprehensive model. This comprehensive power system model includes engineering, procurement and packaging solutions for cooling, electronics, air intake, fuel systems, power takeoff, exhaust, hydraulics and packaging application requirements. Through implementation of our strategy, we grew our diesel power system sales and became one of the largest Perkins diesel power system distributors in the world, a position we still maintain today.
51
Our desire to expand our product and service offerings, coupled with the success of our strategy in the diesel marketplace, motivated us to move into the marketplace for spark-ignited power systems. From the mid-1990s going forward, we have applied our strategy to spark-ignited gasoline and alternative fuel products. In applying our extensive, prior experience developing power systems for our diesel power system OEM customers to the spark-ignited industrial OEM marketplace, and addressing the growing demand for diesel alternatives as a result of environmental and economic considerations, we have developed a comprehensive range of alternative fuel power systems. As a result, we have become a significant supplier of power systems to prominent OEM customers located throughout North America, with sales to OEM customers located (with location determined based upon the continent to which we ship a product) throughout North America representing approximately 94% of our net sales in 2010. We also sell our power systems to OEM customers located throughout Asia (approximately 5% of our net sales in 2010) and Europe (approximately 1% of our net sales in 2010), in which regions we intend to increase our sales efforts.
On April 29, 2011, The W Group completed a reverse acquisition transaction with Format, Inc. (which is now Power Solutions International, Inc.), in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Format, merged into The W Group, and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the merger. In that transaction, The W Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc.
Format was incorporated in the State of Nevada on March 21, 2001 for the purpose of providing EDGARizing services to various commercial and corporate entities. Immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse acquisition transaction, Format was engaged, to a limited extent, in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC, and providing limited commercial printing services, and had assets that included cash, rights under a services agreement with Formats sole customer (which agreement was terminated in connection with the reverse recapitalization), a real property lease pursuant to which Format leased its sole office space (which lease was transferred to Ryan Neely in connection with the reverse recapitalization) and depreciated office equipment located in Formats transferred, leased office space. Due to the nominal operations and assets of Format immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and related transactions, this reverse acquisition transaction is accounted for as a recapitalization.
The reverse recapitalization transaction was consummated under Delaware corporate law pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger. Upon completion of the reverse recapitalization, Format changed its name to Power Solutions International, Inc. All of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group at the closing of the reverse recapitalization converted into an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock and 95,960.90289 shares of preferred stock. These shares represented a substantial majority of the shares of our common stock and shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction.
In connection with the reverse recapitalization transaction, Format entered into a stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement with Ryan Neely, Formats sole director and executive officer immediately prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization, and his wife, Michelle Neely. Pursuant to this agreement, at the time the reverse recapitalization transaction was completed, (1) Format repurchased 3,000,000 shares of Format common stock, representing approximately 79.57% of the shares of Format common stock outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction, from Ryan and Michelle Neely, and (2) Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely terminated all of their interest in, and released Format from all obligations it had with respect to, the loans made by Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely to Format from time to time, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $360,000. In addition, Ryan and Michelle Neely released Format from any obligations Format had to them in respect of any other amounts (including any accrued compensation) that may have at any time been owing from Format prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization. In connection with, but prior to, the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Format used all of its available cash to settle remaining liabilities that Format had prior to the completion of the reverse recapitalization. These included amounts owed to Formats accountants, independent auditors and legal counsel; provided that Formats legal counsel agreed to release Format from its obligation to pay a portion of legal fees incurred by Format in connection with the reverse recapitalization and related transactions. Further, in connection with, but prior to, the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Format entered into a termination agreement, pursuant to which Format terminated its services agreement with its sole customer. In connection with, but prior to, the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Format also transferred to Ryan Neely all of its rights and obligations under the real property lease relating to Formats sole office space.
As a result of the reverse recapitalization, Power Solutions International, Inc. has succeeded to the business of The W Group.
Our Products and Industry Categories
Power Systems for Off-Highway Industrial Equipment
Our power systems are customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements. Power system configurations range from a basic engine block integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry.
Our power systems include (1) EPA and CARB emission-certified spark-ignited water cooled internal combustion engines ranging from 0.97 liters to 22.1 liters, which use alternative fuels and gasoline, (2) non-certified spark-ignited water cooled internal
52
combustion engines ranging from 0.65 liters to 22.1 liters, which similarly use alternative fuels and gasoline, and (3) emission-certified Perkins engines ranging from 0.5 liters to 7.1 liters, which use diesel fuel. Our diesel and alternative fuel power systems use water-cooled (as opposed to air-cooled), multi-cylinder engines. We are also developing hybrid power systems.
53
Our products are sold into a diversified set of markets within the industrial OEM industry, including power generation, oil and gas, material handling, aerial work platforms, sweepers, arbor, welding, airport ground support, agricultural, turf, construction and irrigation. Different types of power systems are used within different industry categories (from which we receive varying, unequal amounts of revenues).
Power Generation
We offer EPA and CARB emission-certified power systems, including 0.97 liter to 22.1 liter spark-ignited power systems that use alternative fuels, for stationary emergency and non-emergency power generation products. Emergency engines are stationary engines which operate solely in emergency situations and during required periodic testing and maintenance. Examples include engines used in generators to produce power for critical networks when electrical power from the local utility provider is interrupted, and stand-by engines that pump water in the event of a fire or flood. Non-emergency products include prime power generation products, which produce continuous generation of power for an extended period of time, and peak shaving products, which generate power at times of maximum power demand.
We currently supply our power systems to a substantial number of manufacturers of power generation products. We believe that our customers choose our power systems because of our broad range of emission-certified, spark-ignited power systems for this industry category. Additionally, by using a common fuel system and electronic controls across our range of power systems, we provide our customers with the opportunity to support and train their personnel on one standardized fuel system and one set of electronic controls employed throughout the range of products they acquire from us.
Oil and Gas
The oil and gas market category includes oil field pumps, progressing cavity pumps, and other components and machines used in drilling, evaluation, completion and production of oil and gas assets. Previously OEMs competing in these markets were generally not concerned about fuel economy, cost of repair or efficiency of operation. Today, however, there is a growing focus in this market category on, and understanding of, the costs associated with down time, the value of fuel savings with more economical solutions and the benefits of using product portfolios with consistent fuel systems and aftermarket support. We believe that these factors will create significant opportunities for our power systems in this market category. Furthermore, we believe that recent discoveries of oil and gas reserves in North America will drive domestic demand for the products of oil and gas OEMs, enhancing our growth opportunities.
54
We are continuing to develop relationships with oil and gas companies for their well head jacks, compressors and power generators. We believe we are the only provider in this market that supplies pre-certified, as opposed to site-certified, power systems. Site certification is a tedious, and costly process for oil and gas equipment OEMs that can take many hours, to source components and integrate them into existing fuel system hardware (if even possible).
We also view this market category as an emerging market for our telematics tool, which further differentiates us from our competitors.
Material Handling Forklift Trucks
The material handling market category includes forklift trucks and other mobile products used for movement, handling and storage of materials within a facility or at a specific location. We provide spark-ignited power systems into the high volume 1.5, 3.5 and 5 ton capacity forklift markets, and may expand production in the future to support the 8 and 10 ton forklift markets in connection with anticipated increases in diesel prices resulting from regulations on diesel engines taking effect in 2011 through 2013.
Demand is currently strong in the United States for our material handling power systems as a result of emission and OSHA regulations. Based upon data supplied by Power Systems Research, Inc., we believe that, in the United States, nearly 100% of the indoor forklift market uses spark-ignited liquid propane gas or electric powered units (with approximately equal market shares), in contrast to Asian and European forklift markets which currently use diesel in excess of 80% of all applications. In connection with the implementation of pending EPA Tier 4 and European Stage IV regulations, and the resulting price increases related to the compliance of diesel engines with these regulations, we expect foreign spark-ignited liquid propane gas markets to grow. We expect this growth to drive increased international demand for our power systems.
Aerial Work Platforms
The aerial work platforms market category consists of aerial work platforms, or machines used to provide access to areas typically inaccessible because of their height. Rental companies represent a majority of all purchasers in this industry category. We currently sell our liquid propane gas / gasoline dual fuel power systems to aerial work platform OEMs.
As a result of the increase in diesel engine pricing related to the implementation of EPA Tier 4 regulations, we expect to see an increase in the number of OEMs in the aerial work platforms market which consider our liquid propane gas and gasoline powered power systems, as an alternative to diesel powered power systems.
Industrial Sweepers
The industrial indoor sweeper market category consists of machines that clean and sweep various indoor surfaces. The power systems for this market category use both spark-ignited and diesel engines, as well as electric motors. We currently sell our 30 to 80 horsepower liquid propane gas and gasoline power systems to industrial indoor sweeper OEMs. We believe this market category represents a growth opportunity for our hybrid power systems.
Arbor Products
The arbor products market category includes wood chippers and grinders. We currently provide engines to four of the largest OEMs of wood chippers in the United States. We also design and manufacture our own proprietary power take-off clutch, which may be applied to any of our arbor product power systems. See Other Engine Power ProductsPower Take Off (PTO) Clutch Assemblies for Industrial Applications.
55
We believe that our diesel power systems maintain a leading position in the market for wood chippers that use water-cooled engines. We believe that diesel regulations scheduled to take effect in the near future will cause EPA Tier 4 diesel engine packages to become more expensive and, as a result, open the market for consideration of our gasoline and other alternative fuel engine packages.
Other Industry Categories
We provide power systems within other industrial OEM markets, including welding, airport ground support, agricultural, turf, construction and irrigation.
Other Engine Power Products
Power Take Off (PTO) Clutch Assemblies for Industrial Applications
We design and manufacture our own proprietary PTO clutch assemblies, which are mechanical components that drive separate power to various parts of a given piece of industrial equipment, for industrial applications. Our PTO clutch assemblies are designed for heavy duty industrial applications.
Customized OEM Subsystems, Kits and Componentry
Through our global sourcing capabilities, we supply engine packaging, subsystems, kits and componentry associated with cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings and power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems and enclosures to industrial OEMs for incorporation into their applications, in addition to the complete engine power systems we provide to these OEMs.
Connected Asset Services
We have begun to offer connected asset services through MasterTrak, our telematics tool, which consists of a hardware unit and related services. This hardware unit is integrated into OEM equipment, collects critical data from this equipment and transmits this data back to an OEM, service provider or end-user through wireless telecommunications technology. The services allow our customers to see the data and monitor the performance of their equipment. We provide services to our OEM customers that allow these OEMs and their customers to remain connected to their equipment, even as the equipment is being operated in the field. These capabilities and services are in many respects similar to General Motors OnStar service. Our MasterTrak offering includes:
|
GPS for location monitoring, geofencing and directions for rapid service dispatching; |
|
Automated and continuous remote asset monitoring with automatic alerts and notifications that can be transmitted via e-mail and text messaging; |
|
Maintenance management, which provides the ability to monitor and provide notice of impending equipment maintenance requirements based on actual equipment utilization (as opposed to random time intervals); |
|
Real-time, bi-directional communication capability for remote testing and troubleshooting; and |
|
Extensive web-based monitoring and reporting capability with multi-tiered system security available at all times. |
Through MasterTrak, we provide our OEM customers and their customers the ability to track the location and functional status (including maintenance requirements) of their assets in real-time via web access and automated alerts. These monitoring capabilities provide information regarding the specific utilization characteristics of a connected asset, and allow our customers and their customers to efficiently and proactively schedule service maintenance. These attributes will help reduce unexpected equipment failures, which will help to further reduce the total cost of ownership of a given piece of equipment, and may generate additional sale and service opportunities for the OEM customer.
56
We offer MasterTrak with our engine power systems as a bundled offering, and also on a stand-alone basis both to our OEM customers and to other businesses to which we do not currently supply our power systems. We have also developed a relationship with SmartEquip, based in Norwalk, Connecticut, to incorporate MasterTrak into SmartEquips aftermarket service platform for industry suppliers. This product pairs data regarding failures and faults generated by MasterTrak with OEM-provided recommendations to remedy these faults, and produces a corrective or preventative maintenance solution.
While these connected asset services have not yet provided a material portion of our revenues, we believe our telematics tool represents a meaningful growth opportunity for us.
Service and Support
Aftermarket and Service Parts
We have extensive aftermarket and service parts programs. These programs consist of: (1) internal aftermarket service parts programs with worldwide sales and distribution capabilities, and (2) internal OEM developed service parts programs for components and products supplied by us. Recently, we have increased our focus on, and investment in, the aftermarket portion of our business. We have grown our industrial spark-ignited engine parts business by employing experts in the gas engine aftermarket field, increasing our investment in global sourcing of parts and expanding parts books and online ordering capabilities. We have also developed stocking programs and maintenance kits that enable OEMs, service dealers and distributors to reduce downtime and increase product use.
We have focused on capturing the aftermarket sales of the value added components that we include in our power systems. With a significant portion of the selling prices of our power systems coming from value added components, this is a large, continuing growth opportunity for our aftermarket business.
Product and Warranty Support
We provide technical support and training to our OEM customers. These services include in-plant training and support through web- and phone-based field service. Our dedicated team of product and application engineers delivers high quality, responsive technical support to our OEM customers. We further support our OEM customers by engaging regional providers to perform warranty service and offer support for our power systems. In general, we reimburse these third-party regional providers for the warranty services that they perform for our power systems.
Customers
Our customers include companies that are large, industry-leading and/or multinational organizations that demand first class engineering support, automotive grade product quality and on-time delivery. We believe that the number of competitors capable of supporting not just the sophisticated technology requirements, but also the world class automotive engineering, quality and delivery requirements emphasized by industrial OEMs is limited. We are solidly positioned to capitalize on the diminishing base of suppliers capable of meeting these increasingly stringent customer expectations. In almost every industrial OEM category, we maintain a supplier relationship with two or more of the largest OEMs in their respective industry category.
Our depth of expertise and broad range of product offerings is the underlying basis for our position as a sole source provider of products to a majority of our OEM customers. We estimate that over 70% of the power systems that we supply are provided to our major OEM customers on a sole-source basis. Our strong customer base, which includes a diversity of customers across industry categories, provides a broad range of opportunities for continued growth.
Our arrangements with our customers, including our relationships with our industrial OEM customers in Asia to which we have begun to supply our power systems, generally do not fix, on other than a short-term basis, pricing terms or quantities of our power systems to be purchased and sold and typically do not mandate exclusivity. Purchases are made by customers on a purchase order basis, with pricing of our power systems driven in large part by the volume of power systems purchased by a particular customer and market-based factors, including the price of raw materials and other components incorporated into our power systems, as well as prices for comparable power systems, if any, offered by our competitors.
Our largest customers, based upon our consolidated revenues in 2010, include Kohler, Bandit, Cummins, Baldor and Toyota, of which Kohler was the only one that represented more than ten percent of our 2010 consolidated revenues. Our relationships with these customers are all pursuant to terms and conditions substantially similar to the arrangements described above, including the manner in which prices are determined . Our largest customers change from time to time (including over the periods presented in this prospectus) as a result of various factors, including prevailing market conditions, our customers strategies (such as their focus on marketing and sales efforts with respect to products into which our power systems are incorporated as compared to their other products) and our customers existing inventory of our power systems.
57
Operations and Research and Development
Design and Engineering / Research and Development
Our research and development efforts are market driven. Our sales team first meets to identify and define market requirements and trends and then communicates that vision to our engineering and new product development groups. Our engineering and new product development groups then review our existing power system portfolio and develop new solutions that build upon the technology within that portfolio. We maintain in-house design, prototyping, testing and application engineering capability, including specialists in EPA and CARB certification, fuel systems, electronics, cooling systems, mechanical engineering and application engineering. Our design and application engineering expertise and capabilities include expertise in (1) emissions compliance, (2) design and development of standardized and customized products for incorporation into industrial equipment, (3) three-dimensional solid modeling, (4) computer-based modeling and testing, (5) rapid OEM product prototyping, (6) industrial OEM product retrofitting and testing and (6) support for application engineering and system integration.
We also rely upon engineering outsourcing relationships for design, development and product testing that allow us to fulfill demands for specialty services and satisfy fluctuating workload requirements. In particular, since 2009, we have used engineering relationships in India to quickly increase product design, development and testing services as dictated by demands from our industrial OEM customers. We have the ability to increase our outsourcing of these functions to effectively double our internal design, development and testing capabilities to meet our needs. Our arrangements with these outsourcing organizations include general pricing (based upon workers and time devoted to serving us) and other basic terms for services to be provided; however, these arrangements do not require us to engage these engineering outsourcing organizations for a minimum amount (whether in terms of time or number of workers) of design, development or product testing services. Accordingly, we are able to significantly and quickly reduce our use of these relationships as soon as our customer requirements have been satisfied. We require these third-party engineering service providers to treat all design, development and testing information provided to them as confidential. In 2010, these outsourced services accounted for approximately 7% of our research and development expenses. In addition to these engineering outsourcing relationships, where applicable, we also benefit from the design, development and testing capabilities of our supplier base.
We provide the design, durability testing, validation testing and compliance with other engineering and administrative requirements necessary to meet and obtain EPA and CARB certification for a range of spark-ignited engines. As a result, we provide our OEM customers with emission-certified power systems, without these OEMs having to expend considerable research and development time and resources related to obtaining power system certification. We further provide the tools and services necessary to support revalidation and other EPA and CARB requirements that exist beyond the initial emission compliance requirements. As a result of such revalidation, we become the manufacturer of record, which is the entity that holds the applicable regulatory certifications for a power system, for the emission-certified power system.
We staff our engineering support activities associated with released product and component sourcing programs with dedicated internal engineering personnel, separate from our product and application development engineering team. This allows us to provide committed engineering and technical attention to internal operational support, customer production support and component sourcing activities, thereby helping to buffer the demands placed on our product and application development engineering group. Through such attention and support, we are able to maximize the focus of our product and application development engineering group on current and future design, prototyping, testing and application development activities resulting in shorter design, prototyping and testing cycles for our OEM customer base.
Our research and development expenditures for our fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 were approximately $3,005,000, $2,387,000 and $2,623,000, respectively.
Manufacturing
We currently manufacture our products at our facilities in Wood Dale, Illinois. We customize our power systems to meet specific requirements of industrial OEM applications and the needs of our industrial OEM customers. Our production operations encompass all aspects of manufacturing our power systems, which range from fitting a basic engine block with appropriate fuel system components to building a comprehensive power system that includes any combination of cooling systems, electronic systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry.
The manufacturing lines in our production facilities are technologically sophisticated and flexible, and we allocate production capacity on our manufacturing lines to accommodate the demand levels and product mix required by our OEM customers. Our manufacturing lines are equipped with display screens, through which our production personnel are able to monitor design and other technological specifications for each product being assembled on the manufacturing line at that time. The information displayed on these screens is supplied from a central server, which is updated in real-time with all current product information. Through this process, we ensure that the product manufacturing and other specifications used by our production personnel is the most current information available. We have also developed efficient in-line methods to support specialized product testing, as required by a specific customer or product application.
58
Our engineering and manufacturing systems use sophisticated, paperless, integrated software based management and control systems. Our warehouse systems include computerized management systems and high speed infrastructure such as wire guided racking systems and high density automated carousel systems. We use a dynamic, software-driven inventory management system, which allows us to accurately monitor inventory levels for our comprehensive power systems, subsystems and individual components. We also incorporate within our manufacturing process software that enables us to identify and deliver components and other parts to our OEM customers.
We focus on safety, quality and on-time delivery in our manufacturing operations. We are 9001-2008 ISO Certified, the highest ISO certification available. The ISO 9000 family of quality management standards, which must be met in order to become ISO certified, are designed to help organizations monitor and improve the delivery of products and/or services to their customers. We also use Six Sigma, a business management strategy designed to minimize variability in manufacturing and business processes, 5S, a workplace organization methodology designed to maximize efficiency and effectiveness, and other disciplines in our goal of continuous improvements in quality and on-time delivery. Structured staff training is a constant priority and includes closed-loop quality monitoring and feedback systems.
Supplier Relationships
Engine and Component Suppliers
We have established relationships with suppliers for the engines to be integrated into our comprehensive power systems, the most significant of which are General Motors, Perkins/Caterpillar and Doosan. We also source our other power system components from third party suppliers. We coordinate design efforts with suppliers for some of our key components. In addition, we internally design other parts and components for our products, own the tooling for such parts and components and globally source them from a variety of domestic and global suppliers. Because we design many of our parts and components in-house, we are generally not limited in our choice of suppliers. As such, we are able to select our supplier relationships based upon a suppliers reliability and performance.
We aggregate our product sourcing efforts across our large and diverse OEM customer base and across industry categories, capitalizing on volume, economies of scale and global supply opportunities. Our OEM customers benefit from the aggregation of our global sourcing, procurement, assembly and packaging services, obtaining cost benefits that they might not obtain if they were to rely on their own internal resources, capabilities and more limited demand requirements. Through this process, industrial OEMs are able to reduce their part numbers and supply base by consolidating their procurement and assembly efforts down to a single part number product supplied by us. We deliver this single assembly to an industrial OEMs production line as an integrated drop-in to the OEMs end product.
Arrangements with Key Suppliers
We enter into various arrangements with suppliers from which we source engines and other components which are incorporated into our power systems. These arrangements generally govern the terms and conditions upon which we purchase engines, components and other raw materials for use in our power systems. In general, the prices at which we purchase engines, components and other raw materials are based on market factors, including the prices offered by other suppliers operating in the same market and the prevailing market prices of raw materials. The terms of each of the individual arrangements are negotiated with each supplier on an individual basis, but are generally consistent with typical arrangements between manufacturers and suppliers in our industry.
Under our distribution agreement with Perkins, we are the exclusive distributor of specified Perkins engines within a territory consisting of the States of North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, Michigan, Ohio and Indiana, as well as portions of the State of Illinois, and are a non-exclusive distributor of specified Perkins engines within a territory consisting of the States of Nebraska and Kansas, as well as portions of the State of Missouri. In exchange for this exclusive territory, we are required to purchase from Perkins all of our requirements for the same or similar engines covered by the agreement. As described in further detail below under Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers; Distribution Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers, under the distribution agreement, we are also required to establish a service and support network that provides various services to our customers that purchase power systems which use Perkins engines. This agreement with Perkins is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2013.
We are also party to a supply agreement with Doosan, under which we purchase and distribute, on a semi-exclusive basis, specified Doosan engines within a territory consisting of the United States, Canada and Mexico. Under this supply agreement, we are required to purchase from Doosan all of our requirements for the same or similar engines covered by the agreement. We are also required to purchase a minimum number of engines from Doosan during each year that the agreement is in effect and, if we do not meet these purchase requirements, then Doosan may terminate the exclusivity granted under the agreement. The term of our supply agreement with Doosan automatically renews annually for successive one-year periods, unless either party gives prior written notice.
59
Unlike our arrangements with Perkins and Doosan, we do not maintain an exclusive relationship with GM. We receive a pricing package each year (or sometimes more frequently) containing applicable price quotations, as if we operate as an OEM that uses GM engines as a key component of our power systems. Purchases of engines from GM are executed through purchase orders at prices listed in the pricing package under the general terms of sale that GM offers to its OEM customers.
Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers; Distribution
Sales and Marketing; Value-Added Resellers
We employ a direct sales and marketing approach to maintain maximum interface with, and service support for, our OEM customers. This direct interface incorporates our internal technical sales representatives. In Asia, we currently complement our direct OEM relationships with a local, independent sales and product support organization. This local sales and support organization provides the necessary knowledge of local customs and requirements, while also providing immediate sales assistance and customer support. In general, we engage third parties to provide local service and support functions for our power systems sold to our domestic OEM customers on a case by case basis, as necessary. Further, as required by our agreement with Perkins, we have also established a service and support network in our 12-state territory that provides various services to our customers that purchase power systems using Perkins engines, including warranty support, servicing of Perkins engines, technical support and parts support (including support for aftermarket parts).
In Europe, we enter into arrangements with third parties, pursuant to which these third parties resell our power systems (in some cases sold with add-on power system components) to European OEM customers. These value-added resellers also provide application and engineering support for these power systems sold in Europe. We currently sell our power systems to value-added resellers in Europe on a similar basis as our sales to our OEM customers. At any particular point in time, we are typically selling our power systems to between one and five value-added resellers in Europe.
Aftermarket Distribution
Our aftermarket and service parts distribution organization consist of three main sales and distribution programs:
|
OEM Customers With an In-House, Spark-Ignited Product Service Parts Program: For our OEM customers that maintain their own service parts distribution and product support programs, we supply them with the information and component products required to support an effective global OEM customer service parts program. |
60
|
OEM Customers Without an In-House Product Service Parts Program: For our OEM customers that do not maintain their own service parts distribution and product support programs, we maintain a web-based and internal sales oriented global aftermarket and service parts distribution system for our spark-ignited product and ancillary components. Through this product support program that we provide on behalf of our OEM customers, we capitalize on market opportunities that exist outside of those associated with our OEM customer base. |
|
Perkins Diesel Service Parts Program: We provide Perkins diesel service parts through a network of established service and parts organizations located throughout our 12-state distributor territory, consisting of North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, the Northern two-thirds of Missouri and Kansas, Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio and all but the Southern tip of Illinois. |
Intellectual Property
Our business depends, in substantial part, upon our proprietary technology, processes, know-how and other confidential and proprietary information. In particular, we consider portions of our emission certification process to be confidential and proprietary trade secrets. In addition to putting our OEM customers engines through initial emission compliance testing, including durability testing, production line testing and field compliance audit testing, we also provide the tools, and perform sophisticated testing and other services, on these engines to comply with EPA and CARB requirements. As a result of the lengthy and technologically sophisticated testing we perform to revalidate these engines, we become the manufacturer of record for the emission-certified power system that is incorporated into our OEM customers equipment. As the manufacturer of record, we are responsible for compliance with regulations as they relate to our emission-certified power systems (as more fully discussed below under Government Regulation). We incur the costs of certification of our power systems, as well as the risk of making sure that these systems remain compliant. Additionally, we use technologically sophisticated development, testing, launching and other manufacturing processes in connection with the manufacturing of our power systems, as well as in coordinating design efforts with power system component suppliers.
In addition, many of the components we source from our suppliers and which are integrated into our power systems embody proprietary intellectual property of such suppliers. To a limited extent, we also license proprietary software, much of which is off the shelf, from third parties for use in our manufacturing processes, and we also license and rely upon third party technology included in our telematics tool. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws and various contract rights to protect our proprietary rights, as well as to protect the intellectual property rights of our suppliers and third party licensors. We do not currently own any material patents, but believe that the policies and safeguards we have in place, together with the costs associated with the development, testing, launch and marketing of competitive products, adequately protect our valuable trade secrets and other intellectual property rights.
Competition
We believe we are one of the few providers of comprehensive power systems to the industrial OEM market. However, the market for our products and related services is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and sensitive to new product and service introductions and changes in technical requirements. Some competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and greater financial and marketing resources. Competition in our markets may become more intense as additional companies enter them and as new technologies are adopted. Generally, we believe that the principal competitive factors for our business include the following:
|
Completeness and comprehensiveness of power systems; |
|
Range of power systems employing common technology platform; |
|
Emissions regulation (EPA and CARB) compliance and certification; |
|
Ease of installation; |
|
Pricing and cost effectiveness; |
|
Breadth of product offerings, including system power and fuel alternatives; |
|
Ability to tailor power system to specific customer needs; |
|
Performance and quality; and |
61
|
Customer support and service. |
We believe that, with our current product lineup and our ongoing research and product development efforts, as well as our global procurement capabilities, we are able to compete effectively based on each of these factors.
Among our competitors are fuel system providers such as Westport Innovations, Inc., Fuel System Solutions and Woodward Governor, Inc. These companies supply engines and engine system componentry into the industrial OEM marketplace. However, we do not believe that any of the other fuel system providers with which we compete are able to provide the single assembly, integrated, comprehensive power systems that our OEM customers demand and that we provide on a cost-effective basis. Further, some of our competitors do not have the internal resources or capabilities to enable them to meet these customer requirements and, in their efforts to compete, sometimes rely upon third party logistic companies to fit and dress engine systems with specific engine parts and components which these competitors are unable to provide themselves. As a result of the changing environment of the marketplace, some fuel system providers have been forced into non-core competency areas and some have exited the marketplace entirely.
Other competitors have been automotive engine companies, but a number have ceased directly supplying power systems to industrial OEMs (although they continue to supply their standard engines and components to producers of power systems for this market). They have left this market primarily because production of emission-compliant and certified industrial engines is not in their core competency areas and because the changing regulations create difficulties for them as engine life spans are short. More generally, we believe that the significant costs associated with developing and certifying emission-compliant power systems as applicable regulations change have led some companies to exit our markets and have deterred others from entering them.
Government Regulation
Our Products
Our Power Systems
Our power systems are subject to extensive statutory and regulatory requirements that directly or indirectly impose standards governing exhaust emissions and noise. Our power systems are subject to compliance with all current exhaust emissions standards imposed by the EPA, state regulatory agencies in the United States, including CARB, and other regulatory agencies around the world and established for power systems used in off-highway industrial equipment. EPA and CARB regulations imposed on engines used in industrial off-highway equipment generally serve to restrict exhaust emissions, with a primary focus on oxides of nitrogen, hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide. Exhaust emission regulations for engines used in off-highway industrial equipment vary based upon the use of the equipment into which the engine is incorporated (such as stationary power generation or mobile off-highway industrial equipment), and the type of fuel used to drive the power system. Further, applicable exhaust emission thresholds differ based upon the gross power of an engine used in industrial off-highway equipment.
The first EPA emissions regulations adopted for diesel engines, known as Tier 1, applied to diesel engines used in mobile off-highway applications in the U.S., and similar standards for diesel engines, known as Stage I regulations, were implemented thereafter in Europe. The EPA and applicable agencies in Europe have continued to develop emission regulations for diesel engines in the U.S. and Europe, respectively, and have adopted more restrictive standards, with Tier 3 and Stage III regulations currently in effect in the U.S. and Europe, respectively. Recently, the EPA adopted Tier 4 diesel emission requirements, applicable to nonroad diesel engines used in industrial equipment. Similarly, Europe has adopted more restrictive standards under its Stage IV regulations. Tier 4 and Stage IV regulations call for reductions in levels of particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen (by approximately 90% from current levels in a majority of power categories under the Tier 4 requirements). The phase-in of Tier 4 regulations commenced for the smallest engines (based on horsepower) at the beginning of 2008, and the final phase-in of Tier 4 regulations for engines of all sizes will be completed in 2015. The phase-in of the Stage IV regulations will commence in 2014 and be completed in 2015. Because we do not sell diesel power systems in Europe, only the Tier 4 regulations will directly impact any of our power systems. With respect to our diesel power systems, Perkins/Caterpillar is responsible for the testing and other manufacturing processes associated with obtaining emission certification for its diesel engines (as well as making sure that these engines remain compliant) which are incorporated into our power systems and, accordingly, is the holder of the applicable regulatory emission certification. As a result, Perkins/Caterpillar is ultimately responsible for modifications to its engines necessary to meet these, and any future, emissions regulations. In part due to the anticipated larger footprint of these modified diesel engines, we will need to make corresponding adjustments to our power systems into which they will be integrated, including through the selection and design of componentry to be incorporated into these power systems.
The EPA and CARB have similarly adopted regulations to reduce pollutant exhaust emissions for spark-ignited engines used in off-road equipment. Similar to standards which apply to diesel engines, these regulations serve to reduce exhaust emissions of hydrocarbon, oxides of nitrogen and carbon monoxide for engines of varying powers and industrial equipment applications. The EPA and CARB further enhanced existing emission regulations, including in 2007 and 2010, by amending existing emission standards and test procedures for large spark-ignited off-road engines, which are engines rated at 25 horsepower or greater, by further restricting exhaust emissions of hydrocarbon, oxides of nitrogen and carbon monoxide.
All of our emission-certified power systems meet existing exhaust emission standards of the EPA and CARB. Failure to comply with these standards could result in adverse effects on our future financial results.
The initial and on-going certification requirements vary by power system application. The process for certain of our exhaust emission certifications is described below.
Pursuant to the regulations of the EPA and CARB, we are presently required to obtain emission compliance certification from the EPA and CARB to sell our power systems generally throughout the United States and in California. The emission compliance and certification process begins with the planning and development of a base fuel and emission control system technology, which may be used as a platform that can be applied to the range of power systems requiring certification. The development of this platform generally begins approximately 18 months prior to the onset of the exhaust emission standard implementation date. A complete fuel and emission controls system platform is comprised of fuel handling, trimming and transport components, electronic engine controller,
62
sensors and exhaust after-treatment technology. This process involves developing the system to meet the requirements of the environmental regulatory agencies, as well as industry expected quality standards and other commercial expectations, all at a cost that will allow us to sell our power system at a competitive market price.
After the base technology has been developed, the next step in the certification process is long-term emission durability testing. This testing involves configuring an engine and testing it for the regulated emission useful life as established by the regulatory agencies. Currently, this useful life is 5,000 hours of use. The test is conducted by installing a power system on a dynamometer, a machine that measures power, and testing its exhaust emissions at zero hours (when an engine produces stabilized emissions at an undeteriorated emission level) and then every 500 hours over a regulatory specified test cycle for the complete useful life. The deterioration of emissions (in other words, the change in emissions from zero hour to the end of an engines useful life) is established by this test which takes approximately six to nine months to complete. Applicable regulations require a manufacturer of record to predict emission levels at the end of the engines useful life. Accordingly, we develop the base technology and system to ensure that the end of useful life requirements will be met, as the lead time between the issuance of the new regulations and the effective date does not allow for multiple testing due to a failure in the development process. Regulatory agencies require that tests be repeated in the event of a test failure. Accordingly, anticipated results are thoroughly modeled during the base technology and system development program.
After the base system technology has been developed and while the emission deterioration factor testing is in process, the development of the application technology commences. Application technology involves the development and sourcing of brackets, adapters, exhaust after-treatment packaging, wiring and other ancillary systems of the comprehensive power system based, in part, on specifications of our customers. During this work, we take efforts to strictly adhere to guidelines established during base fuel and emission control system development. Once this work is complete, a model from each certified category of power systems is calibrated and tested for zero hour exhaust emissions in order to submit for exhaust emission certificates from the regulatory agencies. This process involves the creation of designs, testing of prototype samples, release of final design, development of tooled components and ultimately the zero hour exhaust emission testing.
When the deterioration factor testing and zero hour testing are complete, the applications for emission certification are prepared, as applicable, for the respective power systems and filed with appropriate regulatory agencies. The application process differs between regulatory agencies. The required documentation must be meticulously completed and the filing requirements for each applicable power system must be fully satisfied for the application to be successfully accepted by the agencies; that process may take several weeks to complete. Once an application is filed, the regulatory agencies can take up to 90 days per power system to review and respond to the application, which often includes requests for additional information. Once an application is approved, an emission certificate is valid for 12 months (usually in conjunction with a calendar year). Each certification is renewed annually. Certified power systems cannot be sold without approved certificates from applicable regulatory agencies. Failure to perform and submit the required periodic compliance testing would result in the termination of the power system certification.
Once a power system is certified, regulatory agencies have ongoing compliance requirements, which include testing newly produced power systems on a regular quarterly schedule to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. In addition, there are field audit requirements, which require the removal of power systems from service at specified stages of their useful lives to perform confirmatory exhaust emissions testing.
Our Telematics Tool
We are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to our telematics tool and connected asset services. Among other things, wireless transceiver products are required to be certified by the Federal Communications Commission and comparable authorities in foreign countries where they are sold. We currently maintain applicable certifications from governmental agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which our telematics tool is required to be so certified.
Our Operations
Our operations are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may be required to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations in the future. Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect upon our ability to do business.
63
Properties
We operate within approximately an aggregate of 365,000 square feet of space in five facilities located in the Chicago, Illinois area. The following table lists the location of each of our facilities material to our business (one of which we own, and the others of which are leased by us), that facilitys principal use, the approximate square footage of that facility, and the current lease expiration date (to the extent applicable):
Location |
Principal Use |
Square
Footage |
Lease
Expiration |
|||
Wood Dale, Illinois |
Product Assembly | 116,000 |
July 31,
2013 |
|||
Wood Dale, Illinois |
Sales, Engineering & Product Support Offices; Engineering Development and Product Assembly |
99,000 |
April
30, 2012 |
|||
Wood Dale, Illinois |
Service Parts Sales; Warehousing & Distribution | 90,000 |
July 31,
2013 |
|||
Elk Grove Village, Illinois |
Warehousing | 18,000 |
April
30, 2012 |
|||
Wood Dale, Illinois |
Finance & Operations Offices; Product Assembly | 42,000 | Owned |
64
The facilities collectively house our manufacturing operations. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities will be available for lease, if necessary, to meet any of our future needs.
Employees
As of July 15, 2011, our workforce consisted of approximately 248 persons, including approximately 86 full-time and two part-time employees, as well as members of our production team whose services we obtain through an arrangement with a professional employer organization and other individuals whose services we obtain through a temporary employment agency. Of these persons, approximately 24 were in Product Development and Emissions Compliance, 17 were in Sales, 19 were in Customer Support Engineering, Quality and Service, 18 were in Executive Management and Finance, 24 were in Operations Management and approximately 146 were in Production. In addition, Product Development and Engineering supplements fluctuating demands for resources through external design and drafting outsourcing services located in India, and Asian sales and procurement activities are supported through an external dedicated outsourced service organization located in Asia.
None of the members of our workforce are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we have a good relationship with the members of our workforce.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, in the normal course of business, we are a party to various legal proceedings. We do not currently expect that any currently pending proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
65
Prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, Ryan Neely was the sole member of Formats board of directors, and the only executive officer of Format. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that our board of directors has the authority to set the size of the board of directors from between one and 15 directors and, pursuant thereto, immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, the repurchase of common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely and the private placement, Formats board of directors expanded the size of the board of directors to six members. Pursuant to the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors is classified with respect to the terms for which its members will hold office by dividing the members into three classes, with the terms of the directors of one class expiring at each annual meeting of our shareholders, subject to the appointment and qualification of their successors. See Terms of Office below. However, pursuant to the purchase agreement entered into with the investors in the private placement, we agreed to a form of certificate of incorporation for the surviving entity in the migratory merger, which certificate of incorporation will declassify our board of directors. Accordingly, upon the consummation of the migratory merger, and the declassification of our board of directors, each of our directors will hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.
Mr. Neely, as the sole member of Formats board of directors, approved the appointment of Gary Winemaster to fill one of the newly-created vacancies on our board of directors as a member of Class I of our board of directors, effective immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, and approved the appointments of (1) Thomas Somodi as a member of Class III of our board of directors, (2) each of Kenneth Winemaster and Kenneth Landini as a member of Class II of our board of directors, and (3) H. Samuel Greenawalt as a member of Class I of our board of directors, to fill the remaining vacancies on our board of directors, in each case effective as of the date (May 23, 2011) that was ten days after the date on which we filed with the SEC and mailed to our shareholders an information statement in accordance with Rule 14f-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, regarding such appointments. In connection with such action, Mr. Neely designated himself as a member of Class III of our board of directors.
Concurrently with the appointment and designation by Mr. Neely of the new members of our board of directors in connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, Mr. Neely appointed the following persons as our new executive officers, effective immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement: Gary Winemaster Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President; Thomas Somodi Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and Kenneth Winemaster Senior Vice President and Secretary. These individuals held prior to the reverse recapitalization, and currently hold, the same positions with The W Group, our wholly-owned subsidiary through which we conduct our business, provided that Gary Winemaster was also appointed as the Chairman of the Board effective immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement. In connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, we agreed to endeavor to hire a new Chief Financial Officer as soon as reasonably possible. We believe that our hiring of a new Chief Financial Officer will allow Mr. Somodi (who is expected to continue as our Chief Operating Officer) to focus his efforts on his operational and strategic responsibilities with us. Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.
Prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, Ryan Neely delivered his irrevocable resignation from each office held by him with Format, effective immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, and from our board of directors, effective on May 23, 2011, the date that is ten days after the date on which we filed with the SEC and mailed to our shareholders the information statement. On April 29, 2011, our board of directors accepted Mr. Neelys resignation from the offices held by him with us, effective immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, and accepted his resignation from our board of directors, effective on May 23, 2011.
Gary Winemaster, Thomas Somodi, Kenneth Winemaster, Kenneth Landini and H. Samuel Greenawalt were all directors of The W Group immediately prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization. Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement entered into with the investors in the private placement, we agreed to take action such that, no later than 180 days following the closing of the private placement, our board of directors will consist of five or greater directors, a majority of whom will constitute independent directors as defined by the marketplace rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. See Composition of the Board of Directors and Director Independence below.
66
The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors, including their ages and their position(s) with us and, with respect to our directors, the expiration of their current terms and the class of directors of which they are members. For purposes of the discussion below, unless the context otherwise requires, we, our, us, our company and similar expressions used in this section refer to The W Group prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization on April 29, 2011, and Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.), as successor to the business of The W Group, following the closing of the reverse recapitalization. In other words, references below to service on our board of directors or as one of our executive officers prior to the reverse recapitalization means service on the board of directors, or as an executive officer, as applicable, of The W Group.
Name |
Age |
Position |
Executive
Officer Since (1) |
Director
Since |
Term
Expires |
Class of
Director |
||||||
Gary Winemaster |
53 |
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President |
2001 | 2001(2) | 2013 | I | ||||||
Thomas Somodi |
58 |
Director, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer |
2005 | 2005(2) | 2011 | III | ||||||
Kenneth Winemaster |
47 |
Director, Senior Vice President and Secretary |
2001 | 2001(2) | 2012 | II | ||||||
Kenneth Landini |
54 | Director | N/A | 2001(2) | 2012 | II | ||||||
H. Samuel Greenawalt |
82 | Director | N/A | 2001(2) | 2013 | I |
(1) | Includes service as an executive officer of The W Group, our wholly-owned subsidiary through which we now operate our business, through the consummation of the reverse recapitalization. |
(2) | Includes service as a member of the board of directors of The W Group through the consummation of the reverse recapitalization. |
Executive Officers/Directors
The following information pertains to our executive officers who also serve as directors, their principal occupations and other public company directorships for at least the last five years and information regarding their specific experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills.
Gary Winemaster has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a director since 2001, and served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Power Great Lakes (which, prior to the incorporation of our company in 2001, was the parent operating company of our business, and is currently our wholly-owned subsidiary) from 1992 until our incorporation in 2001. In connection with the reverse recapitalization, Mr. Winemaster was also appointed as the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Winemaster is a co-founder of our company, and has played a significant role in developing and expanding our presence as a distributor of alternative fuel spark-ignited and diesel power systems. Prior to serving in his role as Chief Executive Officer and President of our company and of Power Great Lakes, Mr. Winemaster served as the Vice President of Sales for Power Great Lakes. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Winemaster worked in sales management for the European operations, with territory responsibility for the German, Scandinavian and Benelux markets, of Guardian Industries, a United States glass manufacturer. Mr. Winemaster holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
Our board of directors believes that Mr. Winemaster, as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a co-founder of our company, should serve as a director because of Mr. Winemasters unique understanding of the opportunities and challenges that we face and his in-depth knowledge about our business, including our customers, products, operations and key business drivers, and our long-term growth strategies, derived from his long service as our Chief Executive Officer and President.
67
Thomas Somodi has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer and as a director since 2005, and previously served as a consultant to us from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Somodi has over 30 years of experience in domestic and international corporate reorganizations, acquisitions, divestitures and greenfield expansions covering the U.S., the United Kingdom, South Africa, Canada, Mexico, Japan, the Caribbean, Germany and Australia. From 1980 to 1998, Mr. Somodi served as the Corporate Controller and, for a portion of such period, as VP of Finance of International Operations for Albert Trostel & Sons Company/Everet Smith Group, LTD, an international holding company with a significant presence in the leather tanning, precision molding, metal fabrication and foundry industries. Mr. Somodi served as an executive consultant for Crowe Chizek and Company LLC, a consulting and accounting practice company, from 1998 to 2000, and has personally owned and overseen eight independent companies covering pallet & crate manufacturing, packaging, lumber mill operations, furniture manufacturing, internet technology, media & advertising, access control/security and merchant processing services. Mr. Somodi holds a Masters of Science in management from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, and a Bachelor of Business Administration in finance from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Mr. Somodi is also a certified public accountant in the state of Wisconsin.
Our board of directors believes that Mr. Somodi should serve as a director because of his significant executive experience, his financial and accounting expertise, and his extensive knowledge of our business and operations, which he has acquired through his service as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
Kenneth Winemaster has served as our Senior Vice President and Secretary and as a director since 2001. Mr. Winemaster has primary responsibility for our relationships and operations with Caterpillar and Perkins. Mr. Winemaster has expertise in raw material procurement, assembly and shipping.
Our board of directors believes that Mr. Winemaster, as our Senior Vice President, should serve as a director because of his extensive knowledge of our industry and in-depth knowledge of our business and operations.
Other Directors
The following information pertains to our non-employee directors, their principal occupations and other public company directorships for at least the last five years and information regarding their specific experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills.
H. Samuel Greenawalt has served as a director since 2001. Mr. Greenawalt has over 50 years of experience in the banking industry. Over the past 25 years, Mr. Greenawalt has served an instrumental advisory role in helping us achieve our growth initiatives and address our financial requirements. Since 2000, Mr. Greenawalt has served as a vice president of Sulpho Technologies, LLC, an automotive component service-provider, for which Mr. Greenawalt is also a partner and owner. From 1959 to 1995 Mr. Greenawalt served as executive vice president at Michigan National Bank, a mid-sized Midwestern bank. Mr. Greenawalt has served as a director of Williams Controls, Inc., a publicly held manufacturer of electronic throttle controls for commercial vehicles, since 1993 and currently serves as the chairman of the audit committee and as a member of the governance and nominating committee of the board of directors of Williams Controls. Mr. Greenawalt holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, and is a graduate of the University of Wisconsin Banking School.
Our board of directors believes that Mr. Greenawalt should serve as a director because of his experience on the board of directors of another public company, which our board of directors believes will be beneficial to us as we move forward as a public company, as well as Mr. Greenawalts relevant business experience and his extensive financial expertise, which he has acquired through his years of experience in the banking industry.
Kenneth Landini has served as a director since 2001 and assisted in the development and growth of the business of our company since 1985. Mr. Landini previously served as the Vice President of Finance for our subsidiary, Power Great Lakes, Inc., from December 1985 to March 1988, and assisted us in establishing distributor relationships and expanding the territories into which we provide our power systems. Mr. Landini is a partner and co-founder of Landini, Reed & Dawson, P.C., a certified public accounting and consulting firm in southeastern
68
Michigan, which was established in 1988. Mr. Landini has served as a certified public accountant for Landini, Reed & Dawson, P.C. since its inception. Mr. Landini holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Albion College and is a licensed certified public accountant in the state of Michigan.
Our board of directors believes that Mr. Landini should serve as a director because of his significant knowledge of our industry, his prior experience with our business and his financial expertise, which will be important as our board of directors exercises its oversight responsibility regarding the quality and integrity of our accounting and financial reporting processes and the auditing of our financial statements.
Terms of Office
Our board of directors consists of five directors. Pursuant to the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors is classified with respect to the terms for which its members will hold office by dividing the members into three classes, with the terms of the directors of one class expiring at each annual meeting of our shareholders, subject to the appointment and qualification of their successors. The term of service for directors on our board of directors is as follows: (1) Class I will expire at the 2013 annual meeting of our shareholders, (2) Class II will expire at the 2012 annual meeting of our shareholders, and (3) Class III will expire at the 2011 annual meeting of our shareholders. Each director will continue to serve as a director until such directors term expires and such directors successor is duly elected and qualified.
Family Relationships
Gary Winemaster, our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Kenneth Winemaster, our Senior Vice President, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, are brothers. There are no other family relationships among the members of our board of directors or our executive officers.
69
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Philosophy and objectives
The primary objective of the compensation program for the executive officers of The W Group, which program we have now adopted for our executive officers, has been to retain and motivate our talented and qualified members of management to lead our business. Prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, The W Groups compensation package consisted primarily of base salary, certain perquisites and other personal benefits and, on limited occasions, special performance-based bonuses. In 2010, The W Group paid its executive officers a mix of base salary and certain perquisites and other personal benefits, with compensation decisions being made by Gary Winemaster individually, or, where determined by Mr. Winemaster to be necessary or appropriate, in consultation with, and/or with the approval of, the board of directors of The W Group. The compensation in prior years for Mr. Somodi, The W Groups and our current Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, was determined based upon his employment agreement with The W Group, which expired in April 2010. See Employment Agreements below for a description of Mr. Somodis prior employment agreement, as well as a description of our new employment agreement entered into with Mr. Somodi. As a private company, The W Groups compensation plans were developed informally as indicated above.
Prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, Format, Inc. paid Ryan Neely, its only executive officer and its sole director, minimal compensation for services provided to Format, which compensation was determined by him in his discretion. Ryan Neely is no longer an executive officer or a member of our board of directors.
All future decisions regarding executive compensation will be the responsibility of our board of directors. While our board of directors has not yet established formal executive compensation programs going forward, we anticipate that such programs will focus on providing competitive levels of compensation to attract and retain qualified executives to contribute to our long-term success. We expect that our compensation program will include a mix of compensation awards that will serve both long-term and short-term goals, which may include base salary, cash bonus payments based upon the achievement of short-term individual and corporate goals, long-term equity-based awards and other benefits.
Elements of executive compensation
Base salary
Historically, The W Group has focused on providing its senior management with a level of base salary in the form of cash compensation appropriate for their roles and responsibilities. Base salaries for The W Groups executives have been, and going forward we anticipate that base salaries of our executive officers will be, established based on the executives qualifications, experience, scope of responsibilities, future potential and past performance and cash available to pay executive compensation. The base salaries paid to the executive officers of The W Group in 2010 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table below. In 2010, in determining the base salaries of The W Groups executive officers, other than Mr. Somodi whose compensation was established by his employment agreement then in effect, The W Group considered such factors as past individual performance, cash available to pay executive compensation, and total compensation each executive officer previously received while employed with The W Group. The first factor (past performance) was measured subjectively by Mr. Winemaster individually or, where determined by Mr. Winemaster to be necessary or appropriate, in consultation with the board of directors of The W Group. The last two factors (cash available and total previous compensation) were measured objectively based on The W Groups financial records. While our board of directors intends to re-evaluate our compensation program in its entirety, we anticipate that our board of directors will focus on similar criteria when determining annual base salaries for our executive officers. We anticipate that base salaries will be reviewed annually and adjusted from time to time by our board of directors to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience.
70
Perquisites and other benefits
Historically, The W Group has provided certain of its executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits, but has not provided a defined benefit pension arrangement, post-retirement health coverage or similar benefits for any of its executive officers. The W Groups executive officers have also been eligible to receive the same benefits that are generally available to all employees. We do not view perquisites as a significant element of our compensation structure, but do believe that perquisites can be useful in attracting, motivating and retaining executive talent. Our board of directors intends to re-evaluate our policies regarding perquisites and other personal benefits and may make changes as it deems appropriate.
Equity compensation
Each of our three executive officers has a significant equity interest in our company. However, The W Group has not granted equity awards as a component of compensation in the past (other than the equity in The W Group awarded to Mr. Somodi in connection with his joining The W Group as an executive officer, which equity has been converted into other securities pursuant to the reverse recapitalization), and we presently do not have a stock option plan or other similar equity compensation plan for officers, directors and employees. As of the date hereof, no stock options, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights were outstanding.
We believe, however, that successful long-term performance may be achieved through an ownership culture that encourages long-term performance by our executive officers through the use of stock and stock-based awards. In the future, we may adopt and establish an equity incentive plan pursuant to which equity awards may be granted to eligible employees (including our executive officers), directors and consultants, if our board of directors determines that it is in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders to do so. We believe that, if such an equity incentive program is adopted, stock-based awards may be used to incentivize officers to continue their employment with us, provide our executive officers with an opportunity to obtain an (or increase his or her, as applicable) ownership interest in our company and encourage our executive officers to focus on our long-term profitable growth. We believe that the use of stock-based awards would serve to promote our overall executive compensation objectives.
Incentive cash bonuses
While The W Group generally has not awarded incentive cash bonuses in the past to its executive officers, other than the cash bonus paid to Mr. Somodi pursuant to his prior employment agreement with The W Group (see Employment Agreements for a description of this cash bonus paid to Mr. Somodi), our board of directors may determine that it is in the best interest of our company and our shareholders to do so. If adopted, we expect that any program awarding incentive cash bonuses would award executive officers based upon such criteria as their individual performance, as well as our overall business and strategic objectives, including corporate financial and operational goals.
Policies related to compensation
Guidelines for equity awards
We have not formalized a policy as to the amount or timing of equity grants to our executive officers. If our board of directors decides to adopt an equity incentive plan as a component of our executive compensation program, we expect that our board of directors would approve and adopt guidelines for equity awards. Among other things, we expect that such guidelines would specify procedures for equity awards to be made under various circumstances, address the timing of equity awards in relation to the availability of information about us and provide procedures for grant information to be communicated to and tracked by our finance department. We anticipate that such guidelines would require that any stock options or stock appreciation rights have an exercise or strike price not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant.
Stock ownership guidelines
As of the date hereof, we have not established ownership guidelines for our executive officers or directors, but we intend to consider adopting such guidelines in the future.
71
Compliance with Sections 162(m) and 409A of the Internal Revenue Code
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the deductibility of compensation in excess of $1 million paid to certain executive officers, unless such compensation qualifies as performance-based compensation. Among other things, in order to be deemed performance-based compensation for Section 162(m) purposes, the compensation must be based on the achievement of pre-established, objective performance criteria and must be pursuant to a plan that has been approved by our shareholders. At least for the next few years, we expect the cash compensation paid to our executive officers to be below the threshold for non-deductibility provided in Section 162(m), and, if our board of directors adopts an equity compensation plan in the future, and our shareholders approve such an equity plan, we expect that any such plan will afford our board of directors with the flexibility to make a variety of types of equity awards to our executive officers that will qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m). However, we do not know whether any such equity incentive plan will be established and, accordingly, whether any awards which may be granted in the future will satisfy the requirements for deductibility under Section 162(m).
We also currently intend for our executive compensation program to satisfy the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, which addresses the tax treatment of certain nonqualified deferred
Summary Compensation Table
Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.)
The table below summarizes the compensation earned for the fiscal years indicated for services rendered to Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.), in all capacities, by Ryan Neely, its only executive officer during the last fiscal year.
Name and Principal Position |
Year | Salary (2) | Bonus |
Stock
Awards |
Option
Awards |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation |
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Earnings |
All Other
Compensation |
Total (2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ryan Neely (1) |
2010 | $ | 30,000 | | | | | | | $ | 30,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2009 | $ | 15,000 | | | | | | | $ | 15,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2008 | | | | | | | | |
(1) | Ryan Neely resigned from his position as our only executive officer effective as of April 29, 2011, immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement. |
(2) | As of the closing of the reverse recapitalization, $42,500 of such compensation for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 was accrued on the books and records of Format, and, in connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, Mr. Neely released Format from its obligation to pay Mr. Neely such $42,500 compensation amount for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 pursuant to the terms of the stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement. |
72
The W Group, Inc.
The table below summarizes the compensation earned for the fiscal year indicated for services rendered to The W Group, in all capacities, by (i) its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, (ii) its Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer and (iii) the only other executive officer of The W Group during the last fiscal year.
Name and Principal Position |
Year | Salary | Bonus |
Stock
Awards |
Option
Awards |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation |
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Earnings |
All Other
Compensation |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Winemaster
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
37,655
|
(1)
|
$
|
537,655
|
|
|||||||||
Thomas Somodi
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,897
|
(2)
|
$
|
541,897
|
|
|||||||||
Kenneth Winemaster
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,250
|
(3)
|
$
|
290,250
|
|
(1) | This amount consists of (1) payments for (a) use of an automobile for Gary Winemaster, including insurance premiums, car payments, gas, parking and other similar car-related expenses, (b) mobile telephone service for Gary Winemaster and members of his family, (c) internet and landline telephone service, (d) sporting event tickets, (e) airfare for Gary Winemasters spouse and other family members, (f) dining-related expenses and (g) other personal and entertainment expenses, and (2) use of The W Groups country club membership. In addition, this amount includes $1,013 paid by The W Group in respect of gross-ups of taxes for The W Groups fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. While the automobile for Gary Winemaster and sporting event tickets are used for both business and personal purposes, the amounts reflected in the table above are the full amounts paid therefor by The W Group. |
(2) | This amount consists of payments for life insurance premiums, mobile telephone service, dining-related expenses and other personal and entertainment expenses. In addition, this amount includes (1) $5,341 paid by The W Group in respect of gross-ups of taxes for The W Groups fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and (2) $27,381 for reimbursement of expenses incurred for professional services provided in connection with the restructuring of Mr. Somodis employment relationship with, and ownership interest in, The W Group. |
(3) | This amount consists of payments for (a) Kenneth Winemasters personal automobile, including insurance premiums, gas, satellite radio, parking and other similar car-related expenses, (b) use of a company automobile by Kenneth Winemasters spouse, including insurance premiums, car payments, gas, parking and other similar car-related expenses, (c) mobile telephone service for Kenneth Winemaster and members of his family, (d) sporting event tickets, (e) interest payments on credit cards of Kenneth Winemaster, (f) dining-related expenses and (g) other personal and entertainment expenses. While the automobile for Kenneth Winemaster and sporting event tickets are used for both business and personal purposes, the amounts reflected in the table above are the full amounts paid therefor by The W Group. |
Employment Agreements
Other than the employment agreement entered into with Mr. Somodi at the closing of the reverse recapitalization described below, we do not have any employment agreements in effect with any of our executive officers.
73
Mr. Somodi entered into an employment agreement with The W Group, dated as of April 16, 2005, which employment agreement was amended pursuant to the amendment to employment agreement, dated as of January 1, 2008. Mr. Somodis employment agreement, as amended, provided for a minimum annual base salary of $500,000, discretionary bonus payments by The W Group as deemed appropriate by The W Group and life insurance premiums. Pursuant to the amendment to the employment agreement, in The W Groups fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, Mr. Somodi was awarded a cash bonus of $92,555, representing 25% of the prepaid interest savings resulting from the termination of The W Groups credit facilities then in effect with Bank of America. The term of Mr. Somodis employment agreement commenced in April 2005 and expired in April 2010.
We entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Somodi, dated April 29, 2011 and effective as of January 1, 2011. This employment agreement is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2012, and provides for an annual base salary of $500,000 in each of calendar years 2011 and 2012. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Somodi is further (1) eligible for a bonus for each of calendar years 2011 and 2012, as determined in the discretion of our board of directors, and (2) eligible for equity compensation under any equity plan established and maintained by us.
If Mr. Somodis employment is terminated, then under his employment agreement, Mr. Somodi will receive the compensation described below. If Mr. Somodi violates the employment agreements restrictions on competing with us or soliciting our employees, customers or suppliers, we will have the right to terminate payment or provision of the compensation described below and we will be entitled to reimbursement of any of these amounts that we have paid prior to such violation. If prior to the expiration of the term of the employment agreement we terminate Mr. Somodi without Cause (as defined in the employment agreement and described below) and Mr. Somodi executes a general release, then Mr. Somodi will be entitled to receive the remainder of his base salary he would have received if he had remained employed through and including December 31, 2012. If prior to the end of the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Somodis employment is terminated for Cause, Mr. Somodi will not be entitled to any compensation or other benefits, other than eligibility, to the extent permissible, for continued coverage under our health benefit plans. Upon the termination of Mr. Somodis employment with us, to the extent permissible, Mr. Somodi will be eligible for continued coverage under our health benefit plans, provided that Mr. Somodi reimburses us for the cost of any such continued coverage.
For purposes of Mr. Somodis employment agreement, Cause means a conviction by him of a felony, his gross negligence, willful misconduct or unlawful conduct which results in significant financial loss or liability to us, his disability, his liquidation or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent of any shares of our common Stock Mr. Somodi has received from Gary Winemaster pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement entered into between Mr. Somodi and Mr. Winemaster, his breach of any of the provisions in the employment agreement regarding confidentiality and restrictions on competing with us or soliciting our employees, customers or suppliers, and other customary events specifically set forth in the employment agreement.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control
Prior to the reverse recapitalization, The W Group paid premiums for life insurance policies on the lives of each of our current executive officers. However, no amounts are presented below for any of our executive officers other than Thomas Somodi, as Gary Winemaster and Kenneth Winemaster have historically funded premiums for such life insurance policies out of their respective base salaries. Further, pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. Somodi entered into in connection with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Mr. Somodi is entitled to certain payments upon termination of his employment. See Employment Agreements above for a description of payments to which Mr. Somodi is entitled pursuant to his employment agreement. Other than these arrangements, we currently do not have any compensatory plans or arrangements that provide for any payments or benefits upon the resignation, retirement or any other termination of any of our executive officers, as the result of a change in control, or from a change in any executive officers responsibilities following a change in control.
The table below provides a quantitative analysis of the amount of compensation payable to Thomas Somodi in each situation involving a termination of employment, assuming that each had occurred as of December 31, 2010.
74
Fiscal 2010 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
Name and Benefit |
Death |
Termination w/o
Cause (other than Death) (1) |
Termination
with Cause (2) |
|||||||||
Thomas Somodi |
||||||||||||
Life Insurance Policies |
$ | 2,000,000 | (3) | $ | | $ | | |||||
Base salary |
$ | | $ | 1,000,000 | $ | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total: |
$ | 2,000,000 | (3) | $ | 1,000,000 | $ | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Assumes our new employment agreement with Thomas Somodi entered into in connection with the closing of the reverse recapitalization was in place and effective as of December 31, 2010. All amounts presented were determined in accordance with Mr. Somodis new employment agreement and assume that Mr. Somodi executes and delivers a general release in favor of us. |
(2) | In the event Mr. Somodis employment is terminated for Cause, we will not have any further obligations with respect to Mr. Somodis employment (except for the payment of any base salary accrued through the date on which Mr. Somodis employment terminates). |
(3) | Any such life insurance proceeds will be payable to the beneficiary of the policy in a single, lump-sum payment by the third-party insurance provider. |
Director Compensation
During fiscal 2010, (1) no directors who were employees of The W Group were entitled to receive any compensation for serving as members of The W Groups board of directors, and (2) no directors of Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.) were entitled to receive any compensation for serving as members of the board of directors of Format. During fiscal 2010, The W Group did not have a standard compensation arrangement for the non-employee members of the board of directors of The W Group. The table below summarizes the compensation earned by each non-employee director for service on the board of directors of The W Group or Format, as applicable, for the last fiscal year.
Name |
Fees
Earned or Paid in Cash |
Stock
Awards |
Option
Awards |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation |
Change in
Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings |
All Other
Compensation |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
H. Samuel Greenawalt (1) |
| | | | | $ | 11,057 | (2) | $ | 11,057 | ||||||||||||||||||
Kenneth Landini (1) |
$ | 10,000 | | | | | | $ | 10,000 | |||||||||||||||||||
Robert Summers (3) |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Peter Kristensen (4) |
| | | | | | |
(1) | Includes compensation received in connection with his service on the board of directors of The W Group. |
(2) | This amount consists of expenses related to use of an automobile for H. Samuel Greenawalt, including car payments and insurance premiums. |
75
(3) | Served as a member of the board of directors of Format, Inc. (n/k/a Power Solutions International, Inc.) until his resignation effective April 8, 2010. |
(4) | Served as a member of the board of directors of Format, Inc. (n/k/a Power Solutions International, Inc.) until his resignation effective May 16, 2010. |
We are currently re-evaluating our director compensation programs and intend to adopt new programs in the near future. We expect that such new policies will, among other things, entitle each non-employee director to receive an annual retainer and/or participation fees for attendance at regular and special meetings of our board of directors and, if we adopt an equity compensation plan, equity awards granted under such plan. Pursuant to these new compensation policies, we will not pay additional compensation to our executive officers for their services as directors.
76
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of August 16, 2011, by the following individuals or groups: (1) each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and/or our preferred stock, as applicable, (2) each of our directors, (3) each of our executive officers, and (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. The table below further sets forth beneficial ownership information of our common stock and our preferred stock on a pro forma basis as if the proposed reverse split occurred on or prior to August 16, 2011.
The information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock reflects shares issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock and in some cases (as indicated below), shares issuable upon exercise of warrants. As described in greater detail below under Description of Capital Stock Description of the Preferred Stock Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, prior to the reverse split, the number of shares of our common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible is subject to limitations set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock. Immediately following the effectiveness of the proposed reverse split, each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of our common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the conversion price then in effect. The private placement warrants will be exercisable only following the effectiveness of the proposed reverse split.
Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster, Thomas Somodi and Kenneth Landini, our shareholders who are also officers and/or directors of our company, have each entered into voting agreements pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of our common stock and preferred stock, as applicable, in favor of the migratory merger, the reverse split and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate the migratory merger and the reverse split. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions The Voting Agreements below for a description of the voting agreements.
Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, each person listed below has sole dispositive and voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock shown below as beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law and except for the shares of our common stock set forth next to our directors and executive officers listed as a group. Beneficial ownership and percentage have been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
As of August 16, 2011, (a) 10,770,083 shares of our common stock (336,597 shares of our common stock on a pro forma basis as if the reverse split of our common stock was consummated on or prior to such date), and (b) 113,960.90289 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, were issued and outstanding.
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership |
Percent of Class |
Pro Forma Amount
and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (Giving Effect to Reverse Split) (3) |
Pro Forma Percent of
Class (Giving Effect to Reverse Split) (3) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) |
Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock |
Common
Stock (2) |
Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock |
Common
Stock (2) |
Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock |
Common
Stock |
Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock |
Common
Stock |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Winemaster |
62,079.57914 | (4) | 27,283,588 | (5) | 54.47 | %(4) | 86.47 | %(5) | | 5,376,425 | (5) | | 54.68 | %(5) | ||||||||||||||||||
Thomas Somodi |
9,596.09002 | (6) | 4,212,670 | (7) | 8.42 | %(6) | 30.13 | %(7) | | 830,925 | (7) | | 8.45 | %(7) | ||||||||||||||||||
Kenneth Winemaster |
33,291.30775 | 14,645,578 | (8) | 29.21 | % | 66.83 | %(8) | | 2,883,651 | | 29.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Kenneth Landini |
590.01600 | 197,531 | (9) | 0.52 | % | 1.80 | %(9) | | 49,168 | | 0.50 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
H. Samuel Greenawalt |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Austin W. Marxe and David M. Greenhouse (10) |
7,000 | (11) | 2,343,526 | (12) | 6.14 | %(11) | 17.87 | %(12) | | 875,002 | (13) | | 8.64 | %(13) | ||||||||||||||||||
Park West Asset Management LLC Peter S. Park (14) |
3,000 | (15) | 1,004,368 | (16) | 2.63 | %(15) | 8.53 | %(16) | | 375,001 | (17) | | 3.77 | %(17) | ||||||||||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group (5 persons) |
95,960.90289 | 42,126,697 | (18) | 84.21 | % | 98.20 | %(18) | | 8,309,244 | | 84.50 | % |
77
(1) | Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person or entity is c/o Power Solutions International, Inc., 655 Wheat Lane, Wood Dale, IL 60191. |
(2) | Reflects the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock, subject to limitations on conversion of the preferred stock set forth in the certificate of designation. |
(3) | Includes the shares of our common stock issuable upon automatic conversion of each share of preferred stock upon effectiveness of the reverse split of our common stock. |
(4) | Includes 9,596.09002 shares of preferred stock acquired by Mr. Somodi pursuant to the reverse recapitalization which Mr. Winemaster has agreed to purchase pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between Mr. Winemaster and Mr. Somodi. |
(5) | Includes 17,570,918 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of 52,483.48912 shares of preferred stock held by Mr. Winemaster, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock (4,373,625 shares of our common stock giving effect to the reverse split). Also includes 3,212,670 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 9,596.09002 shares of preferred stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock (799,675 shares of our common stock giving effect to the reverse split), and 1,000,000 shares of our common stock (31,250 shares of our common stock giving effect to the reverse split), in each case acquired by Mr. Somodi pursuant to the reverse recapitalization, which Mr. Winemaster has agreed to purchase pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between Mr. Winemaster and Mr. Somodi. |
(6) | Includes 9,596.09002 shares of preferred stock acquired by Mr. Somodi pursuant to the reverse recapitalization which Mr. Somodi has agreed to sell pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between Mr. Winemaster and Mr. Somodi. Giving effect to the sale of such shares as if it occurred concurrently with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Mr. Somodi would not beneficially own any shares of preferred stock. |
(7) | Includes 3,212,670 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 9,596.09002 shares of preferred stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock (799,675 shares of our common stock giving effect to the reverse split), and 1,000,000 shares of our common stock (31,250 shares of our common stock giving effect to the reverse split), in each case acquired by Mr. Somodi pursuant to the reverse recapitalization, which Mr. Somodi has agreed to sell pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between Mr. Winemaster and Mr. Somodi. Giving effect to the sale of such shares as if it occurred concurrently with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Mr. Somodi would not beneficially own any shares of our common stock. |
(8) | Includes 11,145,578 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 33,291.30775 shares of preferred stock held by Mr. Winemaster, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock. |
(9) | Includes 197,531 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 590.01600 shares of preferred stock held by Mr. Landini, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock. |
(10) | MGP Advisers Limited Partnership (MGP) is the general partner of the Special Situations Fund III QP, L.P. (SSF III). AWM Investment Company, Inc. (AWM) is the general partner of MGP, the general partner of and investment adviser to the Special Situations Cayman Fund, L.P. (SSF Cayman) and the investment adviser to SSF III and the Special Situations Private Equity Fund, L.P. (SSF PE). Austin W. Marxe and David M. Greenhouse are the principal owners of MGP and AWM. Through their control of MGP and AWM, Messrs. Marxe and Greenhouse share voting and investment control over the portfolio securities of each of the funds listed above. The address for Messrs. Marxe and Greenhouse is 527 Madison Avenue, Suite 2600, New York, NY 10022. |
78
(11) | Consists of (i) 4,900 shares of preferred stock held by SSF III, (ii) 1,400 shares of preferred stock held by SSF Cayman and (iii) 700 shares of preferred stock held by SSF PE. |
(12) | Consists of (i) 1,640,468 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by SSF III, (ii) 468,705 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by SSF Cayman and (iii) 234,353 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by SSF PE, in each case giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock. |
(13) | Consists of (i) 408,334 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 204,167 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by SSF III, (ii) 116,667 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 58,333 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by SSF Cayman and (iii) 58,334 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 29,167 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by SSF PE. |
(14) | Peter S. Park is the sole member and manager of Park West Asset Management LLC (PWAM), the investment manager of Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (PWIMF) and Park West Partners International, Limited (PWPI), and Mr. Park and PWAM have voting and dispositive control over the securities held by PWIMF and PWPI. The address for each of PWAM and Peter S. Park is c/o Park West Asset Management LLC, 900 Larkspur Landing Circle, Suite 165, Larkspur, CA 94939. |
(15) | Includes 2,425 and 575 shares of preferred stock held by PWIMF and PWPI, respectively. |
(16) | Includes an aggregate of 811,864 and 192,504 shares of our common stock issuable to PWIMF and PWPI, respectively, upon conversion of 2,425 and 575 shares of preferred stock, subject to limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock. |
(17) | Includes an aggregate of 125,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued to PWPI and PWIMF at an exercise price of $13.00 per share (as adjusted for the reverse split). |
(18) | Includes an aggregate of 32,126,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of an aggregate of 95,960.90289 shares of preferred stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock. |
79
On April 29, 2011, we entered into the purchase agreement for the private placement with 29 accredited investors, pursuant to which we issued to the investors an aggregate of 18,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment), at a purchase price of $1,000 per share and related warrant, receiving total gross proceeds of $18,000,000, in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and state securities laws. The shares of preferred stock issued in the private placement are convertible into an aggregate of 6,026,211 shares of our common stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock, at a conversion price of $0.375 per share (subject to adjustment, including upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split of our common stock, as set forth in the certificate of designation). Immediately following the effectiveness of the reverse split, each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of our common stock equal to $1,000 divided by $12.00, the conversion price for the preferred stock giving effect to the adjustment resulting from the reverse split. For a detailed description of the preferred stock, including the limitations on conversion and the adjustment provisions of the preferred stock, see Description of Capital Stock Description of the Preferred Stock Series A Convertible Preferred Stock below.
The securities covered by this prospectus are issuable from time to time upon conversion of the preferred stock. The selling securityholders named below, or their respective successors, including transferees, may from time to time sell or otherwise dispose of, pursuant to this prospectus or a supplement to this prospectus, any or all of the securities they own. The securities covered hereby consist of 6,026,211 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock set forth in the certificate of designation.
The following table sets forth, as of August 16, 2011, (i) the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each selling securityholder named below, (ii) the number of shares of our common stock that may be sold or otherwise disposed of by each of the selling securityholders named below pursuant to this prospectus, and (iii) the number of shares of our common stock, and the percent of the class, beneficially owned by each selling securityholder named below assuming all of the shares registered hereby are sold by the selling securityholders, in each case giving effect to the limitations on conversion of preferred stock. The information set forth in the table below does not give effect to the reverse split.
80
Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, each person listed below has sole dispositive and voting power with respect to the shares of our common stock shown below as beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law and except for the shares of our common stock set forth next to our directors and executive officers listed as a group. Beneficial ownership and percentage have been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (giving effect to any limitations on conversion of preferred stock) and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
As of August 16, 2011, 10,770,083 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding.
Information in the table below, and under the heading Material Relationship with Selling Securityholders, has been provided to us by the selling securityholders. We do not know when or in what amounts the selling securityholders may sell or otherwise dispose of the shares of our common stock covered hereby. The selling securityholders may sell or otherwise dispose of all, some or none of the shares offered by this prospectus. Because the selling securityholders may sell or otherwise dispose of all, some, or none of the shares covered hereby, we cannot estimate the number of the shares that will be sold or otherwise disposed of by the selling securityholders pursuant to this prospectus. Accordingly, for purposes of this prospectus, we have assumed that all of the shares covered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling securityholders.
81
Name |
Number of Shares
of
Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering (1) |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock Offered Hereby (1) |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock / Percent of Class After This Offering |
|||||||||
Special Situations Fund III QP, L.P. (2) |
1,640,468 | (3) | 1,640,468 | (3) | | |||||||
Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (4) |
811,864 | (5) | 811,864 | (5) | | |||||||
BTG Investments LLC (6) |
557,090 | (7) | 557,090 | (7) | | |||||||
Special Situations Cayman Fund, L.P. (2) |
468,705 | (8) | 468,705 | (8) | | |||||||
CCM Master Qualified Fund, Ltd. (9) |
451,966 | (10) | 451,966 | (10) | | |||||||
Alder Capital Partners I, L.P. (11) |
234,353 | (12) | 234,353 | (12) | | |||||||
Special Situations Private Equity Fund, L.P. (2) |
234,353 | (13) | 234,353 | (13) | | |||||||
Park West Partners International, Limited (4) |
192,504 | (14) | 192,504 | (14) | | |||||||
Ardsley Partners Fund II, L.P. (15) |
189,056 | (16) | 189,056 | (16) | | |||||||
Ardsley Partners Institutional Fund, L.P. (17) |
145,734 | (18) | 145,734 | (18) | | |||||||
North Star Opportunity Fund, L.P. (19) |
140,612 | (20) | 140,612 | (20) | | |||||||
Delaware Charter G&T Cust. FBO Amir L. Ecker IRA |
117,176 | (21) | 117,176 | (21) | | |||||||
Hermes Partners, LP (22) |
117,176 | (23) | 117,176 | (23) | | |||||||
Kingsbrook Opportunities Master Fund LP (24) |
110,481 | (25) | 110,481 | (25) | | |||||||
ACT Capital Partners L.P. (26) |
100,437 | (27) | 100,437 | (27) | | |||||||
Empery Asset Master, LTD (28) |
83,697 | (29) | 83,697 | (29) | | |||||||
Hudson Bay Master Fund, Ltd. (30) |
83,697 | (31) | 83,697 | (31) | | |||||||
Invision Capital LLC (32) |
83,697 | (33) | 83,697 | (33) | | |||||||
Mark Mays |
83,697 | (34) | 83,697 | (34) | | |||||||
Amir L. Ecker |
50,218 | (35) | 50,218 | (35) | | |||||||
Eric D. Rindahl |
40,175 | (36) | 40,175 | (36) | | |||||||
Gordon J. Roth |
23,435 | (37) | 23,435 | (37) | | |||||||
North Star Kelco Long Short Fund, L.P. (38) |
20,087 | (39) | 20,087 | (39) | | |||||||
John J. Weber |
10,044 | (40) | 10,044 | (40) | | |||||||
Theodore D. Roth |
10,044 | (41) | 10,044 | (41) | | |||||||
Cooper Family Trust dtd 08/01/04 (42) |
10,044 | (43) | 10,044 | (43) | | |||||||
J&V Schimmelpfennig Family Trust (44) |
8,370 | (45) | 8,370 | (45) | |
82
Name |
Number of Shares
of
Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering (1) |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock Offered Hereby (1) |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock / Percent of Class After This Offering |
|||||||||
Jeffrey M. Ng |
18,355 | (46) | 5,022 | (46) | 13,333 /* | |||||||
Ellis Living Trust dtd 04/08/11 (47) |
2,009 | (48) | 2,009 | (48) | |
* | Less than one percent. |
(1) | Includes all shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of preferred stock. |
(2) | MGP Advisers Limited Partnership (MGP) is the general partner of Special Situations Fund III QP, L.P. (SSF III). AWM Investment Company, Inc. (AWM) is the general partner of MGP, the general partner of and investment adviser to the Special Situations Cayman Fund, L.P. (SSF Cayman) and the investment advisor to SSF III and the Special Situations Private Equity Fund, L.P. (SSF PE). Austin W. Marxe and David M. Greenhouse are the principal owners of MGP and AWM. Through their control of MGP and AWM, Messrs. Marxe and Greenhouse share voting and investment control over the portfolio securities of each of the funds listed above. |
(3) | Consists of 1,640,468 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of 4,900 shares of preferred stock held by SSF III. |
(4) | Peter S. Park is the sole member and manager of Park West Asset Management LLC (PWAM), the investment manager of Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (PWIMF) and Park West Partners International, Limited (PWPI), and Mr. Park and PWAM have voting and dispositive control over the securities held by PWIMF and PWPI. |
(5) | Includes 811,864 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 2,425 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(6) | BTG Investments LLC is a wholly owned affiliate of Roth Capital Partners, LLC, which is a registered broker dealer and served as the placement agent for the private placement. Byron C. Roth and Gordon J. Roth share voting and dispositive control over the securities held by BTG Investments LLC. Additionally, Gordon J. Roth individually beneficially owns 70 shares of preferred stock and 23,435 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock, without giving effect to the reverse split and subject to the limitations on conversion of preferred stock. |
(7) | Includes 557,090 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,664 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. BTG Investments LLC is engaged in the business of buying, holding and selling securities and has certified to us that (i) it purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) at the time of the purchase, it had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(8) | Consists of 468,705 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,400 shares of preferred stock held by SSF Cayman. |
(9) | Clint Coghill has investment and voting control over the securities held by CCM Master Qualified Fund, Ltd. |
(10) | Includes 451,966 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,350 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(11) | Michael Licosati has investment and voting control over the securities held by Alder Capital Partners I, L.P. |
(12) | Includes 234,353 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 700 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(13) | Consists of 234,353 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of 700 shares of preferred stock held by SSF PE. |
(14) | Includes 192,504 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 575 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(15) | Philip J. Hempleman has investment and voting control over the securities held by Ardsley Partners Fund II, L.P. |
(16) | Includes 189,506 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 564.7 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(17) | Philip J. Hempleman has investment and voting control over the securities held by Ardsley Partners Institutional Fund, L.P. |
(18) | Includes 145,734 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 435.3 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(19) | Kuby-Gottlieb Investments is the investment manager of North Star Opportunity Fund LP. Eric Kuby is the President of Kuby-Gottlieb Investments and he has investment and voting control over the securities held by North Star Opportunity Fund. |
(20) | Includes 140,612 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 420 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(21) | Includes 117,176 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 350 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
83
(22) | Paul Flather has investment and voting control over the securities held by Hermes Partners, LP. |
(23) | Includes 117,176 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 350 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(24) | Kingsbrook Partners LP (Kingsbrook Partners) is the investment manager of Kingsbrook Opportunities Master Fund LP (Kingsbrook Opportunities) and consequently has voting control and investment discretion over securities held by Kingsbrook Opportunities. Kingsbrook Opportunities GP LLC (Opportunities GP) is the general partner of Kingsbrook Opportunities and may be considered the beneficial owner of any securities deemed to be beneficially owned by Kingsbrook Opportunities. KB GP LLC (GP LLC) is the general partner of Kingsbrook Partners and may be considered the beneficial owner of any securities owned by Kingsbrook Partners. Ari J. Storch, Adam J. Chill and Scott M. Wallace are the sole managing members of Opportunities GP and GP LLC and as a result have investment and voting control over the securities held by Kingsbrook Opportunities and may be considered beneficial owners of any securities deemed beneficially owned by Opportunities GP and GP LLC. Each of Kingsbrook Partners, Opportunities GP, GP LLC and Messrs. Storch, Chill and Wallace disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities. |
(25) | Includes 110,481 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 330 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(26) | Amir L. Ecker and Carol G. Frankenfeld, the general partners of ACT Capital Partners, L.P., share voting and investment control over the securities held by ACT Capital Partners, L.P. |
(27) | Includes 100,437 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 300 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(28) | Empery Asset Management LP, the authorized agent of Empery Asset Master Ltd (EAM), has discretionary authority to vote and dispose of the shares held by EAM and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. Martin Hoe and Ryan Lane, in their capacity as investment managers of Empery Asset Management LP, may also be deemed to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares held by EAM. Mr. Hoe and Mr. Lane disclaim any beneficial ownership of these shares. |
(29) | Includes 83,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 250 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(30) | Hudson Bay Capital Management LP, the investment manager of Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd., has voting and investment power over securities held by Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. Sander Gerber is the managing member of Hudson Bay Capital GP LLC, which is the general partner of Hudson Bay Capital Management LP, and thus he has voting and investment power over the securities held by Hudson Bay Master Fund Ltd. Sander Gerber disclaims beneficial ownership over these securities. |
(31) | Includes 83,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 250 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(32) | Robert Castillo has investment and voting control over the securities held by Invision Capital LLC. |
(33) | Includes 83,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 250 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(34) | Includes 83,697 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 250 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(35) | Includes 50,218 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 150 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(36) | Includes 40,175 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 120 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(37) | Includes 23,435 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 70 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(38) | Kuby-Gottlieb Investments is the investment manager of North Star Kelco Long Short Fund, L.P. Eric Kuby is the President of Kuby-Gottlieb Investments and he has voting and investment control over the securities held by North Star Kelco Long Short Fund, L.P. |
(39) | Includes 20,087 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 60 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. |
(40) | Includes 10,044 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 30 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
84
(41) | Includes 10,044 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 30 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(42) | Chad J. Cooper, trustee of the Cooper Family Trust dtd 08/01/04, has voting and investment control over the securities held by Cooper Family Trust dtd 08/01/04. |
(43) | Includes 10,044 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 30 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(44) | Joseph P. Schimmelpfennig and Vanessa R. Schimmelpfennig, trustees of J&V Schimmelpfennig Family Trust, share voting and investment control over the securities held by J&V Schimmelpfennig Family Trust. |
(45) | Includes 8,370 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 25 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(46) | Includes 5,022 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 15 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
(47) | Louis J. Ellis and Michaela E. Ellis, trustees of Ellis Living Trust dtd 04/08/11, share voting and investment control over the securities held by Ellis Living Trust dtd 04/08/11. |
(48) | Includes 2,009 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of 6 shares of preferred stock beneficially owned by the selling securityholder. The selling securityholder certified to us that such selling securityholder purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities. |
Information about the selling securityholders may change over time, and changed information will be set forth in supplements to this prospectus if and when required.
85
Material Relationship with Selling Securityholders
Pursuant to an engagement letter dated June 28, 2010, as amended by the letter agreement dated April 29, 2011, The W Group engaged Roth Capital Partners, LLC to act as a financial advisor in connection with the reverse recapitalization and as its exclusive placement agent in connection with the private placement. In connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, we assumed The W Groups obligations under the engagement letter. Pursuant to the engagement letter, we (1) paid Roth Capital Partners, LLC $570,109 as advisory fees for service by Roth Capital Partners, LLC as financial advisor in connection with the reverse recapitalization, and (2) paid Roth Capital Partners, LLC $1,260,000 in fees, and issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC a warrant as compensation for service by Roth Capital Partners, LLC as the exclusive placement agent in connection with the private placement. Roth Capital Partners, LLC is a registered broker-dealer. The warrant issued to Roth represents the right to purchase an aggregate of 3,360,000 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in that warrant, at an exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the reverse split and as otherwise set forth in that warrant. Giving effect to the reverse split, as if it occurred immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the warrant issued to Roth would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $13.20 per share.
BTG Investments, LLC is a selling securityholder that is wholly-owned by Roth Capital Partners, LLC, and is engaged in the business of buying, holding and selling securities. In addition, each of Eric D. Rindahl, Gordon J. Roth, John J. Weber, Theodore D. Roth, Jeffrey M. Ng, Chad J. Cooper (a trustee of Cooper Family Trust dtd 08/01/04), Joe Schimmelpfennig (a trustee of J&V Schimmelpfennig Family Trust) and Louis Ellis (a trustee of Ellis Living Trust dtd 04/08/11) is an employee of Roth Capital Partners, LLC and a selling securityholder (or, in the case of each of Chad J. Cooper, Joe Schimmelpfennig and Louis Ellis, a trustee of a selling securityholder). Each such selling securityholder has certified to us that such selling securityholder acquired the shares being registered hereby for resale in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of such acquisition, such selling securityholder had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares.
Each of the other selling securityholders has certified to us that such selling securityholder is not a broker-dealer and that such selling securityholder is either (a) not an affiliate of a broker-dealer or (b) is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, but acquired the shares being registered hereby for resale in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of such acquisition, such selling securityholder had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares.
Further, pursuant to an engagement letter dated June 28, 2010, The W Group engaged Invision Capital to serve as its financial consultant in connection with the private placement. Invision Capital LLC is a selling securityholder. In connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, we assumed The W Groups obligations under the engagement letter, and paid to Invision Capital an aggregate of $830,000 in cash fees for such consulting services. Pursuant to the terms of the engagement letter, we also agreed to reimburse Invision Capital for expenses incurred in connection with the private placement. Invision Capital provides other financial and consulting services to us, including consulting fees provided in connection with the refinancing of our prior credit agreement with Fifth Third Bank in 2008 for which Invision Capital received a fee of $729,000. From time to time since 2008 and on an ongoing basis, we have also engaged Invision Capital and/or Robert Castillo, a principal of Invision Capital, to provide consulting services to management and our board of directors in connection with corporate strategic planning and operational matters. Fees paid to Invision Capital and/or Mr. Castillo for such services totaled approximately $14,000 and $25,000 in 2010 and 2008, respectively.
Except for the foregoing relationships, there are not, and there have not at any time through the date of this prospectus been, any relationships between us and any selling securityholder, other than any relationships directly relating to such selling securityholders investment in securities issued in the private placement.
86
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Reverse Recapitalization Transaction
On April 29, 2011, The W Group completed the reverse recapitalization transaction with Format (which was renamed Power Solutions International, Inc.), in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Format, merged with and into The W Group, and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the merger. As a result, The W Group became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc. The reverse recapitalization transaction was consummated under Delaware corporate law pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger, dated as of April 29, 2011. All of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group (Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster and Thomas Somodi, our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board, our Senior Vice President and Secretary and our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively) at the closing of the reverse recapitalization transaction converted into, and Power Solutions International, Inc. issued to the three stockholders of The W Group, an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock and 95,960.90289 shares of preferred stock (5,500,000 shares of common stock and 52,778.49712 shares of preferred stock for Gary Winemaster, 3,500,000 shares of common stock and 33,586.31575 shares of preferred stock for Kenneth Winemaster and 1,000,000 shares of common stock and 9,596.09002 shares of preferred stock for Thomas Somodi). These shares collectively represented a substantial majority of the shares of common stock and shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of the reverse recapitalization transaction.
The terms of the reverse recapitalization transaction (including the number of shares of common stock and preferred stock to be issued to the former shareholders of The W Group), the repurchase of common stock from Ryan and Michelle Neely and related transactions, were determined through arms-length negotiations among the applicable parties. Prior to such negotiations, The W Group consulted with its financial advisors and legal counsel regarding transactions of this nature and reviewed proposed sales prices of a limited number of other companies with similar attributes. The W Group did not, however, conduct a formal valuation of Format or its equity.
The board of directors of Format (consisting solely of Ryan Neely) evaluated the terms of the reverse recapitalization transaction, the stock repurchase transaction, the private placement, the reverse split, the migratory merger and the other transactions entered into in connection with the reverse recapitalization transaction, including the transaction agreements contemplated to be entered into to effectuate these transactions, as well as the other documents and other instruments contemplated by those agreements. After considering a number of factors, including (1) historical information and projections concerning Formats business, financial performance and condition, operations, management and competitive position; and (2) its belief that the terms of the merger agreement and the other transaction documents, including the parties representations, warranties and covenants, and the conditions to their respective obligations, were reasonable, the board of directors of Format determined that the reverse recapitalization, the stock repurchase transaction, the private placement, the reverse split, the migratory merger and other related transactions and the terms thereof were advisable and in the best interests of Formats shareholders (including the shareholders of Format whose shares of common stock were not subject to repurchase in the stock repurchase transaction).
Purchase and Sale Transaction
The W Group and Thomas Somodi, its Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, previously entered into (1) a subscription agreement, dated as of April 16, 2005, as amended by the amendment to subscription agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, and (2) an employment agreement, dated as of April 16, 2005, as amended by the amendment to employment agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008. See Executive Compensation Employment Agreements for a description of this employment agreement between Mr. Somodi and The W Group. Pursuant to the subscription agreement entered into with Mr. Somodi, Mr. Somodi acquired shares of common stock of The W Group, which represented 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group as of the date of such agreement and immediately prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization, and the subscription agreement provided that, upon any issuance or change in the structure of capital stock, The W Group would make an equitable adjustment to the shares held by Mr. Somodi so that Mr. Somodi would maintain an interest equal to 10% of the fully-diluted capital stock of The W Group. The subscription agreement further provided (1) Mr. Somodi with the right to require The W Group to purchase his shares, and (2) The W Group with the right to require Mr. Somodi to sell his shares to The W Group, upon The W Groups achievement of certain thresholds relating to the valuation of The W Group. Also, pursuant to the subscription agreement, Mr. Somodi agreed to sell his shares, if requested by The W Group, to a third party in connection with a sale of The W Group.
Pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between Gary Winemaster and Thomas Somodi, entered into on April 28, 2011 and effective on the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Gary Winemaster agreed to purchase from Mr. Somodi, and Mr. Somodi agreed to sell to Mr. Winemaster, 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and 9,596.09002 shares of preferred stock (in each case without giving effect to the proposed reverse split of our common stock), representing all of the shares of our common stock and the preferred stock acquired by Mr. Somodi in the reverse recapitalization, at an initial closing to occur within 120 days (changed from 90 days pursuant to a letter exchanged between Messrs. Winemaster and Somodi) following the closing of the reverse recapitalization, in exchange for (1) a cash payment equal to $2,500,000, payable at such initial closing, (2) an additional cash payment equal to $1,750,000, payable after the earlier of the hiring by us of a new Chief Financial Officer (which we have agreed to endeavor to do as soon as reasonably possible) and April 29, 2013, two years after the closing of the reverse recapitalization (provided that Mr. Winemaster has agreed to make such payment in no event later than the later of 60 days after such earlier date and eight months following the closing of the reverse recapitalization), and (3) Mr. Winemasters agreement to transfer to
87
Mr. Somodi shares of our common stock, or cash payment in lieu thereof, upon our achievement of certain market value per share of common stock milestones, as described in detail below.
Pursuant to the terms of the purchase and sale agreement, after the initial payment of $2,500,000 at the initial closing, approximately 41% of the shares agreed to be purchased by Mr. Winemaster (on a pro forma, as-converted basis, without giving effect to any limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock) will be held in escrow until the remaining $1,750,000 payment has been delivered pursuant to the terms of the purchase and sale agreement. At Mr. Winemasters election, in lieu of depositing such shares to be held in escrow, Mr. Winemaster may pledge such shares to Mr. Somodi to secure Mr. Winemasters obligation to make the remaining $1,750,000 payment to Mr. Somodi.
As additional consideration for the acquisition by Mr. Winemaster of the shares issued to Mr. Somodi in the reverse recapitalization, Mr. Winemaster agreed to deliver to Mr. Somodi, within 90 days of the first date on which we first achieve common stock market value per share milestones as follows: (A) an aggregate of 3,933,333 shares of our common stock (122,917 shares giving effect to the reverse split) after the first period of 10 consecutive trading
88
days after the effectiveness of the reverse split on each of at least seven of which the market value per share of the outstanding common stock (calculated in accordance with the purchase and sale agreement) is at least $0.6356 ($20.3392 giving effect to the reverse split); (B) an additional aggregate of 4,720,000 shares of our common stock (147,500 shares giving effect to the reverse split) after the first period of 10 consecutive trading days after the effectiveness of the reverse split on each of at least seven of which the market value per share of the outstanding common stock (calculated in accordance with the purchase and sale agreement) is at least $0.7945 ($25.424 giving effect to the reverse split); and (C) an additional aggregate of 3,146,656 shares of our common stock (98,333 shares giving effect to the reverse split) after the first period of 10 consecutive trading days after the effectiveness of the reverse split on each of at least seven of which the market value per share of the outstanding common stock (calculated in accordance with the purchase and sale agreement) is at least $0.9534 ($30.5088 giving effect to the reverse split). All share numbers and share prices set forth above are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and other similar transactions, as set forth in the purchase and sale agreement. Mr. Winemaster may, at his sole option and in lieu of delivering shares of our common stock to Mr. Somodi as described above, elect to make a payment to Mr. Somodi equal to the then-market value of the shares Mr. Winemaster would otherwise be required to deliver pursuant to the provisions described above. Mr. Winemasters obligation will expire if we have not achieved the applicable market value per share of common stock milestones by the fifth anniversary of the closing of the reverse recapitalization.
Prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization, and in connection with Mr. Winemaster and Mr. Somodi entering into the purchase and sale agreement, (i) on April 28, 2011, The W Group and Mr. Somodi entered into a termination agreement, pursuant to which each of Mr. Somodis employment agreement with The W Group (the term of which expired in April 2010) and the subscription agreement between the W Group and Mr. Somodi, were terminated effective upon the closing of the reverse recapitalization; and (ii) on April 29, 2011, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Somodi, which sets forth the terms of Mr. Somodis employment with us. See Executive Compensation Employment Agreements for a description of our new employment agreement with Mr. Somodi.
Other Transactions with The W Group
The W Group has engaged (and we continue to engage) Landini, Reed & Dawson, a certified public accounting and consulting firm, to prepare tax returns and to provide other tax advice and consultation services, including in respect of the reverse recapitalization, the private placement and related transactions. Kenneth Landini, who was a director of The W Group prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and is a member of our board of directors, is a partner and co-founder of Landini, Reed & Dawson, P.C. During The W Groups fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (fiscal 2010) and six-month period ended June 30, 2011, Landini, Reed & Dawson, P.C. charged $123,223 and $69,846, respectively, for its services provided to The W Group during such periods.
For each of fiscal 2010 and The W Groups fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 (fiscal 2009) and 2008 (fiscal 2008), William Winemaster (the father of Gary Winemaster and Kenneth Winemaster, our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President and our Senior Vice President and Secretary, respectively), serving as an employee performing consulting and advisory type services for The W Group and its subsidiaries, received (1) annual salaries of $138,158, $127,744 and $127,744, respectively, (2) payments for automobiles and related auto insurance premiums equal to $9,927, $12,767 and $12,643, respectively, and (3) payments related to mobile telephone service equal to $1,295, $1,240 and $1,361, respectively. It is anticipated that William Winemaster will continue to serve as an employee of The W Group performing consulting and advisory type services going forward, and that Mr. Winemasters compensation for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 will be consistent with his compensation for such services in fiscal 2010.
In fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, The W Group had outstanding loans to each of Gary Winemaster and Kenneth Winemaster in the aggregate principal amount of $156,024 and $67,969, respectively. These loan amounts did not bear interest and were payable on demand by The W Group. At December 31, 2010 and at
89
March 30, 2011, the amounts outstanding on such notes were $156,024 and $67,969, respectively, which such amounts represent the largest principal amounts outstanding under these loans at any time during fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 or fiscal 2008. Effective March 30, 2011 (prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization), the board of directors of The W Group declared a non-cash offset dividend to each of Gary Winemaster and Kenneth Winemaster in amounts necessary to cancel the loans. Thomas J. Somodi, as a stockholder of The W Group, waived any right to receive any dividend payments as a result of the offset dividend received by Gary Winemaster. Kenneth Winemaster waived any right to receive any dividend in excess of the $67,969 offset dividend he received as a result of the offset dividend received by Gary Winemaster.
The W Group previously maintained a credit facility with Bank of America. In the year ended December 31, 2007 (fiscal 2007), H. Samuel Greenawalt, who is a member of our board of directors and continues to serve as a member of the board of directors of The W Group, obtained a line of credit and used the proceeds therefrom to guarantee The W Groups obligations under its credit facility with Bank of America. As a condition to Mr. Greenawalt obtaining this personal line of credit and guaranteeing The W Groups obligations to Bank of America, The W Group agreed to guarantee Mr. Greenawalts personal line of credit and pay interest on the proceeds from Mr. Greenawalts line of credit at a rate of 11% per annum. In fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, The W Group paid to Mr. Greenawalt $43,250 and $57,750, respectively, representing interest on the proceeds from Mr. Greenawalts personal line of credit. In fiscal 2008, Mr. Greenawalts guarantee obligations were terminated, and his personal line of credit was paid in full and cancelled, thereby releasing The W Groups guarantee obligations with respect to Mr. Greenawalts personal line of credit.
Format, Inc. Transactions
From time to time prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, Ryan Neely, Formats sole director and executive officer immediately prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization, loaned amounts to Format for working capital purposes, which loans did not bear interest and were due on demand. As of December 31, 2010 and immediately prior to April 29, 2011, the closing date of the reverse recapitalization, the outstanding principal amount on such loans was $114,156. The largest principal amount outstanding under these loans at any time during fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 or fiscal 2008, or during the period commencing January 1, 2011 and ending April 29, 2011, was $168,177. During the period commencing January 1, 2008 through April 29, 2011 (but before closing the repurchase of shares of our common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely, described below), Format repaid $62,041 in principal amount in respect of these loans to Mr. Neely. In connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, Format entered into a stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement, pursuant to which Format repurchased and cancelled 3,000,000 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Neely and his spouse, Michelle Neely, and Ryan and Michelle Neely released Format from any obligations Format had to them in respect of these loans (which, as of April 29, 2011, was $114,156 in principal amount), for aggregate consideration of $360,000. In addition, Ryan and Michelle Neely released Format from any obligations Format had to them in respect of any other amounts (including any accrued compensation) that may have at any time been owing from Format prior to the closing of the reverse recapitalization. In connection with, but prior to, the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Format used all of its available cash to settle remaining liabilities that Format had prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, which included amounts owed to Formats accountants, independent auditors and legal counsel; provided that Formats legal counsel agreed to release Format from its obligation to pay a portion of legal fees incurred by Format in connection with the reverse recapitalization and related transactions. Further, in connection with, but prior to, the closing of the reverse recapitalization, Format entered into a termination agreement, pursuant to which Format terminated its services agreement with its sole customer, and Format transferred to Ryan Neely all of its rights, including Formats rights to any security deposit thereunder, and obligations, and Ryan Neely assumed Formats obligations, under the real property lease pursuant to which Format leased its sole office space.
Private Placement
On April 29, 2011, we entered into a purchase agreement with 29 accredited investors to consummate the private placement. In the private placement, Special Situations Fund III QP, L.P., Special Situations Cayman Fund, L.P. and Special Situations Private Equity Fund, L.P. (collectively, the SSF Funds) purchased a total of 7,000 shares of our preferred stock and related warrants, representing beneficial ownership of approximately 6.14% of our preferred stock and 17.87% of our common stock (and approximately 39% of the preferred stock issued in the private placement), giving effect to the limitations on conversion of our preferred stock. MGP Advisers Limited Partnership (MGP) is the general partner of the Special Situations Fund III QP, L.P. AWM Investment Company, Inc. (AWM) is the general partner of MGP, the general partner of and investment adviser to the Special Situations Cayman Fund, L.P. and the investment adviser to Special Situations Fund III QP, L.P. and the Special Situations Private Equity Fund, L.P. Austin W. Marxe and David M. Greenhouse are the principal owners of MGP and AWM. Through their control of MGP and AWM, Messrs. Marxe and Greenhouse share voting and investment control over the portfolio securities of each of the SSF Funds.
In the private placement, Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited and Park West Partners International, Limited (collectively, the Park West Funds) purchased a total of 3,000 shares of our preferred stock and related warrants, representing beneficial ownership of approximately 2.63% of our preferred stock and 8.53% of our common stock (and approximately 17% of the preferred
90
stock issued in the private placement). Peter S. Park is the sole member and manager of Park West Asset Management LLC, the investment manager of Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited and Park West Partners International, Limited, and Mr. Park and Park West Asset Management LLC have voting and dispositive control over the securities held by the Park West Funds. For further information regarding the securities acquired and beneficially owned by these selling securityholders, see Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management above.
Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, and as a condition to the investors investment in the private placement, we agreed to comply with various covenants. In particular, pursuant to the purchase agreement, we agreed that until the earlier of (1) April 29, 2016 and (2) the date upon which the SSF Funds beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 25% of the aggregate shares of our common stock to which the SSF Funds are entitled upon conversion or exercise of the securities held by the SSF Funds as of the closing of the private placement, we may not adopt or maintain any shareholder rights plan or other poison pill arrangement without the consent of either the entity that is the general partner and investment advisor to the SSF Funds or a majority of the independent members of our board of directors. Further, we agreed with the investors that the agreement may not be amended, and no provision may be waived, without our written consent and (1) prior to the consummation of the reverse split, the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of preferred stock purchased in the private placement, and (2) immediately following the consummation of the reverse split, the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of our common stock issued to the investors in the private placement upon automatic conversion of our preferred stock or upon exercise of the warrants, to the extent any warrants have been exercised. Accordingly, given the number of shares of preferred stock and related warrants purchased in the private placement by the SSF Funds, relative to the total amount purchased by all of the investors, no provision of the purchase agreement may be waived without the consent of the SSF Funds. The purchase agreement prohibits our payment to any one entity (other than our company) any consideration to amend or consent to a waiver or modification of any provision of the documents entered into in connection with the private placement unless the same consideration is also offered to each of the investors.
In connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, each of our shareholders that is also one of our executive officers and/or directors entered into a voting agreement with us pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of our common stock and preferred stock, as applicable, in favor of the migratory merger (including the reverse split) and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate the migratory merger and the reverse split. The voting agreements, similar to the purchase agreement, may not be amended or terminated without our consent and without the consent of each of the individual parties thereto and the holders of 66 2/3% of our outstanding preferred stock. A proxy is granted to Messrs. David M. Greenhouse and Austin W. Marxe pursuant to each of the voting agreements; however, the voting power granted by each proxy is limited to votes involving the migratory merger, the reverse split and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate the migratory merger and the reverse split. Further, Messrs. Greenhouse and Marxe are only permitted to exercise their rights under such proxies if an individual subject to a voting agreement fails to honor the terms of the voting agreement. The securities held by persons who entered into the voting agreements represent, as of August 16, 2011, approximately 86.11% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of our company.
Composition of the Board of Directors and Director Independence
We are not subject to listing requirements of any national securities exchange and, as a result, our board of directors is not currently required to be composed of a specified number of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. H. Samuel Greenawalt is a non-employee director who meets the applicable independence requirements for directors of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, we agreed to take action such that, no later than 180 days following the closing of the private placement, our board of directors will consist of five or greater directors, a majority of whom will constitute independent directors as defined by the marketplace rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Additionally, in the event our common stock becomes listed on a national securities exchange, the composition of our board of directors, and any future audit committee, compensation committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and any
91
other committee of our board of directors, will be subject to the corporate governance provisions of such exchange, including rules relating to the independence of directors. Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to list our common stock for trading on a national securities exchange as soon as reasonably practicable after we meet the initial quantitative listing standards of any such exchange. However, we cannot be certain that we will meet such initial listing standards or receive approval to list our common stock on any national securities exchange.
In evaluating the composition of our board of directors, we may consider such factors as diversity of backgrounds, experience and competencies that our board of directors desires to have represented. These competencies may include independence; adherence to ethical standards; the ability to exercise business judgment; industry knowledge and experience and/or other relevant business or professional experience and the ability to offer our management meaningful advice and guidance based on that experience; and ability to devote sufficient time and effort to service as a director. We believe that each of the members of our board of directors possesses these qualities and has demonstrated business acumen and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as a commitment of service to our company and to our board of directors.
92
Description of Our Common Stock
We are authorized to issue up to an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of August 16, 2011, an aggregate of 10,770,083 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. Each holder of a share of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share held on each matter to be considered by holders of our common stock. Our articles of incorporation, as amended, do not provide for cumulative voting. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. However, the current policy of our board of directors is to retain earnings, if any, for our operations and expansion. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of or provision for all liabilities and the preferences of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. All issued and outstanding shares of our common
Description of the Preferred Stock
We are authorized to issue up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series as may be determined by our board of directors, which may establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in such series, and fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Any preferred stock so established and designated by our board of directors may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, or both. The issuance of shares of preferred stock, the existence of unissued preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares of preferred stock, may have the effect of delaying or deterring an unsolicited merger or other change of control transaction.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
In accordance with our articles of incorporation, our board of directors approved the filing of the certificate of designation for the preferred stock designating and authorizing the issuance of up to 114,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. As of August 16, 2011, an aggregate of 113,960.90289 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding.
Each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of our common stock at any time at the election of the holder, subject to limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation (as described below), at a conversion price of $0.375 per share. This conversion price is subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other subdivisions or reclassifications of our common stock. The preferred stock is also subject to full-ratchet anti-dilution protection. This means that when shares of our common stock are issued at a price below the then-current conversion price of the preferred stock (or are deemed to be issued upon the issuance of securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current conversion price of the preferred stock) (but not based upon the trading price of our common stock), subject to specified exceptions, the conversion price of the preferred stock will be reduced to the effective price at which the shares of our common stock are issued (or are deemed to be issued). Giving effect to the reverse split, as if it occurred immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the conversion price at which each share of preferred stock would convert into shares of our common stock would be $12.00 per share.
Prior to the reverse split, the holders of preferred stock will have the right to receive an aggregate of 38,152,908 shares of our common stock upon conversion of the preferred stock, which amount is equal to 50,000,000 authorized shares of our common stock less 110% of the 10,770,083 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the closing of the reverse recapitalization. Prior to the reverse split, each holder of preferred stock will have the right to receive its pro rata portion of such shares upon conversion of such holders shares of preferred stock. The purpose of this limitation on conversion is to ensure that we are not obligated to issue any shares of our common stock in excess of the number of shares of our common stock which we are authorized to issue. We are obligated at all times prior to the effectiveness of the reverse split to reserve and keep available out of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock the maximum number of shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock, subject to the limitations on conversion described above, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of the preferred stock.
93
Immediately following the effectiveness of the reverse split, each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of our common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the conversion price then in effect. Accordingly, immediately following the effectiveness of the reverse split, the aggregate of 113,960.90289 outstanding shares of preferred stock, representing all of the shares of preferred stock issued in the reverse recapitalization and in the private placement, will automatically convert into a total of 9,496,753 shares of our common stock (assuming a conversion price of $12.00 per share, giving effect to the reverse split, and assuming that no shares of preferred stock have previously been converted).
The purchase agreement entered into with the investors in the private placement also contains the following provision, which may be deemed to be a form of anti-dilution protection: If prior to the earlier of (a) the second anniversary of the date on which the registration statement for the shares of our common stock underlying the preferred stock and the private placement warrants becomes effective and (b) 180 days after the closing of a firm commitment public underwritten offering of equity securities resulting in gross proceeds of not less than $15.0 million, we issue equity securities in a public or private offering (or series of related offerings) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $5.0 million at or below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other reclassifications or combinations of our common stock (which effective price per share will, accordingly, be $12.00 immediately following the effectiveness of the proposed migratory merger and reverse split), we will have to issue to each investor in the private placement (1) additional shares of our common stock so that after giving effect to such issuance, the effective price per share of our common stock acquired by such investors in the private placement will be equal to the effective price per share in such offering and (2) additional warrants covering a number of shares of our common stock equal to 50% of the shares of our common stock issued pursuant to clause (1) above. These provisions are not triggered based on the market price of our common stock, but rather on the issuance by our company of additional equity securities below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other reclassifications or combinations of our common stock (which effective price per share will, accordingly, be $12.00 immediately following the effectiveness of the proposed migratory merger and reverse split).
Each holder of a share of preferred stock is entitled to vote with the holders of our common stock as a single class on all matters voted on by holders of our common stock. Each share of preferred stock entitles the holder to cast the number of votes equal to the total number of votes which could be cast in such vote by a holder of the number of shares of our common stock into which such shares of preferred stock are convertible as of the date immediately prior to the record date for such vote, subject to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock described above. Accordingly, the 113,960.90289 shares of preferred stock outstanding as of August 16, 2011 entitle the holders thereof to cast a total of 38,152,908 votes, or approximately 335 votes per share of preferred stock, giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock set forth in the certificate of designation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, each holder of preferred stock will be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon our common stock, an amount in cash equal to the sum of $1,000 plus the amount of any declared or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon as of such date, for each share of preferred stock held by such holder, and such holder will not be entitled to any further payment.
No dividends are payable on the preferred stock, except in two specific situations. First, if we pay dividends on our common stock, the preferred stock will participate as if, for purposes thereof, each share of preferred stock had converted into shares of our common stock after giving effect to the reverse split (i.e., without giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock) as of the date immediately prior to the record date for such dividend. Additionally, in the event the reverse split is not effective on or prior to August 27, 2011, each share of preferred stock will entitle its holder to receive, when, as and if declared by our board of directors, non-cumulative cash dividends, accruing on a daily basis from August 27, 2011, through and including the date on which such dividends are paid, at the annual rate of 2% of the preferred stock liquidation preference. See Description of Capital Stock Reverse Split and Migratory Merger below for a description of payments we will be required to make to investors, pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement for the private placement, in the event the shareholders meeting at which our shareholders will be asked to approve the migratory merger and the reverse split is not held by a specified date and/or the migratory merger and the reverse split are not effected on or prior to a specified date.
The holders of preferred stock are not entitled to any preemptive, subscription, redemption or other similar rights, and we do not have any right to redeem the preferred stock. All issued and outstanding
Description of the Warrants
For every share of our common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock purchased in the private placement, each investor in the private placement also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40625 per share, subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of our common stock. The private placement warrants are also subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection. This means that when shares of our common stock are issued at a price below the then-current exercise price of the private placement warrants (or are deemed to be issued upon the issuance of securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the private placement warrants) (but not based upon the trading price of our common stock), subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the private placement warrants will be reduced to the effective price at which the shares of our common stock are issued (or are deemed to be issued).
In addition, as described above, the purchase agreement entered into with the investors in the private placement contains a provision (which may be deemed to be a form of anti-dilution protection) whereby if prior to the earlier of (a) the second anniversary of the date on which the registration statement for the shares of our common stock underlying the preferred stock and the private placement warrants becomes effective and (b) 180 days after the closing of a firm commitment public underwritten offering of equity securities resulting in gross proceeds of not less than $15.0 million, we issue equity securities in a public or private offering (or series of related offerings) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $5.0 million at or below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other reclassifications or combinations of our common stock (which effective price per share will, accordingly, be $12.00 immediately following the effectiveness of the proposed migratory merger and reverse split), we will have to issue to each investor in the private placement (1) additional shares of our common stock so that after giving effect to such issuance, the effective price per share of our common stock acquired by such investors in the private placement will be equal to the effective price per share in such offering and (2) additional warrants covering a number of shares of our common stock equal to 50% of the shares of our common stock issued pursuant to clause (1) above. These provisions are not triggered based on the market price of our common stock, but rather on the issuance by our company of additional equity securities below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other reclassifications or combinations of our common stock (which effective price per share will, accordingly, be $12.00 immediately following the effectiveness of the proposed migratory merger and reverse split).
The private placement warrants represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 24,000,007 shares of our common stock; however, the warrants are not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the reverse split and will expire on April 29, 2016. Giving effect to the reverse split, as if it occurred immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the private placement warrants would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 750,002 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $13.00 per share.
At any time beginning six months after the closing of the private placement at which we are required to register the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the private
94
placement, but such shares may not be freely sold to the public, the warrants may be cashlessly exercised by their holders. The warrantholders may cashlessly exercise the warrants by causing us to withhold a number of shares of our common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of our common stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the warrants will occur without any cash being paid by the holders of the warrants.
The warrants further include a requirement that, from and after the effective date of the reverse split, we will keep reserved out of the authorized and unissued shares of our common stock sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the warrants.
Description of the Roth Warrant
Concurrently with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, we issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as compensation for its role as placement agent, a warrant. This warrant represents the right to purchase an aggregate of 3,360,000 shares of our common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in the warrant. The warrant has an exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the reverse split and non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of our common stock. This warrant is not, however, subject to price-based anti-dilution provisions like those set forth in the warrants issued in the private placement, whereby when shares of our common stock are issued at a price below the then-current exercise price of the private placement warrants (or are deemed to be issued upon the issuance of securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the private placement warrants) (but not based upon the trading price of our common stock), subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the private placement warrants will be reduced to the effective price at which the shares of our common stock are issued (or are deemed to be issued), nor to the provisions in the purchase agreement for the private placement that provide for the issuance of additional shares of our common stock and warrants under the circumstances described above under Description of Capital Stock Description of the Preferred Stock Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Description of Capital Stock Description of the Warrants and which may be deemed to be an additional form of price-based anti-dilution protection. The warrant is not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the reverse split, and will expire on April 29, 2016. Giving effect to the reverse split, as if it occurred immediately following the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the warrant would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $13.20 per share. At any time following the effectiveness of the reverse split, the warrant may be cashlessly exercised by its holder by causing us to withhold a number of shares of our common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of our common stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the warrant will occur without any cash being paid by the holder of the warrant. The warrant includes a requirement that we reserve a sufficient number of shares of our common stock solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of the warrant into shares of our common stock.
Reverse Split and Migratory Merger
In connection with, and prior to the consummation of, the reverse recapitalization, the board of directors of Format, Inc. approved a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock, immediately following the effectiveness of which every 32 issued and outstanding shares of our common stock will automatically convert into one share of our common stock. Any shareholder of our company that would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of our common stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of our common stock to be received by such holder) as a result of the reverse split, will receive an additional share of our common stock (i.e., the aggregate number of shares of our common stock of a shareholder resulting from the reverse split would be rounded up to the nearest whole number). The reverse split will not affect the number of authorized shares of capital stock of our company or the par value of our common stock. Immediately following the effectiveness of the reverse split, each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of our common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the conversion price then in effect.
Further, in connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, the board of directors of Format, Inc. approved the migratory merger of our company with and into a Delaware corporation that will be newly-created as a wholly owned subsidiary of our company, which migratory merger will be effected for the purpose of changing our jurisdiction of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware. The parties agreed that the reverse split may be effected through the consummation of the migratory merger, whereby each 32 shares of our common stock will be converted into one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger. The consummation by our company of the migratory merger, including the reverse split to be effected thereby, is subject to the approval of our shareholders.
Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, we agreed to file with the SEC within 60 days of the closing of the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, and deliver to our shareholders of record, a proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the purpose of submitting to our shareholders the approval of the reverse split and the migratory merger at a meeting of our shareholders. We also agreed to use our commercially reasonable best efforts to hold the meeting of our shareholders within 120 days after the closing of the reverse recapitalization. Further, the purchase agreement for the private placement provides that if (1) the shareholders meeting at which our shareholders will be asked to approve the migratory merger and the reverse split is not held on or prior to the date (August 28, 2011) which is 120 days after the closing of the reverse recapitalization, and/or (2) the migratory merger and the reverse split are not effected on or prior to the date that is two business days after receipt of shareholder approval of the migratory merger and the reverse split, then we are required to pay amounts representing liquidated damages to each of the investors. Specifically, in any such case we are required to pay each investor 1.5% of the aggregate amount invested by such investor for each 30-day period (or pro rata portion thereof) following the date by which the shareholders meeting should have been held or by which the migratory merger and the reverse split should have been effective, as applicable. As a result of the foregoing provisions of the purchase agreement, on August 15, 2011, we filed, and mailed to our shareholders of record as of August 9, 2011, the record date for the special meeting of our shareholders, a definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A proposing that our shareholders approve the migratory merger, the reverse split and related matters at a special meeting to be held on August 25, 2011. Accordingly, the consummation of the migratory merger, upon receipt of shareholder approval, will constitute the reverse split for all purposes, as contemplated by the transaction documents entered into in connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement.
95
Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, we agreed with the investors in the private placement to forms of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws for the Delaware corporation that will be the surviving entity in the migratory merger. Upon the consummation of the migratory merger, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Delaware corporation will be the certificate of incorporation and bylaws for the surviving entity in the migratory merger. Pursuant to the SECs interpretation of Rule 14a-4(a)(3), also known as the Unbundling Rule, if provisions of a corporations charter not previously part of such corporations charter will become applicable as a result of a transaction, and shareholder approval of the proposed changes would be required if the proposed changes were made independent of a transaction, each affected provision (or group of related affected provisions) is required to be separately approved by the shareholders of the corporation. Accordingly, our proxy statement also proposes that our shareholders approve proposals to amend our existing articles of incorporation to be consistent with material provisions of the certificate of incorporation that will govern the surviving entity in the migratory merger that differ materially from provisions in our existing articles of incorporation addressing substantially similar matters. These proposals reflect only those changes to our existing articles of incorporation as a result of the migratory merger that would require the approval of our shareholders if effected separately from the migratory merger . Consummation of the migratory merger is conditioned upon shareholder approval of these proposals. For information regarding the material differences between the rights of our shareholders under the laws and documents governing our company prior to the migratory merger and the rights of our shareholders under the laws and documents governing the surviving entity in the migratory merger, see Comparison of Shareholder Rights Before and After the Migratory Merger below.
In connection with the reverse recapitalization and the private placement, each of our shareholders that is also one of our executive officers and/or directors entered into a voting agreement with us pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of our common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable, in favor of the migratory merger, the proposed reverse split of our common stock and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate the migratory merger and the reverse split. The voting agreements may not be amended or terminated without our consent, the consent of each of the individual parties thereto and the consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of our outstanding preferred stock. A proxy is granted to Messrs. David M. Greenhouse and Austin W. Marxe pursuant to each of the voting agreements; however, the voting power granted by each proxy is limited to votes involving the migratory merger, the reverse split and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate the migratory merger and the reverse split. Further, the proxy is only exercisable if an individual subject to a voting agreement fails to honor the terms of the voting agreement. The securities held by persons who entered into the voting agreements represent, as of August 16, 2011, approximately 86.11% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of our company (giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock set forth in the certificate of designation). Accordingly, approval of the reverse split and the migratory merger is probable.
Shareholders are urged to read the proxy statement and the other documents filed by us with the SEC in connection with the special meeting when they become available because they contain important information about the reverse split, the migratory merger and related matters. Shareholders can obtain these documents free of charge at the SECs website (http://www.sec.gov) or at the website of one of our subsidiaries at www.powergreatlakes.com/proxy. The directors, executive officers and certain other members of management and employees of our company and its subsidiaries are participants in the solicitation of proxies in favor of approval of the reverse split, the migratory merger and related matters. Information about the directors and executive officers of our company is set forth in this Prospectus. Additional information regarding the interests of such participants is included in the proxy statement and will be included in any other relevant documents filed with the SEC when they become available.
Comparison of Shareholder Rights Before and After the Migratory Merger
As discussed above, upon the consummation of the migratory merger, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Delaware corporation that will be newly-created as a wholly owned subsidiary of our company will be the certificate of incorporation and bylaws for the surviving entity in the migratory merger. As a result of differences between the Nevada Revised Statutes and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as well as differences between our current articles of incorporation and bylaws, on the one hand, and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Delaware corporation that will be the surviving entity in the migratory merger, on the other hand, the migratory merger will effect changes in the rights of our shareholders. Summarized below are material rights of our shareholders (including significant differences thereof) prior to and after giving effect to the migratory merger resulting from the differences between Nevada and Delaware corporate law, our current articles of incorporation and bylaws and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Delaware corporation that will be the surviving entity in the migratory merger. We filed a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on August 15, 2011 for the purpose of submitting to our shareholders the approval of the migratory merger and the reverse split. Our definitive proxy statement also proposes that our shareholders approve proposals to amend our existing articles of incorporation to be consistent with material provisions of the certificate of incorporation that will govern the surviving entity in the migratory merger that differ materially from provisions in our existing articles of incorporation addressing substantially similar matters. The following section describes the provisions of our existing articles of incorporation that will be amended, subject to shareholder approval as contemplated by our proxy statement, both as such provisions exist as of the date of this prospectus (i.e. without giving effect to the amendments contemplated by our proxy statement) and as such provisions will be in effect assuming shareholder approval of such amendments to our articles of incorporation. For a description of the matters covered by our proxy statement, including the proposed amendments to our articles of incorporation, see Description of Capital Stock Reverse Split and Migratory Merger above. For the purposes of the chart below, our current articles of incorporation and bylaws are
96
referred to as the Nevada Articles and the Nevada Bylaws, respectively, the Delaware corporation that will be the surviving entity in the migratory merger is referred to as PSI Delaware, and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of PSI Delaware are referred to as the Delaware Certificate and the Delaware Bylaws, respectively.
97
Provision |
Nevada Law |
Delaware Law |
||
ELECTIONS; VOTING; PROCEDURAL MATTERS | ||||
Number of Directors |
Nevada law provides that a corporation must have at least one director and may provide in its articles of incorporation or bylaws for a fixed or variable number of directors, and for the manner in which the number of directors may be increased or decreased.
The Nevada Articles provide that our board of directors will consist of not more than 15 persons nor less than one person, as determined from time to time by a vote of a majority of our board of directors; provided that the number of directors will not be reduced so as to reduce the term of any director at the time in office. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law.
The Delaware Certificate provides that the board of directors of PSI Delaware will consist of not less than five nor more than 11 directors. The exact number of directors is determined in the same manner provided by the Nevada Articles. |
||
Classified Board of Directors |
Nevada law permits corporations to classify their boards of directors. At least 1/4 of the total number of directors of a Nevada corporation must be elected annually.
The Nevada Articles currently provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. This provision of the Nevada Articles will be amended, subject to shareholder approval, as described in our proxy statement filed with the SEC on August 15, 2011, to declassify our board of directors. Upon receipt of shareholder approval and the amendment to this provision of the Nevada Articles, this provision will be consistent with the comparable provision of the Delaware Certificate. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law, except that under Delaware law the board of directors may be divided into a maximum of three classes of directors, such that at least 1/3 of the total number of directors of a Delaware corporation must be elected annually.
The board of directors of PSI Delaware does not have a classified structure, consistent with the structure of our board of directors once our shareholders approve the amendment to the comparable provision of the Nevada Articles. |
||
Removal of Directors |
Under Nevada law, any one or all of the directors of a corporation may be removed by the holders of not less than 2/3 of the voting power of a corporations issued and outstanding stock. Nevada law does not distinguish between removal of directors with or without cause.
The Nevada Articles currently provide that any director or our entire board of directors may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of our company. This provision of the Nevada Articles will be amended, subject to shareholder approval, as described in our proxy statement filed with the SEC on August 15, 2011, to provide that any director or our entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by 2/3 of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of our company. Upon receipt of shareholder approval and the amendment to this provision of the Nevada Articles, this provision will |
Under Delaware law, directors of a corporation without a classified board may be removed with or without cause, by the holders of only a majority of the shares then entitled to vote (in contrast to Nevadas 2/3 requirement).
The Delaware Certificate provides that directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of at least a majority of the votes regularly entitled to vote at an election of directors. This provision will be consistent with the Nevada Articles once our shareholders approve the amendment to the comparable provision of the Nevada Articles, except that the threshold for removal of directors from the board of directors under the Delaware Certificate is less than the 2/3 threshold required by the Nevada Articles. |
98
be consistent with the comparable provision of the
Delaware Certificate, except that the threshold for removal of directors from the board of directors under the Delaware Certificate is only a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. |
||||
Board Action by Written Consent |
Nevada law provides that, unless the articles of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, a written consent thereto is signed by all the members of the board or committee.
The Nevada Bylaws provide that unless otherwise restricted by the Nevada Articles, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of our board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. The Nevada Articles do not restrict the ability of our board of directors to act by written consent. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law.
The Delaware Bylaws contain substantially the same provision as the Nevada Bylaws regarding board action by written consent. The Delaware Certificate does not restrict the ability of the board of directors of PSI Delaware to act by written consent. |
||
Vacancies |
Under Nevada law, all vacancies on the board of directors of a Nevada corporation may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, the board may fill the vacancies caused by resignation for the remainder of the term of office of the resigning director or directors. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or bylaws, directors chosen to fill any other vacancies will hold office until a successor is elected and qualified, or until the director resigns or is removed.
The Nevada Articles currently provide that any vacancies in our board of directors for any reason, and any directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by our board of directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen will hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors will have been chosen and until their successors will be elected and qualified. This provision of the Nevada Articles will be amended, subject to shareholder approval, as described in our proxy statement filed with the SEC on August 15, 2011, to provide that vacancies on our |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law.
The Delaware Certificate provides that vacancies on the board of directors of PSI Delaware and newly-created directorships may be filled by the board of directors or the shareholders; provided, however, that any vacancy resulting from the removal of a director by the shareholders may only be filled by the shareholders. This provision will be consistent with the Nevada Articles once our shareholders approve the amendment to the comparable provision of the Nevada Articles. |
99
board of directors may be filled by, in addition to a majority of our directors, our shareholders, and that any vacancies on our board of directors resulting from the removal of a director by our shareholders may only be filled by our shareholders. Upon receipt of shareholder approval and the amendment to this provision of the Nevada Articles, this provision will be consistent with the comparable provision of the Delaware Certificate. | ||||
Special Meetings of Shareholders |
Nevada law provides that unless otherwise provided in a corporations articles of incorporation or bylaws, the entire board of directors, any two directors, or the president of the corporation may call a special meeting of the shareholders.
The Nevada Bylaws provide that special meetings of the shareholders of our company may be called and conducted, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days notice, only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the board of directors or at the request in writing of shareholders owning at least 50% of our entire capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote (which threshold can be increased or decreased by the board of directors, without obtaining the approval of our shareholders, by amending the Nevada Bylaws), and the business transacted at any special meeting will be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law, except that only the board of directors is given the default right to call a special meeting.
The Delaware Certificate provides that special meetings of the shareholders of PSI Delaware may be called, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days written notice, only (1) by the chairman of the board of directors of PSI Delaware, (2) by the chief executive officer of PSI Delaware, (3) by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the board of directors, or (4) at the request in writing of shareholders owning at least 20% of the entire capital stock of PSI Delaware issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, and the Delaware Bylaws provide that business transacted at a special meeting will be limited to the purposes stated in the written notice. |
||
Failure to Hold an Annual Meeting | Nevada law provides that if a corporation fails to hold an annual meeting to elect directors within 18 months after the last election, a Nevada district court may order an election upon the petition of one or more shareholders holding 15% of the corporations voting power. | The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law, except that there are different requirements for the waiting period and for who may petition the court. Delaware law provides that if a corporation fails to hold an annual meeting for the election of directors or there is no written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting taken, in both cases for a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated, for a period of 13 months after the last election of directors, a director or any shareholder (not just a shareholder or group of shareholders holding more than 15% of the corporations voting power) of the corporation may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware to order an annual meeting for the election of directors. | ||
Voting Provisions | Under Nevada law, unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation or bylaws: (1) a majority of the voting power present in person or by proxy generally constitutes a quorum at a meeting of shareholders; (2) generally, action by the shareholders on a matter other than the election of directors is approved if the number of votes cast in favor of the action exceeds the number of votes cast in opposition to the action; (3) directors are generally elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law, except that under Delaware law: (1) in no event may a quorum consist of less than 1/3 of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting; (2) where a separate vote by a class or series is required, a quorum may consist of no less than 1/3 of the shares of such class or series; and (3) unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, action by the shareholders on a matter other than the election of directors is approved only if a majority of the shares present at the meeting in person or by proxy vote in favor of the action (and not merely if the votes cast in favor of the action exceeds the number of votes cast in opposition to the action).
The Delaware Certificate and Delaware Bylaws do not depart from the default provisions of Delaware law.
Upon the consummation of the migratory merger, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. |
100
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on election of directors; (4) where a separate vote by a class or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the class or series that is present or represented by proxy generally constitutes a quorum; and (5) generally, an act by the shareholders of each class or series is approved if a majority of the voting power of a quorum of the class or series votes for the action.
The Nevada Articles and Nevada Bylaws do not depart from the default provisions of Nevada law.
Pursuant to the certificate of designation for the preferred stock, except as otherwise required by applicable law and in addition to any voting rights provided by law, the holders of outstanding shares of our preferred stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of our common stock, will have other rights specified in the Nevada Articles or as provided by Nevada law, and are entitled to receive notice of any shareholders meeting.
Each share of our preferred stock entitles the holder thereof to cast one vote for each whole vote that such holder would be entitled to cast had such share of preferred stock been converted into shares of our common stock as of the date immediately prior to the record date for determining the shareholders of our company eligible to vote on any such matter, subject to the limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation. |
||||
Shareholder Action by Written Consent |
Nevada law provides that, unless the articles of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if the holders of outstanding stock having at least the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting consent to the action in writing.
The Nevada Articles currently provide that no action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual meeting of our shareholders may be taken without a meeting, and the power of shareholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, is specifically denied. This provision of the Nevada Articles will be amended, subject to shareholder approval, as described in our proxy statement filed with the SEC on August 15, 2011, to permit the holders of shares of our capital stock having a majority of the total votes represented by the outstanding shares of our capital stock to act by written consent. Upon receipt of shareholder approval and the amendment of this provision of the Nevada Articles, this provision will be consistent with the comparable provision of the Delaware Certificate. The Nevada Bylaws defer to the Nevada Articles with |
The comparable provision of Delaware is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law, except that in addition, Delaware law requires the corporation to give prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those shareholders that did not consent in writing.
The Delaware Certificate provides that any corporate action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken by written consent of the holders of shares of capital stock of PSI Delaware having a majority of the total votes represented by the outstanding capital stock of PSI Delaware, in lieu of a meeting. This provision will be consistent with the comparable provision of the Nevada Articles once our shareholders approve the amendment to the Nevada Articles. |
101
102
judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was our agent. | ||||
Advancement of Expenses |
Under Nevada law, the articles of incorporation, bylaws or an agreement made by the corporation may provide that the corporation must pay advancements of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
The Nevada Bylaws provide that we will pay expenses incurred by an individual selected for indemnification by our board of directors in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such individual to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such individual is not entitled to be indemnified by us. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law.
The Delaware Certificate includes a provision regarding advancement of expenses that is substantially the same as the comparable provision of the Nevada Bylaws. |
||
Limitation on Personal Liability of Directors |
Under Nevada law, neither a director nor an officer of a Nevada corporation can be held personally liable to the corporation, its shareholders or its creditors unless the director or officer committed both a breach of fiduciary duty and such breach was accompanied by intentional misconduct, fraud or knowing violation of law. Nevada does not exclude breaches of the duty of loyalty or instances where the director has received an improper personal benefit.
The Nevada Articles provide for elimination of director liability to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law. In addition, the Nevada Articles provide that any repeal or modification by the shareholders of the provision of the Nevada Articles limiting the personal liability of directors will not adversely affect any right or protection of any director existing at the time of such repeal or modification. |
Delaware law does not statutorily limit the personal liability of a director, but does permit a corporation to adopt provisions in its certificate of incorporation that limit or eliminate the liability of a director in substantially the same manner as Nevada law, except that a corporation may not limit the liability of a director for actions involving a breach of the duty of loyalty or improper personal benefit.
The Delaware Certificate provides for substantially the same limitations on director liability as the Nevada Articles, except that director liability is limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and the Delaware Certificate provides that if an amendment is made to Delaware law, liability is limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Delaware law. |
103
104
105
either call a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on the amendment or direct that the proposed amendment be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on the amendment. At the meeting, a vote of the shareholders entitled to vote must be taken for and against the proposed amendment. If any proposed amendment would adversely alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares, such amendment must be approved by the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of such class. Whenever the articles of incorporation require for action the vote of a greater number or proportion than is required by Nevada law, the provision of the articles of incorporation requiring such greater vote shall not be altered, amended or repealed except by such greater vote. If shareholders with voting power over a sufficient number of shares have voted in favor of the amendment, an officer of the corporation will sign a certificate setting forth the amendment, or setting forth the articles of incorporation as amended, and the vote by which the amendment was adopted. Finally, the signed certificate must be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.
The Nevada Articles currently provide that our board of directors reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to adopt a resolution proposing to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision in the Nevada Articles, and to add any other provisions authorized by Nevada law. This provision of the Nevada Articles will be amended, subject to shareholder approval, as described in our proxy statement filed with the SEC on August 15, 2011, to require the vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors to amend, alter or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Article Eighth, Tenth or Fourteenth of the Nevada Articles. Upon receipt of shareholder approval and the amendment to this provision of the Nevada Articles, this provision will be consistent with the comparable provision of the Delaware Certificate, except that the 80% threshold requirement will apply to additional provisions in the Delaware Certificate that do not appear in the Nevada Articles.
In addition, the certificate of designation for the preferred stock provides that, so long as the preferred stock is in existence, the Nevada Articles may not be amended without the consent of the holders (other than holders who are directors and officers of the Company) of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of preferred stock outstanding (excluding any shares held by directors or officers of the Company). |
The Delaware Certificate provides that the board of directors of PSI Delaware may adopt a resolution proposing to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the Delaware Certificate. An affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is required to amend, alter or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Article Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Eighth or Ninth of the Delaware Certificate. An affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is required to amend any other provisions of the Delaware Certificate. This provision will be consistent with the Nevada Articles once our shareholders approve the amendment to the comparable provision of the Nevada Articles.
Immediately following the consummation of the migratory merger, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding and, accordingly, no separate approval of any class of capital stock (other than PSI Delawares common stock) will be required. |
|||
Amendments to the Bylaws |
Under Nevada law, unless otherwise prohibited by any bylaw adopted by the shareholders, the directors may adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw, including any bylaw adopted by the shareholders. The articles of incorporation may grant the authority to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws exclusively to the directors.
The Nevada Articles provide that our board of directors has the power to make, adopt, alter, amend |
Unlike Nevada law that grants this power to the directors of a corporation (and also allows for this power to be exclusively held by such directors), under Delaware law, the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is granted to the shareholders entitled to vote. Although a Delaware corporation may also confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon its directors, the fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors does not divest the |
106
and repeal our bylaws, subject to the right of the shareholders to adopt, alter, amend and repeal bylaws by the vote of the holders of not less than 2/3 of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote upon the election of directors.
In addition, the certificate of designation for the preferred stock provides that, so long as the preferred stock is in existence, the Nevada Bylaws may not be amended without the consent of the holders (other than holders who are directors and officers of the Company) of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of preferred stock outstanding (excluding any shares held by directors or officers of the Company). |
shareholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
The Delaware Certificate provides that the board of directors of PSI Delaware is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws. The bylaws may also be altered, amended, or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by a majority vote of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders. The board of directors does not have the power to amend, alter or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, any bylaw adopted by the shareholders.
Immediately following the consummation of the migratory merger, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding and, accordingly, no separate approval of any class of capital stock (other than PSI Delawares common stock) will be required. |
|||
MISCELLANEOUS | ||||
Interested Party Transactions |
Under Nevada law, a contract or transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between a corporation and any other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or are financially interested, is not void or voidable solely for that reason, if one or more of the following circumstances exist: (1) the directors or officers interest is known to the board of directors or shareholders and the transaction is approved by the board or shareholders in good faith without counting the vote or votes of the interested director or officer; (2) the common interest is known to the shareholders, and they approve or ratify the transaction in good faith by a majority vote of shareholders; (3) the common interest is not known to the director or officer at the time the transaction is brought before the board; or (4) the transaction is fair to the corporation at the time it is authorized or approved.
The Nevada Articles and Nevada Bylaws conform to the statutory rules. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law regarding interested party transactions, except that in Delaware, the fact that the common interest is not known to the director or officer at the time the transaction is brought before the board is not sufficient to overcome the presumption that such a transaction is void or voidable solely because it is an interested party transaction.
The Delaware Bylaws conform to the statutory rules. |
||
Authorization of Capital Stock | Under Nevada law, if a corporation desires to have more than one class or series of stock, the articles of incorporation must prescribe, or vest authority in the board of directors to prescribe, the classes, series and the number, and the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights, of each class or series of stock. If more than one class or series of stock is authorized, the articles of incorporation or the resolution of the board of directors passed pursuant to a provision of the articles must prescribe a distinguishing designation for each class and series. The voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions, relative rights and distinguishing designation of each class or series of stock must be described in the articles of incorporation or the resolution of the board of directors before the issuance of shares of that class or series. |
The comparable provision of Delaware law is substantially the same as the described provision of Nevada law.
The Delaware Certificate provides substantially the same rights as the Nevada Articles. |
107
The Nevada Articles provide that our board of directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of the shares of our preferred stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions or each such series. | ||||
Anti-Dilution | Our preferred stock is subject to full-ratchet anti-dilution whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current conversion price of the preferred stock (but not based upon the trading price of our common stock), subject to specified exceptions, the conversion price of the preferred stock will be reduced to the effective price of our common stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). The conversion price of the preferred stock is also subject to adjustments for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other subdivisions or reclassifications of our common stock. | Immediately following the consummation of the migratory merger, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. | ||
Appraisal Rights |
Under Nevada law, a shareholder of a Nevada corporation, with certain exceptions, has the right to dissent from, and to obtain payment of the fair value of his shares in the event of: (1) a merger or plan of exchange to which the corporation is a party if the shareholder is entitled to vote on such merger or plan of exchange; and (2) any corporate action taken pursuant to a vote of the shareholders to the extent that the articles of incorporation, bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors provides that voting or non-voting shareholders are entitled to dissent and obtain payment for their shares.
The Nevada Articles and the Nevada Bylaws do not contain any provisions regarding appraisal rights. |
Although the appraisal process operates differently, the comparable provision of Delaware law provides substantially the same rights as the described provision of Nevada law.
The Delaware Certificate and the Delaware Bylaws do not contain any provisions regarding appraisal rights. |
Amended and Restated Bylaws
On April 29, 2011, prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, the board of directors of our company approved our amended and restated bylaws, to amend and restate our bylaws then in effect, effective immediately. Our amended and restated bylaws reflect modifications to generally modernize our bylaws and streamline them for consistency with our articles of incorporation. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called by shareholders owning at least 50% of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote (an increase from the 10% threshold set forth in our previous bylaws) which minimum percentage of shareholders necessary to call a special meeting of our shareholders will be changed, upon the consummation of the migratory merger, to 20% of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, as set forth in the certificate of incorporation for the Delaware corporation that will be the surviving entity in the migratory merger. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that the record date for a shareholder meeting shall not be more than 60 days before the actual date of the meeting, in contrast to the similar provision under our previous bylaws which provided that the record date shall not be more than 70 days prior to the meeting. Furthermore, our amended and restated bylaws provide for permissive indemnification for our present or former officers, which were granted mandatory indemnification under our previous bylaws, and generally modify the procedures pursuant to which our current or former officers, directors or employees can receive indemnification under our bylaws.
Registration Rights
We entered into a registration rights agreement with the investors in the private placement and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, pursuant to which we agreed to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC covering the resale of Registrable Securities (as defined below) (which includes the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock originally
108
issued in the private placement and shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants originally issued in the private placement and to Roth), on or before the date which is 30 days after the closing date of the private placement, and to use our commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable. We further agreed, within 30 days after we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for resale, to file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities. Pursuant to this registration rights agreement, the holders of Registrable Securities are also entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. Registrable Securities, as contemplated by this registration rights agreement, means certain shares of our common stock, including the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock issued in the private placement and shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued with the preferred stock in the private placement and to Roth; provided, that, any such shares shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon (A) sale pursuant to the registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (B) such share becoming eligible for sale without restriction by the selling securityholder holding such share pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (C) such share otherwise becoming eligible for sale without restriction pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act, provided that, any restrictive legend on any certificate or other instrument representing such shares has been removed or there has been delivered to the transfer agent for such shares irrevocable documentation (including any necessary legal opinion) to the effect that, upon submission by the applicable selling securityholder of the certificate or instrument representing such security, any such restrictive legend shall be removed.
The registration rights agreement provides that if a registration statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to the date which is 30 days after the closing date of the private placement, or if (1) a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities is not declared effective by the SEC prior to the earlier of (A) five business days after the SEC informs us that no review of such registration statement will be made or that the SEC has no further comments on such registration statement, or (B) the 120 th day after the closing of the private placement, or (2) after a registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, sales cannot be made pursuant to such registration statement for any reason, but excluding any period for which the use of any prospectus included in a registration statement has been suspended if and so long as certain conditions exist (which period may not be for more than 20 consecutive days or for a total of more than 45 days in any 12-month period), then we are required to pay amounts representing liquidated damages to each of the investors. Specifically, in any such case we are required to pay each investor 1.5% of the aggregate amount invested by such investor for each 30-day period (or pro rata for any portion thereof) following the date by which such registration statement should have been filed with the SEC or been declared effective, or is unavailable, as applicable.
We are obligated to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until the earliest of (1) the first date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, (2) the first date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 or (3) the first date on which none of the securities included in the registration statement constitute Registrable Securities.
In connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, we also entered into a registration rights agreement with Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster and Thomas Somodi, pursuant to which we agreed to provide to such persons piggyback registration rights with respect to shares of our capital stock, including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, held by such persons at any time on or after the closing of the reverse recapitalization. The piggyback registration rights under this registration rights agreement are subject to customary cutbacks and are junior to the piggyback registration rights granted to investors in the private placement and to Roth Capital Partners pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the private placement.
Anti-Takeover Effects of our Articles of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Nevada Law; Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law, following the consummation of the Migratory Merger
Classified Board of Directors . Pursuant to the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors is classified with respect to the terms for which its members will hold office by dividing the members into three classes, with the terms of the directors of one class expiring at each annual meeting of our shareholders, subject to the appointment and qualification of their successors. As a result, the term for service on our board of directors will expire for only a portion of our board of directors at each annual shareholder meeting. The classification of our board of directors into separate classes with staggered terms may delay or prevent a change of our board of directors as a whole or our management or a change in control of our company. Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, however, we agreed to a form of certificate of incorporation for the surviving entity in the migratory merger, which certificate of incorporation will declassify our board of directors. Accordingly, upon the consummation of the migratory merger, pursuant to our certificate of incorporation then-in effect, each of our directors will then hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
Authorized but Unissued Shares; Blank Check Preferred Stock . We currently have authorized but unissued shares of our common stock which will be available for future issuance without any further vote or action by our shareholders. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue, without shareholder approval, up to an aggregate of 5,000,000
109
shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series as may be determined by our board of directors, which may establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in such series, and fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Any preferred stock so established and designated by our board of directors may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, or both. The form of certificate of incorporation for the surviving entity in the migratory merger contains substantially identical provisions regarding the authorization of blank check preferred stock.
These shares of common stock and preferred stock may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock, and our ability to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of shares of our preferred stock, could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer or merger, or otherwise.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent . Our articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended, do not permit the shareholders of our company to consent in writing, without a meeting, to any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of our shareholders. The inability of our shareholders to act by
110
written consent may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our management. However, the forms of certificate of incorporation and bylaws for the surviving entity in the migratory merger, to which we agreed pursuant the purchase agreement for the private placement, permit requisite stockholders to act by written consent.
Business Combinations . As a Nevada corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Nevada law which restrict shareholders beneficially owning 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of our board of directors or the holders of our stock representing a majority of the voting power not beneficially owned by the interested shareholder. Our articles of incorporation contain a similar provision restricting shareholders beneficially owning 20% or more of our outstanding voting shares from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of our board of directors or the holders of our common stock representing two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, subject to the voting rights of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. The form of certificate of incorporation for the surviving entity in the migratory merger, to which we agreed pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, provides that we will not to be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which would otherwise impose similar restrictions on business combinations with our stockholders.
111
Shares Eligible For Future Sale
A substantial number of shares of our common stock could be sold in the public market (a) pursuant to the registration statement or (b) otherwise after the lapse of the contractual and legal restrictions described below. The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock.
As of August 16, 2011, we had outstanding an aggregate of 10,770,083 shares of our common stock and 113,960.90289 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, without giving effect to the reverse split. As of August 16, 2011, on a pro forma basis, as if the reverse split (including the automatic conversion of shares of preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the consummation of the reverse split) were consummated on or prior to August 16, 2011, we would have had an aggregate of 9,833,350 shares of our common stock, and no shares of preferred stock, outstanding, assuming no exercise of any outstanding warrants. See Description of Capital Stock Description of the Preferred Stock Series A Convertible Preferred Stock above for a description of the terms of the preferred stock, including their automatic conversion upon consummation of the proposed reverse stock split of our common stock. The shares of our common stock and preferred stock issued in the reverse recapitalization transaction and the private placement, as well as other outstanding shares of our common stock, and the warrants issued in the private placement and to Roth Capital Partners, are, and the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock and upon exercise of the warrants will be, restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as summarized below.
Lock-Up Agreements
Each of our shareholders who was a stockholder of The W Group and who received shares in the reverse recapitalization (each of whom served as a director and executive officer of The W Group and is currently an executive officer and director of our company), and Kenneth Landini (who served as a director of The W Group and is currently a director of our company), who received shares of preferred stock as a gift from each of Gary Winemaster and Kenneth Winemaster, executed a lock-up agreement which provides that such person will not, for a period commencing on April 29, 2011, the date on which we entered into the purchase agreement for the private placement, and ending 180-days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, offer, sell or otherwise transfer any shares of our common stock, any securities substantially similar to our common stock and any securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock (including shares of our preferred stock), other than in connection with the reverse recapitalization, the repurchase of shares of our common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely, the transactions contemplated by the purchase and sale agreement between Gary Winemaster and Thomas Somodi and the gifts of shares of preferred stock to Mr. Landini described above, and otherwise subject to customary exceptions. The shares of our capital stock subject to the restrictions set forth in these lock-up agreements are an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock and 95,960.90289 shares of our preferred stock (or an aggregate of 8,309,244 shares of our common stock giving effect to the reverse split).
Rule 144
Prior to the reverse recapitalization, Format, Inc. may be deemed to have been a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, with nominal operations and assets, which we have assumed to be the case for purposes of this prospectus, for purposes of filing our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC in connection with the consummation of the reverse recapitalization on May 5, 2011, and for purposes of Rule 144. As a result of the consummation of the reverse recapitalization, we are no longer a shell company. Accordingly, on May 5, 2011, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes Form 10 information, in connection with the reverse recapitalization transaction.
Rule 144(i) permits restricted securities of an issuer that was previously, but has ceased to be, a shell company to first be sold pursuant to Rule 144 only after one year has elapsed from the date that the issuer filed Form 10 information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that no longer is a shell company and only so long as the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, other than Form 8-K reports, during the preceding 12 months.
Accordingly, pursuant to Rule 144(i) as currently in effect, and based upon the foregoing assumptions, no shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our preferred stock or exercise of outstanding warrants, may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 until May 5, 2012, the date that is one year after we filed our Form 8-K including Form 10 information with the SEC. Until such time, we will not accommodate or otherwise consider, any purported sales of shares or our capital stock, or requests for removal of restrictive legends, pursuant to Rule 144 (including any such purported sales or legend removal requests by any of the persons who were holders of our common stock prior to the reverse recapitalization transaction). In this regard, pursuant to the purchase agreement for the private placement, each of the investors acknowledged that Format may have been a shell company prior to the consummation of the reverse recapitalization and acknowledged the limitations on the availability of Rule 144 to shareholders of a company that was at any time a shell company. Format acknowledged substantially the same in the
112
merger agreement for the reverse recapitalization transaction, and Ryan and Michelle Neely assumed responsibility for such acknowledgment in the stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement.
On or after May 5, 2012, a person who has held restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell its securities provided that we then satisfy the current public information requirement discussed above. To the extent such shares of common stock are issued to any person upon conversion of shares of our preferred stock or upon cashless (net issue) exercise of our outstanding warrants, any such person will be entitled to tack the period during which such person held shares of our preferred stock or warrants, as applicable. The applicable holding period for shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of warrants, other than through cashless exercise, will be a period of six months from the date of exercise.
Persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of restricted or unrestricted securities that does not exceed the greater of (1) one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, and (2) if our common stock is then listed on a national securities exchange, the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on such exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale of shares of our common stock.
Sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144.
For purposes of computing the holding period under Rule 144, shareholders should be deemed to have acquired their shares of the common stock of the surviving entity in the migratory merger on the date they originally acquired their shares of our common stock or our preferred stock.
Registration Rights
See Description of Capital Stock Registration Rights for a description of registration rights granted to investors in the private placement, to Roth Capital Partners and to Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster and Thomas Somodi.
113
The selling securityholders may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of our common stock or interests in shares of our common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.
The selling securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of shares or interests therein:
|
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers; |
|
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; |
|
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account; |
|
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange; |
|
privately negotiated transactions; |
|
short sales effected after the date the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC; |
|
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise; |
|
through broker-dealers that agree with the selling securityholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share; |
|
a combination of any such methods of sale; and |
|
any other method permitted by applicable law. |
The selling securityholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment or supplement to this prospectus filed under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling securityholders to include the pledgees or secured parties as selling securityholders under this prospectus. The selling securityholders also may transfer the shares of our common stock in other circumstances, including as a gift or partnership distribution, in which case the donees, transferees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus, provided that an amendment or supplement to this prospectus is filed under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provisions of the Securities Act amending the list of selling securityholders to include the donees, transferees or other successors in interest as selling securityholders under this prospectus.
In connection with the sale of our common stock or interests therein, the selling securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling securityholders may also sell shares of our common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
114
The aggregate proceeds to the selling securityholders from the sale of our common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the selling securityholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering. Upon any exercise of the warrants by payment of cash, however, we will receive the exercise price of the warrants.
The selling securityholders also may resell all or a portion of the shares in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of that rule.
The selling securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of the common stock or interests therein may be underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling securityholders who are underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
To the extent required, the shares of our common stock to be sold, the names of the selling securityholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.
In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, our common stock may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states our common stock may not be sold unless it has been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.
We have advised the selling securityholders that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares in the market and to the activities of the selling securityholders and their affiliates. In addition, to the extent applicable we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the selling securityholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling securityholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
We have agreed to indemnify the selling securityholders against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and state securities laws, relating to the registration of the shares offered by this prospectus.
We have agreed with the selling securityholders to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part effective until the earlier of (1) such time as all of the shares covered by this prospectus have been disposed of pursuant to and in accordance with the registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (2) the date on which all of the shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or (3) the first date on which none of the shares covered by this prospectus constitute Registrable Securities.
115
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by our Nevada counsel, Woodburn and Wedge.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Industry data included in the Business section of this Prospectus has been provided by Power Systems Research, Inc., a global supplier of business information to the engine and power products industries, as specified in such section.
Where You Can Find More Information
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules that are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you may refer to the registration statement.
You may read, without charge, and copy, at prescribed rates, all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in the files at the public reference room at the SECs principal office at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C., 20549. You may request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will also be available on the Internet website of the SEC referred to above and our website www.powergreatlakes.com (which is not part of this prospectus). We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors.
116
Page | ||||
Financial Statements of Power Solutions International, Inc. |
||||
F-2 | ||||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
The W Group, Inc. Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-5 | |||
F-20 | ||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets of The W Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 |
F-21 | |||
F-23 | ||||
F-24 | ||||
F-25 | ||||
The W Group, Inc. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-27 |
F-1
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
The accompany notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements .
F-2
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Three months
ended June 30, 2011 |
Three months
ended June 30, 2010 |
Six months
ended June 30, 2011 |
Six
months
ended June 30, 2010 |
||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 35,329 | $ | 23,770 | $ | 66,682 | $ | 43,399 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
28,844 | 19,684 | 54,218 | 36,259 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross profit |
6,485 | 4,086 | 12,464 | 7,140 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Engineering |
1,016 | 1,026 | 2,008 | 1,740 | ||||||||||||
Selling and service |
1,775 | 1,287 | 3,167 | 2,458 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative |
1,124 | 715 | 2,426 | 1,440 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
3,915 | 3,028 | 7,601 | 5,638 | |||||||||||||
Operating income |
2,570 | 1,058 | 4,863 | 1,502 | ||||||||||||
Other (income) expense: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
301 | 486 | 930 | 998 | ||||||||||||
Loss on debt extinguishment |
485 | | 485 | | ||||||||||||
Other (income) expense, net |
658 | | 658 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income before income taxes |
1,126 | 572 | 2,790 | 504 | ||||||||||||
Income tax provision |
612 | 108 | 1,215 | 95 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income |
$ | 514 | $ | 464 | $ | 1,575 | $ | 409 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Undistributed earnings |
$ | 514 | $ | 464 | $ | 1,575 | $ | 409 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocable to Series A convertible preferred shares |
$ | 496 | $ | 448 | $ | 1,518 | $ | 394 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocable to common shares |
$ | 18 | $ | 16 | $ | 57 | $ | 15 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Weighted-average preferred shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
108,422 | 95,961 | 102,192 | 95,961 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
108,422 | 95,961 | 102,192 | 95,961 | ||||||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
10,533,134 | 10,000,000 | 10,266,567 | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
10,533,134 | 10,000,000 | 10,266,567 | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings per share - Basic |
||||||||||||||||
Series A convertible preferred shares |
$ | 4.57 | $ | $4.67 | $ | 14.85 | $ | 4.11 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Common shares |
$ | 0.00 | $ | $0.00 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Undistributed earnings per share - Diluted |
||||||||||||||||
Series A convertible preferred shares |
$ | 4.57 | $ | $4.67 | $ | 14.85 | $ | 4.11 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Common shares |
$ | 0.00 | $ | $0.00 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Note 4, Earnings Per Share, for the computation of undistributed earnings per share allocated to preferred and common shares and the computation of earnings per share on a post-Reverse Split basis.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
(Dollar amounts in thousands) |
Six months ended
June 30, 2011 |
Six months ended
June 30, 2010 |
||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,575 | $ | 409 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
389 | 401 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(124 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||
Increase (decrease) in accounts receivable allowances |
55 | (2 | ) | |||||
Decrease in valuation of private placement warrants |
(105 | ) | | |||||
Loss on debt extinguishment |
485 | | ||||||
(Increase) decrease in operating assets: |
||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(4,735 | ) | 14,286 | |||||
Inventories |
1,780 | 1,807 | ||||||
Prepaid and other current assets |
(608 | ) | (492 | ) | ||||
Other noncurrent assets |
246 | 290 | ||||||
(Increase) decrease in operating liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
74 | (12,249 | ) | |||||
Accrued liabilities |
263 | 23 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
(619 | ) | (1,117 | ) | ||||
Deferred revenue |
| 90 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
(1,324 | ) | 3,439 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||
Purchase of property, plant, equipment and other assets |
(372 | ) | (281 | ) | ||||
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance |
(12 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(384 | ) | (281 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||
(Decrease) increase in cash overdraft |
781 | (307 | ) | |||||
Initial proceeds from borrowings under current line of credit |
18,338 | | ||||||
Net decrease in current line of credit |
(2,115 | ) | | |||||
Repayment of prior line of credit |
(21,633 | ) | (1,970 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from long-term debt |
43 | 52 | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock with warrants |
18,000 | | ||||||
Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations |
(7,869 | ) | (933 | ) | ||||
Cash paid for transaction and financing fees |
(3,837 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
1,708 | (3,158 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net change in cash |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash at end of period |
$ | | $ | | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 718 | $ | 934 | ||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
2,318 | 1,193 | ||||||
Supplemental disclosure of noncash transactions: |
||||||||
Transaction fees |
$ | 588 | $ | | ||||
Dividends |
224 | | ||||||
Common stock warrant issued |
399 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
1. | Basis of Presentation |
Description of the Company
Power Solutions International, Inc. (Power Solutions International, PSI or the Company) was formerly known as Format, Inc. (Format), a company engaged, to a limited extent, in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and providing limited commercial printing services. On April 29, 2011, Format consummated a reverse acquisition transaction with The W Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (The W Group), and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the reverse acquisition, becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International. Based upon the nominal operations and assets of Format immediately prior to the consummation of the reverse acquisition and the other transactions described in Note 3 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Reverse Recapitalization of The W Group , Private Placement, Reverse Split and Migratory Merger , Format, Inc. may be deemed to have been a shell company (as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Therefore, the reverse acquisition transaction has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization and no goodwill or intangible assets have been recorded (Reverse Recapitalization). The W Group is the accounting acquiror in the Reverse Recapitalization because The W Groups former stockholders received the greater portion of the voting rights in the combined entity and The W Groups senior management dominates all of the senior management of PSI. Therefore, it is The W Groups historical financial position and results of operations that are presented in the condensed consolidated financial statements within this Form 10-Q, with The W Groups historical equity restated to reflect the originally issued and outstanding equity of Format, Inc., plus the equity issued by Power Solutions International, Inc. pursuant to the Reverse Recapitalization.
Upon the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization of The W Group, the Company succeeded to the business of The W Group, which is described below. In connection with the Reverse Recapitalization, effective April 29, 2011, Format changed its corporate name to Power Solutions International, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, the Company refers to The W Group prior to the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization on April 29, 2011, and Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.), as successor to the business of The W Group, following the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements present information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (GAAP) for interim financial information and applicable rules of Regulation S-X and reflect all adjustments (including normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company, The W Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries for the periods presented. The interim consolidated results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. This report should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Companys Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011, which includes the financial statements and other financial information of The W Group for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011.
Business
The Company is a global producer and distributor of a broad range of high performance, certified low emission, power systems for original equipment manufacturers of off-highway industrial equipment (industrial OEMs). The Companys customers include companies that are large, industry-leading and/or multinational organizations, and the Company is a sole source power system provider for most of its customers. The Companys power systems are highly engineered, comprehensive systems which, through its technologically sophisticated development and manufacturing processes, including its in-house design, prototyping, testing and engineering capabilities and its analysis and determination of the specific components to be integrated into a given power system (driven in large part by emission standards and cost restrictions required, or desired, to be met), allows the Company to provide to its customers power systems customized to meet specific industrial OEM application requirements, other technical specifications of customers and requirements imposed by environmental regulatory bodies. The Companys power system configurations range from a basic engine block integrated with appropriate fuel system components to completely packaged power systems that include any combination of cooling systems, electronic
F-5
systems, air intake systems, fuel systems, housings, power takeoff systems, exhaust systems, hydraulic systems, enclosures, brackets, hoses, tubes and other assembled componentry. The Company is able to provide to its customers a comprehensive power system which can be incorporated, using a single part number, directly into a customers specified application. Capitalizing on its expertise in developing and manufacturing emission-certified power systems and through its access to the latest power system technologies, the Company believes that it is able to provide complete green power systems to industrial OEMs at a low cost and with fast design turnaround. In addition to the certified products described above, the Company sells diesel and non-certified power systems and aftermarket components.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
2. | Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements |
In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, an update to Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures of the Accounting Standards Codification . This update provides guidance on how fair value accounting should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards and does not extend the use of fair value accounting. The Company will adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2012 as required and does not expect the adoption to have a significant impact to its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, an update to Topic 220 Comprehensive Income of the Accounting Standards Codification. The update is intended to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in the financial statements. The guidance requires that the Company present components of comprehensive income in either one continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements and no longer permits the presentation of comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of shareholders equity. The Company will adopt this new guidance effective January 1, 2012, as required. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a significant impact to its consolidated financial statements.
3. | Reverse Recapitalization of The W Group, Private Placement, Reverse Split and Migratory Merger |
On April 29, 2011, Power Solutions International, Inc. (formerly known as Format, Inc.) completed a reverse acquisition transaction in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc., merged with and into The W Group, Inc. The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the reverse acquisition transaction and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc. Pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger, all of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group at the closing of the reverse acquisition transaction converted into, and Power Solutions International, Inc. issued to the three stockholders of The W Group, an aggregate 10,000,000 shares of common stock and 95,960.90289 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) section 805, Business Combinations The W Group is considered the accounting acquiror in the reverse acquisition. The W Group is considered the acquiror for accounting purposes, and has accounted for the transaction as a reverse recapitalization, because (1) The W Groups former stockholders received the greater portion of the voting rights in the combined entity, (2) The W Groups senior management represents all of the senior management of the combined entity and (3) immediately prior to the transaction, Format, Inc., was a company with nominal operations and assets. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that are reflected in Power Solutions International, Incs consolidated financial statements are those of The W Group and have been recorded at the historical cost basis of The W Group, with a recapitalization adjustment to report the issued equity of PSI. However, PSI has accounted for the reverse acquisition as a reverse recapitalization of The W Group, and no goodwill or other intangible assets has been recorded because immediately prior to, and at the time of the reverse acquisition, Format Inc, Inc. the accounting acquiree, was a company with nominal assets and nominal operations, engaged to a limited extent in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC and limited commercial printing services.
The results of operations of Format, Inc. have not been included in the consolidated statement of operations from the date of the Reverse Recapitalization, or April 29, 2011, because Format had nominal operations and assets,
F-6
which consisted mostly of cash immediately prior to consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization transaction. In accordance with the accounting for an entity with nominal operations and assets under a reverse recapitalization transaction, the net income and equity of Format, immediately prior to the Reverse Recapitalization have been reclassified to preferred equity. The related party obligations owed by Format immediately prior to the Reverse Recapitalization were settled through the terms of a repurchase agreement while the remaining obligations were settled with the available cash on Format Inc.s balance sheet. Immediately prior to the reverse acquisition transaction, Format had assets with a net book value of five-thousand dollars which were written off in connection with the transaction.
Concurrent with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, Power Solutions International, Inc. and The W Group entered into a purchase agreement (Private Placement) whereby Power Solutions International, Inc. completed the sale of an aggregate of 18,000 shares of PSI preferred stock together with private placement warrants (Private Placement Warrants) representing the right to purchase an aggregate of 24,000,007 shares of PSI common stock, subject to certain limitations on exercise. The shares of PSI preferred stock issued in the Private Placement are initially convertible into an aggregate of 48,000,007 shares of PSI common stock, subject to certain limitations. In consideration, Power Solutions International, Inc. and The W Group received proceeds of $18.0 million before estimated transaction fees, costs and expenses of approximately $5.2 million in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and Private Placement.
In connection with the Private Placement, the Company also issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC a warrant (Roth Warrant) to purchase initially 3,360,000 shares of PSI common stock, subject to certain limitations on exercise set forth in the Roth Warrant.
In connection with, and prior to the consummation of, the Reverse Recapitalization, the board of directors of Format approved a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of issued and outstanding shares of the Companys common stock (Reverse Split), immediately following the effectiveness of which every 32 issued and outstanding shares of the Companys common stock will automatically convert into one share of Company common stock. Any shareholder of the Company that would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of the Companys common stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of the Companys common stock to be received by such holder) as a result of the Reverse Split, will receive an additional share of the Companys common stock (i.e., the aggregate number of shares of the Companys common stock of a shareholder resulting from the Reverse Split would be rounded up to the nearest whole number). The Reverse Split will not affect the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company or the par value of the Companys common stock. Immediately following the effectiveness of the Reverse Split, each issued and outstanding share of Company preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of Company common stock equal to one-thousand dollars divided by the conversion price then in effect.
Further, in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the board of directors of Format approved the migratory merger (Migratory Merger) of the Company with and into a Delaware corporation that will be newly-created as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which Migratory Merger will be effected for the purpose of changing the Companys jurisdiction of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware. The parties agreed that the Reverse Split may be effected through the consummation of the Migratory Merger, whereby each 32 shares of the Companys common stock will be converted into one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger. The consummation of the Migratory Merger will constitute the Reverse Split for all purposes, as contemplated by the transaction documents entered into in connection with the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement. The consummation by the Company of the Migratory Merger, including the Reverse Split to be effected thereby, is subject to the approval of the Companys shareholders.
F-7
4. | Earnings Per Share |
The Company computes earnings per share by applying the guidance stated in ASC 260, Earnings per Share , to determine the net income (loss) available per share of its common stock. Earnings per share (EPS) is calculated using the two-class method before taking into account the Reverse Split (as described above under Note 3, Reverse Recapitalization of The W Group, Private Placement, Reverse Split and Migratory Merger), because the convertible preferred shares participate in any undistributed earnings with the common shareholders, specifically, on a one-to-one, as-if converted basis (without giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the preferred stock). Thus, under the two-class method, earnings allocated to preferred shares are based upon the proportion of the as-if converted preferred shares to the combined total of common shares, plus the as-if converted shares. EPS under the two-class method is then calculated by dividing these allocated earnings by the actual, unconverted number of common and preferred shares outstanding as of the last day of the reporting period.
Though the Company has not and does not intend to pay dividends prior to the Reverse Split, because the preferred stock grants the right to participate in undistributed earnings with Company common stock, it is considered a participating security, and the Company has applied the two-class method to calculate per share amounts for distributed and undistributed earnings required under ASC 260-10-45, until all of the shares of preferred stock convert into shares of Company common stock. Upon the Reverse Split, the shares of the Companys preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of the Companys common stock. As a result, the net income (loss) per share will then be calculated as consolidated net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average shares of the common stock of Power Solutions International (the legal acquiror), immediately after the Reverse Split, with restatement of the shares for both the Reverse Recapitalization and the Reverse Split.
Diluted earnings per share, under both the two-class method and the treasury stock method, is calculated by evaluating the dilutive effect of potential shares of the Companys common stock issuable through the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and the Roth Warrant. The PSI preferred stock is subject to full-ratchet anti-dilution whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of PSI common stock at a price below the then-current conversion price of the PSI preferred stock, subject to specified exceptions, the conversion price of the PSI preferred stock is reduced to the effective price of PSI common stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). Contingently issuable shares per terms of the full ratchet anti-dilution protection granted to the Companys preferred shares, have not been evaluated for their dilutive effect, as the conditions for their issuance have not been met as of June 30, 2011, and thus, are not included in diluted earnings per share.
The purchase agreement for the Private Placement contains the following provision, which may be deemed to be a form of anti-dilution protection: if prior to the earlier of (a) the second anniversary of the date on which the registration statement for the shares of Company common stock underlying the preferred stock and the Private Placement warrants become effective and (b) 180 days after the closing of a firm commitment public underwritten offering of equity securities resulting in gross proceeds of not less than $15.0 million, the Company issues equity securities in a public or private offering (or series of related offerings) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $5.0 million at or below an effective price per share of $0.375 ($12.00 per share giving effect to the Reverse Split) (Reset Price), subject to adjustment, the Company will have to issue to each investor in the Private Placement (1) additional shares of Company common stock so that after giving effect to such issuance, the effective price per share of its common stock acquired by such investors in the Private Placement will be equal to the Reset Price and (2) additional Private Placement warrants covering a number of shares of Company common stock equal to 50% of the shares of its common stock issued pursuant to clause (1) above. These provisions are not triggered based on the market price of Company common stock, but rather on the issuance by the Company of additional equity securities below an effective price per share of $0.375 ($12.00 per share giving effect to the Reverse Split). The contingent issuance of additional common shares as a result of the anti-dilution provisions discussed above represents a market-based contingency that does not become a reality until the Company issues securities in the manner described above.
The Company utilizes the treasury stock method described in ASC 260-10-55 to determine the number of treasury shares assumed to be purchased from the proceeds of warrant exercises, with any residual shares representing the incremental common shares to be issued and included in diluted EPS. The Private Placement Warrants and the Roth Warrant have been evaluated for their potentially dilutive effect using the treasury stock method. An excess number of treasury shares could be purchased with the proceeds from exercise of these warrants, resulting in exclusion of these warrants from diluted EPS.
Computation of Undistributed Earnings and Allocation of Undistributed Earnings to Participating Securities
The table below presents the computation of undistributed earnings that are available to be allocated to the participating securities (i.e., common shares and the convertible preferred shares).
Three months ended
June 30 |
Six months ended
June 30 |
|||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 514 | $ | 464 | $ | 1,575 | $ | 409 | ||||||||
Less dividends paid: |
||||||||||||||||
Preferred |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Common |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Undistributed earnings |
$ | 514 | $ | 464 | $ | 1,575 | $ | 409 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
The allocation of undistributed earnings to each class of participating stock is computed as follows, based upon the proportionate ratio of average outstanding shares in each class of stock to the total average shares outstanding, on an as-if converted basis:
Three months ended June 30, | Six months ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted
average shares outstanding |
Ratio |
Allocation of
undistributed earnings |
Weighted
average shares outstanding |
Ratio |
Allocation of
undistributed earnings |
Weighted
average shares outstanding |
Ratio |
Allocation of
undistributed earnings |
Weighted
average shares outstanding |
Ratio |
Allocation of
undistributed earnings |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred shares, if converted |
289,126,516 | 96.48 | % | $ | 496 | 255,895,742 | 96.24 | % | $ | 448 | 272,511,129 | 96.37 | % | $ | 1,518 | 255,895,742 | 96.24 | % | $ | 394 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common shares |
10,533,134 | 3.52 | % | 18 | 10,000,000 | 3.76 | 16 | 10,266,567 | 3.63 | 57 | 10,000,000 | 3.76 | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total common shares, if converted |
299,659,650 | 100.00 | % | $ | 514 | 265,895,742 | 100.00 | % | $ | 464 | 282,777,696 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,575 | 265,895,742 | 100.00 | % | $ | 409 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share for each participating security under the two-class method represents the undistributed earnings allocated to each security, as computed above, divided by the weighted average of actual shares outstanding during the period, as shown on the face of the Companys condensed consolidated statement of operations.
Anti-dilutive Potential Common Shares Excluded from the Diluted Earnings Per Share Computation
Roth Warrant: 3,360,000 shares of the Company common stock pre-Reverse Split; 105,000 shares post Reverse Split; exercise price $13.20 per share post-Reverse Split ($0.4125 price per share pre-Reverse Split); average share price of the Company common stock is $10.08 (post-Reverse Split).
Private Placement Warrants: 24,000,007 shares of the Company common stock pre-Reverse Split; 750,002 shares post-Reverse Split; exercise price $13.00 per share post-Reverse Split ($0.40625 price per share pre-Reverse Split); average share price of the Company common stock is $10.08 (post-Reverse Split).
F-9
5. | Other Noncurrent Assets |
Other noncurrent assets include the following:
June 30, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | |||||||
Deferred transaction expenses |
$ | | $ | 870 | ||||
Loan origination fees, net |
215 | 338 | ||||||
Other |
1,178 | 1,097 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 1,393 | $ | 2,305 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Deferred transaction expenses at December 31, 2010 primarily consist of professional and consulting fees incurred in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement completed on April 29, 2011 as described in Note 3.
Loan origination fees included in other assets as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 represents the noncurrent portion of unamortized loan fees associated with the New Credit Agreement and the Prior Credit Agreement (each as described under Note 7), respectively. The total unamortized loan origination fees were $353 and $558 as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, the current portion of which is classified in Prepaid and other on the balance sheet. As described in Note 7 and Note 8, the Company repaid its debt obligations under the Prior Credit Agreement effective April 29, 2011. Accordingly, the Company recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $485 related to the remaining unamortized loan fees associated with the Prior Credit Agreement. Amortization expense related to loan origination fees and classified as interest expense was $93 and $143 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The remaining balance of other noncurrent assets of $1,178 and $1,097 as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, primarily includes deferred emission certification costs, deposits, and other assets.
6. | Fair Value of Financial Instruments |
The Companys financial instruments, carried at cost, include accounts receivable, accounts payable, a line of credit, notes payable, and capital lease obligations. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. The carrying value of the line of credit, notes payable and capital lease obligations approximate fair value because the interest rates fluctuate with market interest rates or the fixed rates are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities and the Companys credit rating has not changed significantly since the origination of its line of credit, notes payable or capital lease obligations.
As of June 30, 2011, the Company measures its fair value instruments under ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments , which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement as follows:
|
Level 1 quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, |
|
Level 2 other significant observable inputs for the assets or liabilities through corroboration with market data at the measurement date, and |
|
Level 3 significant unobservable inputs that reflect managements best estimate of what market participants would use to price the assets or liabilities at the measurement date. |
F-10
Private Placement Warrant s Liability
As of June 30, 2011, the Companys sole financial instrument measured at fair value is the Companys warrants issued in the Private Placement, discussed further in Note 10. The liability for these warrants is valued based on unobservable inputs and thus is considered a Level 3 financial instrument. The Company analyzes all financial instruments with features of both liabilities and equity under ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , and ASC 815. The value of the warrants was determined based upon an exercise price of $13.00 per share (post-Reverse Split), the purchase price for (i.e., the value of) the Companys preferred stock and related warrants of $18.0 million in aggregate, and an assessment of the risk-free interest rate of 2.1% using 5-year Treasury Bond yields, an anticipated volatility factor of 50.0% from peer group companies, and a zero dividend yield, all incorporated into the valuation using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Some level 3 inputs were used to estimate the fair value of these warrants due to the limited trading activity of the Companys common stock and no trading market for the warrants, and a lack of comparable market quotes for similar entities. As a result of limited market trading of its common stock to date, the Company believes that changes in the fair value of the warrant liability will be insignificant.
The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level as of June 30, 2011 for the Companys financial instrument measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||
Private placement warrant liability |
$ | | $ | | $ | 2,783 |
The following table summarizes the change in the fair value of the Companys Level 3 financial instrument for the six months ended June 30, 2011:
Level 3 Liability Private placement warrant liability |
Six months ended
June 30, 2011 |
|||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
$ | | ||
Warrants issued |
2,888 | |||
Changes in warrant liability value |
(105 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance at June 30, 2011 |
$ | 2,783 | ||
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Company did not identify any assets and liabilities required to be presented on the balance sheet at fair value.
7. | Line of Credit |
The Company has a revolving credit facility with Harris, N.A. The existing and historical financing arrangements require that cash received be applied against the Companys revolving line of credit. Accordingly, the Company does not maintain cash or cash equivalents on its balance sheet, but instead funds its operations through borrowings under its revolving line of credit.
On April 29, 2011, in connection with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, The W Group and Power Solutions International, Inc. entered into a loan and security agreement with Harris, N.A. (Harris Agreement), which replaced the existing loan and security agreement that The W Group had with its senior lender (Prior Credit Agreement) prior to the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. Pursuant to the Harris Agreement, among other things, the maximum loan amount was reduced from the maximum loan amount under The W Groups Prior Credit Agreement to reflect The W Groups repayment in full of its two previously outstanding term loans under the Prior Credit Agreement, and the financial covenants under the Prior Credit Agreement were replaced with a new fixed charge coverage ratio covenant. The Harris Agreement provides for borrowings up to $35.0 million under a Revolving Line of Credit (Line of Credit) which is scheduled to mature on April 29, 2014. The Harris Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the Companys assets. The Company is required to meet certain financial covenants, including a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio and a limitation on annual capital expenditures. The Harris Agreement also contains customary covenants and restrictions, including agreements to provide financial information, comply with laws, pay taxes and maintain insurance, restrictions on the incurrence of
F-11
certain indebtedness, guarantees and liens, restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain dispositions of assets, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions. In addition, the Harris Agreement requires cash accounts to be held with Harris N.A. The cash deposits are swept by Harris N.A. daily and applied against the outstanding Line of Credit. The unused and available line of credit balance was $18.4 million at June 30, 2011.
Under the Harris Agreement (in contrast to the Prior Credit Agreement): (a) the Company is a party to the Harris Agreement and pledged all of its shares of The W Group to Harris N.A. as collateral for the Line of Credit; (b) there are no term loans; (c) the Line of Credit bears interest at Harris prime rate (3.25% at June 30, 2011) plus an applicable margin ranging from to 0% to 0.50%; or, at the Companys option, all or a portion of the Line of Credit can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%; (d) the limitation on annual capital expenditures was increased from the limitation under The W Groups Prior Credit Agreement; (e) a maximum quarterly senior debt leverage ratio, which was included in the Prior Credit Agreement, was eliminated; and (f) a fixed charge coverage ratio similar to the fixed charge coverage ratio in the Prior Credit Agreement was included, except that this fixed charge coverage ratio under the Harris Agreement excludes historical debt service on the Term Loans (as discussed below in Note 8) and certain other one-time expenses. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under its current credit facility as of its most recent required compliance reporting period.
The Companys Prior Credit Agreement provided borrowings up to $29.0 million, bearing interest at the banks prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2010), plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50%. At December 31, 2010, the Company had designated the entire outstanding balance of $21,633 to bear interest at LIBOR as allowed under the Prior Credit Agreement. The unused line balance was $7.4 million at December 31, 2010, and the interest rate on the line of credit was 5.50%.
The line of credit under the Prior Credit Agreement was scheduled to mature on July 15, 2013, and was cross-defaulted with the Term Loans discussed and defined below under Note 8 and collateralized by substantially all business assets. As discussed above, the revolving line of credit under the Prior Credit Agreement was repaid in full on April 29, 2011 and replaced with the Line of Credit under the Harris Agreement.
8. | Long-Term Debt |
Long-term debt consists of the following at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The December 31, 2010 balances are prior to the full repayment of the Term Loan A and Term Loan B on April 29, 2011, using a portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement of preferred stock:
June 30, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | |||||||
Term Loan A |
$ | | $ | 5,638 | ||||
Term Loan B |
| 2,100 | ||||||
Notes payable |
76 | 86 | ||||||
Capital lease obligations |
| 78 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
76 | 7,902 | |||||||
Less current maturities |
22 | 2,226 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 54 | $ | 5,676 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Prior to their repayment as of April 29, 2011, as discussed in Note 7, the Prior Credit Agreement provided for two term loans of $8.7 million (Term Loan A) and $2.4 million (Term Loan B and together with Term Loan A, the Term Loans), which Term Loans were scheduled to mature on July 15, 2013 and had variable interest rates. Under the terms of the Prior Credit Agreement, the Company had the ability to elect whether outstanding amounts under the Term Loans accrued interest based on the prime rate plus a margin or LIBOR plus a margin. Prior to its repayment in full in connection with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, principal payments of Term Loan A were payable in quarterly installments ranging from $0.2 million to $0.6 million over the life of the loan. Term Loan A had an outstanding balance of $5.6 million as of December 31, 2010, with an effective interest rate of 7.5% as of December 31, 2010 and at the time it was repaid. Prior to its repayment in full in connection with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, principal payments of Term Loan B were payable in
F-12
quarterly installments of less than $0.1 million over the life of the loan plus a balloon payment at maturity. Term Loan B had an outstanding balance of $2.1 million as of December 31, 2010, with an effective interest rate of 5.5% as of year-end and at the time it was repaid. In addition to scheduled quarterly payments, the Prior Credit Agreement required an annual repayment equal to 60% of excess cash flow as defined under the Prior Credit Agreement.
9. | Income Taxes |
At the end of each interim period, the Company estimates its annual effective tax rate (ETR) and applies that rate to its interim earnings. The Company also records the tax impact of certain unusual or infrequently occurring items, including the effects of changes in valuation allowances and tax laws or rates, in the interim period in which they occur. Any penalties and/or interest incurred in connection with the payment of the Companys income tax obligations are classified within general and administrative expenses and interest expense, respectively.
The computation of the annual ETR at each interim period requires certain estimates and significant judgments, including, but not limited to, the expected operating income for the year, projections of the proportion of income earned and taxed in state jurisdictions, permanent and temporary differences, and the likelihood of recovering deferred tax assets generated in the current year. The accounting estimates used to compute the provision for income taxes may change as new events occur, additional information is obtained, or the tax environment changes.
The Companys ETR for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was 43.5% compared with 18.9% for the comparable prior year period. The Companys effective tax rate in 2011 is expected to be higher primarily due to the non-deductibility of certain transaction costs incurred in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and Private Placement and an increase in the Illinois corporate income tax rate from 4.8% to 7%. Offsetting these increases to the Companys ETR are research tax credits which are generated each year as a result of its engineering research and development activities. In general, these credits which are general business credits, may be carried forward up to 20 years to be offset against future taxable income.
10. | Shareholders Equity |
The following table presents the changes in the Companys shareholders equity in the six months ended June 30, 2011, giving effect to the Reverse Recapitalization and related transactions.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Series A Convertible preferred stock is initially convertible into shares of Company common stock at any time at the election of its holder subject to limitations on conversion set forth in the certificate of designation. The preferred stock conversion price is $12.00 per share giving effect to the Reverse Split ($0.375 per share pre-Reverse Split) and is subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other subdivisions or reclassifications of Company common stock. Series A Convertible preferred stock is also subject to full-ratchet anti-dilution whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of the Companys common stock, subject to specified exceptions, the conversion price of the Companys preferred stock will be reduced to the effective price of its common stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). The Company preferred stock does not have a stated maturity date and upon the occurrence of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company each holder of preferred stock is entitled to be paid before any distribution or payment is made upon the Companys common stock. The Company preferred stock may only be converted to shares of its common stock and is not redeemable for cash upon the occurrence of any other events. The Company preferred stock is not within the scope of ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , as the preferred stock is not a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument; it does not embody an obligation to repurchase the Companys equity shares by transferring assets; and it does not embody an unconditional obligation to issue a variable number of the Companys equity shares. Accordingly, the Companys preferred stock does not meet the conditions in paragraph 2 of ASC 480-10-S99-3A (as interpreted in paragraph 3f) that would require temporary equity classification. Therefore, the preferred stock is classified as permanent equity on the Companys balance sheet.
The Company estimated the fair value of its common stock using the Backsolve Method, as described in the current working draft of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants practice aid Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The Backsolve Method, a form of the market approach to valuation, derives the implied equity value for one type of equity security (e.g. common equity) from a
F-13
contemporaneous transaction involving another type of equity security (e.g., preferred stock). In this case, the Company solved for the common equity value ($10.08 per share post-Reverse Split) in an option pricing model such that the aggregate fair value of the securities issued in the Private Placement, considering both the Companys preferred stock component and Private Placement component, equaled $18.0 million. That is, $10.08 per common share multiplied by 1,500,009 shares of the Companys common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of the Companys preferred stock issued in the Private Placement (on a post-Reverse Split, as-if converted basis) plus $3.85 per common share multiplied by 750,002 shares of the Companys common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants (on a post-Reverse Split basis) equals $18.0 million.
Immediately following the effectiveness of the Reverse Split, each issued and outstanding share of the Companys preferred stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of the Companys common stock equal to one thousand dollars divided by $12.00 per share, the conversion price for the preferred stock giving effect to the adjustment resulting from the Reverse Split. At issuance, no portion of the proceeds of the Company preferred stock was assigned to the conversion feature as a separate derivative instrument under ASC 815-15-25-1 because the economic characteristics and risks of the conversion option are clearly and closely related to those characteristics of the Companys preferred stock as further discussed below.
The determination of the accounting for the embedded conversion option of the Companys preferred stock is driven by ASC 815-15-25-1, which requires that an embedded derivative be separated from the host contract (i.e., the Companys preferred stock in this case) and accounted for as a derivative instrument if all of the following criteria are met: (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract; (b) the hybrid instrument (i.e., the Company preferred stock and its embedded conversion option) is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur; and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would, pursuant to ASC 815-10-15, be a derivative instrument subject to the requirements of ASC 815-15-25-1.
The host contract (i.e. the Company preferred stock), absent the conversion option, does not provide the holders with principal protection and it encompasses a residual interest in the Company. Therefore, the host contract is more analogous to equity. The conversion option enables the holders to convert the preferred stock into shares of Company common stock, subject to certain adjustments and limitations on conversion. Since the host contract is an equity host and the conversion option is to convert the preferred stock into Company common stock and both possess principally equity characteristics related to the same entity, the economic characteristics and risks of the conversion option are clearly and closely related to those of the Company preferred stock host contract. Therefore, the criterion in paragraph ASC 815-15-25-1(a) is not met. Accordingly, the embedded conversion option is not required to be separately classified and accounted for apart from the Company preferred stock.
The preferred stock grants voting rights and participation rights to dividends on par with common shareholders, with 2% preference dividends payable should the Reverse Split not be effective within 120 days after the Private Placement.
F-14
Private Placement Warrants
For every share of Company common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock purchased in the Private Placement, each investor in the Private Placement also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of the Companys common stock, at an initial exercise price of $0.40625 per share ($13.00 per share giving effect to the Reverse Split), subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of the Companys common stock. These warrants represent the right to purchase a total of 24,000,007 shares of the Companys common stock, but the Private Placement Warrants are not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the Reverse Split. The Private Placement Warrants are also subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection similar to the anti-dilution provisions of Company preferred stock, whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of the Companys common stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants, subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants shall be reduced to the effective price of the Companys common stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). Giving effect to the Reverse Split, immediately following the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the Private Placement Warrants represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 750,002 shares of the Companys common stock, at an exercise price of $13.00 per share. The Private Placement Warrants will expire on April 29, 2016.
At any time beginning six months after the closing of the Private Placement at which the Company is required to register the shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the Private Placement, but such shares may not be freely sold to the public, the Private Placement Warrants may be cashlessly exercised by their holders. The warrant holders may cashlessly exercise the Private Placement Warrants by causing the Company to withhold a number of shares of its common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of the Companys common stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will occur without any cash paid by the holders of the Private Placement Warrants. The Private Placement Warrants further include a requirement that, from and after the effective date of the Reverse Split, the Company will keep reserved out of the authorized and unissued shares of its common stock sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants.
Also, pursuant to the purchase agreement for the Private Placement, additional shares of the Companys common stock and additional warrants may be issued to the investors in the Private Placement in the event that the Company issues securities in one or a series of related offerings at an effective price per share of its common stock at or below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other reclassifications or combinations of the Companys common stock (which effective price per share will, accordingly, be $12.00 immediately following the effectiveness of the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split). See Series A Convertible Preferred Stock above for a detailed description of this provision.
The Companys Private Placement Warrants are accounted for as a liability, in accordance with ASC 480-10-25-14, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . ASC 480-10-25-14 states that an entity which must or could settle an instrument by issuing a variable number of its own shares, and, as in this case, if the obligations monetary value is based solely or predominantly on variations in the fair value of the companys equity shares, but moves in the opposite direction, then the obligation to issue shares is to be recorded as a liability at inception of the arrangement, and is adjusted with subsequent changes in the fair value of the underlying stock. The effect of the change in value of the obligation is reflected as Other (income) expense in the Companys consolidated statement of operations.
F-15
The Private Placement Warrants issued with the 18,000 shares of the Companys preferred stock had a fair value of $2,888 at the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization transaction and the Private Placement on April 29, 2011, determined based upon an agreed-upon exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants; the agreed-upon purchase price for (value of) the Companys preferred stock and Private Placement Warrants, in the aggregate as agreed upon with the investors in the Private Placement; and assessment of an appropriate risk-free interest rate of 2.1%, an anticipated volatility factor of 50.0%, and a zero percent dividend yield, all incorporated into the valuation using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company determined that the five-year Treasury Bond yield was a reasonable assumption for a risk-free rate, and that an appropriate volatility rate would represent the upper end of the range of implied volatility of publicly traded call options of benchmark companies, which reflects the mid-range of their historical volatility. The Companys past history of not paying dividends and managements intentions to continue such a dividend policy resulted in a zero dividend yield assumption. The five-year term of the Private Placement Warrants, the stated warrant exercise price of $13.00 per share (on a post-Reverse Split basis, when the Private Placement Warrants become exercisable), and the Companys common stock valuation of $10.08 per share (post-Reverse Split basis, when the Private Placement Warrants become exercisable) comprise the balance of the inputs into the Black-Scholes pricing model for the warrant valuation.
Roth Warrant
The Company issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC the Roth Warrant to purchase shares of the Companys common stock, as compensation for its role as placement agent in connection with the Private Placement. The Roth Warrant represents the right to purchase initially an aggregate of 3,360,000 shares of the Companys common stock, subject to the limitations on exercise set forth in this warrant, at an initial exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the Reverse Split and non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits, or other reorganizations or reclassifications of the Companys common stock. This warrant does not contain and is not subject to, price-based anti-dilution provisions. This warrant is not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the Reverse Split. Giving effect to the Reverse Split, immediately following the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the Roth Warrant would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of the Companys common stock, at an exercise price of $13.20 per share and expires on April 29, 2016. At any time following the Reverse Split, the Roth Warrant may be cashlessly exercised by its holder by causing the Company to withhold a number of shares of its common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of the Companys common stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. This warrant includes a requirement that the Company reserve a sufficient number of shares of its common stock solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this warrant into shares of the Companys common stock pursuant to the terms (and subject to the limitations) thereof.
The value of the Roth Warrant of $0.4 million was determined using the same assumptions used to value the Private Placement Warrants described above, and by using the same inputs, but for its specific exercise price of $13.20 per share (on a Post-Reverse split basis, when the Roth Warrant becomes exercisable). The Roth Warrant is classified as equity and was recorded as an adjustment between the Roth Warrant and the Companys preferred stock equity. Unlike the Private Placement Warrants, the Roth Warrant does not contain, and is not otherwise subject to, any price-based anti-dilution provisions and may only be settled by the Company with a fixed number of
F-16
shares of the Companys common stock (subject to customary adjustments for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of the Companys common stock). Under ASC 815-40-25, this lack of price-based anti-dilution provisions is the distinctive attribute as compared to the warrants issued in the Private Placement that requires the Roth Warrant to be classified as equity on the Companys balance sheet. The recent valuation of the Companys preferred stock, common stock and warrants employs the Black-Scholes option pricing model and incorporates the purchase price of the Companys preferred stock and related warrants issued to investors in the Private Placement, including the warrant issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, and the Companys assessment relative to the interest rate, volatility factor, and other inputs utilized in the model. The warrant issued to Roth Capital Partners represents compensation for their services in their capacity as placement agent, and its $0.4 million estimated fair value ($3.80 per share of common stock issuable upon exercise of this warrant giving effect to the Reverse Split) is recorded as a reduction of capital from the preferred stock issuance.
Transaction Costs
The transaction costs incurred in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement consist of cash costs of approximately $5.2 million and the issuance to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as placement agent, of a warrant (with a fair value of approximately $0.4 million). The cash costs consist of fees to the placement agent in the Private Placement, legal and accounting fees, consulting fees, fees for the repurchase of shares of Format stock from the former sole director and executive officer of Format and termination of his interest in and obligations owed by Format to him, and other expenses associated with the Reverse Recapitalization transaction. The cash transaction costs were required to be allocated between equity (approximately $4.4 million) for the costs allocated to the Companys preferred stock and operating results (approximately $0.8 million) for the costs allocated to the Private Placement Warrants in accordance with ASC 825, Financial Instruments .
Shares Reserved for Specific Purposes
Prior to the Reverse Split, the holders of Company preferred stock have the right to receive an aggregate of 38,152,908 shares of Company common stock upon conversion of the preferred stock, which is equal to 50,000,000 authorized shares of the Companys common stock less 110% of the 10,770,083 shares of its common stock outstanding as of the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. Prior to the Reverse Split, each holder of Company preferred stock will have the right to receive its pro rata portion of such shares of Company common stock issuable upon conversion of such holders shares of preferred stock. The purpose of this limitation on conversion is to ensure that the Company is not obligated to issue any shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares of Company common stock which the Company is authorized to issue. Prior to the Reverse Split, the Company is required to reserve and keep available out of authorized but unissued shares of common stock the maximum number of shares of Company common stock issuable upon conversion of the Companys preferred stock, subject to the limitations on conversion described above, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of its preferred stock. Accordingly, as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had reserved 38,152,908 and zero shares, respectively, of Company common stock on a pre-Reverse Split basis relating to the conversion of shares of Company preferred stock.
Contingently Issuable Securities
Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the Private Placement, additional shares of the Companys common stock and additional warrants may be issued to the investors in the Private Placement in the event that the Company issues securities in one or a series of related offerings at an effective price per share of its common stock at or below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or other reclassifications or combinations of the Companys common stock (which effective price per share will, accordingly, be $12.00 immediately following the effectiveness of the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split). See Series A Convertible Preferred Stock above for a detailed description of this provision. The conditions under which such issuance may occur have not yet occurred as of June 30, 2011, nor are they reasonably certain to occur as of the date of issuance of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this Form 10-Q.
F-17
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the Private Placement, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the investors in the Private Placement and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, pursuant to which it agreed to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC covering the resale of Registrable Securities (as defined below) (which includes the shares of the Companys common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of the Companys preferred stock originally issued in the Private Placement and shares of the Companys common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants originally issued in the Private Placement and the Roth Warrant), on or before the date which is 30 days after the closing date of the Private Placement, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable. The Company further agreed, within 30 days after it becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for resale, to file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities. Pursuant to the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of Registrable Securities are also entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. Registrable Securities, as contemplated by the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, means certain shares of the Companys common stock, including those shares issuable upon conversion of shares of Company preferred stock issued in the Private Placement and shares of the Companys common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued with the Company preferred stock in the Private Placement and the Roth Warrant; provided, that, any such shares shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon (A) sale pursuant to the registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (B) such share becoming eligible for sale without restriction by the selling securityholder holding such security pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (C) such share otherwise becoming eligible for sale without restriction pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act, provided that, any restrictive legend on any certificate or other instrument representing such shares has been removed or there has been delivered to the transfer agent for such shares irrevocable documentation (including any necessary legal opinion) to the effect that, upon submission by the applicable selling securityholder of the certificate or instrument representing such security, any such restrictive legend shall be removed.
The Company is also obligated to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until the earliest of (1) the first date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, (2) the first date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 or (3) the first date on which none of the securities included in the registration statement constitute Registrable Securities.
In addition, at any time beginning six months after the closing of the Private Placement at which the Company is required to register the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants issued in the Private Placement, but such shares may not be freely sold to the public, the warrants may be cashlessly exercised by the holders thereof. The warrantholders may cashlessly exercise the warrants by causing the Company to withhold a number of shares of its common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of the Companys common stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. The Roth Warrant contains a similar cashless exercise feature, except that the Roth Warrant may be cashlessly exercised by its holder at any time following the Reverse Split.
In connection with the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization, the Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with the former stockholders of The W Group, pursuant to which it agreed to provide to such persons certain piggyback registration rights with respect to shares of the Companys capital stock, including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, held by such persons at any time on or after the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. The piggyback registration rights under this Registration Rights Agreement are subject to customary cutbacks and are junior to the piggyback registration rights granted to investors in the Private Placement and to Roth Capital Partners, LLC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement entered into in connection with the Private Placement.
11. | Commitments and Contingencies |
Pursuant to the purchase agreement for the Private Placement, the Company agreed to file with the SEC within 60 days of the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, and deliver to its shareholders of record, a proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the purpose of submitting to its shareholders the approval of the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger at a meeting of its shareholders. The Company also agreed to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to hold the meeting of its shareholders within 120 days after the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. Further, the purchase agreement for the Private Placement provides that if (1) the shareholders meeting at which its shareholders will be asked to approve the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split is not held on or prior to the date (August 28, 2011) which is 120 days after the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, and/or (2) the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split are not effected on or prior to the date that is
F-18
two business days after receipt of shareholder approval of the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split, then the Company is required to pay amounts representing liquidated damages to each of the investors. Specifically, in any such case the Company is required to pay each investor 1.5% of the aggregate amount invested by such investor for each 30-day period (or pro rata portion thereof) following the date by which the shareholders meeting should have been held or by which the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split should have been effective, as applicable. Thus, liquidated damages to investors could amount to approximately $0.3 million every 30 days. As the payment of liquidated damages did not appear probable at the inception of the Private Placement, and remained so as of the date the financial statements were issued, the Company has not recorded any contingent liability as an allocation of the gross proceeds from the Private Placement, nor subsequently, to-date, as an expense in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies. As a result of the foregoing provisions of the purchase agreement, on June 28, 2011, the Company has filed a proxy statement on Schedule 14A proposing that its shareholders approve the Migratory Merger, in which each 32 shares of its common stock will be converted into one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger. Accordingly, the consummation of the Migratory Merger, upon receipt of shareholder approval, will constitute the Reverse Split for all purposes, as contemplated by the transaction documents entered into in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement. As of the date of these financial statements, the Migratory Merger and Reverse Split have not been effected.
If a registration statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to the date which is 30 days after the closing date of the Private Placement, or if (1) a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities is not declared effective by the SEC prior to the earlier of (A) five business days after the SEC informs the Company that no review of such registration statement will be made or that the SEC has no further comments on such registration statement, or (B) the 120th day after the closing of the Private Placement, or (2) after a registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, sales cannot be made pursuant to such registration statement for any reason, but excluding any period for which the use of any prospectus included in a registration statement has been suspended if and so long as certain conditions exist (which period may not be for more than 20 consecutive days or for a total of more than 45 days in any 12-month period), then the Company is required to pay amounts representing liquidated damages to each of the investors. Specifically, in any such case the Company is required to pay each investor 1.5% of the aggregate amount invested by such investor for each 30-day period (or pro rata for any portion thereof) following the date by which such registration statement should have been filed with the SEC or been declared effective, or is unavailable, as applicable. Thus, liquidated damages to investors could amount to approximately $0.3 million every 30 days. The terms of the Registration Rights Agreement do not specify a maximum potential amount of liquidated damages and settlement alternatives are not provided. As the payment of liquidated damages did not appear probable at inception of the Private Placement, and remained so as of the date the financial statements were issued, the Company has not recorded any contingent liability as an allocation of the gross proceeds from the Private Placement, nor subsequently, to-date, as an expense in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies.
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of doing business. The Company is required to record a provision for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated; however, the resolution of the legal proceedings in which the Company is involved, either individually or in the aggregate, is not expected to have a material effect on the Companys consolidated results of operations or financial condition based upon a review of information currently available to the Company regarding the potential impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to any particular case.
On June 30, 2011, the Company entered into a two-year lease agreement for an additional facility for its production operations. The lease for this facility commenced on July 1, 2011 and terminates on July 31, 2013. The lease will be accounted for as an operating lease. Total rent expense during the term of this lease approximates $1.1 million.
On June 30, 2011, the Company entered into a 15 month extension of one of its existing production facilities to July 31, 2013. The additional total base rent expense associated with this lease extension approximates $0.6 million.
F-19
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The W Group, Inc.
Wood Dale, IL
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The W Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The W Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP |
Chicago, Illinois |
May 3, 2011 |
F-20
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
F-21
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 3,500,000 shares authorized; 1,444,444 shares issued and outstanding |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
7 | 7 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
5,349 | 3,780 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
5,356 | 3,787 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
$ | 55,353 | $ | 65,586 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-22
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 100,521 | $ | 82,902 | $ | 125,318 | ||||||
Cost of sales |
83,894 | 66,520 | 107,419 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gross profit |
16,627 | 16,382 | 17,899 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Engineering |
3,846 | 2,721 | 3,305 | |||||||||
Selling and service |
5,465 | 4,519 | 5,979 | |||||||||
General and administrative |
3,250 | 3,065 | 4,407 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating expenses |
12,561 | 10,305 | 13,691 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
4,066 | 6,077 | 4,208 | |||||||||
Interest expense |
2,131 | 2,303 | 2,794 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before income taxes |
1,935 | 3,774 | 1,414 | |||||||||
Income tax provision |
366 | 1,387 | 750 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,569 | $ | 2,387 | $ | 664 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-23
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
Common
stock |
Additional
paid-in capital |
Retained
earnings |
Total
stockholders equity |
|||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
$ | | $ | 7 | $ | 729 | $ | 736 | ||||||||
Net income |
| | 664 | 664 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
| 7 | 1,393 | 1,400 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
| | 2,387 | 2,387 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
| 7 | 3,780 | 3,787 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
| | 1,569 | 1,569 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
$ | | $ | 7 | $ | 5,349 | $ | 5,356 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-24
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,569 | $ | 2,387 | $ | 664 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(159 | ) | 38 | 348 | ||||||||
Depreciation |
988 | 984 | 672 | |||||||||
Increase (decrease) in trade receivable allowances |
246 | (120 | ) | 103 | ||||||||
(Increase) decrease in assets |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
12,012 | (9,572 | ) | 5,826 | ||||||||
Other receivables |
| | 124 | |||||||||
Inventories |
(1,001 | ) | (4,861 | ) | 7,361 | |||||||
Prepaid and other |
(533 | ) | (72 | ) | (312 | ) | ||||||
Other assets |
76 | 360 | 169 | |||||||||
Increase (decrease) in liabilities |
||||||||||||
Income taxes payable |
(671 | ) | 1,234 | (9 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable |
(9,255 | ) | 13,218 | (12,010 | ) | |||||||
Accrued liabilities |
463 | (208 | ) | (249 | ) | |||||||
Deferred revenue |
189 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
3,924 | 3,388 | 2,687 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(541 | ) | (363 | ) | (579 | ) | ||||||
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance |
(42 | ) | | (16 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(583 | ) | (363 | ) | (595 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||||
(Decrease) increase in cash overdraft |
(120 | ) | (718 | ) | 378 | |||||||
Net change in line of credit |
(776 | ) | (592 | ) | (6,126 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from long-term debt |
95 | | 11,100 |
F-25
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale leaseback of equipment |
| | 409 | |||||||||
Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations |
(2,226 | ) | (1,645 | ) | (6,512 | ) | ||||||
Cash paid for financing fees |
(314 | ) | (70 | ) | (1,341 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
(3,341 | ) | (3,025 | ) | (2,092 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Change in cash |
| | | |||||||||
Cash at beginning of year |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash at end of year |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 1,899 | $ | 1,772 | $ | 2,825 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 1,196 | $ | 234 | $ | 268 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosure of noncash transactions |
||||||||||||
Deferred Financing Fees |
$ | 556 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-26
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
1. | Business |
The W Group, Inc. (The W Group or the Company) is a producer and distributor of high-performance, emission-compliant, power solutions for original equipment manufacturers of off-highway industrial equipment (industrial OEMs). The W Groups power systems are primarily spark-ignited, which run on alternative fuels such as natural gas and propane. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, distributes and provides after-market support for the Companys power solutions for industrial OEMs in a wide range of industries with a diversified set of applications.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification ASC 280, Segment Reporting establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
The Companys chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis. The Company operates in one industry segment, which is the assembly and aftermarket support of power solutions for off-highway industrial equipment. Therefore, the Company has concluded that it has only one operating segment.
2. | Summary of significant accounting policies |
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The W Group, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Power Production, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., XISync, LLC, PSI International, LLC, and Power Properties, L.L.C. Collectively, these entities produce and distribute off-highway industrial engines and provide aftermarket support for the industrial engine market. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation.
Use of estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.
Revenue recognition
The W Group recognizes revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is when products are shipped, provided there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and management believes collectability is reasonably assured. At the request of a customer, the Company may enter into a bill and hold arrangement, whereby the Company will recognize a sale under the same terms and conditions as any other sale, except that the products are held by the Company until the customer initiates the shipment of the product from the Companys premises. Transfer of title and risk of loss pass to the customer at the time the bill and hold sale is recognized, delivery is in accordance with the customers delivery schedule, and there are no future
F-27
performance obligations. Products sold under a bill and hold arrangement are complete and ready for shipment. Any product that has been sold under a bill and hold arrangement is segregated from the Companys owned inventory. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $1,742 of undelivered product of which $391 was unpaid.
The Companys returned goods from customers are nominal.
The Company classifies shipping and handling charges billed to customers as revenue. Shipping and handling costs paid to others are classified as a component of cost of sales when incurred.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable are due under normal trade terms which generally require payment within 30 to 45 days from the invoice date. A limited number of customers have terms which may extend up to 150 days from the date of invoice. Collection of accounts with extended payment terms is reasonably assured based upon historical collection activity.
The W Group records an allowance for doubtful accounts for amounts due from third parties that are not expected to be collected. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon historical experience and management review of specific customer balances. The activity in the Companys allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Balance, beginning of year |
$ | 411 | $ | 531 | ||||
Charged to expense |
4 | 72 | ||||||
Write-offs |
(75 | ) | (192 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance, end of year |
$ | 340 | $ | 411 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-28
Inventories
Inventory consists primarily of engines and parts. Engines are valued at the lower of cost plus estimated freight-in, as determined by specific serial number identification or market value. Parts are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) plus freight-in, or market value. The components of inventory were as follows at December 31:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Raw material |
$ | 26,156 | $ | 28,385 | ||||
Finished |
6,012 | 2,782 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 32,168 | $ | 31,167 | ||||
|
|
|
|
When necessary, the Company writes down the valuation of its inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.
Property, plant and equipment
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Building and improvements |
$ | 1,899 | $ | 1,882 | ||||
Office furniture and equipment |
2,633 | 2,551 | ||||||
Warehousing tooling and equipment |
3,314 | 3,142 | ||||||
Transportation equipment |
431 | 365 | ||||||
Construction in progress |
160 | 130 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
8,437 | 8,070 | |||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
(5,814 | ) | (5,000 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
2,623 | 3,070 | ||||||
Land |
260 | 260 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 2,883 | $ | 3,330 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the period from the date the assets are placed in service to the end of the initial lease term. Depreciation expense totaled $988, $984, and $672 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Depreciation of equipment acquired under a capital lease is provided using the straight line method over the shorter of the useful life of the equipment or the duration of the lease. The related depreciation for capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. The carrying value of property under capital lease was $456 and $741 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,148 and $869, respectively.
Repairs and maintenance costs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Major renewals or replacements that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated.
F-29
Estimated useful lives by major asset category are as follows:
Asset |
Life (in years) | |
Buildings |
39 | |
Office furniture and equipment |
8 | |
Warehousing equipment and tooling |
3-8 | |
Transportation equipment |
5 | |
Leasehold improvements |
8-10 | |
Property under capital lease |
3-8 |
Long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment and land, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If such review indicates that the carrying amount of long-lived assets is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. There were no adjustments to the carrying value of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Other noncurrent assets
Other assets consist primarily of deferred emissions certification costs, loan origination fees and deferred financing expenses which are amortized over the periods for which benefits are expected to be realized.
The Company is required to certify that certain engines sold comply with various emissions laws, in accordance with regulations issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the California Air Resources Board (CARB). Once issued, the emissions certifications for these engines are typically valid for periods of three to five years. The costs of obtaining the emissions certificates are classified as other assets and expensed through operating expenses over the estimated life of the respective certificate. Deferred emissions classified as noncurrent assets totaled $523 and $517 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated annual amortization of deferred emissions as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:
2011 |
$ | 481 | ||
2012 |
474 | |||
2013 |
49 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 1,004 | |||
|
|
Loan origination fees are classified as assets and amortized over the lives of the related loans of three to five years. Unamortized loan fees totaled $558 and $788 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $872 and $642, respectively. Amortization expense related to loan origination fees and classified as interest expense was $230, $502 and $350 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Estimated annual amortization of amounts deferred as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:
2011 |
$ | 220 | ||
2012 |
220 | |||
2013 |
118 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 558 | |||
|
|
F-30
Deferred financing expenses represent costs incurred in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization discussed in the Subsequent events section below. Deferred financing costs incurred were $870 at December 31, 2010.
F-31
Cash overdrafts
Under the Companys cash management system, cash overdraft balances exist for the Companys primary disbursement accounts. These overdrafts represent uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in the related bank accounts. Funds are transferred, from borrowings on our line of credit, to cover cash overdrafts on an as-needed basis to pay for clearing checks.
Warranty costs
The Company offers a standard limited warranty on the workmanship of its products that in most cases covers defects for a period of (i) one year from the date of shipment or (ii) six months from the date products are placed into service, whichever occurs first. Warranties for certified emission products are mandated by either the EPA and or the CARB and will be longer than the Companys standard warranty on certain emission related products. The Companys products also carry limited warranties from suppliers. Costs related to supplier warranty claims are borne by the supplier. The Companys warranties apply only to the modifications it makes to supplier base products. The Company charges the estimated costs of warranty programs against income at the time products are shipped to customers. The Company assesses the warranty exposure using historical experience to estimate the remaining liability.
Research and development costs
The W Group expenses research and development costs when incurred except for initial emission certification costs which are capitalized and amortized over the estimated life of the certification. Research and development costs classified within engineering expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, consist primarily of wages related to engineering work and approximated $3,005, $2,387, and $2,623 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Concentrations
The W Group maintains cash balances in various accounts at one financial institution in the Midwest. Interest-bearing accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250 per institution and per depositor. In addition, FDIC insurance on noninterest-bearing accounts is unlimited through December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2010, the Company had no uninsured cash balances.
The W Group is exposed to potential credit risks associated with its accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and does not require collateral on its accounts receivable. The Company has not experienced significant credit-related losses to date.
Two customers (Customer A, and Customer B) individually accounted for more than 10% of the Companys sales during one or more years for 2008 through 2010. Customer A represented 19%, 25% and 21% of consolidated net sales in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Customer B represented 11% of consolidated net sales in 2008.
Three customers (Customer A referred to above, Customer C and Customer D) individually accounted for more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 2010 or 2009. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, Customer A represented 12% and 43% of consolidated accounts receivable. Customer C represented 14% of consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 2010, and Customer D represented 12% and 15% of consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Two vendors (Vendor A and Vendor B) individually accounted for more than 10% of the Companys purchases during one or more years for 2008 through 2010. Vendor A accounted for 31%, 39% and 39% of the Companys purchases in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Vendor B accounted for 16% of the Companys purchases in 2010.
F-32
Fair value of financial instruments
The Companys financial instruments include accounts receivable, accounts payable, letters of credit, notes payable and capital lease obligations. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. The carrying value of the line of credit, notes payable and capital lease obligations approximate fair value because the interest rates fluctuate with market interest rates or the fixed rates are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.
The Company maintained an interest-rate risk management strategy that used derivative instruments to minimize significant unanticipated earnings fluctuations caused by interest-rate volatility. The W Groups goal was to lower the cost of borrowed funds designated to bear interest based upon the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR). During 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement related to its prior debt facility. The differential to be paid or received on the swap agreement was accrued as interest rates changed. The agreement was set to expire in August 2009 and had a fixed rate of 5.24%. The notional amount of the swap was $15,000. On July 15, 2008, the swap agreement was extinguished in conjunction with the Companys debt refinancing. Upon extinguishment, a loss of $424 was realized.
Self-funded insurance
The W Group is self-insured for certain costs of its employee health insurance plan, although the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure. The Company maintains a stop-loss insurance policy with individual and aggregate stop-loss coverage.
Income taxes
The W Group accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured pursuant to tax laws using rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which The W Group expects those temporary differences to be recovered or settled. The Company recognizes the effects of a change in income tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in its consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The W Group records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.
In determining the provision for income taxes, The W Group uses an annual effective income tax rate based on annual income, permanent differences between book and tax income and statutory income tax rates. The effective income tax rate also reflects the Companys assessment of the ultimate outcome of tax audits. The W Group adjusts its annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available. Discrete events such as audit settlements or changes in tax laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. The W Group reduces its net tax assets for the estimated additional tax and interest that may result from tax authorities disputing uncertain tax positions the Company has taken. During interim reporting periods, income tax provisions are based upon the estimated annual effective tax rate of those taxable jurisdictions where The W Group conducts business.
New accounting pronouncements
Revenue RecognitionIn September 2009, the FASB reached a consensus on Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic No. 605)Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, (ASU 2009-13). ASU 2009-13 modifies the requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet been delivered. ASU 2009-13 eliminates the requirement that all undelivered elements must have either: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or (ii) third-party evidence (TPE), before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement consideration that is attributable to items that already have been
F-33
delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. Overall arrangement consideration will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entitys estimated selling price. The residual method of allocating arrangement consideration has been eliminated. Early adoption is permitted. This new update is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Based on the current nature of the Companys operations, The W Group does not expect the adoption of this requirement will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
3. | Line of credit |
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, principally collections of customer accounts receivable and borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility. Our existing and historical financing arrangements require that cash received by us be applied against our revolving line of credit. Accordingly, we do not maintain cash or cash equivalents on our balance sheet, but instead fund our operations through borrowings under our revolving line of credit.
Prior to August 20, 2009, the Companys Prior Credit Agreement with a bank that provided for borrowings up to $37,500 bearing interest at the banks prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from -0.25% to 0.00%. At the Companys option, a portion of the line could have been designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50%. On August 20, 2009, the Prior Credit Agreement was amended to provide borrowings up to $29,000, bearing interest at the banks prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2010 and 2009), plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.50%. At The W Groups option, a portion of the line can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR, subject to a 2.00% floor, plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 3.50%. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the entire outstanding balance of $21,633 and $22,409, respectively had been designated to bear interest at LIBOR. The unused line balance was $7,367 and $6,591 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The interest rate on the line of credit was 5.50% at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The line of credit of the Prior Credit Agreement is scheduled to mature on July 15, 2013, and is cross-defaulted with Term Notes A and B discussed below and collateralized by substantially all business assets. Borrowings under the line of credit of the Prior Credit Agreement are restricted by borrowing base calculations, as defined in the agreement. In addition, the Company is required to meet certain financial covenants, which include a minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum quarterly senior debt leverage ratio, and a limitation on annual capital expenditures. The Prior Credit Agreement also contains customary requirements and restrictions applicable to us, including agreements to provide financial information, comply with laws, pay taxes and maintain insurance, restrictions on the incurrence of certain indebtedness, guarantees and liens, restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain dispositions of assets, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company was not in compliance with the quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio and the quarterly senior debt leverage ratio covenants of the Prior Credit Agreement. On January 20, 2011, the Company received a waiver from the bank for the events of non-compliance.
F-34
4. | Long-term debt |
Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Term Note A |
$ | 5,638 | $ | 7,237 | ||||
Term Note B |
2,100 | 2,220 | ||||||
Notes payable |
86 | | ||||||
Capital lease obligations |
78 | 576 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
7,902 | 10,033 | |||||||
Less current maturities |
2,226 | 2,218 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 5,676 | $ | 7,815 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Term Note A is payable in quarterly installments ranging from $213 to $629 plus interest at the prime rate plus an applicable margin of 4.25%, with the balance of the note due on July 13, 2013. At the option of the Company, a portion of this note can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 6.00%. At December 31, 2010, none of the outstanding balance had been designated to bear interest at LIBOR. The note is collateralized by substantially all business assets and cross-defaulted with the line of credit and Term Note B. The note is subject to the financial covenants discussed in Note 3. The interest rate was 7.50% at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Term Note B is payable in quarterly installments of $30 plus interest at the prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.25%, with a balloon payment of $1,800 due at maturity on July 15, 2013. At the option of the Company, a portion of this note can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.75% to 4.00%. At December 31, 2010, none of the Companys outstanding balance had been designated to bear interest at LIBOR. This note is collateralized by substantially all business assets and cross-defaulted with the line of credit and Term Note A. The note is subject to the financial covenants discussed in Note 3. The interest rate was 5.5% at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The capital lease obligation is due in 2011. The capital lease obligations at December 31, 2010 and 2009 had interest rates from 9.15% to 9.25%.
At December 31, 2010, the future maturities of long-term debt, excluding capitalized leases, consisted of the following:
2011 |
$ | 2,148 | ||
2012 |
2,375 | |||
2013 |
3,288 | |||
2014 |
11 | |||
2015 |
2 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 7,824 | ||
|
|
5. | Leases |
The W Group leases certain buildings and transportation equipment under various noncancelable operating lease agreements that contain renewal provisions. Rent expense under these leases approximated $1,436, $1,439 and $1,400 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
F-35
The future minimum lease payments due under operating leases by fiscal year at December 31, 2010, were as follows:
Operating
Leases |
||||
2011 |
$ | 1,184 | ||
2012 |
396 | |||
2013 |
45 | |||
2014 |
5 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 1,630 | |||
|
|
The W Group also leases equipment under a capital lease maturing in 2011. The present value of the future minimum lease payments for this capital lease is $78.
6. | Defined contribution plan |
The W Group sponsors a retirement savings plan for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Participants may choose from various investment options and can contribute an amount of their eligible compensation annually as defined by the plan document, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. The plan is funded by participant contributions and discretionary Company contributions. The Company made no discretionary contributions during 2010, 2009, or 2008.
7. | Income taxes |
The provision for income taxes and the reconciliation of the income tax provision at the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34 percent to the actual effective tax rate were as follows as of December 31:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||
Federal statutory rate |
$ | 658 | 34.0 | % | $ | 1,283 | 34.0 | % | $ | 481 | 34.0 | % | ||||||||||||
State income tax, net of federal effect |
76 | 3.9 | 133 | 3.5 | 65 | 4.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Research tax credits |
(260 | ) | (13.4 | ) | (180 | ) | (4.8 | ) | (70 | ) | (4.9 | ) | ||||||||||||
Settlement of tax audits |
| | | | 178 | 12.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other, net |
(108 | ) | (5.6 | ) | 151 | 4.0 | 96 | 6.7 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Tax provision |
$ | 366 | 18.9 | % | $ | 1,387 | 36.7 | % | $ | 750 | 53.0 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
Deferred taxes are the result of differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Allowances and bad debts |
$ | 295 | $ | 168 | ||||
Accrued warranty |
114 | 82 | ||||||
Accrued legal fees |
13 | 54 | ||||||
Accrued vacation |
175 | 136 | ||||||
Deferred revenue |
49 | | ||||||
Other |
41 | 63 | ||||||
Estimated R&D credit carryforward |
| 82 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current deferred tax assets |
687 | 585 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Tax depreciation in excess of book |
(233 | ) | (290 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(233 | ) | (290 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax assets |
$ | 454 | $ | 295 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The current and deferred tax provision components are as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Current tax expense |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 418 | $ | 1,152 | $ | 221 | ||||||
State |
107 | 197 | 33 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
525 | 1,349 | 254 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax expense (benefit) |
||||||||||||
Federal |
(112 | ) | 33 | 430 | ||||||||
State |
(47 | ) | 5 | 66 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(159 | ) | 38 | 496 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
$ | 366 | $ | 1,387 | $ | 750 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was no deferred tax valuation allowance, as the Company believed it was more likely than not that earnings will be sufficient to realize the deferred tax assets.
Effective for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the Company has complied with FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (codified in FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes), which requires that income tax positions must be more likely than not to be sustained based solely on their technical merits in order to be recognized. The Company has recorded no liability for uncertain tax positions. The Company has elected to record interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in the tax provision.
F-37
The W Group files a consolidated income tax return in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various states. Because of closure of an Internal Revenue Service examination, The W Group is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2008. The W Group believes that it is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for years prior to 2007.
F-38
8. | Contingencies and commitments |
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of conducting business. The resolution of such proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on the Companys consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
9. | Subsequent Events |
In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we evaluated the period from December 31, 2010 through May 3, 2011, the date which the financial statements were issued, for material subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure. As of December 31, 2010, the Company was not in compliance with the quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio and the quarterly senior debt leverage ratio covenants of its credit agreement (Prior Credit Agreement), which included the Companys revolving line of credit (discussed in Note 3) and Term Notes A and B (collectively, the Term Notes) (discussed in Note 4). On January 20, 2011, the Company received a waiver from the bank for these defaults effective as of that date.
F-39
On March 30, 2011, the Companys Board of Directors approved a dividend of $224 to two of the Companys stockholders. The dividend is a noncash transaction and arises from previously issued loans to two stockholders. The loans receivable due from the stockholders have been classified as an offset of Additional Paid-in Capital on the Companys balance sheet. The dividends were paid in the form of releasing the two stockholders from the repayment of the loans receivable. Accordingly, no cash was required to be exchanged in connection with the dividend, and there was no effect on stockholders equity as the loans receivable had been previously classified as an offset of Additional Paid-in Capital.
On April 29, 2011, Power Solutions International, Inc. (formerly known as Format, Inc.) (PSI Inc. or PSI) completed a reverse acquisition transaction in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PSI Inc., merged with and into The W Group, Inc. The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the reverse acquisition transaction and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of PSI Inc., At the closing of the reverse acquisition transaction, in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group that were then held by the three stockholders of The W Group converted into and PSI Inc. issued to the three stockholders of The W Group, an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of PSI Inc. Common Stock (PSI Common Stock) and 95,960.90289 shares of PSI Inc. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (PSI Preferred Stock). In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) section 805-40, Business Combinations Reverse Acquisitions, The W Group is considered the acquiror reverse acquisition, because (1) The W Groups former stockholders received the greater portion of the voting rights in the combined entity and (2) The W Groups senior management represents all of the senior management of the combined entity. and (3) the relative size of The W Group is significantly larger than that of Format, Inc. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in PSI Inc.s consolidated financial statements will be those of The W Group and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of The W Group, with a recapitalization adjustment to report the issued equity of PSI Inc. However, PSI Inc. will account for the reverse acquisition as a reverse recapitalization (the Reverse Recapitalization) of The W Group, and no goodwill or other intangible assets will be recorded because immediately prior to, and at the time of the reverse acquisition, Format Inc., the accounting acquiree, was a company with nominal assets and nominal operations, engaged to a limited extent in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC and limited commercial printing services. Under Rule 12-b-2 of the Exchange Act., and Format, Inc. may be deemed to have been a shell corporation, which is defined as a company with nominal operations and nominal assets, whose assets consisted primarily of cash.
In connection with, and prior to the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization, the board of directors of PSI Inc. approved a 1-for-32 reverse stock split (Reverse Split) of issued and outstanding shares of PSI Common Stock, immediately following the effectiveness of which every 32 issued and outstanding shares of PSI Common Stock will automatically convert into one share of PSI Common Stock. Any shareholder of PSI that would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of PSI Common Stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of PSI Common Stock to be received by such holder) as a result of the Reverse Split, will receive an additional share of PSI Common Stock (i.e., the aggregate number of shares of PSI Common Stock of a shareholder resulting from the Reverse Split would be rounded up to the nearest whole number). The Reverse Split will not affect the number of authorized shares of capital stock of PSI or the par value of PSI common stock. Immediately following the effectiveness of the Reverse Split, each issued and outstanding share of PSI Preferred Stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of PSI Common Stock equal to one-thousand dollars divided by the conversion price then in effect.
Further, in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the board of directors of PSI approved the merger of PSI Inc. with and into a Delaware corporation that will be newly-created as a wholly owned subsidiary of PSI Inc., which merger will be effected for the purpose of changing PSI Inc.s jurisdiction of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware (the Migratory Merger). The Reverse Split will be effected through the consummation of the Migratory Merger, whereby each 32 shares of PSI Common Stock will be exchanged for one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger. Accordingly, the consummation of the Migratory Merger will constitute the Reverse Split for all purposes. The consummation by PSI Inc. of the Migratory Merger (and accordingly, the Reverse Split) is subject to the approval of PSI Inc. shareholders.
In connection with the Private Placement, and following the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization, each PSI shareholder who is also an officer and/or director of PSI Inc., entered into a voting agreement (collectively, the Voting Agreements), pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of PSI Common Stock and PSI Preferred Stock, as applicable, in favor of the Reverse Split, the Migratory Merger, and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate both. Because the persons who entered in the Voting Agreements hold, in the aggregate, a substantial majority of the voting securities of PSI, Inc., approval of the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger is assured.
Concurrently with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, PSI Inc. and The W Group entered into a purchase agreement (Private Placement) whereby PSI Inc. completed the sale of an aggregate of 18,000 shares of PSI Preferred Stock together with Private Placement Warrants (Private Placement Warrants) representing the right to purchase an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of PSI Common Stock, subject to certain limitations on exercise, and also issued a warrant (Roth Warrant) to purchase PSI Common Stock to ROTH Capital Partners, LLC in connection with the Private Placement. The shares of PSI Preferred Stock
F-40
issued in the Private Placement are initially convertible into an aggregate of 48,000,000 shares of PSI Common Stock, subject to certain limitations and conditions described below. In consideration, PSI Inc. and The W Group received proceeds of $18.0 million before estimated transaction fees, costs and expenses of approximately $4.8 million in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and Private Placement.
Following are further details regarding the rights and privileges granted per the terms of the PSI Preferred Stock and the Private Placement Warrants.
|
PSI Preferred Stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder at any time, subject to limitation based upon the shareholders proportion of the available shares for conversion, and PSI is obligated to reserve out of authorized, but unissued shares, a number of shares of PSI Common Stock to effect the conversion. Prior to the Reverse Split discussed above, the holders of PSI Preferred Stock are subject to an aggregate conversion limitation of 38,152,908 shares of PSI Common Stock, which is equal to 50,000,000 authorized shares of PSI Common Stock less 110% of the 10,770,083 shares of PSI Common Stock outstanding as of the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. The purpose of the conversion limitation is to ensure that PSI is not obligated to issue any shares of its PSI Common Stock in excess of the number of its authorized shares. Immediately following the effectiveness of the Reverse Split, each issued and outstanding share of PSI Preferred Stock will automatically convert into a number of shares of PSI Common Stock equal to one-thousand dollars divided by the conversion price then in effect. Accordingly, immediately following the effectiveness of the Reverse Split, the aggregate of 113,960.90289 outstanding shares of PSI Preferred Stock, representing all of the shares of PSI Preferred Stock issued in the Reverse Recapitalization and in the Private Placement, will automatically convert into an aggregate of 9,496,753 shares of PSI Common Stock (assuming a conversion price of $12.00 per share, giving effect to the Reverse Split, and assuming that no shares of PSI Preferred Stock have previously been converted). The PSI Preferred Stock conversion price is subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits and other subdivisions or reclassifications of PSI Common Stock. |
|
PSI Preferred Stock grants each holder voting rights and participation rights to dividends on par with PSI Common Stock, with 2% annual preference dividends payable, when, as and if declared by the Companys board of directors, should the Reverse Split not be effective within 120 days after the Private Placement. Each holder of a share of PSI Preferred Stock is entitled to vote with the holders of PSI Common stock as a single class on all matters voted on by holders of PSI Common Stock. Each share of PSI Preferred Stock entitles its holder to cast the number of votes equal to the total number of votes which could be cast in such vote by a holder of the number of shares of PSI Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the date immediately prior to the record date for such vote (subject to the limitation on conversion described above). Accordingly, the 113,960.90289 shares of PSI Preferred Stock (issued in the Reverse Recapitalization and in the Private Placement, combined) entitle these holders to cast an aggregate of 38,152,908 votes, or approximately 335 votes per share of PSI Preferred Stock. |
|
No dividends are payable on the PSI Preferred Stock, except that (1) if PSI pays dividends on its common stock, the PSI Preferred Stock will participate as if, for purposes thereof, each share of PSI Preferred Stock had converted into shares of PSI Common Stock after giving effect to the Reverse Split (i.e., without giving effect to the limitations on conversion of the PSI Preferred Stock) as of the date immediately prior to the record date for such dividend, and (2) in the event the Reverse Split is not effective on or prior to August 27, 2011, each share of PSI Preferred Stock will entitle its holder to receive, when, as and if declared by PSI Inc.s board of directors, non-cumulative cash dividends, accruing on a daily basis from August 27, 2011, through and including the date on which such dividends are paid, at the annual rate of two percent (2%) of the PSI Preferred Stock liquidation preference, defined as an amount in cash equal to the sum of one-thousand dollars plus the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon as of such date, for each share of PSI Preferred Stock held thereby. |
|
PSI Preferred Stock is subject to full-ratchet anti-dilution whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of PSI Common Stock at a price below the then-current conversion price of the PSI Preferred Stock, subject to specified exceptions, the conversion price of the PSI Preferred Stock shall be reduced to the effective price of PSI Common Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). |
|
The holders of PSI Preferred Stock are not entitled to any preemptive, subscription, redemption or other similar rights, and PSI does not have any right to redeem the Preferred Stock. All issued and outstanding shares of PSI Preferred Stock are fully-paid and non-assessable. |
|
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of PSI, Inc., each holder of PSI Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon PSI Common Stock, an amount in cash equal to the sum of one-thousand dollars plus the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon as of such date, for each share of PSI Preferred Stock |
F-41
held thereby, and such holder will not be entitled to any further payment. |
|
For every share of PSI Common Stock issuable upon conversion of PSI Preferred Stock purchased in the Private Placement, each investor in the Private Placement also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of PSI Common Stock, at an initial exercise price of $0.40625 per share, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the Reverse Split and for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications of PSI Common Stock. The Private Placement Warrants are also subject to full ratchet anti-dilution protection similar to the anti-dilution provisions of the PSI Preferred Stock as described above, whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of PSI Common Stock at a price below the then-current exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants, subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants shall be reduced to the effective price of PSI Common Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). The Private Placement Warrants are not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the Reverse Split. Giving effect to the Reverse Split as if it occurred immediately following the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the Private Placement Warrants would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 750,002 shares of PSI Common Stock at an exercise price of $13.00 per share. At any time beginning six months after the closing of the Private Placement at which PSI is required to register the shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the Private Placement, but such shares may not be freely sold to the public, the Private Placement Warrants may be cashlessly exercised by their holders. The warrant holders may cashlessly exercise the Private Placement Warrants by causing PSI to withhold a number of shares of its common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of PSI Common Stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will occur without any cash paid by the holders of the Private Placement Warrants. The Private Placement Warrants further include a requirement that, from and after the effective date of the Reverse Split, PSI will keep reserved out of the authorized and unissued shares of its common stock sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants. The Private Placement Warrants will expire on April 29, 2016. |
|
The purchase agreement for the Private Placement contains the following provision, which may be deemed to be a form of anti-dilution protection: If prior to the earlier of (a) the second anniversary of the date on which the registration statement for the shares of PSI Common Stock underlying the PSI Preferred Stock and the Private Placement Warrants becomes effective and (b) 180 days after the closing of a firm commitment public underwritten offering of equity securities resulting in gross proceeds of not less than $15.0 million, PSI issues equity securities in a public or private offering (or series of related offerings) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $5.0 million at or below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment, PSI will have to issue to each investor in the Private Placement (1) additional shares of PSI Common Stock so that after giving effect to such issuance, the effective price per share of PSI Common Stock acquired by such investors in the Private Placement will be equal to the effective price per share in such offering and (2) additional Private Placement Warrants covering a number of shares of PSI Common Stock equal to 50% of the shares of PSI Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (1) above. These provisions are not triggered based on the market price of PSI Common Stock, but rather on the issuance by PSI of additional equity securities below an effective price per share of $0.375, subject to adjustment. |
|
Concurrently with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, PSI issued to ROTH Capital Partners, LLC, as compensation for its role as placement agent in the Private Placement, the Roth Warrant. The Roth Warrant represents the right to purchase initially an aggregate of 3,360,000 shares of PSI Common Stock, subject to the limitations on exercise set forth in the Roth Warrant, at an initial exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the Reverse Split and non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits, or other reorganizations or reclassifications of PSI Common Stock. The Roth Warrant is not exercisable prior to the effectiveness of the Reverse Split. Giving effect to the Reverse Split, immediately following the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the Roth Warrant would represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of PSI Common Stock, at an exercise price of $13.20 per share and expires on April 29, 2016. At any time following the Reverse Split, the Roth Warrant may be cashlessly exercised by its holder by causing PSI to withhold a number of shares of its common stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of PSI Common Stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the Roth Warrant will occur without any cash being paid by the holder of the Roth Warrant. The Roth Warrant includes a requirement that PSI reserve a sufficient number of shares of its common stock solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of the Roth Warrant into shares of PSI Common Stock pursuant to the terms (and subject to the limitations) thereof. |
|
The Purchase Agreement provides that if (1) the shareholders meeting at which the shareholders of PSI will be asked to approve the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split is not held on or prior to the date (August 28, 2011) which is 120 days after the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, and/or (2) the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split are not effected on or prior to the date that is two business days after receipt of shareholder approval of the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split, then PSI is required to pay amounts representing liquidated damages to each of the investors. Specifically, in any such |
F-42
case PSI is required to pay each investor 1.5% of the aggregate amount invested by such investor for each 30-day period (or pro rata portion thereof) following the date by which the shareholders meeting should have been held or by which the Migratory Merger and the Reverse Split should have been effective, as applicable. |
On April 29, 2011, in connection with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization PSI Inc. and The W Group entered into a loan and security agreement with Harris, N.A., (Harris Agreement) which replaced the existing loan and security agreement that The W Group had with its senior lender prior to the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization. Pursuant to the Harris Agreement, among other things, the maximum loan amount was reduced from the maximum loan amount under The W Groups Prior Credit Agreement to reflect The W Groups repayment in full of its two previously outstanding term loans under the Prior Credit Agreement and the financial covenants under the Prior Credit Agreement were replaced with a new fixed charge coverage ratio covenant. The Harris Agreement provides for borrowings up to $35.0 million under a Revolving Line of Credit (Line of Credit) which is scheduled to mature on April 29, 2014. The Harris Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of PSI Inc. PSI. is required to meet certain financial covenants, including a minimum monthly fixed charge coverage ratio and a limitation on annual capital expenditures. The Harris Agreement also contains customary covenants and restrictions applicable to PSI Inc., including agreements to provide financial information, comply with laws, pay taxes and maintain insurance, restrictions on the incurrence of certain indebtedness, guarantees and liens, restrictions on mergers, acquisitions and certain dispositions of assets, and restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions. In addition, the Harris Agreement requires cash accounts to be held with Harris N.A. The cash deposits are swept by Harris N.A. daily and applied against the outstanding Line of Credit.
Under the Harris Agreement: (a) PSI Inc. is a party to the Harris Agreement and pledged all of its shares of The W Group to Harris N.A. as collateral for the line of credit; (b) there are no term loans; (c) the Line of Credit bears interest at Harris prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2010) plus an applicable margin ranging from 0% to 0.50% or, at PSI option, a portion of the Line of Credit can be designated to bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%; (d) the limitation on annual capital expenditures was increased from the limitation under The W Groups Prior Credit Agreement; (e) a maximum quarterly senior debt leverage ratio, which was included in the Prior Credit Agreement was eliminated; and (f) a fixed charge coverage ratio similar to the fixed charge coverage ratio in the Prior Credit Agreement was included, except that, this fixed charge coverage ratio under the Harris Agreement excludes historical debt service on the Term Notes (as discussed below) and certain other one-time expenses.
F-43
Index to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations
Page | ||||
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations of Power Solutions International, Inc. | ||||
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011
and for the year ended December 31, 2010 |
P-2 |
P-1
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations combines the consolidated historical statements of operations of Format, Inc. (Format) and the consolidated historical statements of operations of The W Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (The W Group) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, to reflect the completion of a reverse acquisition transaction, in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., (Merger Sub) a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.) (the Company) merged with and into The W Group, and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the reverse acquisition transaction, becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Prior to the consummation of the reverse acquisition transaction, Format was engaged, to a limited extent, in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC, and providing limited commercial printing services. Due to the nominal operations and assets of Format prior to the consummation of this reverse acquisition transaction and the other transactions entered into in connection therewith, this reverse acquisition transaction is accounted for as a recapitalization. This reverse acquisition transaction among Format, The W Group and PSI Merger Sub is referred to for purposes hereof as the Reverse Recapitalization. Concurrent with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, the Company completed a private placement (Private Placement) of shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of the Companys common stock for gross proceeds of $18,000,000 and the Company completed the refinancing of its bank debt (Bank Refinancing). The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations combine the historical statements of operations of Format, Inc. and The W Group for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, giving effect to the Reverse Recapitalization, Private Placement and Bank Refinancing (collectively the Transactions), as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010. Because the Reverse Recapitalization was consummated on April 29, 2011, the Consolidated Balance Sheet of Power Solutions International, Inc. as of June 30, 2011, which is included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, already reflects the actual effects of the Transactions on the financial position of the Company. Accordingly, a pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2011 has not been presented, in accordance with Regulation S-X, 17 CFR Part 210.11-02 (c) (1).
Also, in connection with and prior to the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization, the board of directors approved a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of shares of the Companys common stock (Reverse Split) and a migratory merger for purposes of changing the Companys jurisdiction of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware (Migratory Merger), each of which is discussed further below. In connection with the Private Placement, each of the Companys current shareholders who is also an officer and/or director of the Company entered into a voting agreement (collectively, the Voting Agreements), pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of the Companys common stock and preferred stock, as applicable, in favor of the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger and any other matters as may be necessary or advisable to consummate both. The persons who entered into the Voting Agreements hold, in the aggregate, a substantial majority of the voting securities of the Company. Accordingly, approval of the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger is probable, and the shareholder approval contingency related to the Reverse Split and Migratory Merger is deemed satisfied. The effects of the Reverse Split and Migratory Merger are reflected in the pro forma results presented herein as well.
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are presented to illustrate the estimated effects of the Transactions. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements were prepared using the historical financial statements of Format, Inc. and The W Group for the six months ended June 30, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010.
The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the Transactions, the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger and factually supportable. Additionally, the pro forma adjustments related to the statements of operations are expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results and are based on available data and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable.
The following information should be read in conjunction with the pro forma combined financial statements.
|
Accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations |
|
Separate historical financial statements of Format, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 as filed in its annual report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission |
|
Separate historical financial statements of Format, Inc. for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as filed in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission |
|
Separate historical financial statements of The W Group for the year ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus |
|
Separate historical financial statements of Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.), giving effect to the Reverse Recapitalization, for the six months ended June 30, 2011 included in this prospectus |
P-2
The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of what the results of operations actually would have been had the Transactions, the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger been completed at the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations do not purport to project the future operating results of the combined company.
The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are presented as a reverse recapitalization based upon the substance and intent of the transaction as guided by paragraph 12100 of Topic 12 of the SEC Financial Reporting Manual. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are presented as a continuation of The W Groups statements of operations. As the Transactions occurred on April 29, 2011 and are reflected in the Companys financial position as of June 30, 2011 as set forth in the Companys unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, a pro forma balance sheet is not required to be presented herein.
P-3
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
OF
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2011
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Historical | Pro Forma |
Pre-Reverse Split Combined |
Post-Reverse Split Combined |
|||||||||||||||||||
The W Group, Inc. | Format, Inc. | Adjustments | Notes | Pro Forma | Pro Forma | |||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 66,682 | $ | 10 | $ | (10 | ) | a | $ | 66,682 | $ | 66,682 | ||||||||||
Cost of sales |
54,218 | | | 54,218 | 54,218 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
12,464 | 10 | (10 | ) | 12,464 | 12,464 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Engineering |
2,008 | | | 2008 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||
Selling and service |
3,167 | | | 3,167 | 3,167 | |||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
2,426 | 33 | (33 | ) | a | 2,426 | 2,426 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
7,601 | 33 | (33 | ) | 7,601 | 7,601 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating income |
4,863 | (23 | ) | 23 | 4,863 | 4,863 | ||||||||||||||||
Other (income) expense: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
930 | | (211 | ) | b | 539 | 539 | |||||||||||||||
(148 | ) | b | ||||||||||||||||||||
(73 | ) | c | ||||||||||||||||||||
41 | c | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on debt extinguishment |
485 | (485 | ) | d | | | ||||||||||||||||
Other (income) expense |
658 | 20 | (767 | ) | d | (109 | ) | (109 | ) | |||||||||||||
(20 | ) | a | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
2,790 | (3 | ) | 1,646 | 4,433 | 4,433 | ||||||||||||||||
Income tax provision |
1,215 | 1 | (1 | ) | a | 1,594 | 1,594 | |||||||||||||||
379 | e | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 1,575 | $ | (4 | ) | $ | 1,268 | $ | 2,839 | $ | 2,839 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings (loss) |
$ | 1,575 | $ | (4 | ) | $ | 1,268 | $ | 2,839 | $ | 2,839 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocable to Series A Convertible Preferred Shares |
f | $ | 2,742 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocable to Common Shares |
f | $ | 97 | $ | 2,839 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average preferred shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
g | 113,961 | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
113,961 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
3,770,083 | h | 10,770,083 | 9,833,350 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
3,770,083 | 10,770,083 | 9,833,350 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Undistributed Earnings per share Basic |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Series A Convertible Preferred Shares |
$ | 24.06 | $ | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Common Shares |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.29 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Undistributed Earnings per share Diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Series A Convertible Preferred Shares |
$ | 24.06 | $ | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Common Shares |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.29 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
P-4
Historical | Pro Forma |
Pre- Reverse Split Combined |
Post- Reverse Split Combined |
|||||||||||||||
The W Group, Inc. | Format, Inc. | Adjustments | Notes | Pro Forma | Pro Forma | |||||||||||||
Pro forma Preferred Shares, if converted |
303,895,749 | 96.58 | % | $ | 2,742 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
314,665,832 | ||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Common Shares |
10,770,083 | 3.42 | % | $ | 97 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
314,665,832 |
P-5
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
OF
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Historical | Pro Forma |
Pre-Reverse Split Combined |
Post-Reverse Split Combined |
|||||||||||||||||||
The W Group, Inc. | Format, Inc. | Adjustments | Notes | Pro Forma | Pro Forma | |||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 100,521 | $ | 78 | $ | (78 | ) | i | $ | 100,521 | $ | 100,521 | ||||||||||
Cost of sales |
83,894 | | | 83,894 | 83,894 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
16,627 | 78 | (78 | ) | 16,627 | 16,627 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Engineering |
3,846 | | | 3,846 | 3,846 | |||||||||||||||||
Selling and service |
5,465 | | | 5,465 | 5,465 | |||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
3,250 | 104 | (104 | ) | i | 3,250 | 3,250 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
12,561 | 104 | (104 | ) | 12,561 | 12,561 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
4,066 | (26 | ) | 26 | 4,066 | 4,066 | ||||||||||||||||
Other (income) expense: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
2,131 | | (736 | ) | j | 881 | 881 | |||||||||||||||
(418 | ) | j | ||||||||||||||||||||
(220 | ) | k | ||||||||||||||||||||
124 | k | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other (income) expense |
| (1 | ) | 1 | i | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
1,935 | (25 | ) | 1,275 | 3,185 | 3,185 | ||||||||||||||||
Income tax provision |
366 | 1 | (1 | ) | i | |||||||||||||||||
236 | l | 602 | 602 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 1,569 | $ | (26 | ) | $ | 1,040 | $ | 2,583 | $ | 2,583 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings (loss) |
$ | 1,569 | $ | (26 | ) | $ | 1,040 | $ | 2,583 | $ | 2,583 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocable to Series A Convertible Preferred Shares |
m | $ | 2,495 | $ | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings allocable to Common Shares |
m | $ | 88 | $ | 2,583 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average preferred shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
n | 113,961 | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
113,961 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
3,770,083 | o, p | 10,770,083 | 9,833,350 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
3,770,083 | 10,770,083 | 9,833,350 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Undistributed Earnings per share Basic |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Series A convertible Preferred Shares |
$ | 21.89 | $ | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Common Shares |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Undistributed Earnings per share Diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Series A convertible Preferred Shares |
$ | 21.89 | $ | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Common Shares |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
P-6
Historical | Pro Forma |
Pre- Reverse Split Combined |
Post- Reverse Split Combined |
|||||||||||||||
The W Group, Inc. | Format, Inc. | Adjustments | Notes | Pro Forma | Pro Forma | |||||||||||||
Pro forma Preferred Shares, if converted |
303,895,749 | 96.58 | % | $ | 2,495 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
314,665,832 | ||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma Common Shares |
10,770,083 | 3.42 | % | $ | 88 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
314,665,832 |
P-7
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | Description of Transaction and Basis of Presentation |
On April 29, 2011, Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.) (the Company) completed a reverse acquisition transaction pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger (the Merger Agreement), in which PSI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (Merger Sub), merged with and into The W Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (The W Group), and The W Group remained as the surviving corporation of the merger, becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Prior to the consummation of the reverse acquisition transaction, Format was engaged, to a very limited extent, in EDGARizing corporate documents for filing with the SEC, and providing limited commercial printing services. Due to the nominal operations and assets of Format immediately prior to the consummation of this reverse acquisition transaction and other transactions entered into in connection therewith, Format may be deemed to have been a shell company (as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) prior to consummation of the reverse acquisition transaction. The transaction is considered to be a capital transaction and as such is the equivalent to the issuance of common stock by The W Group for the net monetary assets of Format, Inc. accompanied by a recapitalization. For accounting purposes, The W Group is treated as the continuing reporting entity, and this reverse acquisition transaction is accounted for as a recapitalization. This reverse acquisition transaction among Format, The W Group, and PSI Merger Sub is referred to for purposes hereof as the Reverse Recapitalization. As a result, the historical financial statements of The W Group constitute the historical financial statements of the Company, giving effect to the reverse acquisition transaction.
Concurrent with the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, pursuant to a purchase agreement (the Purchase Agreement), the Company completed a private placement (Private Placement) of shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (Company Preferred Stock), together with warrants (Private Placement Warrants) to purchase shares of the Companys common stock (Company Common Stock), to accredited investors, receiving total gross proceeds of $18,000,000 at the closing of the Private Placement. The incremental transaction costs incurred by The W Group were charged pro rata to equity and expenses based on the cash received and allocated between the Company Preferred Stock and the Private Placement Warrants in proportion to their respective estimated fair values. The transaction costs incurred by Format, Inc. (i.e., the Company prior to the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, which is also referred to herein as Format) were expensed.
In connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the Company entered into a stock repurchase and debt satisfaction agreement (Repurchase Agreement), dated as of April 29, 2011, with Ryan Neely, Formats sole director and executive officer immediately prior to the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, and his wife, Michelle Neely. Pursuant to this agreement, at the time the Reverse Recapitalization was completed, (1) Format repurchased 3,000,000 shares of Format common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely, which represented approximately 79.57% of the shares of Format common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, and immediately thereafter these shares were cancelled; and (2) Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely terminated all of their right, title and interest in and to, and released Format from any and all obligations it had with respect to, the loans made by Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely to Format (which as of April 29, 2011 was approximately $114,000), in exchange for a cash payment of $360,000. As part of the Repurchase Agreement, Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely also released Format from any other obligations owed to them which included the balance of accrued liabilities on Formats balance sheet of approximately $50,000. The remaining liabilities of Format, which consisted of accounts payable, were settled in connection with but prior to, the consummation of the recapitalization with the available cash on Formats balance sheet, and Format also transferred to Ryan Neely all of its rights and obligations under the real property lease relating to Formats sole office space. In addition, assets, consisting of prepaid expenses, office equipment and furniture, with a net book value of approximately $5,000, were written off.
The Reverse Recapitalization and Private Placement occurred in a series of steps outlined below:
|
Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, Format repurchased 3,000,000 shares of Format common stock from Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely, which represented approximately 79.57% of the shares of Company Common Stock outstanding and immediately thereafter cancelled these shares. |
|
At the closing of the Reverse Recapitalization, the Company issued an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 95,960.90289 shares of Company Preferred Stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group. The Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock each have a par value of $0.001 per share. No cash consideration arose relating to this exchange. |
P-8
|
The Company received gross proceeds of $18,000,000 from the Private Placement of 18,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock together with Private Placement Warrants at a purchase price of $1,000 per share, including the related warrants. Each share of Company Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 2,666.666667 shares of Company Common Stock, subject to certain limitations, at an initial conversion price of $0.375 per share, subject to adjustment. The shares of Company Preferred Stock are initially convertible into an aggregate of 48,000,007 shares of Company Common Stock subject to certain limitations. For every share of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Company Preferred Stock purchased in the Private Placement, each investor in the Private Placement also received a warrant to purchase initially one-half of a share of Company Common Stock at an initial exercise price of $0.40625, subject to certain adjustments. The Private Placement Warrants represent the right to purchase initially an aggregate of 24,000,007 shares of Company Common Stock, subject to limitations set forth in the Private Placement Warrants. |
|
In connection with the Private Placement, the Company also issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as compensation for its role as placement agent, a warrant to purchase initially 3,360,000 shares of Company Common Stock, subject to certain limitations on exercise set forth in the Roth Warrant, at an initial exercise price of $0.4125 per share, subject to adjustment. |
|
Concurrent with the repurchase of Format shares of common stock from Ryan and Michelle Neely pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, The W Group repaid its outstanding obligations with its former lender, Fifth Third Bank (Prior Credit Agreement) and Power Solutions International, Inc. and The W Group entered into a new credit agreement (Credit Agreement) with Harris N.A. (Harris). |
|
In connection with, and prior to the consummation of, the Reverse Recapitalization, the board of directors of Format approved a 1-for-32 reverse stock split of issued and outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock, immediately following the effectiveness of which every 32 issued and outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock will automatically convert into one share of Company Common Stock (Reverse Split). |
|
Further, in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, the board of directors of Format approved the migratory merger of the Company with and into a Delaware corporation that will be newly-created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which migratory merger will be effected for the purpose of changing the Companys jurisdiction of incorporation from Nevada to Delaware (Migratory Merger). The parties agreed that the Reverse Split will be effected through the consummation of the Migratory Merger, whereby each 32 shares of Company Common Stock will be converted into one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger. The consummation of the Migratory Merger will constitute the Reverse Split for all purposes, as contemplated by the transaction documents entered into in connection with the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization and Private Placement. The consummation by the Company of the Migratory Merger (and accordingly, the Reverse Split) is subject to the approval of the Companys shareholders. |
In connection with the Private Placement each of the Companys current shareholders who was a stockholder of The W Group and who received shares pursuant to the Reverse Recapitalization, or who received stock as a gift from the stockholders of The W Group, entered into a voting agreement (collectively, the Voting Agreements), pursuant to which such person agreed to vote his shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock, as applicable, in favor of the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger. The persons who entered into the Voting Agreements hold, in the aggregate, a substantial majority of the voting securities of the Company. Accordingly, approval of the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger is probable, and the shareholder approval contingency related to the Reverse Split and the Migratory Merger is deemed substantially satisfied.
2. | Pro Forma Adjustments |
There were no inter-company balances and transactions between Format, Inc. and The W Group for the periods of these pro forma combined statements of operations, except for the payment of $20,000 in March 2011 by The W Group to Format as consideration for the extension of a deadline for the consummation of the Reverse Recapitalization and related transactions, which has been eliminated in the pro forma statements of operations as a result of the Reverse Recapitalization.
The pro forma combined provision for income taxes reflects the amounts anticipated for the Company and does not reflect the amounts that would have resulted had Format, Inc. and The W Group filed consolidated tax returns during the period presented. The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are as follows:
P-9
Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations Adjustments
Because the Reverse Recapitalization was consummated on April 29, 2011, the pro forma adjustments on the combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 reflect the pro forma impact of the Reverse Recapitalization and other related transactions on the operating results of the Company from January 1, 2011 until April 29, 2011, the day of closing, as if the transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010. Amounts presented in the historical Statement of Operations of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2011 reflect the results of on-going business operations of Power Solutions International, Inc. (through its wholly-owned subsidiary, The W Group) from April 30, 2011 through June 30, 2011, which incorporate any recurring benefits or additional charges as a result of the Reverse Recapitalization and other transactions, such as lower interest expense than periods prior to April 29, 2011, as a result of the bank refinancing.
The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the pro forma impact of the Reverse Recapitalization and other related transactions as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010. These Reverse Recapitalization and related transactions were actually consummated on April 29, 2011. Accordingly, the pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the following adjustments:
Six months ended June 30, 2011
a) | In accordance with the accounting for an entity with nominal operations and assets under a reverse recapitalization transaction, each element of Formats net income is closed to retained earnings and reclassified as part of the preferred equity of the Company. |
b) | To record the estimated interest expense reduction of (i) approximately $211,000 from the application of a portion of the net proceeds from the Private Placement to fully repay Term Note A and Term Note B and apply the remaining net proceeds against the revolving line of credit, as if these obligations had been repaid as of January 1, 2010 and (ii) approximately $148,000 representing the incremental interest expense reduction arising from an overall interest rate reduction of 200 basis points on the Companys remaining line of credit borrowings attributable to the Bank Refinancing. |
For both the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company determined the total pro forma reduction in interest expense by comparing actual interest expense (excluding loan fee amortization) recorded on the Companys term loans A and B, and the Companys revolving line of credit with its prior lender, to the anticipated interest expense under the new credit facility with Harris N.A., after taking into account the available proceeds from the Private Placement to pay off the term loans in full, and to pay down a portion of the Companys new line of credit (estimated at $3.0 million as of January 1, 2010), once all cash expenses and other cash payments described in the pro forma adjustments were considered.
The Harris N.A. credit facility involves no term loans, and the interest rate used in the Companys pro forma calculation is the optional contractual rate of the new revolving line of credit of 3.50%, which represents the choice at January 1, 2010 of the lesser of the interest rate options granted to the Company: either (1) the Harris N.A. prime rate, which was 3.25% at December 31, 2010 and April 29, 2011, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50%; or (2) LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%. The Companys pro forma adjustment accordingly reflects the latter LIBOR rate option, which equates to 3.50%.
The Companys prior revolving credit line allowed the Company to designate a LIBOR-based interest rate, plus an applicable margin, which equated to 5.50% at both April 29, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The actual interest rate on prior term loans A and B were 7.50% and 5.50%, respectively, as of April 29, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Thus, the Companys average interest rate was approximately 5.86% for the year-to-date period ended April 29, 2011 (at the closing of the Transactions), and 5.82% for the year ended December 31, 2010, including interest on less than $50,000 for two vehicle loans, at the end of each reporting period, respectively.
The Companys pro forma interest expense reduction is the sum of (1) all of the interest expense that would have been incurred on the Companys term loans; (2) an interest savings of 3.5% under the new Harris credit facility on the portion of the revolving line of credit that was paid down; and (3) a two hundred basis point interest rate reduction on the Companys remaining revolving line of credit borrowings, representing the difference between 5.5% under the Prior Credit Agreement and 3.5% under the new Credit Agreement.
c) | To recognize approximately $41,000 (year-to-date April 29, 2011) of amortization of the $374,000 total loan fees associated with the new three-year Harris revolving line of credit, and to eliminate approximately $73,000 (year-to-date April 29, 2011) of loan fee amortization associated with the Prior Credit Agreement, which annual amortization was $220,000. |
d) | To eliminate the non-recurring expenses of (1) a loss on debt extinguishment of $485,000 for the write off of unamortized deferred financing fees arising from the repayment of its existing obligations under its Prior Credit Agreement and (2) transaction costs of $767,000 included in the statement of operations and arising from the allocation of costs associated with the Private Placement. |
e) | To record the estimated additional tax expense of $379,000. Of the total, approximately $168,000 was due to $391,000 of taxable transactions identified in Note b and Note c by utilizing the Companys estimated annual effective tax rate of 43.5%, which approximates the federal statutory rate of 34.0%, plus state income taxes, plus permanent differences primarily resulting from the non-deductible portion of $767,000 of certain transaction costs, offset by applicable research tax credits generated and used. Income tax expense also includes $211,000 representing the tax benefit arising from the loss on debt extinguishment of $485,000 which is eliminated due to its non-recurring nature. |
f) | Under the two-class method, 96.58% of the undistributed earnings were allocated to the Company Preferred Stock, and 3.42% were allocated to the Company Common Stock based upon the relative number of shares of each type of stock to the total of the combined shares on a post conversion basis, because the Company Preferred Stock participates in earnings on a one-to-one basis with Company Common Stock, as if this stock had been converted. Thus, the Company Preferred Stock was allocated $2,742,000 of undistributed earnings, calculated as follows: |
113,960.90289 | Company Preferred Stock | |||
2,666.666667 | Conversion rate | |||
|
|
|||
303,895,749 | Converted Company Common Stock 1 | |||
10,770,083 | Company Common Stock | |||
|
|
|||
314,665,832 | Total Company Common Stock | |||
96.58 | % | Percent allocable to Converted Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 2,742,000 | Undistributed earnings to Converted Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
|||
3.42 | % | Percent allocable to Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 97,000 | Undistributed earnings to Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
P-10
1 Reflects rounding up of fractional shares.
g) | 113,960.90289 shares of Company Preferred Stock represents the sum of 95,960.90289 shares issued to the three stockholders of The W Group upon conversion of all of their stock in The W Group in the Reverse Recapitalization, plus the 18,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock issued in the Private Placement. |
h) | 10,770,083 shares of Company Common Stock represents the 10,000,000 shares issued to the three stockholders of The W Group upon conversion of all of their stock in The W Group in the Reverse Recapitalization; plus the 770,083 remaining shares of Company Common Stock of Format, Inc., after the repurchase of 3,000,000 shares from its former director and officer, Ryan Neely and his wife, Michelle Neely. See post-Reverse Split earnings per share calculation which follows for the determination of 9,833,350 shares of post-Reverse Split Company Common Stock outstanding on a pro forma basis. |
P-11
Year ended December 31, 2010
i) | In accordance with the accounting for an entity with nominal operations and assets under a reverse recapitalization transaction, each element of Formats net income was closed to retained earnings and reclassified as part of the preferred equity of the Company. |
j) | To record the estimated interest expense reduction of approximately $736,000 arising from the application of the proceeds from the Private Placement to fully repay Term Note A and Term Note B and apply the remaining proceeds against the revolving line of credit as if these obligations had been repaid as of January 1, 2010. Additional interest expense reduction of approximately $418,000 was estimated as arising from an overall interest rate reduction of 200 basis points on the Companys remaining line of credit borrowings that are attributable to the Bank Refinancing. See Note b for an explanation of the process the Company used to estimate its pro forma interest expense adjustments. |
k) | To recognize approximately $124,000 (or one-third) of amortization of the $374,000 total loan fees associated with the new three-year Harris revolving line of credit. To eliminate approximately $220,000 of annual loan fee amortization associated with the Prior Credit Agreement, as presented on page F-30, Note 2, Summary of significant accounting policies-Other noncurrent assets in the historical financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. |
l) | To record the estimated additional tax expense of $236,000 arising from approximately $1,250,000 in taxable transactions identified in Note j and Note k at the Companys estimated annual effective tax rate of 18.9% for 2010, which approximates the federal statutory rate of 34.0%, plus state income taxes, offset most significantly by applicable research tax credits generated and used, as well as other permanent differences. There are no tax-versus-book differences expected to arise from these items. |
m) | Under the two-class method, 96.58% of the undistributed earnings were allocated to the Company Preferred Stock, and 3.42% were allocated to the Company Common Stock based upon the relative number of shares of each type of stock to the total of the combined shares on a post conversion basis, because the Company Preferred Stock participates in earnings on a one-to-one basis with Company Common Stock, as if this stock had been converted. Thus, the Company Preferred Stock was allocated $2,495,000 of undistributed earnings, calculated as follows: |
113,960.90289 | Company Preferred Stock | |||
2,666.666667 | Conversion rate | |||
|
|
|||
303,895,749 | Converted Company Common Stock 2 | |||
10,770,083 | Company Common Stock | |||
|
|
|||
314,665,832 | Total Company Common Stock | |||
96.58 | % | Percent allocable to Converted Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 2,495,000 | Undistributed earnings to Converted Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
|||
3.42 | % | Percent allocable to Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 88,000 | Undistributed earnings to Company Common Stock | ||
|
|
n) | 113,960.90289 shares of Company Preferred Stock represents the sum of 95,960.90289 shares issued to the three stockholders of The W Group as part of the exchange for all of their stock in The W Group in the Reverse Recapitalization, plus the 18,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock issued in the Private Placement. |
2 Reflects rounding up of fractional shares.
o) | 10,770,083 shares of Company Common Stock represents the 10,000,000 shares issued to the three stockholders of The W Group as part of the exchange for all of their stock in The W Group in the Reverse Recapitalization; plus, the 770,083 remaining shares of Company Common Stock of Format, Inc., after the repurchase of 3,000,000 shares from its former director and officer, Ryan Neely and his wife, Michelle Neely. |
p) | See post-Reverse Split earnings per share calculation which follows for the determination of 9,833,350 shares of post-Reverse Split Company Common Stock outstanding on a pro forma basis |
P-12
3. | Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share |
The Company computes earnings per share by applying the guidance stated in ASC 260, Earnings per Share , to determine the net income (loss) available per share of its common stock. Pro forma earnings per share (EPS) is calculated as if the Reverse Recapitalization had occurred as of January 1, 2010, using the two-class method before taking into account the Reverse Split, because the convertible preferred shares participate in any undistributed earnings with the common shareholders, specifically, on a one-to-one, as-if converted basis. Thus, under the two-class method, earnings allocated to preferred shares are based upon the proportion of the as if converted preferred shares to the combined total of pro forma common shares, plus the as if converted shares. EPS under the two-class method is then calculated by dividing these allocated earnings by the weighted average of the pro forma, unconverted number of common and preferred shares outstanding during the reporting period.
Upon the Reverse Split, the shares of Company Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Company Common Stock. As a result, the pro forma net income (loss) per share will then be calculated under the treasury stock method, as consolidated net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average shares of the Company Common Stock of Format, Inc. (the legal acquiror) immediately after the Reverse Split, with restatement of the shares for both the Reverse Recapitalization and the Reverse Split, both of which are also presumed to have occurred as of January 1, 2010.
Diluted earnings per share, under both the two-class method and the treasury stock method, is calculated by evaluating the dilutive effect of potential shares of Company Common Stock issuable per the terms of the Company Preferred Stock, Private Placement Warrants and the Roth Warrant, as described below.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company Preferred Stock is initially convertible at the option of the holder at any time, subject to limitation based upon the shareholders proportion of the available shares for conversion, and will automatically convert to common shares upon effectiveness of the Reverse Split at a conversion price of $12.00 per share ($0.375 pre-Reverse Split), subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits, or other subdivisions or reclassifications of Company Common Stock. The conversion of all the preferred shares could be considered contingent upon a substantive event other than market price triggers, which, per ASC 260-10-45-43, requires that the converted shares not be included in diluted EPS until such time that the contingency (in this case, shareholder approval of the Reverse Split) has been met. However, approval of the Reverse Split is controlled by the majority shareholders of the Company, who have agreed to vote in favor of the Reverse Split pursuant to voting agreements entered into in connection with the Reverse Recapitalization and the Private Placement, and have therefore substantially resolved the contingency. Accordingly, all shares of Company Preferred Stock have been evaluated for their dilutive effect in the calculation of pro forma diluted EPS, and for purposes of the two-class method described above, Company Preferred Stock has already been considered in the calculation of basic earnings per share.
The Company Preferred Stock is subject to full-ratchet anti-dilution whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of Company Common Stock at a price below the then-current conversion price of the Company Preferred Stock, subject to specified exceptions, the conversion price of the Company Preferred Stock will be reduced to the effective price of Company Common Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued).
The Purchase Agreement for the Private Placement also contains the following provision, which may be deemed to be a form of anti-dilution protection and which creates a contingency that requires potential consideration in the diluted EPS computation: if prior to the earlier of (a) the second anniversary of the date on which the initial Registration Statement is declared effective, as described previously in this document and (b) 180 days after the closing of a firm commitment public underwritten offering of equity securities resulting in gross proceeds of not less than $15.0 million, the Company issues equity securities in a public or private offering (or series of related offerings) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $5.0 million at or below a pre-determined effective price per share (Reset Price), the Company will have to issue to each investor in the Private Placement (1) additional shares of Company Common Stock so that after giving effect to such issuance, the effective price per share of Company Common Stock acquired by such investors in the Private Placement will be equal to the Reset Price and (2) additional Private Placement Warrants covering a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to 50% of the shares of Company Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (1) above. These provisions are not triggered based on the market price of the Companys Common Stock, but rather on the issuance by the Company of additional equity securities below an effective price per share of $0.375 ($12.00 per share giving effect to the Reverse Split). The contingent issuance of additional common shares as a result of the anti-dilution protection provisions discussed above represents a market-based contingency that does not become a reality until the Company issues securities in the manner described above. The Companys discretion in this matter, and the inability to determine the variable number of additional common shares to be issued, makes the adjustment for these potential shares indeterminable until these events occur. Thus, such potential shares are not considered in the diluted EPS calculation.
Lastly, because the preferred stock grants the right to participate in undistributed earnings with Company Common Stock, it is considered a participating security, and the Company has applied the two-class method to calculate per share amounts for distributed and undistributed earnings required under ASC 260-10-45, until all of the shares of preferred stock convert into shares of Company Common Stock. Upon consummation of the Reverse Split, the Company Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Company Common Stock, and the two-class method to calculate earnings per share will no longer apply.
P-13
Private Placement Warrants
For
every
share of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Company Preferred Stock purchased by
investors in the Private Placement,
each investor
in the Private Placement
also
received
a warrant
to
purchase
one-half
of a
share of the Company
Common Stock at an
initial
exercise price of $0.40625 per share ($13.00 per share post-Reverse Split)
, subject to adjustment for non-cash dividends, distributions, stock splits or other reorganizations or reclassifications
of Company Common Stock. These warrants represent the right to purchase a total of 24,000,007
shares (
750,002
shares post-Reverse Split)
of Company Common Stock
upon exercise of
the Private Placement Warrants, but the Private Placement Warrants are not exercisable
prior to
the
effectiveness
of the Reverse Split
. The Private Placement Warrants are subject to
full-ratchet anti-dilution
protection similar to the anti-dilution protection provisions of the Company Preferred Stock,
whereby, upon the issuance (or deemed issuance) of shares of Company Common Stock at a price below the then-current
exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants, subject to specified exceptions, the exercise price of the Private Placement Warrants shall be reduced to the effective price of
the
Company Common Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued). As
described in further detail above, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, under the circumstances described above additional
shares of Company Common Stock and additional warrants
may be issued to the investors in the Private
Placement in the event that the Company issues equity securities in one or a series of related offerings at an effective price per share of
the
Company Common Stock at or below an effective price per share of $
0.375,
subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends
, and
other reclassifications or combinations of
the
Company Common Stock
(which
effective price per share will
, accordingly,
be $12.00
immediately following the effectiveness of the Migratory
Merge
r and the Reverse Split
.
See Series A Convertible Preferred Stock above for a detailed description of this
anti-dilution protection provision. At any time beginning six months after the closing of the Private Placement at which the Company is required to register the shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants pursuant to the
registration rights agreement entered into in connection with Private Placement, but such shares may not be freely sold to the public
, the
Private Placement Warrants may be cashlessly exercised by
their
holders
. The warrant holders may cashlessly exercise the Private Placement Warrants by causing the Company to withhold a number of shares of Company Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such
exercise having a value, based upon the market price of Company Common Stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will occur
without any cash being paid by the holders of the Private Placement Warrants. The treasury stock method has been applied to determine the number of treasury shares assumed to be purchased from the proceeds of warrant exercises, with any residual
shares representing the incremental shares of Company Common Stock to be issued and included in diluted EPS. The average market price of the Company Common Stock during the reporting period is used to approximate the number of treasury shares
repurchased from the proceeds of an assumed warrant exercise. Since the Company Common Stock was not actively traded during 2010 and the first
half
of 2011,
the Companys
recent valuation has been
used and assumed to have remained the same throughout the period.
Managements
estimated
fair value of $10.08 per common share results in an excess number of treasury shares purchased over the
number of shares issued upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants at $13.00 per share; thus, the Private Placement Warrants were not considered dilutive securities.
Roth Warrant
A warrant representing the right to purchase initially
3,360,000 shares of Company Common Stock at an initial exercise price of $0.4125 per share
, subject to adjustment upon the effectiveness of the Reverse Split
($13.20 per share post-Reverse Split)
and non-cash dividends, distributions,
stock splits, or other reorganizations or reclassifications of Company Common Stock,
was issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC in their capacity as placement agent in the Private Placement
, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in this
warrant
. The Roth Warrant is not exercisable before the effective date of the Reverse Split, and thereafter is exercisable immediately, and has been evaluated for its potentially dilutive effect using the treasury stock method
.
, as described above for the Private Placement Warrants. Unlike the Private Placement Warrants, the Roth Warrant does not contain and is not subject to price-based anti-dilution protection.
At any time following the Reverse Split,
the Roth Warrant may be cashlessly exercised by its holder by causing the Company to withhold a number of shares of Company Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such exercise having a value, based upon the market price of Company Common
Stock, equal to the aggregate exercise price associated with such exercise. In other words, in such circumstances, the exercise of the Roth Warrant will occur without any cash being paid by the holder of the Roth Warrant. An excess number of
treasury shares could be purchased with the proceeds from exercise of the Roth Warrant, resulting in exclusion of the Roth Warrant from diluted EPS.
The table below presents the computation of undistributed earnings that are available to be allocated to participating securities (i.e., the convertible preferred shares and common shares) under the two-class method, followed by a table depicting earnings per share for each participating security which is derived from the allocation of undistributed earnings to each type of participating security divided by the weighted average of pro forma shares of those securities that were outstanding during the reporting period. This EPS calculation is presented on the face of the Pro forma Combined Statements of Operations.
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): |
Six months ended
June 30, 2011 |
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
Net Income |
$2,839 | $2,583 | ||||||||||||||
Less dividends paid: |
||||||||||||||||
Preferred |
$ | | $ | | ||||||||||||
Common |
| | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Undistributed earnings |
$2,839 | $2,583 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
P-14
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): |
Six months ended
June 30, 2011 |
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||
Allocation of undistributed earnings (Basic and diluted earnings per share amounts): |
||||||||||||||||
Preferred
Stock |
Common
Stock |
Preferred
Stock |
Common
Stock |
|||||||||||||
Distributed earnings |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Undistributed earnings |
24.06 | 0.01 | 21.89 | 0.01 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Totals |
$ | 24.06 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 21.89 | $ | 0.01 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-15
Anti-dilutive potential common shares excluded from the diluted earnings per share computation:
Roth Warrant: 3,360,000 shares of Company Common Stock pre-Reverse Split; 105,000 shares post-Reverse Split; exercise price $13.20 post-Reverse Split; average share price of Company Common Stock is $10.08 (post-Reverse-Split)
Private Placement Warrants: 24,000,007 shares of Company Common Stock pre-Reverse Split; 750,002 shares post-Reverse Split; exercise price $13.00 post-Reverse Split; average share price of Company Common Stock is $10.08 (post-Reverse-Split)
On a post-Reverse Split basis, the Company Preferred Stock will no longer exist, and with no other participating securities, the two-class method for the EPS calculation would no longer apply.
Because the preferred shares are convertible automatically upon the effectiveness of the Reverse Split, which is probable because of voting agreements consummated by the majority shareholders which approve the Reverse Split, the preferred shares are substantively equivalent to common shares on a post-Reverse Split basis, and are included as such in the basic earnings per share calculation on this basis.
Following is the calculation of earnings per share on a post-Reverse Split basis:
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Six months ended
June 30, 2011 |
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
||||||
Post-Reverse Split |
||||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 2,839 | $ | 2,583 | ||||
Denominator: |
||||||||
Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding used for basic earnings per share: |
||||||||
Shares originally issued as common |
336,597 | 336,597 | ||||||
Shares automatically converted to common |
9,496,753 | 9,496,753 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding |
9,833,350 | 9,833,350 | ||||||
Basic Earnings per Share |
$ | 0.29 | $ | 0.26 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||
Outstanding private placement warrants |
| | ||||||
Outstanding Roth warrant |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Pro forma weighted-average common and potential common shares outstanding for diluted earnings per share |
9,833,350 | 9,833,350 | ||||||
Diluted Earnings per Share |
$ | 0.29 | $ | 0.26 | ||||
|
|
|
|
P-16
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
Set forth below is an estimate of the approximate amount of fees and expenses payable by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares. The registrant will pay all of these expenses. All expenses other than the SEC registration fee are estimated.
Approximate
Amount |
||||
SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 882 | ||
Accounting Fees and Expenses |
90,000 | |||
Legal Fees and Expenses |
200,000 | |||
Miscellaneous |
10,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 300,882 | ||
|
|
Item 14. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as amended, provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and agents against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation. Section 78.751 of the Nevada Revised Statutes provides that the indemnification pursuant to Section 78.7502 does not exclude any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under the articles of incorporation, any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The registrants amended and restated bylaws (i) provide for the indemnification of the registrants directors with regards to actions by or in the right of the registrant, (ii) provide for indemnification of the registrants directors to the fullest extent permitted by the registrant with regards to other actions, and (iii) allow the registrant to indemnify its officers, employees and agents to the extent determined by the registrants board of directors.
In addition, the registrants articles of incorporation provides that no director or officer of the registrant will be personally liable to the registrant or its shareholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for liability (i) for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, or (ii) for the payment of dividends in violation of Nevada law.
The registrant may enter into indemnification agreements with each of the registrants directors and executive officers, which will provide for mandatory indemnification of an executive officer or a director made party to a proceeding by reason of the fact that the person is or was an executive officer or a director of ours, if the executive officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner the executive officer or director reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the registrants best interests and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, the executive officer or director had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. Such agreements would also obligate the registrant to advance expenses to an executive officer or a director who may have a right to be indemnified by the registrant; provided, that the executive officer or director will repay advanced expenses if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. Under such agreements, the registrants
II-1
executive officers and directors would also be entitled to indemnification and indemnification for expenses incurred as a result of acting at the registrants request as a director, an officer or an agent of an employee benefit plan or other partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise owned or controlled by the registrant.
Upon the consummation of the Migratory Merger, the registrants jurisdiction of incorporation will change from Nevada to Delaware, and the registrant will be subject to Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides rights of directors and officers to indemnification that are substantially similar to those provided by Sections 78.7502 and 78.751 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. Pursuant to the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the private placement, and in connection with the migratory merger, the registrant has also agreed to a form of a certificate of incorporation and bylaws for the surviving entity in the migratory merger. The form of certificate of incorporation for the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger (i) provides for the indemnification of the registrants directors with regards to actions by or in the right of the registrant, (ii) provides for the indemnification of the registrants directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law with regards to other actions, and (iii) provides for the indemnification of the registrants officers, employees and agents to the extent determined by its board of directors.
In addition, the form of certificate of incorporation for the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger provides that the personal liability of the registrants directors is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the registrant or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for willful or negligent conduct in paying dividends or repurchasing stock out of other than lawfully available funds, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
The registrant also maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to the registrants directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments which may be made by it to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.
Item 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities |
During the past three years, the registrant has made the following sales of securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:
Reverse Recapitalization
On April 29, 2011, Format, Inc. (n/k/a Power Solutions International, Inc.) entered into an agreement and plan of merger and completed the reverse recapitalization. Pursuant to the merger agreement, all of the outstanding shares of common stock of The W Group held by the three stockholders of The W Group at the closing of the reverse recapitalization converted into, and Power Solutions International, Inc. issued to the three stockholders of The W Group, an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of the registrants common stock and 95,960.90289 shares of preferred stock.
The shares of preferred stock and shares of the registrants common stock issued to the former stockholders of The W Group in the reverse recapitalization were not registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state, and were in each case offered, sold and issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and the exemption from state securities law registration requirements provided by Section 18(b)(4)(D) of the Securities Act. The registrant relied on such exemptions based in part on written representations made by the former stockholders of The W Group in the respective transaction documents, including representations with respect to each stockholders status as an accredited investor and investment intent with respect to the acquired securities. To the extent that any shares of the registrants common stock are issued upon conversion of any shares of preferred stock issued in the reverse recapitalization, such shares of the registrants common stock will be issued in transactions anticipated to be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, because no commission or other remuneration will be paid in connection with such conversions and any resulting issuance of such shares of the registrants common stock.
II-2
Private Placement
Substantially concurrently with the closing of the reverse recapitalization, on April 29, 2011, the registrant entered into a purchase agreement with 29 accredited investors and consummated the private placement, pursuant to which the registrant issued to these investors an aggregate of 18,000 shares of preferred stock, together with warrants to purchase share of the registrants common stock, at a purchase price of $1,000 per share and related warrant, receiving total gross proceeds of approximately $18,000,000. The shares of preferred stock issued in the private placement are convertible into an aggregate of 48,000,007 shares of the registrants common stock, subject to limitations on conversion, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the certificate of designation for the preferred stock. For every one share of the registrants common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock purchased in the private placement, each investor in the private placement also received a warrant to purchase one-half of a share of the registrants common stock at an exercise price of $0.40625 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the private placement warrants. Accordingly, the warrants issued in the private placement represent the right to purchase an aggregate of 24,000,007 shares of the registrants common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in the warrants. In connection with the private placement, the registrant also issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC a warrant to purchase 3,360,000 shares of the registrants common stock, subject to limitations on exercise set forth in the Roth warrant, at an exercise price of $0.4125 per share and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Roth warrant.
The shares of preferred stock issued in the private placement, the warrants and the Roth warrant were offered, sold and issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, in each case as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and the exemption from state securities law registration requirements provided by Section 18(b)(4)(D) of the Securities Act. The registrant relied on such exemptions based in part on representations made by each of the investors in the private placement in the purchase agreement, or in the case of Roth Capital Partners, LLC, in the Roth warrant, including representations with respect to each investors status or the status of Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as applicable, as an accredited investor and investment intent with respect to the acquired securities. To the extent that any shares of the registrants common stock are issued upon conversion of any shares of preferred stock issued in the private placement, such shares of the registrants common stock will be issued in transactions anticipated to be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, because no commission or other remuneration will be paid in connection with such conversions and any resulting issuance of such shares of the registrants common stock. To the extent any shares of the registrants common stock are issued upon the exercise of any of the private placement warrants, and to the extent any shares of the registrants common stock are issued upon the exercise of the Roth warrant, such shares will be issued in transactions anticipated to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereunder or, in the case of cashless exercise of the private placement warrants or the Roth warrant, as applicable, Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.
Item 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
The Exhibits filed herewith are set forth on the Index to Exhibits filed as a part of this Registration Statement beginning on page II-6 hereof.
Item 17. | Undertakings |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
II-3
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Wood Dale, State of Illinois, on August 18, 2011.
Power Solutions International, Inc. (Registrant) |
||
By: |
/ S / THOMAS J. SOMODI |
|
Thomas J. Somodi | ||
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
Title |
Date |
||||
* Gary S. Winemaster |
Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) | August 18, 2011 | ||||
/ S / T HOMAS J. S OMODI Thomas J. Somodi |
Director, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | August 18, 2011 | ||||
* Kenneth J. Winemaster |
Director, Senior Vice President and Secretary | August 18, 2011 | ||||
* Kenneth Landini |
Director | August 18, 2011 | ||||
* H. Samuel Greenawalt |
Director | August 18, 2011 | ||||
*By: |
/ S / THOMAS J. SOMODI Thomas J. Somodi Attorney-in-Fact |
II-5
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
|
Exhibit Description |
|
2.1 | Agreement and Plan of Merger between Format, Inc., PSI Merger Sub, Inc. and The W Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
3.1 | Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.) adopted April 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
3.3 | Articles of Incorporation of Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.), originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on March 21, 2011, including the Articles of Merger originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on April 29, 2011 and the Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Power Solutions International, Inc. originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on April 29, 2011. | |
3.4 | Certificate of Incorporation of Power Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 12, 2011. | |
3.5 | Bylaws of Power Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, adopted August 12, 2011. | |
5.1 | Opinion of Woodburn and Wedge as to the validity of the shares registered. | |
10.1 | Stock Repurchase and Debt Satisfaction Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, between Format, Inc. and Ryan Neely and Michelle Neely (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.2 | Termination Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2011, between The W Group, Inc. and Thomas Somodi, including the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2011, between Gary Winemaster and Thomas Somodi referenced therein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.3 | Employment Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, between Power Solutions International, Inc. and Thomas Somodi (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.4 | Purchase Agreement, dated April 29, 2011, among Format, Inc. and the investors in the private placement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.5 | Form of Voting Agreement, dated April 29, 2011, between Power Solutions International, Inc. and each of Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster, Thomas Somodi and Kenneth Landini (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.6 | Form of Warrant, dated April 29, 2011, issued by Power Solutions International, Inc. to the investors in the private placement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.7 | Warrant, dated April 29, 2011, issued by Power Solutions International, Inc. to ROTH Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.8 | Form of Lock-Up Agreement entered into by each of Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster, Thomas Somodi and Kenneth Landini (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). |
II-6
10.9 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Power Solutions International, Inc., the investors in the private placement and ROTH Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.10 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Power Solutions International, Inc. and Gary Winemaster, Kenneth Winemaster and Thomas Somodi (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.11 | Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and among Harris N.A., as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Power Solutions International, Inc., The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC and XISync LLC, and related documents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.12 | Supply Agreement, dated December 11, 2007, by and between PSI International, LLC and Doosan Infracore Co., Ltd., as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.13 | Distribution Agreement for Perkins Products, dated January 1, 2004, by and between Perkins Engines Inc. and Power Great Lakes, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
10.14 | Consent and Waiver Agreement, dated January 20, 2011, by and among Fifth Third Bank, in its individual capacity and as agent for itself and other lenders party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, The W Group, Inc., Power Solutions, Inc., Power Great Lakes, Inc., Auto Manufacturing, Inc., Torque Power Source Parts, Inc., Power Properties, L.L.C., Power Production, Inc., Power Global Solutions, Inc., PSI International, LLC and XISync LLC (incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 1 to the registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed July 26, 2011). | |
10.15 | Industrial Lease Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and between Power Great Lakes, Inc. and Centerpoint Properties Trust (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, filed August 15, 2011). | |
10.16 | Industrial Space Lease Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2011, by and between Power Great Lakes, Inc. and Dickal 770 L.L.C. | |
10.17 | Lease Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2006, as amended, by and between Power Great Lakes, Inc. and AMB Partners II Local, L.P. | |
10.18 | Lease Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2004, as amended, by and between Power Great Lakes, Inc. and Gateway Jefferson, Inc. | |
16.1 | Letter from Miller Cooper & Co., Ltd. to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated May 20, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 16.1 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
16.2 | Letter from Jonathon P. Reuben, CPA, to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated May 5, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 16.2 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
21.1 | Subsidiaries of Power Solutions International, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21.1 to the registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, as amended, dated April 29, 2011). | |
23.1 | Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. | |
23.2 | Consent of Woodburn and Wedge (contained in Exhibit 5.1). | |
23.3 | Consent of Power Systems Research, Inc. | |
24 | Power of Attorney (see signature page). |
| Exhibits and schedules omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of an omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon request. |
| Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
II-7
Exhibit 3.3
STATE OF NEVADA
|
||||
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State
|
|
SCOTT W. ANDERSON Deputy Secretary for Commercial Recordings |
||
OFFICE OF THE | ||||
SECRETARY OF STATE |
Certified Copy
July 22, 2011
Job Number: | C20110722-0395 | |
Reference Number: | 00003181161-91 | |
Expedite: | ||
Through Date: |
The undersigned filing officer hereby certifies that the attached copies are true and exact copies of all requested statements and related subsequent documentation filed with the Secretary of States Office, Commercial Recordings Division listed on the attached report.
Document Number(s) | Description | Number of Pages | ||||
C7183-2001-001 | Articles of Incorporation | 9 Pages/1 Copies | ||||
20110323112-46 | Merge In | 6 Pages/1 Copies | ||||
20110323114-68 | Certificate of Designation | 17 Pages/1 Copies |
|
Respectfully, | |||||
|
||||||
ROSS MILLER | ||||||
Secretary of State |
Certified By: Christine Rakow
Certificate Number: C20110722-0395
You may verify this certificate
online at http://www.nvsos.gov/
Commercial Recording Division
202 N. Carson Street
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4069
Telephone (775) 684-5708
Fax (775) 684-7138
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF Format, Inc. |
|
I, the undersigned, for the purposes of incorporating and organizing a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, do execute these Articles of Incorporation and do hereby certify as follows:
FIRST. The name of this corporation is Format, Inc.
SECOND. The address of this corporations registered office in the State of Nevada is 502 East John Street, Carson City, Nevada 89706. The name of its resident agent at such address is CSC Services of Nevada, Inc.
THIRD. The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada.
FOURTH. The total number of shares of capital stock which this corporation shall have authority to issue is fifty five million (55,000,000) with a par value of $.001 per share amounting to $55,000.00. Fifty million (50,000,000) of those shares are Common Stock and five million (5,000,000) of those shares are Preferred Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote, in person or by proxy, on any matter on which action of the stockholders of this corporation is sought. The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote such shares, except (i) determined by the Board of Directors of this corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section (3) of ARTICLE FIFTH of these Articles of Incorporation, or (ii) as otherwise provided by the Nevada General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.
FIFTH. The Board of Directors of this corporation shall be, and hereby is, authorized and empowered, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of the Article FOURTH of these Articles of Incorporation, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Nevada, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of each such series. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:
(1) The number of shares constituting such series and the distinctive designation of such series;
1
(2) The dividend rate on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall he cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of such series;
(3) Whether such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
(4) Whether such series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion privileges, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate, in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
(5) Whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or date upon or after which those shares shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in the event of redemption, which amount may vary in different circumstances and at different redemption dates;
(6) Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of such series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;
(7) The rights of the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of such series; and
(8) Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of such series.
Dividends on issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment prior to any dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on the shares of Common Stock with respect to the same dividend period.
If, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation available for distribution to holders of shares of Preferred Stock of all series shall be insufficient to pay such holders the full and complete preferential amount to which such holders are entitled, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the shares of all series of Preferred Stock in accordance with the respective preferential amounts, including unpaid cumulative dividends, if any, payable with respect thereto.
SIXTH. The incorporator of this corporation is Michael J. Muellerleile, whose
2
mailing address is 1301 Dove Street, Suite 460, Newport Beach, California 92660.
SEVENTH. No director or officer of this corporation shall have any personal liability to this corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except that this Article Seventh shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer for (i) acts of omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law, or (ii) the payment of dividends in violation of the Nevada General Corporation Law. Any repeal or modification of this article by the stockholders of this corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director of this corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
EIGHTH. This corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision specified in these Articles of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Nevada at any such time then in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to these Articles of Incorporation in their present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this article.
NINTH. Capital stock issued by this corporation after the amount of the subscription price or par value therefor has been paid in full shall not be subject to pay debts of this corporation, and no capital stock issued by this corporation and for which payment has been made shall ever be assessable or assessed.
TENTH. (a) The affairs of this corporation shall be governed by a Board of Directors of not more than fifteen (15) persons nor less than one (1) person, as determined from time to time by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of this corporation; provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to reduce the term of any director at the time in office. The name and address of the initial member of the Board of Directors are:
1. |
Michelle Mirotto |
513 Calle Amigo
San Clemente, California 92673
(b) The Board of Directors of this corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes, as nearly equal in numbers as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. At the first annual meeting of stockholders of this corporation directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of those
3
stockholders, directors of the second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting, and directors of the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of those stockholders. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected and qualified. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of this corporation, the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Subject to the foregoing, at each annual meeting of stockholders the successors to the class of directors whose terms shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of this corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of this corporation), any director or the entire Board of Directors of this corporation may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of this corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the stockholders of this corporation called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of this corporation, the provisions of section (c) of this article shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.
ELEVENTH. The period of existence of this corporation shall be perpetual.
TWELFTH. No contract or other transaction between this corporation and any other corporation, whether or not a majority of the shares of the capital stock of such other corporation is owned by this corporation, and no act of this corporation shall in any way be affected or invalidated by the fact that any of the directors of this corporation are pecuniarily or otherwise interested in, or are directors or officers of such other corporation. Any director of this corporation, individually, or any firm of which such director may be a member, may be a party to, or may be pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any contract or transaction of this corporation; provided, however, that the fact that he or such firm is so interested shall be disclosed or shall have been known to the
4
Board of Directors of this corporation, or a majority thereof; and any director of this corporation who is also a director or officer of such other corporation, or who is so interested, may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors of this corporation that shall authorize such contract or transaction, and may vote thereat to authorize such contract or transaction, with the same force and effect as if he or she were not not such director or officer of such other corporation or not so interested.
THIRTEENTH. Subject to the provisions of any series of Preferred Stock of this corporation which may at the time be issued and outstanding and convertible into shares of Common Stock of this corporation, the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by stockholders of this corporation other than the related person (as defined later in these Articles of Incorporation), shall be required for the approval or authorization of any business combination (as defined later in these Articles of Incorporation) of this corporation with any related person; provided, however, that such voting requirement shall not be applicable if:
(1) The business combination was approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation either (A) prior to the acquisition by such related person of the beneficial ownership of twenty percent (20%) or requisition the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of this corporation, or (B) after such acquisition, but only during such time as such related person has sought and obtained the unanimous approval by the Board of Directors of this corporation of such acquisition of more than 20% of the Common Stock prior to such acquisition being consummated; or
(2) The business combination is solely between this corporation and another corporation, fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of which is owned by a related person; provided, however, that each stockholder of this corporation receives the same type of consideration in such transaction in proportion to his or her stockholdings; or
(3) All of the following conditions are satisfied:
(A) The cash or fair market value of the property, securities or other consideration to be received per share by holders of Common Stock of this corporation in the business combination is not less than the higher of (i) the highest per share price (including brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers fees, dealer-management compensation, and other expenses, including, but not limited to, costs of newspaper advertisements, printing expenses and attorneys fees) paid by such related person in acquiring any of its holdings of this corporations Common Stock or (ii) an amount which has the same or
5
a greater percentage relationship to the market price of this corporations Common Stock immediately prior to the commencement of acquisition of this corporations Common Stock by such related person, but in no event in excess of two (2) times the highest per share price determined in clause (f), above; and
(B) After becoming a related person and prior to the consummation of such business combination, (i) such related person shall not have acquired any newly issued shares of capital stock, directly or indirectly, from this corporation (except upon conversion of convertible securities acquired by it prior to becoming a related person or upon compliance with the provision of this article or as a result of a pro rata stock dividend or stock split) and (ii) such related person shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly, (except proportionately as a stockholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or tax credits provided by this corporation, or made any major changes in this corporations business or equity capital structure; and
(C) A proxy statement complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether or not this corporation is then subject to such requirements, shall be mailed to the public stockholders of this corporation for the purpose of soliciting stockholder approval of such business combination and shall contain at the front thereof, in a prominent place (i) any recommendations as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the business combination which the continuing directors, or any outside directors, may determine to specify, and (ii) the opinion of a reputable national investment banking firm as to the fairness (or not) of the terms of such business combination, from the point of view of the remaining public stockholders of this corporation (such investment banking firm to be engaged solely on behalf of the remaining public stockholders, to be paid a reasonable fee for its services by this corporation upon receipt of such opinion, to be a reputable national investment banking firm which has not previously been associated with such related person and, if there are at the time any such directors, to be selected by a majority of the continuing directors and outside directors).
For purposes of this article:
(1) The term business combination shall be defined as and mean (a) any merger or consolidation of this corporation with or into a related person; (b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including, without limitation, a mortgage or any
6
other security device, of all or any substantial part of the assets of this corporation, including, without limitation, any voting securities of a subsidiary, or of a subsidiary, to a related person; (c) any merger or consolidation of a related person with or into this corporation or a subsidiary of this corporation; (d) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or any substantial part of the assets of a related person to this corporation or a subsidiary of this corporation; (e) the issuance of any securities of this corporation or a subsidiary of this corporation to a related person; (f) the acquisition by this Corporation or a subsidiary of this corporation of any securities of a related person; (g) any reclassification of Common Stock of this corporation, or any recapitalization involving Common Stock of this corporation, consummated within five (5) years after a related person becomes a related person, and (h) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this definition of business combination.
(2) The term related person shall be defined as and mean and include any individual, corporation, trust, association, partnership or other person or entity which, together with their affiliates and associates (defined later in these Articles of Incorporation), beneficially owns (as this term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), in the aggregate 20% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of this corporation, and any affiliate or associate (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of any such individual, corporation, trust, association, partnership or other person or entity;
(3) The term substantial part shall be defined as and mean more than ten percent (10%) of the total assets of the corporation in question, as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is being made;
(4) Without limitation, any shares of Common Stock of this corporation which any related person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed beneficially owned by such related person;
(5) For the purposes of this article, the term other consideration to be received shall include, without limitation, Common Stock of this corporation retained by its existing public stockholders in the event of a business combination with such related person pursuant to which this corporation is the surviving corporation; and
(6) With respect to any proposed business combination, the term continuing director shall be defined as and mean a director who was a member of the Board of Directors of this corporation immediately prior to the time that any related person involved in the proposed business combination acquired twenty percent (20%) or more of the
7
outstanding shares of Common Stock of this corporation, and the term outside director shall be defined as and mean a director who is not (a) an officer or employee of this corporation or any relative of an officer or employee, (b) a related person or an officer, director employee, associate or affiliate of a related person, or a relative of any of the foregoing, or (c) a person having a direct or indirect material business relationship with this corporation.
FOURTEENTH. No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of this corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.
FIFTEENTH. All of the powers of this corporation, insofar as the same may be lawfully vested by these Articles of Incorporation in the Board of Directors, are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors of this corporation. In furtherance and not in limitation of that power, the Board of Directors shall have the power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal from time to time bylaws of this corporation, subject to the right of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, alter, amend and repeal bylaws made by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that bylaws shall not be adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of this corporation, except by the vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote upon the election of directors.
The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing Articles of Incorporation is his act and deed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator has hereunto affixed his signature at Newport Beach, California this 20th day of March, 2001.
Incorporator: |
|
Michael J. Muellerleile |
8
Secretary of State |
|
Telephone (702) 687-5203 Fax (702) 687-3471 |
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY RESIDENT AGENT |
|
In the matter of |
FORMAT, INC. |
|
Name of Corporation |
I, |
CSC SERVICES OF NEVADA, INC. |
with address at Suite |
E |
, | ||||
Name of Resident Agent |
Street |
502 EAST JOHN STREET |
, |
City of |
CARSON CITY |
, | State of Nevada, Zip Code |
89706 |
, |
hereby accept appointment as resident agent of the above-named corporation in accordance with NRS 78.090.
(mailing address if different: |
|
) |
CSC Services of Nevada, Inc. | ||||
MARCH 20, 2001 | By: |
|
||
Signature of Resident Agent |
NRS 78.090. Except during any period of vacancy described in NRS 78.097, every corporation must have a resident agent, who may be either a natural person or a corporation, resident, or located in this state. Every resident agent must have a street address, where he maintains an office for the service of process, and may have a separate mailing address such as a Post Office Box, which may be different from the street address. The address of the resident agent is the registered office of the corporation in this state. The resident agent may be any bank or banking corporation or other corporation located and doing business in this state. The Certificate of Acceptance must be filed at the time of the initial filing of the corporate papers.
* | Corporation, non-profit corporation, limited partnership, limited-liability company or business trust. |
Filing Fee: $350.00
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. |
Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 1 Revised: 10-25-10 |
|
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State 204 North Carson Street, Suite 1 Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520 (775) 684-5708 Website: www.nvsos.gov |
Articles of Merger |
||||
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200) | ||||
Page 2
|
USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT | ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY |
2) | Forwarding address where copies of process may be sent by the Secretary of State of Nevada (if a foreign entity is the survivor in the merger - NRS 92A.190): | |||||
Attn: | ||||||
c/o: | ||||||
3) | Choose one: | |||||
¨ | The undersigned declares that a plan of merger has been adopted by each constituent entity (NRS 92A.200). | |||||
x | The undersigned declares that a plan of merger has been adopted by the parent domestic entity (NRS 92A.180). | |||||
4) | Owners approval (NRS 92A.200) (options a, b or c must be used, as applicable, for each entity): | |||||
¨ | If there are more than four merging entities, check box and attach an 8 1/2 x 11 blank sheet containing the required information for each additional entity from the appropriate section of article four. | |||||
(a) Owners approval was not required from |
Power Solutions International, Inc. |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
and, or; |
Format, Inc. (to be renamed Power Solutions International, Inc.) |
Name of surviving entity, if applicable |
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. |
Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 2 Revised: 10-25-10 |
|
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State 204 North Carson Street, Suite 1 Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520 (775) 684-5708 Website: www.nvsos.gov |
Articles of Merger |
||||
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200) | ||||
Page 3
|
USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT | ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY |
(b) The plan was approved by the required consent of the owners of *: |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
and, or; |
Name of surviving entity, if applicable |
* | Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of trust or governing instrument of a business trust, a merger must be approved by all the trustees and beneficial owners of each business trust that is a constituent entity in the merger. |
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. |
Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 3 Revised: 10-25-10 |
|
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State 204 North Carson Street, Suite 1 Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520 (775) 684-5708 Website: www.nvsos.gov |
Articles of Merger |
||||
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200) | ||||
Page 4
|
USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT | ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY |
(c) Approval of plan of merger for Nevada non-profit corporation (NRS 92A.160): |
The plan of merger has been approved by the directors of the corporation and by each public officer or other person whose approval of the plan of merger is required by the articles of incorporation of the domestic corporation.
|
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
Name of merging entity, if applicable |
and, or; |
Name of surviving entity, if applicable |
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. |
Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 4 Revised: 10-25-10 |
|
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State 204 North Carson Street, Suite 1 Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520 (775) 684-5708 Website: www.nvsos.gov |
Articles of Merger |
||||
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200) | ||||
Page 5
|
USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT | ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY |
* | Amended and restated articles may be attached as an exhibit or integrated into the articles of merger. Please entitle them Restated or Amended and Restated, accordingly. The form to accompany restated articles prescribed by the secretary of state must accompany the amended and/or restated articles. Pursuant to NRS 92A.180 (merger of subsidiary into parent - Nevada parent owning 90% or more of subsidiary), the articles of merger may not contain amendments to the constituent documents of the surviving entity except that the name of the surviving entity may be changed. |
** | A merger takes effect upon filing the articles of merger or upon a later date as specified in the articles, which must not be more than 90 days after the articles are filed (NRS 92A.240). |
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. |
Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 5 Revised: 10-25-10 |
|
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State 204 North Carson Street, Suite 1 Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520 (775) 684-5708 Website: www.nvsos.gov |
Articles of Merger |
||||
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200) | ||||
Page 6
|
USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT | ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY |
8) | Signatures - Must be signed by: An officer of each Nevada corporation; All general partners of each Nevada limited partnership; All general partners of each Nevada limited-liability limited partnership; A manager of each Nevada limited-liability company with managers or one member if there are no managers; A trustee of each Nevada business trust (NRS 92A.230)* | |||||||
¨ | If there are more than four merging entities, check box and attach an 8 1/2 x 11 blank sheet containing the required information for each additional entity from article eight. |
* | The articles of merger must be signed by each foreign constituent entity in the manner provided by the law governing it (NRS 92A.230). Additional signature blocks may be added to this page or as an attachment, as needed. |
IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. |
Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 6 Revised: 10-25-10 |
|
ROSS MILLER Secretary of State 204 North Carson Street, Suite 1 |
|||||||||
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520 |
Filed in the office of |
Document Number |
||||||||
(775) 684-5708 |
|
20110323114-68 |
||||||||
Website: www.nvsos.gov |
Filing Date and Time |
|||||||||
Ross Miller |
04/29/2011 8:57 AM |
|||||||||
Secretary of State |
Entity Number |
|||||||||
Certificate of Designation |
State of Nevada |
C7183-2001 |
||||||||
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955) | ||||||||||
USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT |
ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY |
Certificate of Designation For
Nevada Profit Corporations
(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955)
1. Name of corporation:
Power Solutions International, Inc. (f/k/a Format, Inc.)
2. By resolution of the board of directors pursuant to a provision in the articles of incorporation this certificate establishes the following regarding the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights of the following class or series of stock.
Power Solutions International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the Company), hereby certifies that the following resolution was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company:
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority expressly granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board of Directors) by the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the Articles of Incorporation), there is hereby created, out of the 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share of the Company authorized in Article Fourth of the Articles of Incorporation (the Preferred Stock), a series of the Preferred Stock consisting of 114,000 shares, which series shall have the following powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the following qualifications, limitations and restrictions (in addition to any powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions, set forth in the Articles of Incorporation which are applicable to the Preferred Stock).
(continued on attached document)
3. Effective date of filing: (optional)
(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)
4. Signature: (required)
X
|
Signature of Officer |
Filing Fee: $175.00 |
IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.
This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. | Nevada Secretary of State Stock Designation | |
Revised: 3-6-09 |
Section 1. | Designation of Series. |
The shares of Preferred Stock created hereby shall be designated the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the Series A Preferred Stock) and the authorized number of shares constituting such series shall be 114,000. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have a stated value equal to $1,000 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares) (the Stated Value ).
Section 2. | Certain Definitions. |
For purposes of this Designation, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) Allocation Percentage means, with respect to each Holder, as of the applicable date of determination, a fraction of which the numerator is the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then held by such Holder (without giving effect to any limitation on conversion thereof) and of which the denominator is the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Original Issuance Date (without giving effect to any limitation on conversion thereof), giving effect to the consummation of the Merger and the Offering.
(b) Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or required to remain closed.
(c) Change of Control Transaction means the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (i) an acquisition by an individual, legal entity or group (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of in excess of 50% of the voting securities of the Company, or (ii) the Company merges into or consolidates with or enters into any share exchange or other business combination transaction with any other Person, or any Person merges into or consolidates with or enters into any share exchange or other business combination transaction with the Company and, after giving effect to such transaction, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the Company or the successor entity of such transaction, or (iii) the Company sells or transfers all or any substantial portion of its assets to another Person and the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the acquiring entity immediately after the transaction, or (iv) a replacement at one time or within a one year period of more than one-half of the members of the Companys board of directors which is not approved by a majority of those individuals who are members of the board of directors on the date hereof (or by those individuals who are serving as members of the board of directors on any date whose nomination to the board of directors was approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors who are members on the date hereof), or (v) the execution by the Company of an agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, providing for any of the events set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) herein.
(d) Common Stock means the Companys common stock par value $0.001 per share, including the stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, and any securities into which the Common Stock may be reclassified.
(e) Effective Date means the effective date of the Reverse Split.
(f) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(g) Excluded Issuances means (A) capital stock, Options (as defined in Section 4(d)(i)(1)) or Convertible Securities (as defined in Section 4(d)(i)(1)) issued to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company in connection with their service as directors of the Company, their employment by the Company or their retention as consultants by the Company pursuant to an equity compensation program approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, (B) shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion or exercise of Options or Convertible Securities issued prior to the date hereof, provided that such securities have not been amended since the date hereof to increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder or to lower the exercise or conversion price thereof, (C) securities issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement and securities issued upon the exercise or conversion of those securities, provided such securities are not amended after the date hereof to increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder or to lower the exercise or conversion price thereof, (D) securities issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and securities issued upon the exercise or conversion of those securities, and (E) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split or other distribution on shares of Common Stock (but only to the extent that such a dividend, split or distribution results in an adjustment in the Conversion Price pursuant to the other provisions of this Series A Preferred Stock).
(h) Holder shall mean such person or entity in which the Series A Preferred Stock is registered on the books of the Company and such Holders permitted and legal assigns of which the Company is notified in writing.
(i) Independent Director has the meaning given to such term in the Purchase Agreement.
(j) Merger has the meaning given to such term in the Purchase Agreement.
(k) Migratory Merger has the meaning given to such term in the Purchase Agreement.
(l) Offering means the offering, issuance and sale of shares of Preferred Stock of the Company and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
(m) Original Issuance Date means the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement.
(n) Person shall be construed in the broadest sense and means and includes any natural person, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited
-2-
liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and other entity or governmental or quasi-governmental entity.
(o) Placement Agent has the meaning given to such term in the Purchase Agreement.
(p) Private Placement Memorandum has the meaning given to such term in the Purchase Agreement.
(q) Purchase Agreement means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and between the Company and the initial purchasers of the Series A Preferred Stock.
(r) Required Holders as of any date means the holders (other than holders who are directors or officers of the Company) of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of such date (excluding any shares then held by directors or officers of the Company).
(s) Restricted Shares means shares of the Companys Common Stock which are restricted from being transferred by the holder thereof unless the transfer is effected in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws (including investment suitability standards, which shares shall bear a legend in substantially the following form):
The securities represented hereby have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or the securities commission of any state in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, accordingly, may not be transferred unless (i) such securities have been registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) such securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (iii) the Company has received an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to it that such transfer may lawfully be made without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(t) Reverse Split means a one-for-32 reverse split of the Common Stock which does not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is authorized to issue; provided, that, such reverse split may be effected by providing that each 32 shares of Common Stock shall be exchanged for one share of common stock of the surviving entity in the Migratory Merger, in which case the consummation of the Migratory Merger shall constitute the Reverse Split.
(u) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(v) Stock Repurchase has the meaning given to such term in the Purchase Agreement.
Section 3. | Liquidation Preference. |
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a Liquidation ), the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled, before any distributions shall be made to the holders of the
-3-
Common Stock, or any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, to receive out of the available assets of the Company, whether such assets are stated capital or surplus of any nature, an amount on such date equal to the Stated Value per share of Series A Preferred Stock plus the amount of any declared but unpaid Base Dividends as of such date and, as applicable, any accrued but unpaid Additional Dividends as of such date, calculated pursuant to Section 6 (collectively, the Liquidation Preference ). Following payment, the remaining assets (if any) of the Company available for distribution to stockholders of the Company shall be distributed, subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any other series of Preferred Stock ranking prior to the Common Stock as to distributions upon Liquidation, pro rata among (i) the Holders of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as if the Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock as of the date immediately prior to the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution) and (ii) the holders of the Common Stock and any other shares of capital stock of the Company ranking on a parity with the Common Stock as to distributions upon Liquidation. If upon any Liquidation the assets available for payment of the Liquidation Preference are insufficient to permit the payment to the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts described in this paragraph, then all the remaining available assets shall be distributed among the Holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock pro rata according to the number of then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each Holder thereof. A reorganization, merger, change of control or consolidation of the Company or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall, at the election of the Required Holders, constitute a Liquidation for purposes of this Section 3.
Section 4. | Conversion Rights. |
(a) General . Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, the Holder of any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the Optional Conversion ) into such number of fully paid and nonassessable whole shares of Common Stock as is obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock so to be converted by the Series A Stated Value per share and dividing the result by the conversion price of $0.375 per share or, if there has been an adjustment of the conversion price, by the conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being referred to herein as the Conversion Price ). Such Optional Conversion right shall be exercised by the Holder by surrender of a certificate or certificates for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may designate by notice in writing to the Holder) at any time during its usual business hours on the date set forth in such notice, together with a properly completed notice of conversion in the form attached to the Series A Preferred Stock certificate with a statement of the name or names (with address), subject to compliance with applicable laws to the extent such designation shall involve a transfer, in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock, shall be issued. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected and the Conversion Price shall be determined as of the close of business on the date on which such written notice shall have been received by the Company and the certificate or certificates for such shares shall have been surrendered as aforesaid. Upon any conversion of any shares of
-4-
Series A Preferred Stock, the Company shall pay to the holder in cash all accrued and unpaid Dividends on such shares to the date of conversion.
(b) Automatic Conversion . Immediately following the Effective Date (the Automatic Conversion Date ), each share of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of the Companys post-Reverse Split Common Stock (the Automatic Conversion ), at the Conversion Price, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4(d) below, without any required action by the Holder thereof. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Holders of the date of the Automatic Conversion but in no event more than two Business Days after the Automatic Conversion Date. As soon as practicable after the Automatic Conversion each stock certificate (if any) evidencing ownership of the Series A Preferred Stock shares, shall be surrendered to the Company for exchange by the Holder thereof.
(c) Issuance of Conversion Shares; Cessation of Rights; Buy-In . Upon receipt of any Series A Preferred Stock certificate(s), duly endorsed, or certifications confirming the ownership of such Series A Preferred Stock, pursuant to any Optional Conversion or Automatic Conversion, the Company (itself, or through its transfer agent) shall promptly issue to the exchanging Holder that number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted upon application of the Conversion Price (the Conversion Shares ). Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, all Common Stock issued to the exchanging stockholders will be issued as Restricted Shares.
Upon the effective date of any Optional Conversion or Automatic Conversion, the rights of the Holder of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted shall cease, and the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for Conversion Shares are to be issued shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby as of the effective date of the Optional Conversion or Automatic Conversion, as applicable.
If (1) a certificate representing the Conversion Shares is not delivered to a Holder within three (3) Business Days of (A) an Optional Conversion or (B) surrender by such Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock certificate(s) representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder following an Automatic Conversion and (2) prior to the time such certificate is received by such Holder, the Holder, or any third party on behalf of the Holder or for the Holders account, purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of shares represented by such certificate (a Buy-In ), then the Company shall pay in cash to the Holder (for costs incurred either directly by such Holder or on behalf of a third party) the amount by which the total purchase price paid for Common Stock as a result of the Buy-In (including brokerage commissions, if any) exceeds the proceeds received by such Holder as a result of the sale to which such Buy-In relates. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the holder in respect of the Buy-In.
(d) Adjustments .
(i) If the Company shall issue or sell, or is, in accordance with any of subsections 4(d)(i)(1) through 4(d)(i)(7) hereof, deemed to have issued or sold, any Additional
-5-
Shares of Common Stock for no consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then and in each such case (a Trigger Issuance ) the then-existing Conversion Price, shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the effective date of the Trigger Issuance, to the lowest price per share at which any share of Common Stock was issued or sold or deemed to be issued or sold; provided, however, that in no event shall the Conversion Price after giving effect to such Trigger Issuance be greater than the Conversion Price in effect prior to such Trigger Issuance.
For purposes of this subsection (d), Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this subsection (d), other than Excluded Issuances.
For purposes of this subsection 4(d)(i), the following paragraphs (1) to (7) shall also be applicable:
(1) Issuance of Rights or Options . In case at any time the Company shall in any manner grant (directly and not by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called Options and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called Convertible Securities ), whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (i) the sum (which sum shall constitute the applicable consideration) of (x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus (y) the aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of all such Options, plus (z), in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options) shall be less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options, then the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting of such Options or the issuance of such Convertible Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of adjusting the Conversion Price. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
(2) Issuance of Convertible Securities . In case the Company shall in any manner issue (directly and not by assumption in a merger or otherwise) or sell any Convertible
-6-
Securities, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange (determined by dividing (i) the sum (which sum shall constitute the applicable consideration) of (x) the total amount received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus (y) the aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities) shall be less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued for such price per share as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of adjusting the Conversion Price; provided that (a) except as otherwise provided in subsection (3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (b) no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of the issue or sale of Convertible Securities upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities for which adjustments of the Conversion Price have been made pursuant to the other provisions of subsection 4(d)(i).
(3) Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate . Upon the happening of any of the following events, namely, if the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in subsection (1) hereof, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in subsection (1) or (2), or the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in subsection (1) or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall change at any time (including, but not limited to, changes under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such event shall forthwith be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. On the termination of any Option for which any adjustment was made pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) or any right to convert or exchange Convertible Securities for which any adjustment was made pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) (including without limitation upon the redemption or purchase for consideration of such Convertible Securities by the Company), the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be changed to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination, never been issued.
(4) Stock Dividends . Subject to the provisions of this subsection 4(d)(i), in case the Company shall declare or pay a dividend or make any other distribution upon any stock of the Company (other than the Common Stock) payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or sold without consideration.
-7-
(5) Consideration for Stock . In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the gross amount received by the Company therefor, before deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, before deduction of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith. In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other securities of the Company, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. If Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold by the Company and, in connection therewith, other Options or Convertible Securities (the Additional Rights ) are issued, then the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company shall be reduced by the fair market value of the Additional Rights (as determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or another method mutually agreed to by the Company and the Required Holders). The Board of Directors of the Company shall respond promptly, in writing, to an inquiry by a Holder as to the fair market value of the Additional Rights. In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company and the Required Holders are unable to agree upon the fair market value of the Additional Rights, the Company and the Required Holders shall jointly select an appraiser, who is experienced in such matters. The decision of such appraiser shall be final and conclusive, and the cost of such appraiser shall be borne evenly by the Company and the Holders.
(6) Record Date . In case the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (i) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (ii) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.
(7) Treasury Shares . The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and the disposition of any such shares (other than the cancellation or retirement thereof) shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 4(d)(i).
(ii) If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares or combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller
-8-
number of shares (including pursuant to the Reverse Split) or issue by reclassification of its outstanding shares of Common Stock any shares of its capital stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation), then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date upon which such change shall become effective shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such change and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such change and. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.
(iii) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation in which the Company is not the survivor, or sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets to another corporation shall be effected, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other disposition, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby each Holder shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the Conversion Shares immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such shares of stock, securities or assets as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of Conversion Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, had such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other disposition not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation provisions for adjustment of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly equivalent as may be practicable in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights. The Company shall not effect any such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other disposition unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the corporation purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate corporation or entity shall assume the obligation to deliver to the Holders, at the last addresses of such Holders appearing on the books of the Company, such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holders may be entitled to receive, and the other obligations hereunder. The provisions of this subsection (iii) shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers, sales, transfers or other dispositions.
(iv) In case the Company shall fix a payment date for the making of a distribution to all holders of Common Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than cash dividends or cash distributions payable out of consolidated earnings or earned surplus or dividends or distributions referred to in subsection (ii)), or subscription rights or warrants, the Conversion Price to be in effect after such payment date shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such payment date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied by the Market Price (as defined below) per share of Common Stock immediately prior to such payment date, less the fair market value (as
-9-
determined by the Companys Board of Directors in good faith) of said assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed, or of such subscription rights or warrants, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied by such Market Price per share of Common Stock immediately prior to such payment date. Market Price as of a particular date (the Valuation Date ) shall mean the following: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed on any national stock exchange, the closing sale price of one share of Common Stock on such exchange on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; (b) if the Common Stock is then quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (the Bulletin Board ) or a similar quotation system or association, the closing sale price of one share of Common Stock on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date or, if no such closing sale price is available, the average of the high bid and the low asked price quoted thereon on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; or (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed on a national stock exchange or quoted on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the Valuation Date, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Required Holders. If the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange, or quoted on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the Board of Directors of the Company shall respond promptly, in writing, to an inquiry by a Holder prior to the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock hereunder as to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company and the Required Holders are unable to agree upon the fair market value in respect of subpart (c) hereof, the Company and the Required Holders shall jointly select an appraiser, who is experienced in such matters. The decision of such appraiser shall be final and conclusive, and the cost of such appraiser shall be borne equally by the Company and such Holders. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a payment date is fixed.
(v) An adjustment to the Conversion Price shall become effective immediately after the payment date in the case of each dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date of each other event which requires an adjustment.
(vi) In the event that, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the Holders shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject thereafter to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Conversion Shares contained herein.
(vii) Upon any adjustment of the Conversion Price, then, and in each such case, the Company shall give written notice thereof by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to each Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, which notice shall state the Conversion Price resulting from such adjustment, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.
(e) Other Notices . In case at any time:
-10-
(i) the Company shall declare any dividend upon its Common Stock payable in cash or stock or make any other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock;
(ii) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;
(iii) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or a consolidation or merger of the Company with, or a sale of all or substantially all its assets to, another corporation; or
(iv) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;
then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to each Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, (a) at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and (b) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least 15 days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (a) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (b) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.
(f) Limitation on Conversion . Prior to the Effective Date, the Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock in excess of the number of Reserved Shares (as defined below). Until the Effective Date, no Holder shall be issued a number of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of such Holders Series A Preferred Stock greater than the product of the number of Reserved Shares multiplied by such Holders Allocation Percentage as of the date of such conversion. The provisions of this Section 4(f) shall become ineffective upon the occurrence of the Reverse Split.
(g) Taxes . The Company will pay any and all original issuance, transfer, stamp and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant hereto. The Company shall, however, not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion in a name other than that in which the shares of the Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax, or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.
-11-
(h) No Impairment . The Company will not through any reorganization, transfer of assets, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the Holders against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 4 shall prohibit the Company from amending its Articles of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its stockholders and the Board of Directors.
(i) Fractional Shares . If any conversion of Series A Preferred Stock would result in the issuance of a fractional share of Common Stock (aggregating an individual Holders shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted pursuant to the Optional Conversion or the Automatic Conversion, as the case may be), such fractional share shall be rounded up to one whole share of Common Stock.
(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . At all times prior to the Reverse Split, the Company shall reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall be equal to the difference between the then authorized number of shares of Common Stock less an amount equal to one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing Date, giving effect to the Merger and the Stock Repurchase (the Reserved Shares ). Upon the occurrence of the Reverse Split, the Company shall have sufficient authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock as shall be sufficient to effect conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock without any limitation on conversion.
Section 5. | Voting. |
Except as otherwise required by applicable law and in addition to any voting rights provided by law, the Holders of outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock:
(a) shall be entitled to vote together with the holders of the Common Stock as a single class on all matters submitted for a vote of holders of Common Stock;
(b) shall have such other voting rights as are specified in the Articles of Incorporation or as otherwise provided by Nevada law; and
(c) shall be entitled to receive notice of any stockholders meeting in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company.
Subject to the limitation on conversion set forth in Section 4(f), for purposes of the voting rights set forth in this Section 5(a), each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the Holder thereof to cast one vote for each whole vote that such Holder would be entitled to cast had such share of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock as of the date immediately prior to the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company eligible to vote on any such matter.
-12-
Section 6. | Dividends. |
(a) If dividends are declared or paid or any other distribution is made on or with respect to the Common Stock, each Holder of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock as of the record date established by the Board of Directors for such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive as dividends (the Base Dividends ) an amount (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) equal to the amount (and in the form) of the dividends or distribution that such Holder would have received had such shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock as of the date immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (without giving effect to any limitation on conversion thereof) such Base Dividends to be payable on the same payment date as the payment date for the dividend on the Common Stock established by the Board of Directors (the Base Dividend Payment Date ). The record date for any such Base Dividends shall be the record date for the applicable dividend or distribution on the Common Stock, and any such Base Dividends shall be payable to the Holder in whose name the Series A Preferred Stock is registered at the close of business on the applicable record date.
(b) If the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have automatically converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof as of a date within 120 days after the Original Issuance Date (the date that is 120 days after the Original Issuance Date being referred to as the Additional Dividend Accrual Date ), each Holder of then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock will thereafter be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds of the Company legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends, accruing on a daily basis from the Additional Dividend Accrual Date, through and including the date on which such dividends are paid, at the annual rate of 2% (the Applicable Rate ) of the Liquidation Preference per share of the Series A Preferred Stock. The cash dividends provided for in this Section 6(b) are hereinafter referred to as Additional Dividends . Base Dividends and Additional Dividends are hereinafter collectively referred to as Dividends .
(c) No dividend shall be paid or declared on any share of Common Stock or any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, unless a dividend, payable in the same consideration and manner, is simultaneously paid or declared, as the case may be, on each share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount determined as set forth in paragraph (a) above. For purposes hereof, the term dividends shall include any pro rata distribution by the Company, out of funds of the Company legally available therefor, of cash, property, securities (including, but not limited to, rights, warrants or options) or other property or assets to the holders of the Common Stock, whether or not paid out of capital, surplus or earnings.
(d) Prior to declaring any dividend or making any distribution on or with respect to shares of Common Stock, the Company shall take all prior corporate action necessary to authorize the issuance of any securities payable as a dividend in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock.
-13-
Section 7. | Redemption Rights. |
The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have, nor shall they be subject to, any redemption rights.
Section 8. | Protective Provisions. |
Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by written consent, as provided by law) of the Required Holders, voting together as a single class:
(a) authorize, create, designate, establish or issue (whether by merger or otherwise) (i) an increased number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or (ii) any other class or series of capital stock ranking senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation or reclassify any shares of Common Stock or any other class or series of capital stock into shares having any preference or priority as to dividends or upon liquidation superior to or on parity with any such preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock;
(b) INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(c) enter into any Change of Control Transaction (other than as described in the Private Placement Memorandum);
(d) amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or the Resolutions contained in this Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred Stock and the powers, preferences, privileges, relative, participating, optional and other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, which would adversely affect any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock, or which would increase or decrease the amount of authorized shares of the Series A Preferred Stock or of any other series of preferred stock ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, with respect to the payment of dividends (whether or not such series of preferred stock is cumulative or noncumulative as to payment of dividends) or upon liquidation;
(e) directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends permitted pursuant to Section 6 and dividends payable in shares of Common Stock but only to the extent that such stock dividend results in an adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(4)) or directly or indirectly purchase, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or permit any Subsidiary to redeem, purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire (or make any payment to a sinking fund for such redemption, purchase, repurchase or other acquisition) any share of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Companys capital stock (except for shares of Common Stock repurchased from current of former employees, consultants, or directors upon termination of service in accordance with plans approved by the Companys Board of Directors or a committee thereof comprised entirely of Independent Directors) whether in cash, securities or property or in obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary;
-14-
(f) except as described in the Private Placement Memorandum, materially change the nature or scope of the business of the Company or enter into any new line of business;
(g) consummate or agree to make any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, lease, license or similar transaction by which the Company grants any rights to any of the Companys intellectual property or technology other than non-exclusive licenses granted by the Company to customers in connection with the sale of the Companys products in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; or
(h) agree to do any of the foregoing.
Section 9. | Preemptive Rights. |
Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to any preemptive, subscription or similar rights in respect of any securities of the Company, except as specifically set forth herein, in the Articles of Incorporation or in any other document agreed to by the Company.
Section 10. | Reports. |
The Company shall deliver to all Holders of Series A Preferred Stock those reports, proxy statements and other materials that it delivers to all of its holders of Common Stock.
Section 11. | Notices. |
In addition to any other means of notice provided by law or in the Companys By-laws, any notice required by the provisions of this Designation to be given to the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each Holder of record at such Holders address appearing on the books of the Company.
Section 12. | Action By Holders. |
Any action or consent to be taken or given by the Holders may be given either at a meeting of the Holders called and held for such purpose or, except to the extent expressly prohibited by the Articles of Incorporation, by written consent.
-15-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation is executed on behalf of the Company this 29 th , day of April 2011.
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Ryan A. Neely | |
Title: | President |
Exhibit 3.4
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Power Solutions International, Inc.
SECOND : The Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, in the county of New Castle. The name of the Corporations registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD : The nature of the business and the objects and purposes to be transacted, promoted and carried on are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL).
FOURTH :
A. CAPITAL STOCK
1. Authorized Stock . The total number of shares of capital stock which this corporation shall have authority to issue is fifty five million (55,000,000) shares, divided as follows: (i) fifty million (50,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii) five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
B. DESIGNATIONS AND RIGHTS. The designations and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights of the capital stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:
1. Common Stock .
a. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by law, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote in any matter which is submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
b. Dividends . Subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock outstanding from time to time, such dividend or distribution as may be determined by the board of directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors) may from time to time be declared and paid or made upon the Common Stock out of any source at the time lawfully available for the payment of dividends, and all such dividends shall be shared equally by the holders of Common Stock on a per share basis.
c. Liquidation . The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (voluntary or
involuntary), all assets of the Corporation which are legally available for distribution, if any, remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of Preferred Stock of the preferential amounts, if any, to which they are entitled.
2. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of which series shall have such distinctive designation or title and such number of shares as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status of which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. Except as provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors creating any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided herein, the shares of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election and removal of directors and for all other purposes.
FIFTH: Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a board of directors consisting of not less than five (5) nor more than eleven (11) directors. The exact number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time of adoption of such resolution.
Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office. Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having at least a majority of the total votes represented by the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Vacancies on the Board of Directors and newly-created directorships may be filled by the Board of Directors or the stockholders; provided, however, that any vacancy resulting from the removal of a director may only be filled by the stockholders.
SIXTH:
A. Written Consent . Any corporate action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken by written consent of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a majority of the total votes represented by the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, in lieu of a meeting.
B. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days written notice, only (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, (iii) by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iv) at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least twenty percent (20%) of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.
SEVENTH :
A. Amendment of By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation (By-laws). The By-laws may be altered, amended, or repealed, or new By-laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors in accordance with the preceding sentence or by the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; provided that, if such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-laws is effected at a duly called special meeting, notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-laws is contained in the notice of such special meeting. The Board of Directors shall not have the power to amend, alter or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, any By-law adopted by the stockholders.
B. Election of Directors . Elections of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws shall so provide.
C. Meetings of Stockholders . Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide.
D. Books of Corporation . The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the By-laws may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
EIGHTH: The Board of Directors may adopt a resolution proposing to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having at least eighty percent (80%) of the total votes represented by the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Article Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Eighth or Ninth of this Certificate of Incorporation.
NINTH :
A. Indemnification of Officers and Directors : The Corporation shall:
(a) indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any present or former director of the Corporation, and may indemnify any present or former officer, employee or agent of the Corporation selected by, and to the extent determined by, the Board of Directors for
indemnification, the selection and determination of which may be evidenced by an indemnification agreement, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such persons conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such persons conduct was unlawful; and
(b) indemnify any present or former director of the Corporation, and may indemnify any present or former officer, employee or agent of the Corporation selected by, and to the extent determined by, the Board of Directors for indemnification, the selection and determination of which may be evidenced by an indemnification agreement, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper; and
(c) indemnify any present or former director of the Corporation, and may indemnify any present or former officer, employee or agent of the Corporation selected by, and to the extent determined by, the Board of Directors for indemnification, the selection and determination of which may be evidenced by an indemnification agreement, against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, to the extent that a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section (a) or (b) of this Article NINTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein; and
(d) make any indemnification under Section (a) or (b) of this Article NINTH (unless ordered by a court) only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section (a) or (b) of this Article NINTH. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even if less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders of the Corporation; and
(e) pay expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by a present or former director, or by any present or former officer, employee or agent of the Corporation selected for indemnification by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section (a) or (b) of this Article NINTH, in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in Article NINTH herein; and
(f) not deem the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Article NINTH exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the By-laws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position; and
(g) have the right, power and authority to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such persons status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article NINTH and the DGCL; and
(h) continue the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Article NINTH herein, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, and the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Article NINTH shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person; and
The provisions of this Article NINTH shall be treated as a contract between the Corporation and each director, or appropriately designated officer, employee or agent, who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article NINTH is in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article NINTH shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with
respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon such state of facts; provided, however, that the provisions of this Article NINTH shall not be treated as a contract between the Corporation and any directors, officers, employees or agents of any other corporation (the Second Corporation) that shall merge into or consolidate with the Corporation where the Corporation shall be the surviving or resulting corporation, and any such directors, officers, employees or agents of the Second Corporation, in their capacity as such, shall be indemnified only at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
B. Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors : No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Any repeal or modification of this Article NINTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
TENTH: The Corporation hereby irrevocably expressly elects not to be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL or any successor statute of similar effect.
The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is such incorporators act and deed and that the facts stated therein are true.
August 12, 2011
/s/ Andrew M. Halbert |
Andrew M. Halbert, Incorporator |
Exhibit 3.5
APPENDIX B
BYLAWS
OF
POWER SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.1 . Principal and Business Offices . Power Solutions International, Inc. (the Corporation) may have such principal and other business offices, either within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors) may designate or as the Corporations business may require from time to time.
Section 1.2 . Registered Agent and Office . The Corporations registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. The address of the Corporations registered agent may change from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, or the registered agent. The business office of the Corporations registered agent shall be identical to the registered office. The Corporations registered office may, but need not be, identical with the Corporations principal office, if any, in the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.1 . Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting. If no such place is designated by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting will be the principal business office of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held in any place, but may instead be held solely by means of electronic or telephonic communication, upon such guidelines as the Board of Directors shall determine, provided that such guidelines are consistent with Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be from time to time amended (the DGCL).
Section 2.2 . Annual Meeting . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such time and date as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which stockholders shall elect directors to hold office for the term provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the Certificate of Incorporation), and conduct such other business as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.
Section 2.3 . Special Meetings of Stockholders . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificates of designations filed pursuant thereto). The business transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice for the meeting transmitted to stockholders, which only shall be the purposes for which the meeting has been called in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.4 . Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Except as otherwise required by the DGCL, notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), and if such notice is being delivered in connection with a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
B-1
Notice of any such meeting shall be given in writing or by facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the stockholders address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If notice is given by facsimile transmission, notice is deemed to be given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice. If notice is given by electronic mail, notice is deemed to be given when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, or if notice is given by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, notice is deemed to be given upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice. If notice is given by any other means of electronic transmission, notice is deemed to be given when directed to the stockholder.
Notice given to stockholders by electronic mail, facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective, provided that notice is given by a form of electronic mail, facsimile or other electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent is revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver two consecutive notices to such stockholder by electronic mail, facsimile or electronic transmission, and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent for the Corporation or such other Person responsible for giving notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.
Section 2.5 . Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, only as permitted by, and in the manner provided in, the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.6 . Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall be (i) not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of a meeting, and (ii) not more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. Such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, as of the date it fixes the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, fix a record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting that is later than the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and is on or prior to the date of the meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing at the adjourned meeting.
Section 2.7 . Voting Lists . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, make a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting on such issue is fewer than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder that is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
B-2
Section 2.8 . Quorum and Adjournments . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at any meeting of stockholders, a majority of the votes that could be cast by the holders of the shares entitled to vote on the applicable matters before the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at the meeting for such matters. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. If such quorum is not present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, the holders of a majority of the voting power of stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another date, time or place (if any).
When a meeting is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place (if any) thereof, and the means of remote communications (if any) by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 2.5, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. The stockholders present at a meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of stockholders as may leave less than a quorum.
Section 2.9 . Voting Rights . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation forming a part thereof), each stockholder having voting power shall, at every meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder. At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing, or by facsimile, electronic mail or any other means of electronic transmission permitted by the DGCL filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or electronic transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction is a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission. All voting may (except where otherwise required by law) be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or by such stockholders proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting, count the votes, decide the results and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate appointed in advance of a meeting is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspectors duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspectors ability.
Section 2.10 . Vote Required . At any meeting of stockholders duly called and held at which a quorum is present, (i) except to the extent otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, and (ii) each director shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote on the election of directors.
B-3
Section 2.11 . Presiding Over Meetings . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders; provided, that in the absence or inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer (in that order) shall preside, and in their absence or inability to act, another person designated by the Board of Directors shall preside. The person presiding shall have the power to adjourn such meeting of stockholders to another date, time and place (if any). The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of each meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that in the event of the Secretarys absence or inability to act, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person who need not be a stockholder of the Corporation to act as secretary of the meeting.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 3.1 . General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of, and managed by, the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be done by the stockholders. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware or stockholders of the Corporation. The number of directors shall be determined in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 3.2 . Number and Tenure of Directors . The number and tenure of directors of the Corporation shall be determined as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Vacancies shall be filled as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may resign at any time effective on giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors and to the Secretary. Such notice may be given either in writing or by means of electronic transmission. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice and, unless tendered to take effect upon acceptance thereof, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 3.3 . Removal . Any or all of the directors may be removed from office only on the terms set forth, and in the manner provided, in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 3.4 . Vacancies . Any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 3.5 . Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held promptly following the adjournment of the annual meeting of the stockholders at the same place as such annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time and place, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.6 . Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and in such place, which may be within or without the State of Delaware, as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may determine that the meeting shall not be held in any place, but by means of remote communication.
Section 3.7 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation on at least one days notice, either personally, or by mail, overnight courier, electronic mail, facsimile or other means of electronic transmission to each director stating the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is being called. Special meetings shall be
B-4
called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President in like manner and on like notice at the written request of at least two directors stating the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is requested. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors for which a notice is required may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time of such meeting, and such waiver shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a director at any such meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice thereof, except where the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of, or inability to act by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, if then a member of the Board of Directors, shall preside, and in the absence of, or inability to act by, the Chief Executive Officer, another director designated by the Board of Directors shall preside.
Section 3.8 . Informal Action . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filings shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 3.9 . Participation by Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.10 . Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the then duly elected directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time.
Section 3.11 . Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless such directors dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless such director shall file such directors written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.
Section 3.12 . Compensation of Directors . In the discretion of the Board of Directors, directors who are not employees of the Corporation may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, may be paid a stated salary or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and may be awarded other compensation for their service as directors (or committee members).
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 4.1 . Appointment and Powers . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the directors then in office, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.
B-5
In the absence or disqualification of a member at any meeting of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation (including all powers and authority provided to the Board of Directors under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws), and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation or amending, modifying, rescinding or adopting any Bylaws of the Corporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporations property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, recommending to the stockholders any other action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution designating the committee so provides, such committee shall not have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL.
Section 4.2 . Removal . Any member of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors, or the entire membership of such committee, may be removed, with or without cause, by the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
Section 4.3 . Resignations . Any member of any committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors and to the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Such notice may be given either in writing or by means of electronic transmission. Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery or, if specified in the notice of resignation, at the time specified in such notice and, unless tendered to take effect upon acceptance thereof, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 4.4 . Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required. Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.
ARTICLE V
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Section 5.1 . Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under applicable law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of stockholders, directors or members of a committee of the Board of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver given by electronic transmission.
Section 5.2 . Attendance as Waiver of Notice . Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and objects at the beginning of such meeting, to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
B-6
ARTICLE VI
OFFICERS
Section 6.1 . Number and Qualifications . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also choose a Vice Chairman of the Board, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such additional officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time. Membership on the Board of Directors shall not be a prerequisite to the holding of any other office. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.
Section 6.2 . Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. The Board of Directors may also elect or appoint officers of the Corporation at any other meeting of the Board of Directors.
Section 6.3 . Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may choose such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or appropriate, which officers and agents shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 6.4 . Compensation of Officers . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish compensation of all officers for service to the Corporation. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the Corporation.
Section 6.5 . Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at any meeting of the Board of Directors. If a vacancy shall exist in any office of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may elect any person to fill such vacancy, such person to hold office as provided in Article VI, Section 6.1 .
Section 6.6 . The Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is chosen, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors from among the members of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6.7 . The Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall, in general, supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if the Chief Executive Officer is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall see that orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer may sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and other contracts and documents on behalf of the Corporation, whether or not under the seal of the Corporation, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, the Board of Directors or these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general powers of supervision and shall be the final arbiter of all differences between officers of the Corporation, and the Chief Executive Officers decision as to any matter affecting the Corporation shall be final and binding as between the officers of the Corporation, subject only to the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6.8 . The President . Unless another party has been designated as Chief Operating Officer, the President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, responsible for the day-to-day active management of the business of the Corporation, under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have concurrent power with the Chief Executive Officer to sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and other contracts and documents, whether or not under the seal of the Corporation, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, the Board of Directors or these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of the President and such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
B-7
Section 6.9 . The Chief Operating Officer . The Board of Directors shall designate whether the President or some other party shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation. If the President has not been designated as Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Operating Officer shall have such duties and responsibilities, under the general supervision of the President, as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6.10 . The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner, and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may direct any assistant financial officer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each assistant financial officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to such office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
Section 6.11 . The Vice Presidents . In the absence of the President or in the event of the Presidents inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (if there is more than one, in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such determination, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6.12 . The Secretary . At the direction of the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, or cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretarys signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by such officers signature.
Section 6.13 . The Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretarys inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6.14 . The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all of the Treasurers transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the Treasurers office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurers death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurers possession or under the Treasurers control belonging to the Corporation.
B-8
Section 6.15 . The Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurers inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VII
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFERS AND RECORD DATES
Section 7.1 . Form of Certificates . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that shares of some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated. Any such resolutions shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board or the President of the Corporation, and (b) the Secretary, the Treasurer, an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of such class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth, on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Subject to the foregoing, certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 7.2 . Facsimile Signatures . Where a certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 7.3 . Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owners legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Corporation shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity, or other form of indemnity, against any claim that may be made against the Corporation or its transfer agent or registrar with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
Section 7.4 . Transfers of Shares . All transfers of shares of the stock of the Corporation are subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation. Transfers of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by such holders attorney thereunder authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the
B-9
Corporation, or with a transfer agent appointed as provided in Article VII, Section 7.5 , and, if certificated shares, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for the shares properly endorsed and the payment of all transfer taxes thereon. The person in whose names shares of stock are registered on the books of the Corporation shall be considered the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation, but whenever any transfer of shares is made for collateral security, and not absolutely, that fact, if known to the Secretary, shall be stated in the entry of transfer. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, make any additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 7.5 . Transfer Agents and Registrants The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars for the stock of the Corporation.
Section 7.6 . Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by the law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
CONFLICT OF INTERESTS
Section 8.1 . Contract or Relationship Not Void . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors, officers, partners, members or managers or have a financial interest shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because such director or officer is present at, or participates in, the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because such directors or officers vote is counted for such purpose, if:
(a) | the material facts as to the directors or officers relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors thereof, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or |
(b) | the material facts as to the directors or officers relationship or interest and to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or |
(c) | the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. |
Section 8.2 . Quorum . Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 9.1 . Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting thereof, pursuant to law, out of funds legally available therefor. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property
B-10
or in shares of capital stock or rights to acquire the same, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
Section 9.2 . Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 9.3 . Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the thirty-first (31st) day of December of each year unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 9.4 . Stock in Other Corporations . Shares of any other corporation which may from time to time be held by this Corporation may be represented and voted at any meeting of stockholders of such corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or a Vice President of the Corporation, or by any proxy appointed in writing by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or a Vice President of the Corporation, or by any other person or persons thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors. Shares of capital stock of any other corporation represented by certificates standing in the name of the Corporation may be endorsed for sale or transfer in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Corporation or by any other officer or officers thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 9.5 . Corporate Seal . The Corporation may have, but shall not be required to have, a corporate seal as shall be determined by the Secretary of the Corporation in the Secretarys discretion. If a corporate seal is obtained, the seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the words Corporate Seal, Delaware, and the use thereof shall be determined from time to time by the officer or officers executing and delivering instruments on behalf of the Corporation, provided that the affixing of a corporate seal to an instrument shall not give the instrument additional force or effect or change the construction thereof. The seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, only in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
B-11
Exhibit 5.1
OPINION OF WOODBURN AND WEDGE
August 18, 2011
Power Solutions International, Inc.
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, IL 60191
Re: | Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Power Solutions International, Inc. |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This firm has acted as Nevada counsel to Power Solutions International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the Company) in connection with the preparation and filing of an amendment to a registration statement on Form S-1 (as amended, the Registration Statement) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The Registration Statement relates to the potential resale from time to time by selling security holders of some or all of the 6,026,211 shares of the Companys common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Common Stock) issuable from time to time upon conversion of shares of the Companys Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock) held by such selling security holders, subject to limitations on conversion of the Preferred Stock set forth in the Certificate of Designation of the Preferred Stock filed with the Nevada Secretary of State on April 29, 2011 (the Certificate of Designation), originally issued by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (the Purchase Agreement). Such shares of Common Stock are defined herein as the Shares.
Each share of Preferred Stock is initially convertible into shares of the Common Stock at any time at the election of the holder thereof, subject to the limitations on conversion set forth in the Certificate of Designation, at an initial conversion price of $0.375 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Certificate of Designation. Giving effect to the Reverse Split (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) as if it occurred on or prior to the date hereof, the conversion price at which each share of Preferred Stock will convert into shares of the Common Stock would be $12.00 per share.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Purchase Agreement.
In rendering the opinions set forth in this letter, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such instruments, documents and records as we have deemed relevant and necessary to examine for the purpose of this opinion, including:
1. Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Nevada Secretary of State on March 31, 2001;
2. Bylaws of the Company as adopted by the Companys board of directors on March 22, 2001;
3. The Certificate of Designation;
4. Articles of Merger filed with the Nevada Secretary of State on April 29, 2011, merging a Nevada subsidiary corporation with and into the Company, with the Company surviving and changing the name of the Company to Power Solutions International, Inc.;
5. Good Standing Certificate for the Company issued by the Nevada Secretary of States office dated July 25, 2011;
6. The Purchase Agreement;
7. The Registration Statement as filed by the Company with the SEC on July 26, 2011;
8. Written Consent of the Sole Director of Format, Inc., dated April 29, 2011, approving the Reverse Split, the Migratory Merger and calling a stockholders meeting of the Company; and
9. Written Consent of the Sole Director of Format, Inc., dated April 29, 2011, authorizing the Merger, the Merger Agreement, the Name Change Merger, the Private Placement, the Purchase Agreement, the Stock Repurchase Agreement and the Stock Repurchase, and the documents executed in connection with the above-described transactions.
The Written Consents described at items 8 and 9 above are hereinafter collectively referred to as Written Consents.
In rendering the opinions set forth we have assumed that: (a) each natural person executing any of the Transaction Documents are legally competent to do so; (b) all signatures on the Transaction Documents and the Written Consents are genuine; (c) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic; and (d) all documents submitted to us as copies conform to the original documents.
With respect to the capitalization of the Company, we note that under Section 4(j) of the Certificate of Designation, at all times before the Reverse Split (as defined in the Certificate of Designation), the Company must reserve from its unissued shares of Common Stock solely for conversion of the Preferred Stock the Reserved Shares (as defined in the Certificate of Designation). We further note that under Section 4(f) of the Certificate of Designation, before the Reverse Split, the Company is not obligated to issue Common Stock on conversion of the Preferred Stock in excess of the Reserved Shares.
Based on the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth in this letter, it is our opinion that, under Nevada law, the Shares are duly authorized and, when issued and delivered upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designation and the Purchase Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
We are members of the bar of the State of Nevada. We express no opinion as to the effect and application of any United States federal law, rule or regulation or any securities or blue sky laws of any state, including the State of Nevada. We are not opining on, and disclaim any responsibility as to, the applicability to or the effect on any of the matters covered herein of the laws of any other jurisdiction, other than the laws of Nevada as presently in effect. This letter is rendered as of the date hereof and does not cover events that occur after its date.
We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading Legal Matters in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion with the SEC as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the related rules and regulations thereunder.
Very truly yours, | ||
WOODBURN AND WEDGE | ||
By: | /s/ John P. Fowler | |
John P. Fowler |
Exhibit 10.16
INDUSTRIAL SPACE LEASE
by and between
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC.
And
DICKAL 770 L.L.C
Dated January 11, 2011
INDUSTRIAL SPACE LEASE
INDEX
PAGE | ||||||
I. |
GRANT AND TERM |
1 | ||||
1.0 Grant |
1 | |||||
1.1 Term |
1 | |||||
II. |
POSSESSION |
1 | ||||
2.0 Possession |
1 | |||||
III. |
PURPOSE |
1 | ||||
3.0 Purpose |
1 | |||||
3.1 Uses Prohibited |
2 | |||||
IV. |
RENT |
2 | ||||
4.0 Rent |
2 | |||||
4.1 Interest on Late Payments |
2 | |||||
V. |
IMPOSITION |
2 | ||||
5.0 Payment by Tenant |
2 | |||||
5.1 Alternative Taxes |
2 | |||||
VI. |
INSURANCE |
3 | ||||
6.0 Kinds and Amounts |
3 | |||||
6.1 Form of Insurance |
3 | |||||
6.2 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights |
4 | |||||
6.3 Uses Restricted |
4 | |||||
VII. |
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION |
4 | ||||
7.0 Landlords Obligation to Rebuild |
4 | |||||
VIII. |
CONDEMNATION |
5 | ||||
8.0 Taking of Whole |
5 | |||||
8.1 Partial Taking |
5 | |||||
IX. |
MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS |
5 | ||||
9.0 Maintenance |
5 | |||||
9.1 Alterations |
6 | |||||
X. |
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING |
6 | ||||
10.0 Consent Required |
6 | |||||
10.1 Merger or Consolidation |
7 | |||||
10.2 Other Transfer of Lease |
7 | |||||
10.3 Corporate Action as Assignment |
7 | |||||
10.4 Partnership Action as Assignment |
7 | |||||
XI. |
LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES |
7 | ||||
11.0 Encumbering Title |
7 | |||||
11.1 Liens and Right to Contest |
7 | |||||
XII. |
UTILITIES |
8 | ||||
12.0 Utilities |
8 | |||||
XIII. |
INDEMNITY AND WAIVER |
8 | ||||
13.0 Indemnity |
8 | |||||
13.1 Waiver of Certain Claims |
8 | |||||
XIV. |
INSPECTION |
9 | ||||
14.0 Inspection |
9 | |||||
XV. |
QUIET ENJOYMENT |
9 | ||||
15.0 Quiet Enjoyment |
9 | |||||
XVI. |
SUPERIORITY |
9 | ||||
16.0 Subordination or Superiority |
9 | |||||
XVII. |
SURRENDER |
9 |
1
17.0 Surrender |
9 | |||||
17.1 Removal of Tenants Property |
10 | |||||
17.2 Holding Over |
10 | |||||
XVIII. |
REMEDIES |
10 | ||||
18.0 Defaults |
10 | |||||
18.1 Remedies Cumulative |
12 | |||||
18.2 No waiver |
12 | |||||
18.3 Litigation |
12 | |||||
XIX. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
12 | ||||
19.0 Estoppel Certificates |
13 | |||||
19.1 Landlords Right to Cure |
13 | |||||
19.2 Amendments Must be in Writing |
13 | |||||
19.3 Notices |
13 | |||||
19.4 Short Form Lease |
14 | |||||
19.5 Time of Essence |
14 | |||||
19.6 Relationship of Parties |
14 | |||||
19.7 Captions |
14 | |||||
19.8 Severability |
14 | |||||
19.9 Law Applicable |
14 | |||||
19.10 Covenants Binding on Successors |
14 | |||||
19.11 Brokerage |
14 | |||||
19.12 Landlord Means Owner |
14 | |||||
19.13 Lenders Requirements |
15 | |||||
19.14 Signs |
15 | |||||
19.15 Landlords Title |
15 | |||||
19.16 Rights Reserved to Landlord |
15 | |||||
19.17 Default Under Other Lease |
16 | |||||
19.18 Condition of Premises |
16 | |||||
19.20 Receipt of Money After Notice |
16 | |||||
19.19 Landlord Repairs |
16 | |||||
19.21 Effective Date |
16 | |||||
19.22 Corporate Authority |
16 | |||||
19.23 Attorneys Fees |
16 | |||||
19.24 Security Deposit |
17 | |||||
19.25 Mortgagees Responsibilities for Security Deposit |
17 | |||||
19.26 Rules Pertaining to Vehicles |
18 | |||||
19.27 Rules Pertaining to Dumpsters and Outside Storage |
18 | |||||
19.28 Tenant Washroom Access |
18 | |||||
19.29 Option to Cancel |
18 | |||||
XX. |
LIMIT ON LANDLANDS LIABILITY |
18 | ||||
20.0 Exculpatory Clause |
18 | |||||
XXI. |
COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS |
18 | ||||
21.0 Compliance During Lease Term |
18 | |||||
21.1 Tenants Responsibility |
19 | |||||
21.2 Environmental Indemnity |
19 |
2
THIS LEASE is made this 11 day of January, 2011 by and between Dickal 770 L.L.C. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Landlord), and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois Corporation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Tenant), who hereby mutually, covenant and agree as follows:
I. GRANT AND TERM
1.0 Grant Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents herein reserved and of the covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of the Tenant to be performed, hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby lets from Dickal 770 L.L.C., Landlord, premises, located at 780 Arthur Ave., Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007 being that part of the real estate legally described on an exhibit which is attached hereto, identified as Exhibit A (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the Real Estate), which premises are outlined on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with all improvements now located or to be located on said premises during the term of this Lease, together with all appurtenances belonging to or in any way pertaining to the said premises (such premises, improvements, and appurtenances hereinafter sometimes jointly or severally, as the context requires, referred to as Leased Premises). Subject to covenants, agreements and restrictions of record.
1.1 Term. The term of this Lease shall commence on the First day of February, 2011 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as Commencement Date) and shall end Fifteen (15) months thereafter, unless sooner terminated as herein set forth, at 11:59 P.M. on the April 30, 2012.
II. POSSESSION
2.0 Possession. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein (or by written instrument signed by Landlord or Landlords agent or Landlords beneficiaries or their agent, if Landlord is an Illinois Land Trust), Landlord shall deliver possession of the Leased Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date in their condition as of the execution and delivery hereof. If Landlord gives possession prior to the Commencement Date to enable Tenant to fit the leased Premises to its use, such occupancy shall be subject to all-the terms and conditions of this lease (except that Tenant shall not be required to pay rent or excess Impositions during such occupancy). If Landlord shall be unable to deliver possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date by reason of the fact that work required to be done by Landlord hereunder, if any, has not been completed for any reason, or because a prior Tenant has failed to deliver up possession of the Premises, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for the failure to give possession on said date, nor shall the validity of this lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder be in any way affect. Under such circumstances unless the delay is the fault of Tenant, rent and other charges hereunder shall not commence until the later of the date possession of the Premises is given or the Commencement Date.
III. PURPOSE
3.0 Purpose. The Leased Premises shall be used and occupied only for the purpose of the warehousing and storage of industrial engines, generators and replacement parts.
1
3.1 Uses Prohibited. Tenant will not permit the Leased Premises to be used in any manner which would render the insurance thereon void or the insurance risk more hazardous provided, however, that if Tenants use of the Leased Premises does make the insurance risk more hazardous and as a result thereof Landlords insurance premiums are increased, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such increase promptly upon being billed therefor. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Leased Premises, or permit the Leased Premises to be used or occupied, directly or indirectly, contrary to any statue, rule, order, ordinance, requirement or regulation applicable thereto; or in any manner which would violate any certificate of occupancy affecting the same; or which would cause structural injury to the improvements; or cause the value or usefulness of the Real Estate or any part thereof, to diminish, or which would constitute a public or private nuisance or waste. Tenant shall not obstruct or use for storage or for any purpose other than ingress and egress the sidewalks or entrances.
IV. RENT
4.0 RENT. Beginning with February 1, 2011 Tenant shall pay to, or upon the order of, Dickal 770, L.L.C., c/o Sierra Realty Services, Inc., 1001 E. Ogden Ave:, Suite 201, Naperville, Illinois 60563 until otherwise notified in writing by Landlord, as rent for the Leased Premises, a term rental of One Hundred and One Thousand Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars and 00/100 ($101,250.00) which is payable monthly in advance in installments as follows:
Period |
Sq. Ft. Rate | Base Annual Rent | Monthly Base Rate | |||||||||
02/01/2011 - 01/30/2012 |
$ | 4.50 | $ | 81,000.00 | $ | 6,750.00 | ||||||
02/01/2012 - 04/30/2012 |
$ | 4.50 | $ | 20,250.00 | $ | 6,750.00 |
If Tenant occupies the Leased Premises for the purpose of preparing the Premises for their occupancy, prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay any utilities and any pro rated common area expenses from the date of occupancy to the Commencement Date. All payments of rent shall be made without deduction, set-off, discount, or abatement in lawful money of the United States.
4.1 INTEREST ON LATE PAYMENTS. Each and every payment of charges hereunder which shall not be paid when due, shall bear interest at the highest rate, then payable by Tenant in the state in which Leased Premises are located, or in the absence of such a maximum rate, at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, from the date when the same is payable under the terms of this lease until the same shall be paid.
4.2 LATE RENT PENALTY. The Tenant agrees to pay said rent, in advance, on or before the first day of each and every month of the term of this Lease and any extended term thereof. In the event the Tenant fails to remit the rental on or before the tenth (10 th ) day of each and every month in which the rent is due, Tenant agrees to add Four-Hundred Fifty and 00/100 ($450.00) to the rental installment currently in effect.
V. IMPOSITION
5.0 Payment by Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent for the Leased Premises Zero percent ( 0% ) of all general real estate taxes which may be levied, assessed or imposed upon the Real Estate and all improvements thereon, becoming due and
2
payable during the term of the Lease. Impositions in excess of the 2010 real estate taxes, due and payable in 2011 provided, however that Tenants share of such excess impositions shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant as of the Commencement Date for the first year of the Lease term and as or the expiration date of the Lease term for the last year of the Lease term, all on the basis of the then most recently ascertainable real estate tax bills. The term Tenants Share shall mean that proportion equal to the area of Leased Premises (21,398 square feet) divided by the total area of the building in which the Leased Premises are located (63,392 square feet), and is hereby agreed to be (33%) . Tenant shall also pay to Landlord Zero percent (0%) all expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, administrative hearing and court costs incurred by Landlord in contesting or negotiating the amount, assessment or rate of any Imposition or real estate taxes; and of any special assessments levied or assessed upon the Real Estate, or any part thereof, from and after the Commencement Date hereof; provided, however, that Tenant may take the benefit of the provisions of any statute or ordinance permitting any assessment to be paid over a period of years, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay its share of only those installments falling due during their term of this Lease, Tenants share of such excess Impositions shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord bills Tenant therefor. In the event that the amount of Impositions is increased by reason of - improvements made to the Leased Premises (other than the Unit Improvements, if any), Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the entire amount of such increase attributable to such improvements. Notwithstanding, the rentable area of the Leased Premises will consist of the warehouse only and will total 18,000 sq. ft. with access to the lunchroom and one (1) washroom in the office. The general office area is specifically excluded from this lease. Real Estate Taxes are included in the rent as outlined in Section 4.0 Rent. Tenant will have no responsibility for additional real estate taxes during the term.
VI. INSURANCE
6.0 Kinds and Amounts. As additional rent for the Leased Premises, Tenant shall procure and maintain policies of insurance, at its own cost and expense, insuring:
(a) Landlord and Tenant from all claims, demands or actions for injury to or death of any person in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00, for injury to or death of more than one person in any one occurrence in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 and for damage to property in an amount of not less than $300,000.00, made by, or on behalf of, any person or persons, firm or corporation arising from related to or connected with the Leased Premises or any act or omission of Tenant. Said insurance shall comprehend full coverage of the indemnity set forth in Section 13.0 hereof;
(b) Tenant from all workmens compensation claims and
(c) Landlord and Tenant against breakage of all plate glass utilized in the improvements on the Leased Premises. The Tenant at its option, may self-insured for plate glass breakage
6.1 Form of Insurance. The aforesaid insurance shall be in companies and in form, substance and amount (where not stated above) satisfactory to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord. The aforesaid insurance shall not be subject to cancellation except after at least thirty
3
(30) days prior written notice to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord. The original insurance policies (or certificates thereof satisfactory to Landlord) together with satisfactory evidence of payment of the premiums thereon, shall be deposited with Landlord at the Commencement Date and renewals thereof not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the term of each such coverage. If Landlord is an Illinois Land Trustee and the insurance referred to in subsections 6.0 (a), (b) and (c) hereof shall also insure the beneficiary or beneficiaries thereof.
6.2 Excess Insurance Premiums Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent for the Lease Premises Zero percent (0%) of any excess in premiums for casualty and liability insurance (with all endorsements) paid annually by Landlord during the Lease term over the amount of Seven Thousand Six Hundred and 00/100 ($7,600.00). Tenant shall be obligated to pay its share of only those annual premiums which relate to insurance coverage during the term of this Lease. Tenants share of such excess premiums shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord bills Tenant therefore. Insurance premiums are included in the Rent as outlined in Section 4.0 Rent. Tenant will have no responsibility for additional insurance during the term unless the additional insurance is due to activities conducted by Tenant within the Premises.
6.3 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights. Whenever (a) any loss, costs, damage or expense results from fire, explosion or any other casualty or occurrence is incurred by either of the parties to this Lease in connection with the Real Estate, and (b) such party is then covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to such loss, cost, damage, or expense, then the party so insured hereby releases the other party from any liability it may have on account on such loss, cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such insurance and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof, provided that such release of liability and waiver of the right of subrogation shall not be operative in any case where the effect thereof is to invalidate such insurance coverage or increase the cost thereof provided that in the case of increased cost the other shall have the right, within thirty (30) days following written notice, to pay such increased cost, thereupon keeping such release and waiver in full force and effect). At the request of Landlord, a mortgage clause may be included in said policies, covering Landlords mortgagee.
6.4 The parties hereto agree to use good faith efforts to have any and all fire, extended coverage or any and all material damage or liability insurance which may be carried, endorsed with the following subrogation clause: This insurance shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss, any and all right of recovery against any party for loss occurring to the property described herein.
6.5 Landlords Insurance. Landlord shall procure and maintain policies of insurance insuring the improvements situated upon the Real Estate against loss or damage by fire or other casualties. Said insurance shall cover loss of rents.
VII. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
7.0 Landlords Obligation to Rebuild. In the event the Leased Premises are damaged by fire, explosion or other casualty, Landlord shall commence the repair, restoration or
4
rebuilding thereof within sixty (60) days of such damage and shall complete such restoration, repair or rebuilding within 150 days after the commencement thereof, provided that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions, or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, acts of God, war material or labor shortages, Governmental regulation or control or other causes beyond the control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed. If the casualty or the repair, restoration, or rebuilding caused thereby shall render the Leased Premises untenantable, in whole or in part, an equitable abatement in rent shall be allowed from the date when the damage occurred until the date when the Leased Premises are again fit for occupancy by Tenant. If such a fire, explosion or other casualty damages the building in which the Leased Premises are located to the extent of 50% or more thereof, Landlord may, in lieu of repairing, restoring or rebuilding the same, terminate this Lease within sixty (60) days after occurrence of the event causing the damage. In such event, the obligation of Tenant to pay rent and other charges end as of the date when the damage occurred.
VIII. CONDEMNATION
8.0 Taking of Whole. If the whole of the Leased Premises, or so much thereof, shall be taken or condemned for a public or quasipublic use or purpose by any competent authority and as a result thereof the balance of the Leased Premises cannot be used for the same purpose as expressed in Article III, then and in either of such events, the Lease term shall terminate when possession of the Leased Premises shall be so taken and surrendered and any award, compensation or damages (hereinafter sometimes called the award), shall be paid to and be the sole property of Landlord whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution of the value of the leasehold or the fee of the Real Estate or otherwise and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of Tenants right, title and interest in and to any and all such award. Tenant shall continue to pay rent until the Lease term is terminated and any excess Impositions prepaid by Tenant shall be adjusted between the parties.
8.1 Partial Taking. If only a part of the Leased Premises shall be so taken or condemned, and as a result thereof, the balance of the Leased Premises can be used for the same purpose as expressed in Article III, this Lease shall not terminate and Landlord shall repair and restore the Leased Premises and all improvements thereon, provided, however, that if 50% or more of the building within which the Leased Premises are located shall be so taken or condemned. Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant within 60 days after such taking. This lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall expire only on the date specified in any Notice of termination. Any portion of the award which has not been expended by Landlord for such repairing or restoration shall be retained by Landlord as Landlords sole property. The rent shall be equitably abated following delivery of possession to the; condemning body.
IX. MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS.
9.0 MAINTENANCE. Landlord shall keep and maintain the exterior walls, roof and structural members of the building of which the Leased Premises are a part, and the parking lot, sidewalk and landscaping on the Real Estate in good order and repair, except for loss by fire or other casualty, which loss is covered by Article VII of this Lease and except for any
5
damage, repairs, maintenance or replacements caused by Tenants misuse of the Leased Premises or Tenants negligence. In addition, Landlord shall provide for exterior landscaping maintenance and remove snow accumulations from the parking areas. Tenant shall pay zero percent (0%) of the cost for landscape maintenance and replacements, parking lot maintenance, exterior light maintenance, fire alarm monitoring, repairs, testing, fire sprinkler testing and repairs and back flow inspections for the fire and domestic water services to be paid ten (10) days after receipt of Landlords or Landlords designated contractors invoice. Landlord shall supply and Tenant shall pay Thirty Three percent (33%) of the Landlords cost for snow removal and salting of the parking areas, drive isles, parking lot entrances, loading docks and drive in door areas. Tenant is responsible for removing snow accumulation and salting Tenants side walks and the area immediately adjacent to the loading dock, drive in door and service doors, not plowed by Landlord contractor. Tenant shall keep and maintain the balance of the exterior and the entire interior in a clean and sanitary condition and maintain all heating, plumbing, electrical and mechanical systems of the Lease Premises and in good condition and repair. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for all damage, repairs, maintenance, and replacements caused by the negligence or misuse of the Leased Premises by Tenant, Tenants agents, servants, employees or invitees. Tenant shall fully comply with all health and police regulations in force, and shall conform with the rules and regulations of fire underwriters or their fire protection engineers. Tenant shall promptly remove any debris left in the parking area or other exterior areas of the Leased Premises by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors.
9.1 ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall not create any openings in the roof or exterior walls, nor shall Tenant make any alterations or additions to the Leased Premises. If due to Tenats occupancy, Tenant shall make all additions, improvements, alterations and repairs on the Leased Premises and on and to the appurtenances and equipment thereof, required by any governmental authority or which may be made necessary by the act or neglect of any person, firm or corporation (public or private). Upon completion of any work by or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such documents as Landlord may require (including, without limitation, swom contractors statements and supporting lien waivers) evidencing payment in full for such work.
X. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
10.0 Consent Required. Tenant shall not, without Landlords prior written consent (a) assign, convey or mortgage this Lease or any interest under it; (b) allow any transfer thereof or any lien upon Tenants interest by operation of law; (c) sublet the Leased Premises or any part thereof; or (d) permit the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises or any thereof by anyone other than Tenant. Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, provided that if Tenant requests Landlords consent to a sublease of the entire Leased Premises, Landlord may, in lieu of granting such consent or reasonably withholding the same, terminate this Lease, effective on the commencement date specified in the sublease to which Landlords consent was requested. No permitted assignment or subletting shall relieve Tenant of Tenants covenants and agreements hereunder and Tenant shall continue to be liable
6
as a principal and not as a guarantor or surety, to the same extent as though no assignment or subletting had been made.
10.1 Merger or Consolidation. Tenant may, without Landlords consent, assign this Lease to any Corporation resulting from a merger or consolidation of the Tenant upon the following conditions: (a) that the total assets and net worth of such assignee after such consolidation o merger shall be equal to or more than that of Tenant immediately prior to such consolidation or merger; (b) that Tenant is not at such time in default hereunder; and (c) that such successor shall execute an instrument in writing fully assuming all of the obligations and liabilities imposed upon Tenant hereunder and deliver the same to Landlord. If the aforesaid conditions are satisfied, Tenant shall be discharged from any further liability hereunder.
10.2 Other Transfer of Lease. Tenant shall not allow or permit any transfer of this Lease, or any interest hereunder, by operation of law, or convey mortgage, pledge, or encumber this Lease or any interest herein.
10.3 Corporate Action as Assignment. The restriction against assignment of this lease or subletting of the demised premises shall not be circumvented by the sale of the stock of any corporate tenant or by the sale of assets, dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of said corporation; except as otherwise provided herein or with landlords consent.
10.4 Partnership Action as Assignment. The admission of any new partner, or the death or resignation of an original partner shall not constitute a violation of the clause against assignment or subletting by any partnership that may be a tenant.
XI. LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES
11.0 Encumbering Title. Tenant shall not do any act which shall in any way encumber the title of Landlord in and to the Leased Premises or the Real Estate, nor shall the interest or estate of Landlord in the Leased Premises or the Real Estate be in any way subject to any claim by way of lien or encumbrance, whether by operation of law or by virtue of any express or implied contract by Tenant. Any claim to, or lien upon, the Leased Premises or the Real Estate arising from any act or omission of Tenant shall accrue only against the leasehold estate of Tenant and shall be subject and subordinate to the paramount title and rights of Landlord in and to the Leased Premises and the Real Estate.
11.1 Liens and Right to Contest. Tenant shall not permit the Leased Premises or the Real Estate to become subject to any mechanics laborers or materialmen lien on account of labor or material furnished to Tenant or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been perform on the Leased Premises by, or at the direction or sufferance of, Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to contest in good faith and with reasonable diligence, the validity of any such lien or claimed lien if Tenant shall give to Landlord such security as may be deemed satisfactory to Landlord to insure payment thereof and to prevent any sale, foreclosure, or forfeiture of the Leased Premises or the Real Estate by reason of nonpayment thereof; provided further, however, that on final determination of the lien or claim for lien, Tenant shall immediately pay any judgment rendered, with all proper costs and charges, and shall have the lien released and any judgment satisfied.
7
XII. UTILITIES
12.0 Utilities. The cost of all separately metered services, including but not limited to gas, water, sewer and electricity shall be paid by Tenant. Landlord shall provide service connections for water, sewer, electricity and gas within the Leased Premises. The Landlord does not warrant that any of the utilities for which he shall provide service connections, will be free from any interruptions caused by war, insurrection, civil commotion, riots, acts of God or the enemy or government action, repairs, renewals, and improvements, alterations, strikes, walkouts, picketing whether legal or illegal, accidents, or any other cause or causes. Any such interruption of the utilities shall never be deemed an eviction or disturbance of the tenants use and possession of the premises or any part thereof or render the landlord liable to the tenant for damages or relieve the tenant from performance of the tenants obligations under this lease.
XIII. INDEMNITY AND WAIVER
13.0 Indemnity. Tenant will protect indemnify and save harmless Landlord and Landlords agents (and Landlords beneficiary or beneficiaries and their agents if Landlord is an Illinois Land Trustee) from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses (including without limitations, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Landlord by reason of (a) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to property occurring on or about the Leased Premises or resulting from any act or omission of Tenant or anyone claiming by through or under Tenant; (b) any failure on the part of Tenant to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Lease; or (c) performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Leased Premises or any part thereof. In case any action, suit, or proceeding is brought against Landlord and/or Landlords agents (and/or Landlords beneficiary or beneficiaries or their agents if Landlord is an Illinois Land Trustee) by reason of any such occurrence, Tenant will, at Tenants expense, resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding or cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel approved by Landlord.
13.1 Waiver of Certain Claims. Tenant waives all claims it may have against Landlord and Landlords agents (and Landlords beneficiary or beneficiaries and their agents if Landlord is an Illinois Land Trustee) for damage or injury to person or property sustained by Tenant or any persons claiming through Tenant or by any occupant of the Leased Premises, or by any other person, resulting from any part of the Real Estate or any of its improvements, equipment or appurtenances becoming out of repair, or resulting from any accident on or about the Real Estate or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of any part of the Real Estate or of any other person including Landlord to the extent permitted by law. This Section 13.1 shall include, but not by way of limitation, damage caused by water, snow, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold, sewage, gas, odors, or noise, or caused by bursting or leaking of pipes or plumbing fixtures, and shall apply equally whether any such damage results from the act or neglect of Tenant or of other Tenants, or occupants or any part of the Real Estate or of any other person, including Landlord to the extent permitted by law, and whether such damage be caused by or result from any thing or circumstances above mentioned or referred to, or to any other thing or circumstances whether of a like nature or of a wholly different nature. All personal property belonging to Tenant or any occupant of the Leased Premises that is in or on any part of the Real Estate shall be there at the risk of Tenant or of such other person only, and Landlord shall not be liable for any damage thereto or for the theft or misappropriation thereof.
8
XIV. INSPECTION
14.0 Inspection. Landlord, or Landlords agent, may enter the Leased Premises at any time for the purpose of inspecting same, or of making repairs which Tenant may neglect or refuse to make in accordance with the covenants and agreements of this Lease, and also for the purpose of showing the Leased Premises to persons wishing to purchase the same; or at any time within six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease term, to persons wishing to rent the Leased Premises. Tenant shall within six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease term, permit the usual notice of To Rent or For Sale to be placed on the Leased Premises and to remain thereon without molestation.
XV. QUIET ENJOYMENT
15.0 Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant is not in default under the covenants and agreements of this Lease, Tenants quiet and peaceable enjoyment of the Leased Premises shall not be disturbed or interfere with by Landlord or by any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.
XVI. SUBORDINATION OR SUPERIORITY
16.0 Subordination or Superiority. The rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any first mortgage or first trust deed that is or hereafter may he placed upon the Real Estate and to any and all advances to be made thereunder, and to the interest thereon, and all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof, if the mortgage or trustee named in said mortgage or trust deed shall elect to subject and subordinate the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease to the lien of its mortgage or deed of trust and shall agree to recognize this Lease of Tenant in the event of foreclosure if Tenant is not in default. Any first mortgage or first trustee may elect to give the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease priority over the lien of its mortgage or deed of trust. In the event of either such election and upon notification by such mortgage or trustee to Tenant to that effect, the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be subordinate to, or have priority over, as the case may be, the lien of said mortgage or trust deed, whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said mortgage or trust deed. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever instruments may be required for such purposes, and in the event Tenant fails so to do within ten (10) days after demand in writing, Tenant does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Landlord as its attorney in fact and in its name, place and stead so to do.
XVII. SURRENDER
17.0 Surrender. Upon the termination of this Lease, whether by forfeiture, lapse of time or otherwise, or upon the termination of Tenants right to possession of the Leased Premises, Tenant will at once surrender and deliver up the Leased Premises, together with all improvement thereon, to Landlord in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Said improvements shall include all plumbing, lighting, electrical, heating, cooling and ventilating fixtures and equipment and other articles of personal property used in the operation of the Leased Premises (as distinguished from operations incident to the business of Tenant), together with all duct work. All additions, hardware, non-trade fixtures and all improvements, temporary or permanent, in or upon the Leased Premises placed there by Tenant shall become Landlords property and shall remain upon the Leased Premises upon such termination of this Lease by
9
lapse of time or otherwise, without compensation or allowance or credit to Tenant, unless Landlord requests their removal in writing at or before the time of such termination of this Lease. If Landlord so requests removal of said additions, hardware, non-trade fixtures and all improvements and Tenant does not make such removal at said termination of this Lease, or within ten (10) days after such request, whichever is later, Landlord may remove the same and deliver the same to any other place of business of Tenant or warehouse the same, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal, delivery and warehousing to Landlord on demand.
17.1 Removal of Tenants Property. Upon the termination of this Lease by lapse of time, Tenant may remove Tenants trade fixtures and all of Tenants personal property and equipment other than such personal property and equipment as are referred to in subsection 17.0; provided, however, that Tenant shall repair any injury or damage to the Leased Premises which may result from such removals. If Tenant does not remove Tenants furniture, machinery;, trade fixtures and all other items of personal property of every kind and description from the Leased Premises prior to the end of the term, however, ended, Landlord may, at its option, remove the same and deliver the same to any other place of business of Tenant or warehouse the same, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal (including the repair of any injury or damage to the Leased Premises resulting from such removal), delivery and warehousing to Landlord, on demand, or Landlord may treat such property as having been conveyed to Landlord with this Lease as a Bill of Sale, without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.
17.2 Holding Over. Any holding over by Tenant of the Leased Premises after the expiration of this Lease shall operate and be construed to be a tenancy from month to month only, at a monthly rental of double the rate of rent payable hereunder for the Lease term. Nothing contained in this Section 17.2 shall be construed to give Tenant the right to hold over after the expiration of this Lease, and Landlord may exercise any and all remedies at law or in equity to recover possession of the Leased Premises.
XVIII. REMEDIES
18.0 Defaults. Tenant further agrees that any one or more of the following events shall be considered events of default as said term is used herein, that is to say, if:
(a) Tenant shall be adjudged an involuntary bankrupt, or a decree or order approving, as properly filed, a petition or answer filed against Tenant asking reorganization of Tenant under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter amended, or under the laws of any State, shall be entered, and any such decree or judgment or order shall not have been vacated or stayed or set aside within 30 days from the date o the entry or granting thereof; or
(b) Tenant shall file or admit the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations contained in any petition in bankruptcy or any petition pursuant or purporting to be pursuant to the Federal bankruptcy laws now or hereafter amended, or Tenant shall institute any proceedings or shall give its consent to the institution of any proceedings for any relief of Tenant under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws or any laws relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment or indebtedness, reorganization, arrangements, composition or extension; or
10
(c) Tenant shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver for Tenant or any of the property of Tenant; or
(d) The Leased Premises are levied upon or attached by any revenue officer, Sheriff, or similar officer; or
(e) A decree or order appointing a receiver of the property of Tenant shall be made and such decree or order shall not have been vacated, stayed or set aside within 30 days from the date of entry or granting thereof; or
(f) Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises or abandon the same during the term hereof; or
(g) Tenant shall default in any payment of rent or other charge required to be paid by Tenant hereunder when due as herein provided and such default shall continue for 5 days after notice thereof in writing to Tenant; or
(h) If Tenant shall fail to contest the validity of any lien or claimed lien and give security to Landlord to insure payment thereof, or having commenced to contest the same and having given such security, shall fail to prosecute such contest with diligence, or shall fail to have the same released and satisfy any judgment rendered thereon, and such default continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof in writing to Tenant; or
(i) Tenant shall default in keeping, observing or performing any of the other covenants or agreements herein contained to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof in writing to Tenant; or
(j) Tenant shall repeatedly be late in the payment of rent or other charges required to be paid hereunder or shall repeatedly default in the keeping, observing, or performing of any other covenants or agreements herein contained to be kept, observed, or performed by Tenant (provided notice of such payment or other defaults shall have been given to Tenant, but whether or not Tenant shall have timely cured any such payment or other defaults of which notice was given).
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of such events of default, Landlord may terminate this Lease. Upon termination of this Lease, Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises with or without process of law using such force as may be necessary, and remove all persons, fixtures and chattel therefrom, and Landlord shall not be liable to prosecution for any damages resulting therefrom. Such re-entry and repossession shall not work a forfeiture of the rents or other charges to be paid and covenants to be performed by Tenant during the full term of this Lease. Upon such repossession of the Leased Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as liquidated damages and not as a penalty a sum of money equal to the value of the rent and other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for the remainder of the Lease term, less the fair rental value of the Leased Premises for said period. Upon the happening of any one or more of the above-mentioned events Landlord may repossess the leased Premises by forcible entry or detainer suit, or otherwise, without demand or notice of any kind to Tenant (except as herein about provided for) and without terminating this Lease, in which Landlord may but shall be under no obligation so to do, relet all or any part of the Leased Premises for such rent and upon
11
such terms as shall be satisfactory to Landlord (including the right to relet the Leased Premises for a term greater or lesser than that remaining, under the Lease term, and the right to relet the Leased Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to charge the character or use made of the Leased Premises). For the purpose of such reletting, Landlord may decorate or make any repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Leased Premises that may be necessary or convenient. If Landlord does not relet the Leased Premise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as liquidated damages and not as a penalty a sum equal to the amount of the rent, and other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Lease term. If the leased Premises are relet and a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting after paying all of the expenses of such decorations, repairs, changes, alterations, additions, the expenses of such decorations, repairs, changes, alterations, additions, the expenses of such reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including, but not by way of limitation, attorneys fees, and brokers Commissions), to satisfy the rent and other charges herein provided to be paid for the remainder of the Lease term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand any deficiency and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under the terms of this Section from time to time. If default shall he made in any covenant, agreement, condition or undertaking herein contained to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, other than the making of any payments as herein provided, which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, and if notice thereof in writing shall have been given to Tenant, and if Tenant, prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days from and after the giving of such Notice, commences to eliminate the cause of such default and proceeds diligently and with reasonable dispatch to take all steps and do all work required to cure such default and does so cure such default, then Landlord shall not have the right to declare the said term ended by reason of such default or to repossess without terminating the Lease, provided, however, that the curing of any default in such manner shall not be construed to limit or restrict the right of Landlord to declare the said term ended or to repossess without terminating the Lease, and to enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, for any other default not so cured.
18.1 Remedies Cumulative. No remedy herein or otherwise conferred upon or reserved to Landlord shall be considered to exclude or suspend any other remedy but the same shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute, and every power and remedy given by this Lease to Landlord may be exercised from time to time and so often as the occasion may arise or as may be deemed expedient.
18.2 No Waiver. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or power arising from any default shall impair any such right or power or be construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein. No waiver of any breach of any of the covenants of this Lease shall be construed, taken or held to be a waiver of any other breach or waiver, acquiescence in or consent to any further or succeeding breach of the same covenant.
18.3 Mitigation. In the event of any default by Tenant, and in the further event of subsequent damage to the Landlord, which the common law or any statute applicable thereto requires the landlord to mitigate, the Landlord shall not be required to accept a proffered sub-tenant.
XIX. MISCELLANEOUS
12
19.0 Estoppel Certificates. Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written request from landlord execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and/or Landlords mortgagee, a written statement certifying (if true) that Tenant has accepted the Leased Premises, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), that the Landlord is not in default hereunder, the date to which the rental and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and such other accurate certification as may reasonably be required by Landlord or Landlords mortgagee, and agreeing to give copies to any mortgagee of Landlord of all notices by Tenant to Landlord. It is intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this subsection may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Leased Premises or Real Estate and their respective successors and assigns.
19.1 Landlords Right to Cure. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, cure any default by Tenant (specifically including, but not by way of limitation, Tenants failure to obtain insurance, make repairs, or satisfy lien claims) after complying with the notice provisions established in Article XVIII; and whenever Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses paid by Landlord in curing such default, including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees, shall be so much additional rent due on the next rent date after such payment together with interest except in the case of said attorneys fees) at the highest rate then payable by Tenant in the state of Illinois or in the absence of such rate at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, from the dated the advance to the date of repayment by Tenant to Landlord.
19.2 Amendments must be in Writing. None of the covenants, terms or conditions of this Lease, to kept and performed by either party, shall in any manner be altered, waived, modified, changed or abandoned except by a written instrument, duly signed, acknowledged, and delivered by the other party.
19.3 Notices. All notices to or demands upon Landlord or Tenant desired or required to be given under any of the provisions hereof, shall be in writing. Any notices or demands from Landlord to Tenant shall be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given if a copy thereof has been mailed by United States registered or certified mail in an envelope properly stamped and addressed to Tenant, Power Great Lakes, Inc., 655 Wheat Lane, Wood Dale, Illinois 60191 or at such address as Tenant may theretofore have furnished by written notice to Landlord, and any notices or demands from Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given if mailed by United States registered or certified mail in an envelope properly stamped and addressed to Landlord as follows Dickal L.L.C., c/o Sierra Realty Services, Inc., 1001 E. Ogden Ave., Suite 201, Naperville, Illinois 60563 or at such other address as Landlord may theretofore have furnished by written notice to Tenant. The effective date of such notice shall be one (1) day after delivery of the same to the United States Post Office for mailing. It shall also be sufficient (a) to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Tenant a written or printed copy of any notice, or (b) to leave a written or printed copy of any notice with any person above the age of thirteen (13) years in possession of the premises or to affix the same upon any door leading into the premises in which event the notice or demand shall be deemed to have been served at the time the copy is so left or affixed. All notices or demands shall be signed by or on behalf of the Landlord.
13
19.4 Short Form Lease. This lease shall not be recorded, but the parties agree, at the request of either of them, to execute a Short Form Lease for recording, containing, the name of the parties, the legal description and the term of the of Lease.
19.5 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease, and all provisions herein relating thereto shall be strictly construed.
19.6 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the relationship o principal and agent or of partnership, or of joint venture by the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained in this Lease, nor any acts of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship other than the relationship of Landlord and Tenant.
19.7 Captions. The captions of this Lease are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Lease and shall not be construed as defining or limiting in any way the scope or intent of the provision hereof.
19.8 Severability. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining, terms and provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, but each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
19.9 Law Applicable. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state where the Leased Premises are located.
19.10 Covenants Binding on Successors. All of the covenants, agreements, conditions and undertakings contained in this Lease shall extend and inure to and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the respective parties hereto, the same as if they were in every case specifically named, and wherever in this Lease reference is made to either of the parties hereto, it shall be held to include and apply to, wherever applicable, the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of such party. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to grant or confer upon any person or persons, firm, corporation or governmental authority other than the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, any right, claim or privilege by virtue of any covenant, agreement, condition or undertaking contained in this Lease.
19.11 Brokerage. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with this Lease other than Sierra Realty Services, Inc. (SRS) and Colliers, Inc. Landlord shall pay the total commission due and owing on account of this lease transaction to SRS , who shall then be entirely responsible for the payment of any commissions owed to the sub-agent, Colliers, Inc. Tenant covenants to pay, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord from and against any and all cost, expense or liability for any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any other broker or other agent with respect to this Lease or the negotiation thereof.
19.12 Landlord Means Owner. The term Landlord as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee of the Leased Premises, and in the event of any transfer or transfers of the title to such fee, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfer or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and
14
relieved, from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, of all liability as respects the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed; provided that any funds in the hands of such Landlord or the then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which Tenant has an interest shall be turned over to the grantee, and any amount then due and payable to Tenant by Landlord or the then grantor under any provisions of this Lease, shall be paid to Tenant.
19.13 Lenders Requirements If any mortgagee or committed financier of Landlord should require, as a condition precedent to the closing of any loan or the disbursal of any money under any loan, that this Lease be amended or supplemented in any manner (other than in the description of the Leased Premises, the term, the purpose or the rent or other charges hereunder) Landlord shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, which notice shall be accompanied by a Lease Supplement Agreement embodying such amendments and supplements. Tenant, shall, within ten (10) days after the effective date of landlords notice, either consent to such amendments and supplements (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and execute the tendered Lease Supplement Agreement, or deliver to Landlord a written statement of its reason or reasons for refusing to so consent and execute. Failure of Tenant to respond within said ten (10) day period shall be a default under this Lease without further notice. If Landlord and Tenant are then unable to agree on a Lease Supplement Agreement satisfactory to each of them and to the lender within thirty (30) days after delivery Or Tenants written statement, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease within sixty (60) days after the end of said thirty (30) day period.
19.14 Signs. Tenant shall install no exterior sign without Landlords prior written approval of detailed plans and specifications therefor. The Tenant shall not install any antennae, aerial wires or other equipment outside the premises without, in each and every instance, prior approval in writing by the Landlord.
19.15 Landlords Title. The title of the Landlord, Dickal 770 L.L.C., or any successor, and the interest of the beneficiaries thereunder are and always shall be paramount to the title of the Tenant and nothing herein contained shall empower the Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of the Dickal L.L.C. or any successor.
19.16 Rights Reserved to Landlord. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease, the Landlord reserves all rights to the demised premises, including but not limited to the following:
(a) To change the name or street address of the premises without notice or liability to the Tenant.
(b) To install and maintain a sign or signs on the exterior of the premises, or upon the Real Estate.
(c) During the last ninety (90) days of the term or any part thereof, if during or prior to that time the Tenant vacates the premises, to decorate, remodel, repair, alter, or otherwise prepare the premises for re-occupancy.
(d) To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the building, to the extent permitted by law.
15
(e) To take any and all measures, including inspections, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements to the premises or to the building as may be necessary or desirable for the safety, protection or preservation of the premises or the building or the Landlords interest, or as may be necessary or desirable in the operation of the building.
The Landlord may enter upon the premises and may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights hereby reserved without being guilty of an eviction or disturbance of the Tenants use or possession, and without being liable in any manner to the Tenant.
19.17 Default under other Lease. If the term of any lease, made by the Tenant for any other part of the building, shall be terminated or terminable after the making of this lease because of ally default by the Tenant under such other lease such fact shall empower the Landlord at the Landlords sole option to terminate this lease by notice to the Tenant.
19.18 Condition of the Premises. The taking of possession or the premises by the Tenant shall be conclusive evidence against the Tenant that the premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when the Tenant took possession. No promise of the Landlord to alter, remodel, or improve the premises, and no representation, respecting the condition of the premises have been made by the Landlord to the Tenant unless the same is contained herein, or made a part hereof. This lease does not grant, any rights to light or air over property, except over public streets kept open by public authority.
19.20 Receipt of Money After Notice. No receipt of money by the Landlord from the Tenant after the termination of this Lease or after the service of any notice or after the commencement of any suit, or after final judgment for possession of the premises shall renew, reinstate, continue or extend the term of this lease or affect any such notice, demand or suit.
19.19 Landlord Repairs. All building systems, including but not limited to the heating, plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment will be delivered in good operating condition.
19.21 Effective Date. Submission of this instrument for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for the premises. This instrument becomes effective as a lease upon execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant, except as provided in Section 19.23
19.22 Corporate Authority. All corporate Tenants shall exhibit and deliver to Landlord or Landlords attorney such documents, including certified copies of resolutions of the corporations board of directors that may be reasonably required by Landlord or Landlords attorney, evidencing the corporations authority to execute and deliver this Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this instrument shall not be effective until such time as Landlord or Landlords attorney shall have approved any documents requested by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph.
19.23 Attorneys Fees. In the event either party incurs any legal costs or expenses in connection with the enforcement of its rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorneys fees and costs, in addition to such other damages as may apply.
16
19.24 Security Deposit. To secure the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the covenants, conditions and agreements in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of the Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed, including, but not without limiting the generally of the foregoing, such covenants, conditions, and agreements in this Lease which become applicable upon the termination of the same by re-entry or otherwise, Tenant has deposited herewith the sum of Six Thousand Seven Hundred and Fifty Dollars and no/100 ($6,750.00) with Landlord, Dickal 770 L.L.C. (Agent) as a Security Deposit on the understanding: (a) that such deposit or any part or portion thereof not previously applied, or from time to time, such one or more parts or portions thereof, may be applied to the curing of any default that may then exist, without prejudice to any other remedy or remedies which the Landlord may have on account thereof, and upon such application Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount so applied which shall be added to the Security Deposit so the same may be restored to its original amount; (b) that should the Leased Premises be conveyed by Landlord or should Agent cease to be the agent of Landlord (or of the beneficiary of Landlord, if Landlord is an Illinois land trust), the deposit or any portion thereof not previously applied may be turned over to Landlords grantee or the new agent, as the case may be, and if the same be turned over as aforesaid, the Tenant hereby released Landlord and Agent from any and all liability with respect to the deposit and/or its application or return, and the Tenant agrees to look to such grantee or agent, as the case may be, for such application or return; (c) that Landlord shall have no personal liability with respect to said sum and Tenant shall look exclusively to Agent or its successors pursuant to subparagraph (b) hereof for return of said sum on the termination of this lease; (d) that Agent or its successor shall not be obligated to hold said deposit as a separate fund, but on the contrary may commingle with the same with its other funds; (e) that if Tenant shall faithfully fulfill, keep, perform and observe all of the covenants, conditions, and agreements in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, performed, observed, the sum deposited or the part or portion thereof not previously applied shall be returned to the Tenant without interest no later that thirty (30) days after the expiration of the term of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof, provided Tenant has vacated the Leased Premises and surrendered possession thereof to the Landlord at the expiration of said term or any extension or renewal thereof as provided herein; and (f) that Agent on behalf of itself and its successors, reserves the right, at its sole option, to return to Tenant said deposit or what may then remain thereof, at any time prior to the date when Agent, or its successors is obligated hereunder to return the same, but said return shall not in any manner be deemed to be a waiver of any default of the Tenant hereunder then existing nor to limit or extinguish any liability of Tenant hereunder.
19.25 Mortgagees Responsibility for Security Deposits. The Tenant agrees that it shall have no right of action, counter-claim or set-off against Landlords mortgage for the return or reimbursement of any security deposit required by the terms of this instrument. Any lien on the demised premises that the tenant has or may hereafter have to secure the return or reimbursement for any security deposit shall be and is subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of mortgage or mortgages now or hereafter in force against the demised premises. Further, the Tenant hereby waives any right it may have against Landlords mortgagee, and expressly exculpates Landlords mortgagee from any and all liability to return or reimburse Tenant for any deposits made with Landlord, if any, to secure the payment of real estate taxes. If this provision becomes operative, then notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 19. (b), Tenant may- look to the Landlord and Agent for such application or return. The foregoing exculpation of Landlords mortgagee shall not apply in the event such mortgagee actually receives Tenants security deposits or any other deposits made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.
17
19.26 RULES PERTAINING TO VEHICLES. Tenant shall not park any automobiles, vehicles, or equipment which will interfere with the ingress or egress of other Tenants or the public and agrees not to permit any non-operating motor vehicles to be stored on the premises. Landlord will grant Tenant trailer parking for up to five (5) trailers in the northwest parking area as outlined in Exhibit C. Tenant will be responsible for the Landlords cost to repair the parking lot or drive isles damaged as a result of the trailer parking.
19.27 RULES PERTAINING TO DUMPSTERS AND OUTSIDE STORAGE. Tenant shall keep all dumpster(s) within the Premises. If Tenant requires exterior dumpster storage, the dumpster will be located in the rear of the Premises. Tenant, should Tenant require exterior dumpster storage, Tenant will responsible for the cost and installation of any exterior dumpster enclosure(s), at such time as the Village of Elk Grove may require dumpster enclosure(s). Tenant shall not store or cause to store anything outside of their Leased Premises. Tenant will be responsible for any fines which may be levied by the Village of Elk Grove for outside storage related violations caused by Tenant.
19.28 TENANT WASHROOM ACCCESS. Landlord will grant Tenant access to the lunchroom and one (1) washroom. Tenant is responsible for maintaining the lunchroom and washroom In a neat, clean and safe condition. The remainder of the office will be excluded from the Tenant space and Tenant is not to enter or use this space for any purpose.
19.26 Option to Terminate. Tenant may terminate this Lease on October 31, 2011 with ninety (90) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant must not be in default of any Lease term(s), at the time of Tenants written notice or on October 31, 2011. If Tenant is in default, the Option to Terminate will be null and void. Tenant will be responsible for all obligations of the Lease through the date of termination and the property is to be returned to the Landlord as required in the Lease.
XX. LIMIT ON LANDLORDS LIABILITY
20.0 Limit Clause. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed, honored or performed by Landlord and building(s) owned by Landlord comprising the Demised Premises for the collection of any judgment (or any other judicial procedures requiring the payment of money by Landlord) and no other property or assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution, or other procedures for satisfaction of Tenants remedies.
XXI. COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
21.0 During the term of the Lease, Tenant shall fully comply with any and all laws or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder relating to the Premises and Tenants use thereof, including, but not limited to, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C., Sections 651, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U . S . C . Section 6901, et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.
18
Sections 7901, et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Sections 1251, et seq.; the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and the 1986 Superfund Amendments and Re-authorization Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601, et seq.; the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 4231, et seq.; the Refuse Act, 33 U.S.C. Sections 407, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 11001, et seq.; or any other federal, state or local law, ordinance and/or regulation promulgated under each of those statutes and any amendments thereto, as well as applicable Department of Transportation regulations. Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately if Tenant receives any notice of non-compliance with any laws or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to, those enumerated above.
Tenant shall not cause or permit its business in the Premises to be used to generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle, dispose of, transfer, produce or process hazardous substances, or other dangerous or toxic substances, or solid waste, except in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws or regulations. Tenant shall notify Landlord Immediately if Tenant learns of any non-compliance or of any facts (such as existence of any release or the threat of release of hazardous substances at, on, from or beneath the surface of the Premises) which could give rise to a claim of non-compliance with such laws or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
21.1 During the term of the Lease, Tenant shall obtain, shall fully comply with, and shall maintain in full force and effect all governmental licenses, permits, registrations and approvals (federal, state, local, county and foreign) necessary to conduct its business in the Premises including, but not limited to, those required by the statutes enumerated above in Paragraph 1. During the term of the Lease, Tenant shall keep a copy of all such permits at the Premises and shall make the same available at all times for Landlords inspection.
Tenant warrants and represents that if during the term of the Lease any violations are recorded or any notices are received with respect to any of such licenses, permits, registrations and approvals or if a proceeding is commenced or threatened to revoke or limit any of them, Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately.
21.2 In addition to all other indemnities under the Lease. Tenant hereby assumes for itself and for its successors and assigns any and all environmental, health and safety liabilities or obligations relating to the Premises and or Tenants use of Premises, including, but not limited to, any liabilities or obligations in breach of the obligations imposed by Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof on Tenant and its successors and assigns. Tenant for itself and its successors and assignees shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its successors, assigns, owners and affiliates harmless from and against any claims, demands, liabilities and damages (including, but not limited to, attorneys fees and court costs) arising out of or in connection with any environmental contamination or pollution of the Premises, the existence on, or removal from, the Premises of any hazardous substance. The obligations of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease the day and year first above written,
Dickal 770 L.L.C. (Landlord) |
Power Great Lakes, Inc. (Tenant) |
|||
|
/s/ Kenneth Winemaster |
|||
Signature | Signature | |||
Agent For Dickal 770, LLC
R. De Salvo Jr. |
Kenneth Winemaster |
|||
Printed | Printed |
20
EXHIBIT A 770-780 Arthur Ave., Elk Grove Village, Illinois
Parcel 1:
Lot 1 in C.M.S. Resubdivision of Lot 282 (except the South 108.00 Feet of the West 65.00 Feet) in Centex Industrial Park Unit 162 being a Subdivision in Southwest Quarter of Section 34, Township 41 North, Range 11, East of the Third Principal Meridian, and Lot 1 in Resubdivision of Lot 388 in Centex Industrial Park Unit 236 being a Subdivision in the South Half of the South West Quarter of Section 34 aforesaid, and the South 108.0 Feet of the West 65.0 Feet of Lot 282 in Centex Industrial Park Unit 162 aforesaid, in Cook County, Illinois.
Parcel 2:
Easement for appurtenant and for the benefit of that part of Parcel 1 lying North of a Line 26 Feet South of the most Southerly North Line of Lot 1 aforesaid, (except the West 65 Feet thereof) as created by Easement appurtenant and for the benefit of Parcel 1 as created by Grant of Easement made by and between Servomation Corporation, a Corporation of Delaware and Midwest Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated August 31, 1978 and known as Trust Number 78-08-2680 dated November 15, 1983 and recorded February 7, 1984 as Document 26959651 for storm water detention over the following described land:
That Part of Lot 2 of CMS Resubdivision of Lot 282 (except the South 108.00 Feet of the West 65.0 Feet) in Centex Industrial Park Unit 162, being a Subdivision in the South West 1 / 4 of Section 34, Township 41 North, Range 11 East of the Third Principal Meridian and Lot 1 in Resubdivision of Lot 388 in Centex Industrial Park Unit 236, being a Subdivision in the South 1 / 2 of the South West 1 / 4 of Section 34 aforesaid, and the South 108.00 Feet of the West 65.0 Feet of Lot 282 in Centex Industrial Park Unit 162, aforesaid, in Cook County, Illinois described as follows:
Beginning at the most Southerly South West Corner of Lot 2 of CMS Resubdivision for the Point of Beginning; thence North 000 degrees, 12 Minutes, 53 Seconds East along the most Easterly West Line of said Lot, a distance of 82.0 Feet; thence South 089 Degrees, 59 Minutes, 40 Seconds East 117.73 Feet; thence South 084 Degrees, 27 Minutes, 04 Seconds East 43.47 Feet; thence South 067 Degrees, 14 Minutes, 01 Seconds East 50.02 Feet; thence South 053 Degrees, 38 Minutes, 56 Seconds East 77.39 Feet to the Southeasterly curved line of Lot 22 aforesaid; thence Southwesterly along the last described line, being an Arc of a circle Convex Northwesterly and having radius of 160.0 Feet for a distance of 15.86 Feet to the most Southerly South Line of said Lot 2; thence North 089 Degrees, 59 Minutes, 40 Seconds West along the most Easterly South Line, a distance of 260.12 Feet to the Point of Beginning in Cook County, Illinois.
Pin 08-34-301-028 |
770 Arthur Avenue | |
Elk Grove Village, Illinois |
21
EXHIBIT B770-780 Arthur Ave., Elk Grove Village, Illinois
Rules and Regulations
1. In the event of any conflict between the terms of these rules and regulations and the express provisions of the Lease, the express, applicable provisions of the Lease shall control. Landlord reserves the right, without the approval of Tenant, to rescind, add to and amend any rules or regulations, to add new reasonable rules or regulations and to waive any rules or regulations with respect to any tenant or tenants. Tenant shall provide a copy of these rules and regulations to each of its employees to facilitate compliance with these standards.
2. The sidewalks, walks, and driveways of the Premises shall not be obstructed, and shall not be used by Tenant, or the employees, agents, servants, visitors or invitees of Tenant, for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. No skateboards, roller skates, roller blades or similar items shall be used in or about the Project.
3. Tenant, or the employees, agents, servants, visitors or invitees of Tenant, shall not at any time place, leave or discard any rubbish, paper, articles or object of any kind whatsoever outside the doors of the Premises.
4. Tenant shall not place, or cause or allow to be placed, any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, notice or lettering whatsoever, in, about or on the exterior of the Premises, Building or Project except in and at such places as may be designated by Landlord and consented to by Landlord in writing. Any such sign, placard, advertisement, picture, notice or lettering so placed without such consent may be removed by Landlord without notice to and at the expense of Tenant.
5. Tenant shall not place, or cause or allow to be placed, any satellite dish, communications equipment, computer or microwave receiving equipment, antennae or other similar equipment about or on the exterior of the Premises, Building or Project without the Landlords prior written approval. Any such equipment so placed may be removed by Landlord without notice to and at the expense of Tenant.
6. Tenant shall not cause or permit any odors to permeate in or emanate from the Premises, or permit any use in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Premises by reason of light, radiation, magnetism, noise, odors and/or vibrations.
22
7. Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises. No boring, driving of nails or screws, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall not install any resilient tile or similar floor covering in the Premises except with the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
8. Tenant will be responsible for providing a key, which will operate all exterior doors, to the local Fire Department to be placed in the Knox Box for the Fire Departments exclusive use in an emergency situation. All entrance doors to the Premises shall be left closed at all times and left locked when the Premises are not in use.
9. Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of known theft or accident in the Premises, or of known defects therein or in any roof, structure, fixtures or equipment, or of any known emergency in the Premises.
10. Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit the Premises to be used for photographic, multilith or multigraph reproductions, except in connection with its own business and not as a service for others without Landlords prior written permission.
11. No animals or birds shall be brought or kept in or about the Premises, with the exception of guide dogs accompanying visually handicapped persons.
12. No awnings, draperies, shutters or other interior or exterior window coverings that are visible from the exterior of the Building or from the exterior of the Premises within the Building may be installed by Tenant without Landlords prior written consent.
13. Tenant shall not place, install or operate within the Premises or any other part of the Premises any engine, excluding lift trucks, stove, or machinery, or conduct mechanical operations therein, without the written consent of Landlord.
14. No portion of the Premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.
15. Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises neat and orderly.
16. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expenses of any breakage, stoppage or damage, resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who (or whose employees or invitees) shall have caused such damage.
23
17. All tenant modifications resulting from alterations or physical additions in or to the Premises must conform to all applicable building and fire codes. Tenant shall obtain written approval from the building manager prior to commencement of any such modifications and shall deliver as built plans to the building manager upon completion.
18. Tenant agrees to use caution so that indoor plants do not damage or soil the Premises.
19. Tenant shall not park (and shall insure that Tenants employees, agents and invitees do not park) in any reserved parking spaces. Any vehicle improperly parked, or parked in any unauthorized parking area shall be towed at the vehicle owners expense and without further or additional notice.
20. Persons using the parking facilities do so at their own risk. Landlord specifically disclaims all liability, except when caused solely by its gross negligence or willful misconduct, for any personal injury incurred users of the parking facilities, their agents, employees, family, friends, guests or invitees, or as a result of damage to, theft of, or destruction of any vehicle or any contents thereof as a result of the operation or parking of vehicles in the parking facilities.
21. Smoking is not permitted within the Premises. Tenant will not permit any of its employees, business invitees, or guests, to use within the Premises any lit smoking devices of any kind whatsoever. Should Tenant choose to permit smoking within their own leased Premises, with notice to Landlord, then Tenant shall be entirely responsible for the containment of any smoke odors that may emanate from said Premises, affecting the smoke free environment of others within the Building. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any smoke odor violation, and Tenant shall have thirty (30) days to take whatever steps are necessary to correct the problem. If whatever steps taken by Tenant do not correct the problem, Tenant shall make the Premises non-smoking.
24
EXHIBIT C770.780 Arthur Ave., Elk Grove Village, Illinois
Trailer Parking
Trailer(s) will be parked in the 65 x 82, northwest parking lot area only. Access to the trailer parking area will be by way of the north driveway, along the north wall of the building, only. Tenant will be responsible for any driveway damage with is caused in association with this trailer parking.
Building Location / Site Plan
25
Exhibit 10.17
COMMERCIAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P.
Landlord
AND
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC.
Tenant
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE AGREEMENT
GROSS |
Property Address: 1455 Michael Drive Wood Dale, Illinois 60191
Execution Copy Date: August 28, 2006 |
LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (Lease), made and entered into by and between, AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or its assigns, hereinafter referred to as Landlord, and POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation, hereinafter referred to as Tenant ;
WITNESSETH:
1. PREMISES AND TERM. In consideration of the mutual obligations of Landlord and Tenant set forth herein, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes from Landlord the Premises situated within the County of DuPage, State of Illinois, more particularly described and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, commonly known as 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois, and consisting of approximately 89,835 square feet (the Premises), contained within a single tenant building (the Building), to have and to hold, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions in this Lease. The term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date hereinafter set forth and shall end on September 30, 2008.
The Commencement Date shall be September 1, 2006. Tenant acknowledges that (i) it has inspected and accepts the Premises in its as-is, where-is condition, with all faults, (ii) the Building and improvements comprising the same are suitable for the purpose for which the Premises are leased, (iii) the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition, and (iv) no representations as to the repair of the Premises, nor promises to alter, remodel or improve the Premises have been made by Landlord (unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease). If this Lease is executed before the Premises become vacant or otherwise available and ready for occupancy, or if any present Tenant or occupant of the Premises holds over, and Landlord cannot, using good faith efforts, acquire possession of the Premises prior to the date above recited as the Commencement Date of this Lease, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder nor in any way liable to Tenant because of such failure, and Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises at such time as Landlord is able to tender the same, which date shall thenceforth be deemed to be the Commencement Date; and the term of this Lease automatically shall be extended so as to include the full number of months hereinbefore provided for (as well as provide for a total of two (2) months of free rent), except that if the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month such term also shall be extended for the remainder of the calendar month in which possession is tendered. Landlord hereby waives payment of rent covering any period prior to such tendering of possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord fails to provide possession to Tenant on or before October 1, 2006, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease without further liability. After the Commencement Date, Tenant shall, upon demand, execute and deliver to Landlord a letter of acceptance of delivery of the Premises.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to professionally inspect, repair and/or replace, as needed, all HVAC units, the plumbing system, the electrical system (including all lights and ballasts),
2. GROSS RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT.
A. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord gross rent for the Premises (Gross Rent), in advance, without demand, deduction or set off, in accordance with the following schedule:
Time Period |
Monthly Gross Rent |
|
September 1, 2006 - September 30, 2006 |
No Gross Rent owed by Tenant (Tenant only responsible for payment of utilities) | |
October 1, 2006 January 31, 2007 |
$29,945.00 | |
February 1, 2007 February 28, 2007 |
No Gross Rent owed by Tenant (Tenant only responsible for payment of utilities) | |
March 1, 2007 September 30, 2007 |
$29,945.00 | |
October 1, 2007 September 30, 2008 |
$33,688.00 |
One such monthly installment shall be due and payable on the date hereof and future monthly installments shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date, except that all payments due hereunder for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Lease is a Gross lease, and while Tenant shall be responsible for paying for its utilities, snow removal and any other items that Tenant is responsible for performing under this Lease, Landlord shall not charge Tenant for Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 3A below) payable by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 3A below, the cost to Landlord of administering and maintaining any insurance pursuant to Paragraph 9 below, or the cost to Landlord of maintaining the common areas in accordance with Paragraph 4 below, or for other costs and expenses not specifically set forth in this Lease.
B. In addition, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord on the date hereof the sum of Thirty-Three Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($33,688.00) (the Security Deposit) which shall be held by Landlord, without obligation for interest, as security for the performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood and agreed that this Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlords damages in case of Tenants default. Upon each occurrence of an event of default, Landlord may use all or part of the Security Deposit to pay past due rent or other payments due Landlord under this Lease, and the cost of any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such event of default without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. On demand, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, The Security Deposit shall be deemed the property of Landlord, but any remaining balance of such Deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the termination or expiration of this Lease.
3. TAXES.
A. Landlord, at its own cost and expense, agrees to pay all taxes (including real estate taxes), assessments and governmental charges of any kind and nature that accrue against the Premises, and/or the land and/or improvements of which the Premises and Building are a part (collectively referred to herein as Taxes). If at any time during the term of this Lease, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax directly on the rents received therefrom and/or a franchise tax assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents from the Premises and/or the land and improvements of which the Premises are a part, then all such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, or the part, thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term Taxes for the purposes hereof. The Landlord shall have the right to employ a tax consulting firm to attempt to assure a fair tax burden on the Building and grounds within the applicable taxing jurisdiction.
B. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or fixtures placed in the Premises. If any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlords property and (i) Landlord pays the same or (ii) the assessed value of Landlords property is increased by inclusion of such personal property and fixtures and Landlord pays the increased taxes, then, upon demand Tenant shall pay to Landlord such taxes.
1
4. LANDLORDS REPAIRS.
A. Landlord, at its own cost and expense, shall maintain the roof, skylights, if any, foundation and the structural soundness of the exterior walls of the Building in good repair, reasonable wear and tear excluded. The term walls as used herein shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors, special store fronts or office entries. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of defect or need for repairs, after which Landlord shall have reasonable opportunity to repair same or cure such defects.
B. Landlord, at its own cost and expense, shall perform all necessary repairs and replacements to all building systems and equipment within the Premises (including furnace, HVAC, water heater and other systems), and, shall perform the paving, floor slab, common area, and landscape replacement and maintenance (excluding the removal of snow and ice from the parking areas, sidewalks driveways and alleys surrounding the Building, which is Tenants responsibility under Paragraph 5A below), exterior painting and common sewage line plumbing (provided that if a repair is necessitated by damage caused by the intentional acts or negligence of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees or contractors, Tenant shall bear one hundred percent (100%) of such cost which cost shall include an administration and supervision fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the cost thereof).
C. Any costs owed by Tenant under this Paragraph 4 shall be paid within ten (10) days following Tenants receipt of an invoice from Landlord.
5. TENANTS REPAIRS.
A. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall (i) promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements to the Premises, except for those required to be made by the Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 4, above, and (ii) keep the parking areas, sidewalks, driveways and alleys surrounding the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition and shall remove all snow, ice and rubbish from same.
B. Tenant shall use equipment and fixtures which avoid damage to the floor slab. In addition, Tenant agrees not to overload the floor slabs in any way so as to cause damage to the slab or the foundation and shall be responsible for any damage to the floor slab resulting from its actions or the actions of its employees, agents or contractors.
C. Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall enter into a regularly scheduled preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor for servicing all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment within the Premises. The service contract will include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer in its operations/maintenance manual and an executed copy of such contract will be provided to Landlord.
6. ALTERATIONS . Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to install mechanical systems that are non-structural in nature for Tenants operations so long as Tenant obtains Landlords prior written approval of same and Tenant complies with all terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6. Additionally, Tenant shall remove such mechanical systems at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and restore the Premises to their original condition if Landlord informs Tenant at any time during the term of the Lease of this requirement. Any alterations, additions or improvements performed by Tenant shall be in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6. All work to be performed by Tenant under this Paragraph 6 shall be performed in accordance with plans and specifications approved in advance by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable codes, rules, regulations, ordinances and laws by licensed contractors who are approved in advance by Landlord and who carry policies of workers compensation and liability insurance in minimum coverage amounts acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish copies of insurance certificates evidencing the required insurance coverage prior to commencing any work and Landlord shall be designated as an additional insured on such certificates. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord written evidence of security to assure Landlord that all work performed pursuant to this Paragraph shall be free and clear of all mechanics liens or other liens, encumbrances, security interests and charges. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all costs (including attorneys fees and court costs), losses, expenses, damages and other liabilities arising out of or in connection with the work performed in accordance with this Paragraph. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, may erect such shelves, bins machinery and trade fixtures as it desires provided that (a) such items do not alter the basic character of the Premises or the building and/or improvements of which the Premises arc a part, (b) such items do not overload or damage the same, (c) such items may be removed without injury to the Premises, and (d) the construction, erection or installation thereof complies with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and with Landlords specifications and requirements. All alterations, additions, improvements and partitions erected by Tenant shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the term of this Lease. All shelves, bins, machinery and trade fixtures installed by Tenant shall be removed on or before the earlier to occur of the date of termination of this Lease or vacating the Premises, at which time Tenant shall restore the Premises to their original condition. All alterations, installations, removals and restoration shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage or alter the primary structure or structural qualities of the Building and other improvements situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part.
7. SIGNS . Tenant shall not install any signs upon the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any signs shall be removed at Tenants cost upon termination or expiration of this Lease. Tenant shall repair, paint, and/or replace the building facial surface to which its signs are attached upon vacation of the Premises, or the removal or alteration of its signage. Tenant shall not (i) make any changes to the exterior of the Premises, (ii) install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners or painting, or (iii) erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlords prior written consent. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall conform in all respects to the criteria established by Landlord.
8. UTILITIES . Landlord agrees to provide normal water service to the Premises. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler charges and other utilities and services used on or at the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining to the Tenants use of the Premises, and any maintenance charges for utilities.
9. INSURANCE.
A. Landlord, at its own cost, shall maintain insurance covering the Building in an amount not less than eighty percent (80%) of the replacement cost thereof insuring against the perils of Fire, Lightning, Extended Coverage Vandalism and Malicious Mischief, Liability and Rental Interruption and such other insurance as Landlord shall deem necessary.
B. Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of workers compensation and comprehensive general liability insurance, including personal injury and property damage, with contractual liability endorsement, in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for property damage and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence for personal injuries or deaths of persons occurring in or about the Premises. Tenant, at its own expense, also shall maintain during the term of this Lease, fire and extended coverage insurance covering the replacement cost of (i) all alterations, additions, partitions and improvements installed or placed on the Premises by Tenant or by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and (ii) all of Tenants personal property contained within the Premises, and business interruption insurance insuring loss of profits in the event of an insured peril damaging the Premises. If, in the reasonable opinion of Landlords insurance advisor, the amount or scope of such coverage is deemed inadequate at any time during the term of the Lease, Tenant shall increase such coverage to such reasonable amounts or scope as Landlords advisor reasonably deems adequate. Said policies shall (i) name Landlord as an additional insured (except for the workers compensation policy, which instead shall include waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord), (ii) be issued by an insurance company which is licensed to do business in the State of Illinois, rated A: VII or better by Bests Key Rating Guide and is otherwise acceptable to Landlord, and (iii) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord. Said policies shall provide primary coverage to Landlord; when any policy issued to Landlord is
2
similar or duplicate in coverage, Landlords policy shall be excess over Tenants policies. Said policy or policies, or certificates thereof, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the term of the Lease and upon each renewal of said insurance.
C. Tenant will not permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would (i) void the insurance thereon, (ii) increase the insurance risk, or (iii) cause the disallowance of any sprinkler credits, including, without limitation, use of the Premises for the receipt, storage or handling of any product, material or merchandise that is explosive or highly inflammable. If any increase in the cost of any insurance on the Premises or the Building is caused by Tenants use of the Premises, or because Tenant vacates the Premises, then Tenant shall pay the amount of such increase to Landlord.
10. FIRE AND CASUALTY DAMAGE.
A. If the Premises or the Building should be damaged or destroyed by fire or other peril, Tenant immediately shall give written notice to Landlord. If the buildings situated upon the Premises or of which the Premises are a part should be totally destroyed by any peril covered by the insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph 9A, above, or if they should be so damaged thereby that, in Landlords estimation, rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease effective upon the date of the occurrence of such damage.
B. If the Building should be damaged by any peril covered by the insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph 9A, above, and in Landlords estimation, rebuilding or repairs can be substantially completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage, this Lease shall not terminate, and Landlord shall restore the Premises to substantially its previous condition, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the partitions, fixtures, additions and other improvements that may have been constructed, erected or installed in, or about the Premises or for the benefit of, or by or for Tenant. If such repairs and rebuilding have not been substantially completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage (subject to delays outside of Landlords control), Tenant, as Tenants exclusive remedy, may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord in which event the rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate. In the event of an insurance claim that results from the acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees, licensees or contractors, Tenant shall be liable for payment of any deductible under any of Landlords insurance policies with respect to the Premises.
C. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such requirement is made known by any such holder, whereupon all rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate.
D. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action, against each other, their agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, improvements to the Building, or personal property (building contents) within the building and/or Premises, for any reason regardless of cause or origin, to the extent covered by the insurance required to be maintained hereunder. Each party to this Lease agrees immediately after execution of this Lease to give each insurance company, which has issued to it policies of fire and extended coverage insurance, written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this subparagraph, and if necessary, to have the insurance policies properly endorsed.
E. If the Premises are damaged by any peril not covered by the insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph 9A, above and the cost to repair such damage exceeds any amount Tenant may elect to contribute, Landlord may elect either to commence to repair and restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or not to repair and restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall terminate.
11. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION . Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, Landlords affiliates, lenders, and the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, managers, contractors, attorneys and agents of the foregoing (collectively, Landlord Entities) harmless from and defend Landlord Entities against (a) any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage (i) to any person or property whatsoever occurring in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof and/or of the Building, including without limitation elevators, stairways, passageways or hallways, the use of which Tenant may have in accordance with this Lease, when such injury or damage shall be caused by the act, neglect, fault of, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, or invitees, (ii) arising from the conduct of management of any work done by the Tenant in or about the Premises, and (iii) arising from transactions of the Tenant, and (b) all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or action or proceeding brought with respect to subparagraph (a). Except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, neither Landlord nor Landlord Entities shall be liable for and Tenant waives any claims against Landlord and Landlord Entities for injury or damage to the person or the property of Tenant, Tenants employees, contractors, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the Premises, the Building or the common areas surrounding same from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, damage or injury which is caused by or results from (i) fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning or lighting fixtures or (ii) from the condition of the Premises, other portions of the Building or the common areas surrounding same. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenants of Landlord or any subtenant or assignee of such other tenants. Notwithstanding Landlords negligence, gross negligence, or breach of the Lease, Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable for (a) injury to Tenants business, for any loss of income or profit therefrom or any indirect, consequential or punitive damages or (b) any damage to property or injury to persons arising from any act of God, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, etc. The provisions of this Paragraph 11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.
12. USE . The Premises shall be used only for the purpose of receiving, storing, shipping and selling (other than retail) products, materials and merchandise made and/or distributed by Tenant and for such other lawful purposes as may be incidental thereto. Outside storage, including, without limitation, storage of trucks and other vehicles, is prohibited without Landlords prior written consent. Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use, the parking areas serving the Building. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises, and promptly shall comply with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises, all at Tenants sole expense. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Premises, nor take any other action that would constitute a nuisance or would disturb, unreasonably interfere with, or endanger Landlord. No pets or other animals of any kind shall be permitted on the Premises or any parking areas adjacent to the Premises. Tenant shall pay the cost of any modifications to the Premises, the Building and the common areas required as a result of Tenants particular use of the Premises.
13. INSPECTION . Landlord and Landlords agents and representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises upon reasonable prior notice during business hours, unless an emergency, to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease. During the period that is six (6) months prior to the end of the Lease term, upon telephonic notice to Tenant, Landlord and Landlords representatives may enter the Premises during business hours for the purpose of showing the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available. Prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease, Tenant and Landlord shall arrange to meet for a joint inspection of the Premises prior to vacating for the purpose of determining any repairs that are necessary and restoration of the Premises.
14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
A. Tenant shall not have the right to assign, sublet, transfer or encumber this Lease, or any interest therein without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. A change in the control of Tenant shall constitute an assignment requiring Landlords consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting or management control of Tenant shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. Any
3
attempted assignment, subletting, transfer or encumbrance by Tenant in violation of the terms and covenants of this Paragraph shall be void. In the event Tenant desires to sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease. Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord within a reasonable time prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed sublessee or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed sublessee or assignee.
B. In addition to, but not in limitation of, Landlords right to approve of any sublessee or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective. The option shall be exercised if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice thereof within sixty (60) days following Landlords receipt of Tenants written notice as required above. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire demised Premises, pursuant to this Paragraph, the term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenants notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the term hereof; provided, however, that effective on such date Tenant shall pay Landlord all amounts, as estimated by Landlord, payable by Tenant to such date with respect to taxes, insurance, repairs, maintenance, restoration and other obligations, costs or charges which are the responsibility of Tenant hereunder. Further, upon any such cancellation Landlord and Tenant shall have no further obligations or liabilities to each other under this Lease, except with respect to obligations or liabilities which accrued hereunder as of such cancellation date (in the same manner as if such cancellation date were the date originally fixed in this Lease of the expiration of the term hereof). If Landlord recaptures under this Paragraph only a portion of the Premises, the rent during the unexpired term hereof shall abate proportionately based on the rent per square foot contained in this Lease as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall, at Tenants own cost and expense, discharge in full any outstanding commission obligation on the part of Landlord with respect to this Lease, and any commissions which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant thereto and rented by Landlord to the proposed Tenant or any other tenant.
C. If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101 et. seq. (the Bankruptcy Code), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any and all monies or other considerations constituting Landlords property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord. Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed, without further act or deed, to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.
D. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease to any affiliate (as such term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933) provided that such assignment is in form satisfactory to Landlord. Any assignee, sublessee or transferee of Tenants interest in this Lease (all such assignees, sublessees and transferees being hereinafter referred to as Transferees), by assuming Tenants obligations hereunder, shall assume liability to Landlord for all amounts paid to persons other than Landlord by such Transferees in contravention of this Paragraph. No assignment, subletting or other transfer, whether consented to by Landlord or not or permitted hereunder shall relieve Tenant of its liability hereunder. If an event of default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are assigned or sublet, then Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein provided, or provided by law, may collect directly from such Transferee all rents payable to the Tenant and apply such rent against any sums due Landlord hereunder. No such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenants obligations hereunder.
E. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with or resulting from a request by Tenant to assign, sublet, transfer or encumber this Lease, or any interest therein. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such costs and expenses within fifteen (15) days of receipt of an invoice for same.
F. In the event that Tenant subleases all or a portion of the Premises pursuant to a sublease approved in writing by landlord and such sublease provides for the payment of a gross rental (including base rent, taxes, insurance and other costs payable under Paragraph 2 of the Lease) and any other consideration owing to Tenant in connection with the sublease that exceeds the aggregate payments owed by Tenant for such portion of the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the commencement of the term of the sublease the amount of such excess. In addition, in the event that Tenant assigns the Lease pursuant to an assignment approved in writing by Landlord (other than an assignment permitted under Paragraph 14D of the Lease) and Tenant receives consideration for such assignment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such consideration upon Landlords execution of a written consent to the assignment. The failure of Tenant to make such payment in a timely manner shall constitute an event of default under this Lease.
15. CONDEMNATION . If more than twenty percent (20%) of the Premises are taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a Condemnation Event) and the Condemnation Event prevents or materially interferes with the use of the Premises for the purpose for which they were leased to Tenant, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective on the first to occur of the following: (a) the date on which the condemning or purchasing authority occupies the Premises (or portion thereof); or (b) the date on which the condemning or purchasing authority requires that the Premises (or portion thereof) be vacated, but at all times Tenant shall be provided with no less than sixty (60) days notice to vacate. If less than twenty percent (20%) of the Premises are taken after the Condemnation Event, this Lease shall not terminate, but the rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances. All compensation, awards or damages in connection with or resulting from a Condemnation Event (the Award) shall be paid to and be the sole property of Landlord, whether the Award is made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold estate, the fee interest in the Premises, or some other aspect of value associated with the Premises Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no monetary or other obligations to Tenant in connection with or with respect to a Condemnation Event or an early termination of the Lease that is triggered by a Condemnation Event in accordance with this Paragraph 15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to lodge a separate claim for compensation due to such a taking from the condemning authority so long as the amount of the Award to Landlord is not reduced.
16. HOLDING OVER . At the termination of this Lease by its expiration or otherwise, Tenant immediately shall deliver possession to Landlord with all repairs and maintenance required herein to be performed by Tenant completed. If, for any reason, Tenant retains possession of the Premises or any part thereof after such termination, then Landlord may, at its option, serve written notice upon Tenant that such holding over constitutes either (i) renewal of this Lease for one year, and from year to year thereafter, (ii) creation of a month to month tenancy, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, or (iii) creation of a tenancy at sufferance, in any case upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, provided, however, that the monthly rental or daily rental under (iii) shall, in addition to all other sums which are to be paid by Tenant hereunder whether or not as additional rent, be equal to one and one half times (150%) the rental being paid monthly to Landlord under this Lease immediately prior to such termination (prorated in the case of (iii) on the basis of a 365 day year for each day Tenant remains in possession). If no such notice is served then a tenancy at sufferance shall be deemed to be created at the rent in the preceding sentence. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all damages sustained by Landlord resulting from retention of possession by Tenant, including the loss of any proposed subsequent tenant for any portion of the Premises. The provisions of this Paragraph shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any right of re-entry as herein set forth; nor shall receipt of any rent or any other act in apparent affirmance of the tenancy operate as a waiver of the right to terminate this Lease for a breach of any of the terms, covenants, or obligations herein on Tenants part to be performed. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided. The preceding provisions of this Paragraph 16 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises in the absence of written consent thereto by Landlord.
17. QUIET ENJOYMENT . Landlord covenants that on or before the Commencement Date it will have good title to the Premises, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, excepting only the lien for current taxes not yet due, such mortgage or mortgages as are permitted by the terms of this Lease, zoning
4
ordinances and other building and fire ordinances and governmental regulations relating to the use of such property, and easements restrictions and other conditions of record. Landlord represents that it has the authority to enter into this Lease and that so long as Tenant pays all amounts due hereunder and performs all other covenants and agreements herein set forth, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the term hereof without hindrance or molestation from Landlord, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.
18. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The following events (herein individually referred to as event of default) each shall be deemed to be events of nonperformance by Tenant under this Lease:
A. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the rent herein reserved when due, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required herein when due, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days from the date such payment was due; provided, however, that Tenants failure to make a payment within this time period shall not be deemed an event of default for the first such occurrence during any twelve (12) month period of the Lease so long as payment is made within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord; no further opportunity to cure shall be provided to Tenant during any twelve (12) month period of the Lease.
B. The Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenants obligations hereunder shall (i) become insolvent, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property, or (v) take any action to authorize or in contemplation of any of the actions set forth above in this Paragraph.
C. Any case, proceeding or other action against the Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenants obligations hereunder shall be commenced seeking (i) to have an order for relief entered against it as debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or (iii) appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action (a) results in the entry of an order for relief against it which it is not fully stayed within seven (7) business days after the entry thereof or (b) shall remain undismissed for a period of forty-five (45) days.
D. Tenant shall (i) vacate all or a substantial portion of the Premises or (ii) fail to continuously operate its business at the Premises for the permitted use set forth herein, whether or not Tenant is in default of the rental payments due under this Lease; provided, however, in any case, Tenant shall not be in default under this Paragraph so long as it (x) continues to pay Rent, (y) regulate the temperature and utilities within the Premises in such a manner as to not cause damage thereto and otherwise continue to maintain the Premises in accordance with the requirements of the Lease and (z) notifies Landlord of its intent with respect to (i) and (ii) above.
E. Tenant shall fail to discharge any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of Paragraph 21 hereof within twenty (20) days after any such lien or encumbrance is filed against the Premises.
F. Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease (other than those listed in this Paragraph 18), and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the nature of Tenants obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days is reasonably required to cure such failure, then Tenant shall have such time as is reasonably required provided Tenant commences such performance promptly after written notice from Landlord and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.
G. Tenant shall fail to comply with the terms and provisions of Paragraph 24 hereunder.
H. Tenant shall fail to deliver the estoppel certificate within the time provided in Paragraph 22D.
19. REMEDIES.
A. Upon each occurrence of an event of default, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies upon notice and demand, to the extent such notice and demand is required by applicable laws:
(1) |
Terminate this Lease; and/or |
(2) |
Enter upon and take possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease; and/or |
(3) |
Alter all locks and other security devices at the Premises with or without terminating this Lease, and pursue, at Landlords option, one or more remedies pursuant to this Lease, Tenant hereby specifically waiving any state or federal law to the contrary; and in any such event Tenant immediately shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails so to do Landlord, without waiving any other remedy it may have, may enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying such Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefor; and/or |
(4) |
Maintain Tenants right to possession in which case this Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlords rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due. |
B. If Landlord terminates this Lease, at Landlords option, Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, the sum of all rental and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder accrued to the date of such termination, plus, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to (1) the present value of the total rental and other payments owed hereunder for the remaining portion of the Lease term, calculated as if such term expired on the date set forth in Paragraph 1, less (2) all amounts received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such remaining term (but only to the extent of the rent herein reserved). An action to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this subparagraph may be brought following termination of the Lease without the necessity of Landlords waiting until the expiration of the Lease Term.
C. If Landlord repossesses the Premises without terminating the Lease, Tenant, at Landlords option, shall be liable for and shall pay Landlord on demand all rental and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder, accrued to the date of such repossession, plus all amounts required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord until the date of expiration of the term as stated in Paragraph 1, diminished by all amounts received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such remaining term (but only to the extent of the rent herein reserved). Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this subparagraph may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlords waiting until expiration of the Lease term.
D. Upon an event of default, in addition to any sum provided to be paid herein, Tenant also shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord (i) brokers fees incurred by Landlord in connection with reletting the whole or any part of the Premises, (ii) the costs of removing and storing Tenants or other occupants property, (iii) the costs of repairing, altering, remodeling or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant or tenants, (iv) all reasonable expenses incurred in marketing the Premises, and (v) all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing or defending Landlords rights and/or remedies. If either party hereto institute any action or proceeding to enforce any provision hereof by reason of any alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive from the losing party all reasonable attorneys fees and all court costs in connection with such proceeding.
5
E. In the event Tenant fails to make any payment due hereunder when payment is due, to help defray the additional cost to Landlord for processing such late payments. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such installment; and the failure to pay such amount within ten (10) days after demand therefor shall be an additional event of default hereunder. The provision for such late charge shall be in addition to all of Landlords other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlords remedies in any manner.
F. Exercise by Landlord of any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises by Landlord, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it being understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Tenant and Landlord further agree that forbearance by Landlord to enforce its rights pursuant to the Lease at law or in equity, shall not be a waiver of Landlords right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default.
G. In the event of termination and/or repossession of the Premises for an event of default, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and to collect rental after reletting, provided, that, Tenant shall not be entitled to credit or reimbursement of any proceeds in excess of the rental owed hereunder. Landlord may relet the whole or any portion of the Premises for any period, to any Tenant and for any use and purpose.
H. If Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure, Tenants exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages, provided that in the event the nature of Landlords default prevents the Premises from being used for its intended purpose, Tenant shall have the right to institute proceedings in a court of equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the nature of Landlords obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days is reasonably required to cure such failure, then Landlord shall have such time as is reasonably required provided Landlord commences such performance within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. Unless and until Landlord fails to so cure any default after such notice, Tenant shall not have any remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. All obligations of Landlord hereunder will be construed as covenants, not conditions; and all such obligations will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its possession of the Premises and not thereafter. The term Landlord shall mean only the owner, for the time being of the Premises, and in the event of the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants and obligations of the Landlord thereafter accruing, but such covenants and obligations shall be binding during the Lease term upon each new owner for the duration of such owners ownership. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Landlord shall not have any personal liability hereunder. In the event of any breach or default by Landlord in any term or provision of this Lease, Tenant agrees to look solely to the equity or interest then owned by Landlord in the Premises or of the Building; however, in no event, shall any deficiency judgment or any money judgment of any kind be sought or obtained against any Landlord.
I. If Landlord repossesses the Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, then Landlord shall have the right to (i) keep in place and use or (ii) remove and store all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment at the Premises including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times prior to any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or repossession thereof by any Landlord thereof or third party having a lien thereon. Landlord also shall have the right to relinquish possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person (Claimant) who presents to Landlord a copy of any instrument represented by Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, without the necessity on the part of Landlord to inquire into the authenticity or legality of said instrument. The rights of Landlord herein stated shall be in addition to any and all other rights that Landlord has or may hereafter have at law or in equity; and Tenant stipulates and agrees that the rights herein granted Landlord are commercially reasonable.
J. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute rent.
K. This is a contract under which applicable law excuses Landlord from accepting performance from (or rendering performance to) any person or entity other than Tenant.
20. MORTGAGES. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgages and/or deeds of trust now or at any time hereafter constituting a lien or charge upon the Premises or the improvements situated thereon or the Building; provided, however, that if the mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenants interest in this Lease superior to any such instrument, then by notice to Tenant from such mortgagee, trustee or holder, this Lease shall be deemed superior to such lien, whether this Lease was executed before or after said mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant, at any time hereafter on demand, shall execute any instruments, releases or other documents that may be required by any mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage.
21. MECHANICS LIENS. Tenant has no authority, express or implied, to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever upon, or in any manner to bind the interest of Landlord or Tenant in the Premises or to charge the rentals payable hereunder for any claim in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction or repairs. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid all sums legally due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed on the Premises and that it will save and hold Landlord harmless from any and all loss, cost or expense based on or arising out of asserted claims or liens against the leasehold estate or against the right, title and interest of the Landlord in the Premises or under the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees to give Landlord immediate written notice of the placing of any lien or encumbrance against the Premises.
22. MISCELLANEOUS.
A. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.
B. The terms, provisions and covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall run with the land and shall apply to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, legal representatives, successors and assigns, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligations in the Building and property that are the subject of this Lease. Each party agrees to furnish to the other, promptly upon demand, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, evidence of good standing or other appropriate documentation evidencing the due authorization of such party to enter into this Lease.
C. Landlord and Tenant (except for the payment of Rent) shall not be held responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by material shortages, weather, acts of God or labor disputes.
D. Tenant agrees, from time to time, within ten (10) days after request by Landlord, to deliver to Landlord or Landlords designee, a certificate of occupancy, and an estoppel certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, the date to which rent is paid and such other factual matters pertaining to this Lease as may be requested by Landlord.
E. This Lease constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, and contains all of the covenants and agreements of Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements oral or written, have been made by Landlord or Tenant, or anyone acting on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, which are
6
not contained herein, and any prior agreements, promises, negotiations, or representations not expressly set forth in this Lease are of no force or effect. This Lease may not be altered, changed or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
F. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof, including, without limitation, all obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof, and prior to Tenant vacating the Premises, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, clean and free of debris and in accordance with the terms and conditions of attached Exhibit B. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any amount reasonably estimated by Landlord as necessary to put the Premises, including, without limitation, all healing and air conditioning systems and equipment therein into the required condition. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant hereunder, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs therefor upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied as the case may be. Any security deposit held by Landlord shall be credited against the amount due from Tenant under this Paragraph 22F.
G. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Lease, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
H. All references in this Lease to the date hereof or similar references shall be deemed to refer to the last date, in point of time, on which all parties hereto have executed this Lease.
I. Tenant represents and warrants that it has dealt with no broker, agent or other person in connection with this transaction other than Colliers Bennett & Kahnweiler and Darwin Realty (collectively the Brokers) or that no broker, agent or other person other than the Brokers brought about this transaction, other than as may be referenced in a separate written agreement executed by Tenant, and delivered to Landlord, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims by any broker, agent or other person other than the Brokers claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with regard to this leasing transaction.
J. If and when included within the term Landlord, as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of a notice specifying some individual at some specific address for the receipt of notices and payments to Landlord. If and when included within the term Tenant, as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of a notice specifying some individual at some specific address within the continental United States for the receipt of notices and payments to Tenant. All parties included within the terms Landlord and Tenant, respectively shall be bound by notices given in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 23 hereof to the same effect as if each had received such notice.
K. Tenants proportionate share, as used in this Lease, shall equal 100%.
L. Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound hereby until its delivery to Tenant of an executed copy hereof signed by Landlord, already having been signed by Tenant, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord the Security Deposit required by Paragraph 2B hereof and one months Gross Rent as set forth in Paragraph 2A hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon receipt of this Lease executed by Tenant, in the event Landlord shall not have executed and returned a copy of the same to Tenant within five (5) business days. Tenant shall have the option of terminating this lease by providing written notice to Landlord.
M. In the event Tenant requests Landlord to execute any waiver, subordination, consent or other document in connection with a proposed loan, line of credit or other financing to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with or resulting from such request. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such costs and expenses within fifteen (15) days of receipt of an invoice for same.
23. NOTICES. Each provision of this instrument or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances regulations and other requirements with reference to the sending, mailing or delivering of notice or the making of any payment by Landlord to Tenant or with reference to the sending, mailing or delivering of any notice or the making of any payment by Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to be complied with when and if the following steps are taken:
(a) All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at P.O. Box 6110, Hicksville, New York 11802-6110, or al such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenants obligation to pay rent and any other amounts to Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such rent and other amounts have been actually received by Landlord. In addition to base rental due hereunder, all sums of money and all payments due Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be additional rental owed to Landlord.
(b) All payments required to be made by Landlord to Tenant hereunder shall be payable to Tenant at the address set forth below, or at such other address within the continental United States as Tenant may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.
(c) Any written notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered whether actually received or not (i) two (2) business days following deposit in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, Certified Mail, or (ii) the next business day following deposit via a recognized overnight delivery service, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out below their signatures, or at such other address as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.
24. HAZARDOUS WASTE.
A. The term Hazardous Substances, as used in this Lease shall mean pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or wastes, petroleum products or any other substances, the removal of which is required or the use of which is restricted prohibited or penalized by any Environmental Law, which term shall mean any and all federal, state or local laws including statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, rules and other governmental restrictions and requirements relating to the environment, hazardous substances, or petroleum products including, but not limited to, the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, regulations of the nuclear Regulatory Agency, regulations or laws administered by OSHA and regulations of any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency now or at any time hereinafter in effect.
B. Tenant hereby agrees that (i) no activity will be conducted on the Premises that shall produce any Hazardous Substance, except for such activities that are part of the ordinary course of Tenants business (the Permitted Activities) provided said Permitted Activities are conducted in accordance with all Environmental Laws, are fully and completely disclosed to Landlord, and are expressly approved in advance in writing by Landlord, (ii) the Premises shall not be used in any manner for the storage of those Hazardous Substances, except for such storage that is in the ordinary course of Tenants business in amounts appropriate for such use (the Permitted Material) provided such Permitted Materials are properly stored in a manner and location meeting all Environmental Laws, are fully and completely disclosed to Landlord, and are expressly approved in advance in writing by Landlord, (iii) no portion of the
7
Premises shall be used as a landfill or a dump, (iv) Tenant shall not install any underground tanks of any type, (v) Tenant shall not allow any surface or subsurface conditions to exist or come into existence that constitute, or with the passage of time may constitute, a public or private nuisance, (vi) any parts washing and/or degreasing shall be performed in an area that does not contain or is separated from any floor drains and is scaled with an epoxy based floor sealant, (vii) bulk oil storage containers shall use secondary containment, and (viii) Tenant shall not permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought onto the Premises, except for the Permitted Materials, and if so brought or found located thereon, the same shall be immediately removed, with proper disposal, and all required removal and cleanup procedures shall be diligently undertaken pursuant to all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice as soon as Tenant becomes aware of any suspected breach of this Paragraph, or any condition or circumstance which makes the environmental warranties contained in this Lease incomplete, inaccurate or misleading, upon learning of the presence or any release of any Hazardous Substances, or upon receiving any correspondence, notice, pleading, citation, indictment, complaint, order, decree, or other document from any source asserting or alleging a circumstance or condition which requires or may require a cleanup, removal, remedial action, or other response by, or on the part of the Tenant under Environmental Laws, or which seeks criminal or punitive penalties from Tenant for an alleged violation of Environmental Laws, or otherwise pertaining to Hazardous Substances which may affect the Premises, together with a copy thereof. In the event of any such circumstance, Tenant agrees, at its expense and at the request of Landlord, to permit an environmental audit solely for the benefit of the Landlord, to be conducted by the Landlord or an independent agent selected by the Landlord and which may not be relied upon by the Tenant for any purpose. This provision shall not relieve the Tenant from conducting its own environmental audits or taking any other steps necessary to comply with Environmental Laws. Landlord, in the event it is named as a party due to Tenants default under this section, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any matters related to Environmental Laws and to have its attorneys fees in connection therewith paid by Tenant. Tenant shall, at Landlords request, defend all suits, actions or proceedings commenced against Landlord with counsel approved by Landlord, in Landlords reasonable discretion, and Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs and judgments associated therewith, with Tenant reserving the right to appeal any such judgments.
C. Tenant shall be solely responsible and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, Entities, harmless from and against all claims, demands, actions, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and obligations of any nature (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises; all consequential damages; the cost of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification of the Premises; the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plans; damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises; damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space; damages to adjacent property; costs of restoring the Premises, and sums paid in settlement of claims, reasonable attorneys fees, court costs, consultant fees, and expert fees) incurred by or asserted against Landlord and directly or indirectly as a result of, arising from, connected with, or attributable to use of the Premises, or the generation, storage, release, threatened release, discharge, disposal, removal or presence of any Hazardous Substances, or relating to any activity, act or omission involving Hazardous Substances or noncompliance with any Environmental Law. The foregoing indemnification shall survive the termination or expiration of the Lease for a period of one (1) year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any default under the terms of this Paragraph shall be a material default under this Lease enabling Landlord, at Landlords option, to immediately exercise any of the remedies set forth in this Lease, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, without notice to Tenant and without obligation to provide any grace or cure period to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlords approval of any activity or storage relating to any Hazardous Substance is not intended to, and shall not, be deemed an undertaking by Landlord to determine whether or not such activity or storage is in compliance with Environmental Laws and Landlord assumes no responsibility with respect thereto.
D. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Lease, Tenant may handle, store and use Hazardous Substances, limited to types and amounts identified in the Hazardous Substances Exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit C. Tenant business and operations, especially in handling, storage, use and disposal of Hazardous Substances shall at all times comply with the applicable laws pertaining to Hazardous Substances. Tenant shall abide by all state, federal and local laws pertaining to the handling and storage of such Hazardous Substances.
25. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. See Exhibits A, B and C attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.
26. LANDLORDS LIEN. In addition to any statutory lien for rent in Landlords favor, subject to the lien of Tenants lender at the time, Landlord shall have and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a continuing security interest for all rentals and other sums of money become due hereunder from Tenant, upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory, and other personal property of Tenant now or hereafter situated at the Premises, and such property shall not be removed therefrom without the consent of Landlord until all arrearages in rent as well as any and all other sums of money then due to Landlord hereunder shall first have been paid and discharged. In the event any of the foregoing described property is removed from the Premises in violation of the covenant in the preceding sentence, the security interest shall continue in such property and all proceeds and products, regardless of location. Upon a default hereunder by Tenant in addition to all other rights and remedies. Landlord shall have all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code including, without limitation, the right to sell the property described in this Paragraph at public or private sale upon five (5) days notice by Landlord. Subject to consent by Tenants lender, Tenant hereby agrees to execute such other instruments, necessary or desirable under applicable law to perfect the security interest hereby created Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease and security agreement serves as a financing statement and that a copy, photographic or other reproduction of this portion of this Lease may be filed of record by Landlord and have the same force and effect as the original. This security agreement and financing statement also covers fixtures located al the Premises subject to this Lease and identified in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference and is to be filed for record in the real estate records. The record owner of this property is AMB Partners II Local, L.P. Landlord agrees to execute that certain Landlords Agreement, in a form acceptable to Landlord and Tenants lender, which may affect Landlords rights under this provision.
27. OPTION TO RENEW. Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of this Lease for one (1) period of one (1) year (the Renewal Term) subject to the following terms and conditions:
A. Tenant shall not be entitled to extend the term hereof if on the date provided for the exercise of its rights hereunder, or on the date of commencement of the Renewal Term, Tenant is in default of the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained for which notice of default has been given by Landlord to Tenant in the manner provided in this Lease, which default has not been or is not being remedied in the time provided in this Lease;
B. Tenant shall exercise its right to extend the term of this Lease, if at all, by notifying Landlord in writing of its election to exercise its right to renew the term hereof (a Renewal Notice) not later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the term;
C. The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as contained in this Lease; provided, however, that the Gross Rent for the Renewal Term shall be determined by mutual agreement between Landlord and Tenant based upon the then prevailing market rental rate per square foot charged by Landlord for comparable warehouse space in buildings of like quality in the same rental market as the building as of the date the Renewal Term is to commence, but in no event shall the Gross Rent for the Renewal Term be lower than the Gross Rent for the Premises during the last year of the initial term of the Lease;
D. In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Gross Rent for the Renewal Term within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Renewal Notice, the option to renew shall be deemed null and void and the Lease shall expire in accordance with its term; and
E. The option to renew shall be personal to Tenant and shall be null and void and of no further force or effect in the event Tenant assigns this Lease.
[Signatures appear on following page]
8
EXECUTED BY LANDLORD, this 29 th day of August, 2006.
9
EXHIBIT A
Depiction of Premises
10
EXHIBIT B
Move Out Standards
This Move Out Standards (Exhibit B) is dated for the reference purposes as, and is made between Landlord and Tenant to be a part of that certain Standard Industrial Lease (the Lease) concerning a portion of the Property more commonly known as 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois (the Premises). Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease is hereby modified and supplemented as follows:
At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as they were upon delivery of possession thereto under this Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall deliver all keys to Landlord. Before surrendering the Premises, Tenant shall remove all of its personal property and trade fixtures and such alterations or additions to the Premises made by Tenant as may be specified for removal thereof. If Tenant fails to remove its personal property and fixtures upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the same shall be deemed abandoned and shall become the property of the Landlord.
The Tenant shall surrender the Premises, at the time of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, in a condition that shall include, but is not limited to, addressing the following items:
1. | Lights: |
Office, warehouse, emergency and exit lights will be fully operational with all bulbs and ballasts functioning. |
||||
2. |
Dock Levelers, Service Doors and Roll Up Doors: |
Provide an inspection report from vendor certifying all dock equipment is in good working condition and requiring no repairs. |
||||
3. | Dock Seals/Dock Bumpers: |
Free of tears and broken backboards repaired. Repair and/or replace dock seals if needed. |
||||
4. | Warehouse Floor: |
Free of stains and floor markings and swept with no racking bolts or other protrusions left in floor. Cracks should be repaired with an epoxy or polymer. |
||||
5. |
Tenant-Installed
|
Removed and space turned to original condition when originally leased. (Remove air lines, junction boxes, conduit, etc.) |
||||
6. | Walls: |
Sheetrock (drywall) damage should be patched and fire-taped so that there are no holes in either office or warehouse. |
||||
7. | Roof: |
Any Tenant-installed equipment must be removed and roof penetrations caused by Tenant properly repaired by licensed roofing contractor. Active leaks must be fixed and latest Landlord maintenance and repairs recommendation must have been followed. Tenant must check with Landlords property manager to determine if specific roofing contractor is required to perform work. |
||||
8. | Signs: |
All exterior signs must be removed and holes patched and paint touched-up as necessary. All window signs should likewise be removed. |
||||
9. |
Heating and Air
|
Provide an inspection report from vendor certifying that all heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and equipment are in good working condition and requiring no repairs |
||||
10. | Electrical |
All electrical equipment to be returned in good condition and repair. |
||||
11. | Overall Cleanliness: |
Clean windows, sanitize bathroom(s), vacuum carpet, and remove any and all debris from office and warehouse. Remove all pallets and debris from exterior of premises. All trade fixtures, dumpsters, racking, trash, vending machines and other personal property to be removed. |
||||
12. | Upon Completion: |
Contact Landlords property manager to coordinate turning in of keys, utility changeover and obtaining of final Landlord inspection of Premises which, in turn, will facilitate refund of Security Deposit. |
11
EXHIBIT C
Hazardous Substances
Industrial Parts Washer Bulk Tanks & Drums
Engine Oil (5W30 and 15W30) Bulk Tanks & Drums
Engine Coolant Delo Bulk Tanks & Drums
Grease, small quantities
Gasoline, small quantities
Diesel Fuel, 50g
Natural Gas from building supply
LP, in 40# vessels
Ruse Penetrant, Kerosene, Petroleum distillate, small quantities
Spray Paint small quantities in aerosol cans
Parts Cleaner in cans Perchloroethylene, Hexane, small quantities
Oxy-Acetalene torch
Cutting Oil, small quantities
Rust preventative (Oxidized petroleum based was protective film), small quantities
Dielectric grease, small quantities
LockTite (Blue, Red & Green), small quantities
RTV (Blue, Grey), small quantities
Paste TFE, Teflon pipe thread sealant, small quantities
Teflon Tape, small quantities
12
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P.
January 31, 2007
Power Great Lakes, Inc.
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, Illinois 60191
Attention Ken Winemaster, Senior Vice President
Re: |
Lease dated August 29, 2007, pertaining to that certain premises containing approximately 89,835 square feet and located at 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois, by and between AMB Partners II Local, L.P., as Landlord, and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois corporation, as Tenant (the Lease) |
Dear Mr. Winemaster:
This letter shall serve to confirm the agreement of Landlord and Tenant to amend the Lease as follows:
1. The Term of the Lease is extended for a period of one (1) year commencing October 1, 2008 and continuing through and including September 30, 2009 (the Extension Term).
2. The Gross Rent during the Extension Term shall be $35,560.00 per month.
Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
Please sign where indicated below to acknowledge your agreement as to the foregoing matter. In the meantime, please contact me with any questions.
Very truly yours, | ||
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
||
By: | AMB PROPERTY II, L.P., | |
a Delaware limited partnership | ||
Its: | General Partner | |
By: | TEXAS AMB I, LLC, | |
a Delaware limited liability company | ||
Its: | General Partner | |
By: | AMB PROPERTY HOLDING CORPORATION, | |
a Maryland corporation | ||
Its: | Sole Member | |
By: |
|
|
Christopher P. Lydon | ||
Its: | Vice President |
THE FOREGOING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER AGREEMENT ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO ON BEHALF OF TENANT AS OF THIS DAY OF JANUARY, 2007. |
||
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., | ||
an Illinois corporation | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Kenneth Winemaster | |
Its: | Senior Vice President |
2
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P.
October 6, 2008
Power Great Lakes, Inc.
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, Illinois 60191
Attention: Ken Winemaster, Senior Vice President
Re: |
Lease dated August 29, 2007 as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated January 31, 2007, pertaining to that certain premises containing approximately 89,835 square feet and located at 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois, by and between AMB Partners II Local, L.P., as Landlord, and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois corporation, as Tenant (the Lease) |
Dear Mr. Winemaster:
This letter serves to confirm the agreement of Landlord and Tenant to amend the Lease as follows:
1. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for an additional twenty-four (24) month period from October 1, 2009 through and including September 30, 2011 (the Extension Term).
2. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord in accordance with the following schedule:
Time Period |
Monthly Base Rent | |||
October 1, 2009 - September 30, 2010 |
$ | 37,431.00 | ||
October 1, 2010 - September 30, 2011 |
$ | 39,303.00 |
3. Tenant agrees that included in Gross Rent is Tenants monthly proportionate share (as defined in Paragraph 23K of the Lease) for 2008 (the Base Year) of (i) Taxes (hereinafter defined) payable by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 3 of the Lease, (ii) the cost of administering and maintaining any insurance pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the Lease (Insurance), and (iii) the cost of any common area charges in accordance with Paragraph 4 of the Lease, and the cost of the property management fee charged by Landlord (CAM Charges). If for any calendar year applicable to the term of the Lease (or any renewal of such term), Tenants proportionate share of Taxes, Insurance and/or CAM Charges exceed Tenants proportionate share of such charges for the Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent upon demand at the time the next installment of Gross Rent is due the amount of such excess or, if the Lease has expired or been terminated, within ten (10) days following request from Landlord, provided, however, that the
foregoing calculation shall be appropriately adjusted for any partial year of the Lease. The monthly amount of Tenants proportionate share of Taxes, Insurance and CAM Charges for the Base Year are as follows:
(1) Taxes |
$ | 5,989.00 | ||
(2) Insurance |
$ | 449.00 | ||
(3) CAM Charges |
$ | 3,818.00 |
4. Tenant shall have the one-time right to terminate the Lease and surrender possession of the Premises at the end of the eighteenth (18th) month of the Extension Term (the Termination Date) by providing written notice to Landlord of its intent to terminate (the Termination Notice) on or before nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date (the Option Date). Effective on the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the condition required hereunder and the rights, liabilities and obligations of the parties hereunder shall cease and terminate, except that: (a) each party shall remain liable for all outstanding amounts due under the Lease and other obligations owing under the Lease that have accrued on or prior to the Termination Date, and (b) all obligations of the parties under the Lease, including Tenants environmental indemnification of Landlord, accruing on or prior to the date that Tenant vacates the Premises or arising out of Tenants occupancy of the Premises, shall remain in full force and effect. In the event the Termination Notice is not delivered to Landlord on or before the Option Date, the option to terminate contained within this Paragraph shall be null and void and of no further force or effect and the Lease shall continue in accordance with its terms.
5. Tenant has no option, right of first refusal, or other right to renew, extend, terminate, lease additional space or purchase any part of the Premises or Building.
Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank, signatures appear on the following page]
2
Please sign where indicated below to acknowledge your agreement as to the foregoing matters. In the meantime, please contact me with any questions.
Very truly yours, | ||
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
||
By: |
AMB PROPERTY II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
|
Its: | General Partner | |
By: |
AMB PROPERTY HOLDING CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation |
|
Its: | Sole Member | |
By: |
|
|
Its: |
Victoria Knudson VP Operations |
THE FOREGOING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER AGREEMENT ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO ON BEHALF FO TENANT AS OF THIS 6 th DAY OF OCTOBER, 2008.
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation |
||
By: |
|
|
Kenneth Winemaster | ||
Its: | Senior Vice President |
3
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P.
June 30, 2010
Power Great Lakes, Inc.
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, Illinois 60191
Attention: Ken Winemaster, Senior Vice President
Re: |
Lease dated August 29, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated January 31, 2007 and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated October 6, 2008 (the Second Amendment), pertaining to that certain premises containing approximately 89,835 square feet and located at 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois, by and between AMB Partners II Local, L.P., as Landlord, and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois corporation, as Tenant (collectively, the Lease) |
Dear Mr. Winemaster:
This letter serves to confirm the agreement of Landlord and Tenant as to the following matters:
1. Paragraph 4 of the Second Amendment is amended to provide that (a) the deadline for Tenants delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord (i.e., the Option Date) shall be extended to July 31, 2010 and (b) the Termination Date shall be extended to April 30, 2011.
2. In the event Tenant does not deliver the Termination Notice to Landlord by July 31, 2010, (a) Tenants option to terminate shall be null and void and of no further force or effect and the Lease shall continue in accordance with its terms (as modified below), and (b) commencing August 1, 2010, provided that Tenant (i) is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, (ii) has not been in default, regardless of subsequent cure, two (2) or more times during the Extension Term, and (iii) is in possession of the Premises, Tenant shall have the opportunity to notify Landlord of its desire to relocate into a space larger than the Premises owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord located within the same market as the Premises. In the event that Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord has such an available space available, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such availability and, in the event the parties reach agreement on the terms and conditions of a new lease, the term of the Lease shall expire on a date agreed upon between the parties, at which time the Lease shall be null and void and of no further force or effect with the exception that any outstanding amounts due under the Lease
which shall be paid by the party owing such amounts and any indemnity obligations under the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
3. Except as expressly provided herein, Tenant has no option, right of first refusal, or other right to renew, extend, terminate, lease additional space or purchase any part of the Premises or Building.
Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
Please sign where indicated below to acknowledge your agreement as to the foregoing matters. In the meantime, please contact me with any questions.
Very truly yours, | ||
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
||
By: |
AMB PROPERTY II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
|
Its: | General Partner | |
By: |
AMB PROPERTY HOLDING CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation |
|
Its: | Sole Member | |
By: |
|
|
Its: |
Victoria Knudson VP Operations |
THE FOREGOING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO ON BEHALF OF TENANT AS OF THIS 30 DAY OF JUNE, 2010. |
||
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
Kenneth Winemaster |
|
Its: |
Senior Vice President |
2
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P.
December 22, 2010
Power Great Lakes, Inc.
655 Wheat Lane
Wood Dale, Illinois 60191
Attention: Ken Winemaster, Senior Vice President
Re: |
Lease dated August 29, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated January 31, 2007, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated October 6, 2008 (the Second Amendment), and that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated June 30, 2010 (the Third Amendment) pertaining to that certain premises containing approximately 89,835 square feet and located at 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois, by and between AMB Partners II Local, L.P., as Landlord, and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois corporation, as Tenant (collectively, the Lease) |
Dear Mr. Winemaster:
This letter serves to confirm the agreement of Landlord and Tenant as to the following matters:
1. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that on July 31, 2010, Tenant delivered to Landlord the Termination Notice (as defined in the Second Amendment), which pursuant to the terms of the Third Amendment, provided that the Term of the Lease would expire on April 30, 2011. Notwithstanding Tenants delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord, the Term of the Lease is hereby extended for an additional twelve (12) month period from May 1, 2011 through and including April 30, 2012 (the Second Extension Term).
2. During the Second Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Gross Rent to Landlord in the amount of $37,431.00 per month. Tenant shall continue to make payments of all other charges due under the Lease at the same time and in the same manner as Tenant is currently required to make such payments under the Lease.
3. Tenant agrees that Gross Rent shall include Tenants monthly proportionate share (as defined in Paragraph 22K of the Lease) for 2008 (the Base Year) of: (i) Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 3A of the Lease) payable by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 3 of the Lease, (ii) the cost to Landlord of administering and maintaining any insurance pursuant to Paragraph 9A of the Lease (Insurance), and (iii) the cost to Landlord of performing the maintenance obligations set forth in Paragraph 4B of the Lease and the cost of the property management fee charged by Landlord (collectively, CAM Charges). If for any calendar year applicable to the Term of the Lease (or any renewal of such Term), Tenants proportionate share of Taxes, Insurance and/or CAM Charges exceed Tenants proportionate share of such charges for the Base Year, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord as additional rent upon demand at the time the next installment of Gross Rent is due the amount of such excess or, if the Lease has expired or been terminated, within ten (10) days following request from Landlord, provided, however, that the foregoing calculation shall be appropriately adjusted for any partial year of the Lease.
4. Tenant shall have the one-time right to terminate the Lease and surrender possession of the Premises effective as of October 31, 2011 (the Termination Date) by providing written notice to Landlord of its intent to terminate (the Termination Notice), together with a payment in the amount of Ten Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000.00) (the Termination Fee) accompanying the Termination Notice, on or before April 30, 2011 (the Option Date). Effective on the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the condition required under the Lease and the rights, liabilities and obligations of the parties under the Lease shall cease and terminate, except that: (a) each party shall remain liable for all outstanding amounts due under the Lease and other obligations owing under the Lease that have accrued on or prior to the Termination Date, and (b) all obligations of the parties under the Lease, including Tenants environmental indemnification of Landlord, accruing on or prior to the date that Tenant vacates the Premises or arising out of Tenants occupancy of the Premises, shall remain in full force and effect. In the event the Termination Notice and Termination Fee are not delivered to Landlord on or before the Option Date, the option to terminate contained within this Paragraph 4 shall be null and void and of no further force or effect and the Lease shall continue in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant elects to terminate the Lease pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 4, the Termination Fee shall be refunded to Tenant if and when Tenant and Landlord (or an affiliate of Landlord) fully execute a new Lease.
5. Except as expressly provided herein, Tenant has no option, right of first offer, right of first refusal, or other right to renew, extend, relocate, terminate, lease additional space or purchase any part of the Premises or Building.
Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures appear on the following page]
2
Please sign where indicated below to acknowledge your agreement as to the foregoing matters. In the meantime, please contact me with any questions.
THE FOREGOING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO ON BEHALF OF TENANT AS OF THIS DAY OF DECEMBER, 2010. |
||
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
Kenneth Winemaster |
|
Its: |
Senior Vice President |
3
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the Fifth Amendment) is entered into as of the 30 th day of June, 2011, by and between AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the Landlord) and POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the Tenant).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Lease dated August 29, 2007, as amended by instruments dated January 31, 2007, October 6, 2008, June 30, 2010 and December 22, 2010, pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises consisting of approximately 89,835 square feet located at 1455 Michael Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois (the Premises), such lease, as previously and heretofore modified, being herein referred to collectively as the Lease.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth below.
A G R E E M E N T:
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. |
The Lease Term is extended for fifteen (15) months, such that the Lease shall terminate on July 31, 2013 (the Third Extension Term). All of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect during the Third Extension Term except as expressly provided herein. |
2. |
During the Third Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Gross Rent to Landlord in the amount of $37,431.00 per month. |
3. |
Tenant has no option, right of first refusal, or other right to renew, extend, lease additional premises, or purchase any part of the Premises, nor any right to terminate the Lease. |
4. |
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms used in this Fifth Amendment shall have the same respective meanings as are provided for such defined terms in the Lease. |
5. |
Tenant represents and warrants that it has dealt with no broker, agent or other person in connection with this transaction and that no broker, agent or other person brought about this transaction, other than Colliers International, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims by any other broker, agent or other person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with regard to this leasing transaction. |
6. |
Effectively immediately, Landlords notice address shall be as follows: c/o Prologis, Inc., 8755 West Higgins Road, Suite 700, Chicago, Illinois 60631, with a copy to Prologis, Inc., 4545 Airport Way, Denver, Colorado 80239, Attention: General Counsel. |
7. |
Insofar as the specific terms and provisions of this Fifth Amendment purport to amend or modify or are in conflict with the specific terms, provisions and exhibits of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Fifth Amendment shall govern and control; in all other respects, the terms, provisions and exhibits of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. |
8. |
Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that (i) this Fifth Amendment is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease, (ii) any and all references to the Lease hereinafter shall include this Fifth Amendment, and (iii) the Lease and all terms, conditions and provisions of the Lease are in full force and effect as of the date hereof, except as expressly modified and amended hereinabove. |
9. |
Any obligation or liability whatsoever of Landlord, which may arise at any time under this Lease or any obligation or liability which may be incurred by it pursuant to any other instrument, transaction, or undertaking contemplated hereby shall not be personally binding upon, nor shall resort for the enforcement thereof be had to the property of, its trustees, directors, shareholders, officers, employees or agents, regardless of whether such obligation or liability is in the nature of contract, tort, or otherwise. |
[signatures appear on following page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Fifth Amendment as of the day and year first above written.
TENANT: | LANDLORD: | |||||||
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation |
AMB PARTNERS II LOCAL, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
|||||||
By: |
PROLOGIS 2, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership |
|||||||
By: |
|
Its: | General Partner | |||||
Name: |
Kenneth Winemaster |
By: | AMB PROPERTY HOLDING CORPORATION, | |||||
a Maryland corporation | ||||||||
Its: |
Senior Vice President |
Its: | General Partner | |||||
By: |
|
|||||||
Name: |
Carter Andrus |
|||||||
Its: |
VP, Market Officer |
Exhibit 10.18
LEASE
GATEWAY JEFFERSON, INC.,
Landlord,
and
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC.,
Tenant
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
1. |
USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE | 1 | ||||
2. |
TERM | 3 | ||||
3. |
RENT | 4 | ||||
4. |
TAXES AND INSURANCE | 4 | ||||
5. |
SECURITY DEPOSIT | 5 | ||||
6. |
ALTERATIONS | 5 | ||||
7. |
REPAIR | 6 | ||||
8. |
LIENS | 6 | ||||
9. |
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING | 7 | ||||
10. |
INDEMNIFICATION | 8 | ||||
11. |
INSURANCE | 8 | ||||
12. |
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION | 9 | ||||
13. |
SERVICES AND UTILITIES | 9 | ||||
14. |
HOLDING OVER | 9 | ||||
15. |
SUBORDINATION | 9 | ||||
16. |
RULES AND REGULATIONS | 9 | ||||
17. |
REENTRY BY LANDLORD | 10 | ||||
18. |
DEFAULT | 10 | ||||
19. |
REMEDIES | 11 | ||||
20. |
TENANTS BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY | 13 | ||||
21. |
QUIET ENJOYMENT | 14 | ||||
22. |
CASUALTY | 14 | ||||
23. |
EMINENT DOMAIN | 15 | ||||
24. |
SALE BY LANDLORD | 15 | ||||
25. |
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES | 15 | ||||
26. |
SURRENDER OF PREMISES | 15 | ||||
27. |
NOTICES | 16 | ||||
28. |
TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT | 16 | ||||
29. |
DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS | 16 | ||||
30. |
TENANTS AUTHORITY | 17 | ||||
31. |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS | 17 | ||||
32. |
COMMISSIONS | 17 | ||||
33. |
TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW | 17 | ||||
34. |
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS | 17 | ||||
35. |
ENTIRE AGREEMENT | 17 | ||||
36. |
EXAMINATION NOT OPTION | 17 |
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||
37. |
RECORDATION |
17 | ||||
38. |
RENEWAL OPTION |
17 | ||||
39. |
TERMINATION OPTION |
19 | ||||
40. |
LIMITATION OF LANDLORDS LIABILITY |
19 | ||||
EXHIBIT A SITE PLAN |
||||||
EXHIBIT B INITIAL ALTERATIONS |
||||||
EXHIBIT C |
||||||
EXHIBIT D RULES AND REGULATIONS |
||||||
EXHIBIT E HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EXHIBIT |
-ii-
SINGLE TENANT INDUSTRIAL NET LEASE
REFERENCE PAGES
BUILDING: | 170-176 Mittel Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois | |
LANDLORD: | Gateway Jefferson, Inc., a California corporation | |
LANDLORDS ADDRESS: |
1301 W. 22 nd Street Suite 209 Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
|
WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT: |
Gateway Jefferson, Inc. c/o RREEF Management Company 1301 W. 22 nd Street Suite 209 Oak Brook, IL 60523 |
|
LEASE REFERENCE DATE: | March 24, 2004 | |
TENANT: | Power Great Lakes, Inc, an Illinois corporation | |
TENANTS NOTICE ADDRESS: |
Power Great Lakes, Inc. 655 Wheat Lane Wood Dale, IL 60191 Attn: Ken Winemaster, Senior Vice President |
|
PREMISES ADDRESS: | 176 Mittel Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois | |
BUILDING RENTABLE AREA: | Approximately 98,652 sq. ft. (for Site Plan see Exhibit A ), including 100% of the building and site as depicted on the site plan | |
USE: | General Office, Warehouse, Distribution, Assembly and Product Testing. | |
COMMENCEMENT DATE: | October 1, 2004 | |
TERM OF LEASE: | Five (5) years and one (1) month, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date. | |
TERMINATION DATE: | October 31, 2009 (Subject to Termination Option Paragraph 39) |
|
||
Initials |
-iii-
ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF RENT (Article 3):
Period |
Rentable Square Footage |
Annual Rent
Per Square Foot |
Annual Rent |
Monthly Installment
of Rent |
||||||||||||
from |
through |
|||||||||||||||
10/1/2004* |
10/31/2004* | 98,652 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||
11/1/2004 |
10/31/2005 | 98,652 | $ | 4.30 | $ | 424,203.60 | $ | 35,350.30 | ||||||||
11/1/2005 |
10/31/2006 | 98,652 | $ | 4.40 | $ | 434,068.80 | $ | 36,172.40 | ||||||||
11/1/2006 |
10/31/2007 | 98,652 | $ | 4.50 | $ | 443,934.00 | $ | 36,994.50 | ||||||||
11/1/2007 |
10/31/2008 | 98,652 | $ | 4.60 | $ | 453,799.20 | $ | 37,816.60 | ||||||||
11/1/2008 |
10/31/2009 | 98,652 | $ | 4.70 | $ | 463,664.40 | $ | 38,638.70 |
* | Note: The Monthly Installment of Rent shall be abated in October, 2004 and during any time period prior to 10/1/04 if early occupancy is granted to Tenant. |
INITIAL ESTIMATED MONTHLY INSTALLMENT | $7,481.11 (Taxes) | |
OF RENT ADJUSTMENTS (Article 4) | $657.68 (Insurance) | |
SECURITY DEPOSIT: | $38,638.70 | |
ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING FEE | $350.00 | |
REAL ESTATE BROKER DUE COMMISSION: | Colliers Bennett & Kahnweiler Inc. (Mr. Ronald Behm) | |
TENANTS SIC CODE: | 5008 | |
AMORTIZATION RATE: | 11% |
The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control. This Lease includes Exhibits A through D, all of which are made a part of this Lease.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||||
Gateway Jefferson, Inc., a California corporation | Power Great Lakes, Inc, an Illinois corporation | |||||||
By: | RREEF Management Company, a Delaware corporation | |||||||
By: | /s/ Mark P. Sabatino | By: | /s/ Ken Winemaster | |||||
Name: | Mark P. Sabatino | Name: | Ken Winemaster | |||||
Title: | District Manager | Title: | Senior Vice President | |||||
Dated: | 7/20, 2004 | Dated: | 7/12, 2004 |
|
||
Initials |
-iv-
LEASE
By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages (the Premises). The Building is depicted on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A . The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.
1. USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.
1.1 The Premises are to be used solely for the purposes set forth on the Reference Pages. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure, annoy, or disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful, or objectionable purpose, or commit any waste. Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenants sole expense. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof. Landlord reserves the right to use the roof and exterior walls of the Building and the grounds of the Premises, without payment to Tenant, for any purpose which does not materially interfere with Tenants use of the Property.
1.2 Hazardous Materials.
1.2.1 Tenant agrees that Tenant, its agents and contractors, licensees, or invitees shall not handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives (collectively Hazardous Materials) on, under, or about the Premises, without Landlords prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as long as Tenant demonstrates and documents to Landlords reasonable satisfaction (i) that such Hazardous Materials (A) are necessary or useful to Tenants business; and (B) will be used, kept, and stored in compliance with all laws relating to any Hazardous Materials so brought or used or kept in or about the Premises; and (ii) that Tenant will give all required notices concerning the presence in or on the Premises or the release of such Hazardous Materials from the Premises). Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials, which products are of a type customarily found in offices and households (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copies, paints, paint remover, and the like), provided that Tenant shall handle, store, use and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and shall not allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises or the environment. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant may install an above ground tank for product assembly and commercial testing purposes including but not limited to anti-freeze, water, oil and cleaning solvents, subject to Landlords approval of specifications for same, not to be unreasonably withheld.
1.2.2 Tenant further agrees that Tenant will not permit any substance to come into contact with groundwater under the Premises. Any such substance coming into contact with groundwater shall, regardless of its inherent hazardous characteristics, be considered a Hazardous Material for purposes of this Paragraph 1.2.
1.2.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1.2.1, Tenant may handle, store, and use Hazardous Materials, limited to the types, amounts, and use identified in the Hazardous Materials Exhibit attached hereto as Exhibit E . If no Hazardous Materials Exhibit is attached to this Lease, then this Paragraph 1.2.3 shall be of no force and effect. Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord that the information provided by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph is true, correct, and complete. Tenant covenants to comply with the use restrictions shown on the attached Hazardous Materials Exhibit. Tenants business and operations, and more especially its handling, storage, use and disposal of Hazardous Materials shall at all times comply with all applicable laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall secure and abide by all permits necessary for Tenants operations on the Premises. Tenant shall give or post all notices required by all applicable laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials. If Tenant shall at any time fail to comply with this Paragraph, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of such noncompliance.
1.2.3.1 Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of any Material Safety Data Sheets (as required by the Occupational Safety and Health Act) relating to any Hazardous Materials to be used, kept, or stored at or on the
Premises, at least 30 days prior to the first use, placement, or storage of such Hazardous Material on the Premises. With the exception of Exhibit E, Landlord shall have 10 days following delivery of such Material Safety Data Sheets to approve or forbid, in its sole discretion subject to the limitation contained in Paragraph 1.1 above, such use, placement, or storage of a Hazardous Material on the Premises.
1.2.3.2 Tenant shall not store hazardous wastes on the premises for more than 90 days; hazardous waste has the meaning given it by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended. Tenant shall not install any underground or above ground storage tanks on the Premises. Tenant shall not dispose of any Hazardous Material or solid waste on the Premises. In performing any alterations of the Premises permitted by the Lease, Tenant shall not install any Hazardous Material in the Premises without the specific consent of Landlord attached as an exhibit to this Lease.
1.2.3.3 Any increase in the premiums for necessary insurance on the Property which arises from Tenants use and/or storage of Hazardous Materials shall be solely at Tenants expense. Tenant shall procure and maintain at its sole expense such additional insurance as may be necessary to comply with any requirement of any Federal, State or local governmental agency with jurisdiction.
1.2.4 If Landlord, in its sole discretion, believes that the Premises or the environment have become contaminated with Hazardous Materials or similar materials that must be removed under the laws of the state where the Premises are located, in breach of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord, in addition to its other rights under this Lease, may enter upon the Premises and obtain samples from the Premises, including without limitation the soil and groundwater under the Premises, for the purposes of analyzing the same to determine whether and to what extent the Premises or the environment have become so contaminated. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs of any inspection, sampling and analysis that discloses contamination for which Tenant is liable under the terms of this Paragraph 1.2. Tenant may not perform any sampling, testing, or drilling to locate any Hazardous Materials on the Premises without Landlords prior written consent.
1.2.5 Without limiting the above, Tenant shall reimburse, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including without limitation, loss of rental income, loss due to business interruption, and reasonable attorneys fees and costs, arising out of or in any way connected with the use, manufacture, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant, its agents or contractors on, under or about the Premises including, without limitation, the costs of any required or necessary investigation, repair, cleanup or detoxification and the preparation of any closure or other required plans in connection herewith, whether voluntary or compelled by governmental authority. The indemnity obligations of Tenant under this clause shall survive any termination of the Lease. At Landlords option, Tenant shall perform any required or necessary investigation, repair, cleanup, or detoxification of the Premises. In such case, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to approve all plans, consultants, and cleanup standards. Tenant shall provide Landlord on a timely basis with (i) copies of all documents, reports, and communications with governmental authorities; and (ii) notice and an opportunity to attend all meetings with regulatory authorities. Tenant shall comply with all notice requirements and Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate with governmental authorities seeking access to the Premises for purposes of sampling or inspection. No disturbance of Tenants use of the Premises resulting from activities conducted pursuant to this Paragraph shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from the Premises. In the event that such cleanup extends beyond the termination of the Lease, Tenants obligation to pay rent (including additional rent and percentage rent, if any) shall continue until such cleanup is completed and any certificate of clearance or similar document has been delivered to Landlord. Rent during such holdover period shall be at market rent; if the parties are unable to agree upon the amount of such market rent, then Landlord shall have the option of (a) increasing the rent for the period of such holdover based upon the increase in the cost-of-living from the third month preceding the commencement date to the third month preceding the start of the holdover period, using such indices and assumptions and calculations as Landlord in its sole reasonable judgment shall determine are necessary; or (b) having Landlord and Tenant each appoint a qualified MAI appraiser doing business in the area; in turn, these two independent MAI appraisers shall appoint a third MAI appraiser and the majority shall decide upon the fair market rental for Premises as of the expiration of the then current term. Landlord and Tenant shall equally share in the expense of this appraisal except that in the event the rent is found to be within fifteen percent of the original rate quoted by Landlord, then Tenant shall bear the full cost of all the appraisal process. In no event shall the rent be subject to determination or modification by any person, entity, court, or authority other than as set forth expressly herein, and in no event shall the rent for any holdover period be less that the rent due in the preceding period.
1.2.6 Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall only be responsible for contamination of Hazardous Materials or any cleanup resulting directly therefrom, resulting directly from matters occurring
2
or Hazardous Materials deposited (other than by contractors, agents or representatives controlled by Landlord) during the Lease term, and any other period of time during which Tenant is in actual or constructive occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall take reasonable precautions to prevent the contamination of the Premise with Hazardous Materials by third parties.
1.2.7 It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Assignment or Sublease if (i) the proposed Assignees or Sublessees anticipated use of the premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials; (ii) the proposed Assignee or Sublessee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such Assignees or Sublessees actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Assignee or Sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a hazardous material.
1.2.8 Any of Tenants insurance insuring against claims of the type dealt with in this Paragraph 1.2 shall be considered primary coverage for claims against the Property arising out of or under this paragraph.
1.2.9 In the event of (i) any transfer of Tenants interest under this Lease; or (ii) the termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall be solely responsible for compliance with any and all then effective federal, state or local laws concerning (i) the physical condition of the Premises, Building, or Property; or (ii) the presence of hazardous or toxic materials in or on the Premises, Building, or Property (for example, the New Jersey Environmental Cleanup Responsibility Act, the Illinois Responsible Property Transfer Act, or similar applicable state laws), including but not limited to any reporting or filing requirements imposed by such laws. Tenants duty to pay rent, additional rent, and percentage rent shall continue until the obligations imposed by such laws are satisfied in full and any certificate of clearance or similar document has been delivered to Landlord.
1.2.10 All consents given by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 1.2 shall be in writing.
1.2.11 At Tenants request made within thirty (30) days after the execution and delivery of this Lease, and thereafter not more frequently than annually during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall permit Tenant to inspect, in Landlords managing agents office, environmental audits and reports in such agents possession pertaining to the Building and Property. Tenant shall be permitted to copy the executive summary portion of the most recent such audit, but otherwise shall not be permitted to copy these materials. Tenant shall have no right to rely on any of these materials, and Landlord will make them available without warranty or representation.
2. TERM.
2.1 The Term of this Lease shall begin on the date (Commencement Date) which shall be the later of the Scheduled Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and the date that Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant, and shall terminate on the date as shown on the Reference Pages (Termination Date), unless sooner terminated by the provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises with all the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease substantially completed. Tenant shall deliver a punch list of items not completed within thirty (30) days after Landlord completes such work and tenders possession of the Premises and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to perform its obligations regarding such items.
2.2 Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within sixty (60) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date (other than as a result of strikes, shortages of materials, holdover tenancies or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and Tenant is notified by Landlord in writing as to such delay), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease unless said delay is as a result of: (a) Tenants failure to agree to plans and specifications and/or construction cost estimates or bids; (b) Tenants request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlords standard except those, if any, that Landlord shall have expressly agreed to furnish without extension of time agreed by Landlord; (c) Tenants change in any plans or specifications; or, (d) performance or completion by a party employed by Tenant (each of the foregoing, a Tenant Delay). If any delay is the result of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date and the payment of rent under this Lease shall be accelerated by the number of days of such Tenant Delay.
3
2.3 In the event Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of rent, including, without limitation, Tenants compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11. Said early possession shall not advance the Termination Date.
3. RENT.
3.1 Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Annual Rent in effect from time to time by paying the Monthly Installment of Rent then in effect on or before the first day of each full calendar month during the Term, except that the Monthly Installment of Rent due for the first month of the Term is hereby abated. Tenant shall pay the first Monthly Installment of Rent on November 1, 2004. The Monthly Installment of Rent in effect at any time shall be one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Rent in effect at such time. Rent for any period during the Term which is less than a full month shall be a prorated portion of the Monthly Installment of Rent based upon the number of days in such month. Said rent shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset and without notice or demand, at the Rent Payment Address, as set forth on the Reference Pages, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may require by notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenants bank account to Landlords account, without cost to Landlord. Tenant must implement such automatic payment system prior to the next scheduled rent payment or within ten (10) days after Landlords notice, whichever is later. Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.
3.2 Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00), or (b) five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment. The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenants obligation for each successive month until paid. The provisions of this Section 3.2 in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.2 in any way affect Landlords remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.
4. TAXES AND INSURANCE.
4.1 Tenant shall pay as additional rent all Taxes and Insurance incurred on the Building during the Term. Taxes shall be defined as real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to the Building or the land appurtenant to the Building, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located in the Building and used in connection with the operation of the Building and said land, any payments to any ground lessor in reimbursement of tax payments made by such lessor; and all commercially reasonable fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year. Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Building or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 28. Insurance shall be defined as insurance charges of or relating to all insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building or any part thereof. Special assessments, if any, shall be made payable over the longest period of time permitted by law.
4.2 Prior to the actual determination thereof, Landlord may from time to time estimate Tenants liability for Taxes under Section 4.1, Article 6 and Article 28 for the lease year or portion thereof. Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Rent due in such lease year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate. Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments of Rent pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.
4.3 When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenants liability for Taxes is made in any lease year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:
4
4.3.1 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.2 is less than Tenants liability for Taxes, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlords bill therefor such deficiency; and
4.3.2 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.2 is more than Tenants liability for Taxes, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash.
4.4 If the Commencement Date is other than January 1 or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenants liability for Taxes for the year in which said Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.
4.5 Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the premises, when the final determination is made of Tenants liability for Taxes for the year in which the Lease terminated, Tenant shall pay any difference due over the estimated Taxes paid; and conversely any overpayment, less any amounts due Landlord under this Lease, shall be rebated to Tenant.
5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord upon the execution of this Lease. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlords damage in case of Tenants default. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenants default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenants default. If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenants failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all of Tenants obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled.
6. ALTERATIONS.
6.1 Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld at Landlords sole discretion. When applying for such consent, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements. Landlords consent shall not be required (but notice to Landlord shall be required) with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Buildings electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) in aggregate do not cost more $5.00 per rentable square foot of that portion of the Premises affected by the alterations in question.
6.2 In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using either Landlords contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenants sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlords contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor. In any event Landlord may charge for third party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, plus, if Landlord provides construction management services, a construction management fee not to exceed five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, with all such amounts being due five (5) days after Landlords demand.
6.3 All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to
5
Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof, including but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanics, materialmens or other liens. Landlord may, as a condition to its consent to any particular alterations or improvements, require Tenant to deposit with Landlord the amount reasonably estimated by Landlord as sufficient to cover the cost of removing such alterations or improvements and restoring the Premises, to the extent required under Section 26.2
7 REPAIR.
7.1 Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as specified in Exhibit B if attached to this Lease. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them, except as set forth in the punch list to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1. It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant.
7.2 Tenant shall at its own cost and expense keep and maintain all parts of the Premises in good condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, whether structural or non-structural, ordinary or extraordinary, with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original (including, but not limited to, repair and replacement of all fixtures installed by Tenant, water heaters serving the Premises, windows, glass and plate glass, doors, exterior stairs, skylights, any special office entries, interior walls and finish work, floors and floor coverings, heating and air conditioning systems, electrical systems and fixtures, sprinkler systems, dock boards, truck doors, dock bumpers, landscaping, rail tracks serving the Premises, plumbing work and fixtures, and performance of regular removal of trash and debris). Tenant as part of its obligations hereunder shall keep the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition. Tenant will, as far as possible keep all such parts of the Premises from deterioration due to ordinary wear and from falling temporarily out of repair, and upon termination of this Lease in any way Tenant will yield up the Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair, loss by fire or other casualty excepted (but not excepting any damage to glass). Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as the need for such repair and maintenance does not arise from Tenants negligence, abuse or misuse, Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense repair and maintain the exterior walls, roof, structural elements, underground utilities, driveways, HVAC replacement (See Section 7.4) and the parking lot at the Building.
7.3 Except as provided in Article 22, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenants business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the Building. Except to the extent, if any, prohibited by law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlords expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
7.4 Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, enter into a regularly scheduled preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor approved by Landlord or its own qualified personnel for servicing all heating and air conditioning systems and equipment serving the Premises (and a copy thereof shall be furnished to Landlord). The service contract must include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer in the operation/maintenance manual and must become effective within thirty (30) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises. Should Tenant fail to do so, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant, enter into such a maintenance/ service contract on behalf of Tenant or perform the work and in either case, charge Tenant the cost thereof along with a reasonable amount for Landlords overhead. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, during the term of the Lease, the HVAC system or any major component thereof requires replacement and as long as the need for such replacement does not arise from Tenants negligence, abuse or misuse, then Landlord shall perform such replacement at its sole cost and expense.
8. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenants leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant fails, within twenty (20) days following the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within fifteen (15) days Landlords demand.
6
9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
9.1 Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises. Landlords prior consent shall not be required (but notice to Landlord shall be required) with respect to transfers which do not alter the ownership or control of Tenant or are made primarily for estate planning purposes. In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least thirty (30) days but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or assignee.
9.1.1 Solely in connection with its main business operations, Tenant shall be permitted to provide warehouse services to its customers, vendors and service providers, for storage of their materials and equipment, and may charge a fee for same, without violation of this Article 9 and without the requirement of Landlords consent. Such third parties will have no right to possess or occupy any portion of the Premises. Nothing herein shall limit the provisions of Paragraph 1.2.
9.2 Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease.
9.3 In addition to Landlords right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective. The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within twenty (20) days following Landlords receipt of Tenants written notice as required above. However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlords termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenants notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall, at Tenants own cost and expense, discharge in full any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this Section 9.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.
9.4 In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant. As used in this Section, Increased Rent shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time. For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith. The Costs Component is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent, the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for leasing commissions and tenant improvements in connection with such sublease, assignment or other transfer.
7
9.5 Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenants notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any uncured default of Tenant or matter which will become a default of Tenant with passage of time unless cured, or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity: (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation; (b) is already an occupant of the Building unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would: (i) involve increased personnel or wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or, (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2. Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlords refusal to consent to any assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.5, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.
9.6 Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the Assignment/Subletting Fee plus, on demand, a sum equal to all of Landlords costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or pledge of this Lease or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlords consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease. Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void.
9.7 If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, any transfer or transfers of or change or changes within any twelve (12) month period in the number of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or limited liability company, the general partnership interests in the partnership or the identity of the persons or entities controlling the activities of such partnership or trust resulting in the persons or entities owning or controlling a majority of such shares, partnership interests or activities of such partnership or trust at the beginning of such period no longer having such ownership or control shall be regarded as equivalent to an assignment of this Lease to the persons or entities acquiring such ownership or control and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 9 to the same extent and for all intents and purposes as though such an assignment.
10. INDEMNIFICATION. None of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Premises not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises; (c) Tenants failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.
11. INSURANCE.
11.1 Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Landlord Entities against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or a Landlord Entity incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) insurance protecting against liability under Workers Compensation Laws with limits at least as required by statute with Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 diseaseeach employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenants
8
alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and, (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.
11.2 The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenants expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds (General Liability) and loss payee (PropertySpecial Form); (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Bests rating of A: VII during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.
11.3 Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises (Work) the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.
12. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.
13. SERVICES AND UTILITIES. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler system charges and other utilities and services used on or from the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, and surcharges or the like pertaining thereto and any maintenance charges for utilities. Tenant shall furnish all electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts, battery packs for emergency lighting and fire extinguishers. Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to the Building. Landlord shall in no event be liable for any interruption or failure of utility services on or to the Premises.
14. HOLDING OVER. Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate (Holdover Rate) which shall be One Hundred Fifty (150%) of the greater of (a) the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination plus all Rent Adjustments under Article 4; and (b) the then market rental value of the Premises as determined by Landlord assuming a new lease of the Premises of the then usual duration and other terms, in either case, prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention. If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlords election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month or one (1) year, whichever shall be specified in such notice, in either case at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created. In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlords right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.
15. SUBORDINATION. Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlords interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenants interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) days of Landlords request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord; however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to Tenant a non-disturbance agreement from each future mortgagee, lender and ground lessor, as applicable.
16. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord.
9
17. REENTRY BY LANDLORD.
17.1 With reasonable prior notice, Landlord reserves and shall at all times have the right to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants (only within 9 months prior to lease expiration date), and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenants business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17.
17.2 For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenants vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises. As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlords possession, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlords demand.
18. DEFAULT.
18.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default under this Lease:
18.1.1 Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice that such payment was not made when due, but if any such notice shall be given, for the twelve (12) month period commencing with the date of such notice, the failure to pay within five (5) days after due any additional sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease during such period shall be an Event of Default, without notice.
18.1.2 Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for in another Section of this Article and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant provided, however, that such failure shall not be an event of default if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such thirty (30) day period, Tenant has commenced the cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed ninety (90) days.
18.1.3 Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenants right to possession only.
18.1.4 Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.
18.1.5 A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.
10
19. REMEDIES.
19.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:
19.1.1 Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenants right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.
19.1.2 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenants right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlords former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenants signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, Tenant waiving any right to claim damages for such re-entry and expulsion, and without relinquishing Landlords right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.
19.1.3 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of: (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, minus the fair rental value of the Premises for such residue; (b) the value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.
19.1.4 Upon any termination of Tenants right to possession only without termination of the Lease:
19.1.4.1 Neither such termination of Tenants right to possession nor Landlords taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenants obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.
19.1.4.2 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof. Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Building generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises. In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlords expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlords demand. Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit-worthiness acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, brokers commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.
19.1.4.3 Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate the Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full
11
amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlords expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorneys fees and brokers commissions), as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due. Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenants future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenants benefit.
19.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenants sole expense. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlords option, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenants business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within five (5) days of Landlords demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenants obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.
19.3 Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full Initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate. For purposes hereof, the Concession Amount shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under the lease, under Exhibit B hereof for construction allowances (excluding therefrom any amounts expended by Landlord for Landlords Work, as defined in Exhibit B ), and for brokers commissions payable by reason of this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease or Tenants right to possession of the Premises leased hereunder shall be terminated as of any date (Default Termination Date) prior to the expiration of the full Initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Date, the amount (Unamortized Amount) of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19, Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt to recover such amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 19.3. For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession concerned to the end of the full Initial Term of this Lease would be determined. The foregoing provisions shall also apply to and upon any reduction of space in the Premises, as though such reduction were a termination for Tenants default, except that (i) the Unamortized Amount shall be reduced by any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord to effectuate such reduction and (ii) the manner of application shall be that the Unamortized Amount shall first be determined as though for a full termination as of the Effective Date of the elimination of the portion, but then the amount so determined shall be multiplied by the fraction of which the numerator is the rentable square footage of the eliminated portion and the denominator is the rentable square footage of the Premises originally leased hereunder; and the amount thus obtained shall be the Unamortized Amount.
19.4 If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenants obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlords rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and costs. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. In the event either party files an action to enforce the terms and provisions of this lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys fees.
19.5 Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.
19.6 No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of
12
the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. Landlords acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default or of Landlords right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Default or any subsequent Default.
19.7 Intentionally deleted.
19.8 Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlords possession or under Landlords control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlords option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.
19.9 If more than two (2) Events of Default occurs during the Term or any renewal thereof, Tenants renewal options, expansion options, purchase options and rights of first offer and/or refusal, if any are provided for in this Lease, shall be null and void.
20. TENANTS BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY.
20.1 If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a Debtors Law):
20.1.1 Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenants assets (each a Tenants Representative) shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtors Law. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenants Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:
20.1.1.1 Such Debtors Law shall provide to Tenants Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenants Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenants Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.
20.1.1.2 Tenants Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of: (a) three (3) months rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Article 4.1; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenants Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenants Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenants obligations under this Lease.
20.1.1.3 The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.
20.1.1.4 Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtors Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.
13
21. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.
22. CASUALTY
22.1 Landlord shall maintain all insurance policies deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation or operation of the Premises, including by not limited to, standard fire and extended coverage insurance covering the Premises in an amount not less than ninety percent (90%) of the replacement cost thereof insuring against the perils of fire and lightning and including extended coverage or, at Landlords option, all risk coverage and, if Landlord so elects, earthquake, flood and wind coverages and Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, the cost of such policies upon demand by Landlord. Such insurance shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under its sole control. Tenant shall not take out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder unless Landlord is included as a loss payee thereon. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord whenever any such separate insurance is taken out and shall promptly deliver to Landlord the policy or policies of such insurance.
22.2 In the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlords reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage. Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time. Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlords reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlords determination shall be binding on Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed materially restored if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenants use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage.
22.3 If such repairs cannot, in Landlords reasonable estimation, be made within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage. In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.2.
22.4 Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.
22.5 In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within sixty (60) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor as extended by this Section 22.5, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.
22.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article: (a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if
14
Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises untenantable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlords notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Building requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.
22.7 In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenants responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.
23. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all or any substantial part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease, except that Tenant may only terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation, if such taking or appropriation shall be so substantial as to materially interfere with Tenants use and occupancy of the Premises. If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances. In addition to the rights of Landlord above, if any substantial part of the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, and regardless of whether the Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenants trade fixtures and moving expenses; Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.
24. SALE BY LANDLORD. In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease. Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlords successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.
25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within ten (10) days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying: (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenants statement; and (e) such other matters as may be requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser, and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from the failure of any sale or funding of any loan caused by any material misstatement contained in such estoppel certificate. Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) day period Landlord or Landlords beneficiary or agent may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenants behalf, and that such certificate shall be fully binding on Tenant.
26. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.
26.1 Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than forty-eight (48) hours after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of Tenants failure to arrange such joint inspections and/or participate in either such inspection, Landlords inspection at or after Tenants vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenants responsibility for repairs and restoration.
15
26.2 All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including carpeting (collectively, Alterations), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shall belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects by notice given to Tenant at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost, remove any Alterations, not including carpeting, so designated by Landlords notice, and repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant must, at Tenants sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenants furniture, furnishings, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property (collectively, Personalty). Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal. In lieu of requiring Tenant to remove Alterations and Personalty and repair the Premises as aforesaid, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant delivered at least thirty (30) days before the Termination Date, require Tenant to pay to Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, the cost of such removal and repair in an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord.
26.3 All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenants obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.
27. NOTICES. Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, or by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee. Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenants Notice Address.
28. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease: (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by the Tenants gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenants equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenants equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.
29. DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS. The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. Any indemnification or insurance of Landlord shall apply to and inure to the benefit of all the following Landlord Entities, being Landlord, Landlords investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them. Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlords trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be. In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several. The terms Tenant and Landlord or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or
16
corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof. The term rentable area shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building including a proportionate share of any common areas. Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises shown on the Reference Pages; however, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the Building or any business park or complex of which the Building is a part, remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment. The term Building refers to the structure in which the Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto. If the Building is part of a larger complex of structures, the term Building may include the entire complex, where appropriate (such as shared Direct Expenses or Taxes) and subject to Landlords reasonable discretion.
30. TENANTS AUTHORITY. If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Lease, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.
31. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS. At Landlords request, Tenant shall cause its chief financial officer to meet with Landlord representatives, not more frequently than annually, in order to advise Landlord, and answer questions regarding, Tenants financial condition and creditworthiness, including, without limitation, its current assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The chief financial officer will give full, complete, and, to the best of his knowledge and belief, accurate information. Landlord may memorialize the interview in a letter to the chief financial officer, summarizing the information given, and the chief financial officer shall certify same as, to the best of his knowledge and belief, true and accurate (making any corrections necessary). Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report.
32. COMMISSIONS. Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages. Landlord shall pay the commission of the broker or brokers described on the Reference Pages, if any, per separate agreement.
33. TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW. Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.
34. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.
35. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.
36. EXAMINATION NOT OPTION. Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 4.1, the first months rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.
37. RECORDATION. Tenant shall not record or register this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then shall pay all charges and taxes incident such recording or registration.
38. RENEWAL OPTION. Tenant shall, provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notification or commencement, have one (1) option to
17
renew this Lease for a term of five (5) years each, for the portion of the Premises being leased by Tenant as of the date the renewal term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth below:
38.1 If Tenant elects to exercise said option, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is one (1) year prior to the expiration of the then current term of the Lease but no later than the date which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current term of this Lease. If Tenant fails to provide such notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend or renew the term of the Lease.
38.2 The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect at the expiration of the then current term of the Lease shall be increased to reflect the current fair market rental for comparable space in the Building and in other similar buildings in the same rental market as of the date the renewal term is to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of the Lease which will remain constant. Landlord shall advise Tenant of the new Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the Premises no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenants written request therefor. Said request shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date on which Tenant may exercise its option under this Paragraph. Said notification of the new Annual Rent may include a provision for its escalation to provide for a change in fair market rental between the time of notification and the commencement of the renewal term. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable rental rate not later than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the then current term, then Landlord or Tenant may terminate negotiations and said renewal option shall be cancelled; provided that if such option is cancelled, the Term of the Lease shall automatically be extended to the date which is nine (9) months after the date of such cancellation, on the same rent and terms payable at the originally scheduled Termination Date.
38.3 This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to renew this Lease shall be personal to Tenant (or its related company) as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to renew.
18
39. TERMINATION OPTION. Provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notice, Tenant shall have one (1) option to terminate this Lease (Termination Option), which option may be exercised only in strict compliance with the terms of this Article 39. The Termination Option shall be exercised, if at all, by delivery to Landlord (at the place and in the manner set forth in the Lease for delivery of notices) of a notice of termination (Termination Notice). The Termination Notice must actually be received by Landlord no later than January 31, 2007. If and only if Tenant timely and properly delivers the Termination Notice, the Term of this Lease shall end on October 31, 2007 (Termination Date) as though the Termination Date had been originally fixed as the expiration date of such Term. All terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenants obligations hereunder, including without limitation Tenants obligation to pay rent, shall continue up to and including the Termination Date. All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the Termination Date shall survive the Termination Date. This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to terminate this Lease shall be personal to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to terminate.
40. LIMITATION OF LANDLORDS LIABILITY. Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlords interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment managers trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||||
Gateway Jefferson, Inc., a California corporation | Power Great Lakes, Inc, an Illinois corporation | |||||||
By: | RREEF Management Company, a Delaware corporation | |||||||
By: | /s/ Mark P. Sabatino | By: | /s/ Ken Winemaster | |||||
Name: | Mark P. Sabatino | Name: | Ken Winemaster | |||||
Title: | District Manager | Title: | Senior Vice President | |||||
Dated: | 7/20, 2004 | Dated: | 7/12, 2004 |
19
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this Amendment ) is entered into and is effective for all purposes as of the 18 th day of January, 2007, by and between Gateway Jefferson, Inc., a California corporation ( Landlord ), and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois corporation ( Tenant ).
Recitals
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated for reference March 24, 2004 (as amended, the Lease) for the building commonly known as 170-176 Mittel Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois.
B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as more fully set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
Agreements
1. Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term appearing but not defined herein shall have the meaning, if any, ascribed to such term in the Lease.
2. Recitals . The recitals above set forth are true and complete and are incorporated herein by reference.
3. Termination Option . Article 39 TERMINATION OPTION of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefore:
39. TERMINATION OPTION. Provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notice, Tenant shall have one (1) option to terminate this lease (Termination Option), which option may be exercised only in strict compliance with the terms of this Article 39. The Termination Option shall be exercised, if at all, by delivery to Landlord (at the place and in the manner set forth in the Lease for delivery of notices) of a notice of termination (Termination Notice) and an accompanying fee in the amount of Nineteen Thousand Seven Hundred and Thirty Dollars ($19,730.00) (Termination Fee). The Termination Notice and Termination Fee must be actually received by Landlord no later than January 31, 2008. If and only if Tenant timely and properly delivers the Termination Notice and Termination Fee, the Term of this Lease shall end on October 31, 2008 (Termination Date) as though the Termination Date had been originally fixed as the expiration of such Term. All terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenants obligations hereunder, including without limitation Tenants obligation to pay rent, shall continue up to and including the Termination Date. All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the Termination Date shall survive the Termination Date. This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to terminate this Lease shall be personal to Tenant as set forth
above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to terminate.
4. Tenants Authority (OFAC) . If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Amendment, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Amendment.
Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.
5. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Amendment except for Colliers Bennett & Kahnweiler Inc., whose commission shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement and (ii) agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any losses, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by such other party due to a breach of the foregoing warranty by the indemnifying party.
6. Incorporation . Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of the Amendment, Tenant (i) is not in default under the terms of the Lease; (ii) has no defense, set off or counterclaim to the enforcement by Landlord of the terms of the Lease; and (iii) is not aware of any action or inaction by Landlord that would constitute an Event of Default by Landlord under the Lease.
7. Limitation of Landlords Liability . Redress for any claim against Landlord under the Lease as amended shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlords interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under the Lease as amended are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment managers trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment under seal as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||||
GATEWAY JEFFERSON, INC., a | POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an | |||||||
California corporation | Illinois corporation | |||||||
By: | RREEF Management Company, a Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent |
By: | /s/ Jeffrey R. Riemer | By: | /s/ Kenneth Winemaster | |||||||||
Name: | Jeffrey R. Riemer | Name: | Kenneth Winemaster | |||||||||
Title: | Vice President-District Manager | Title: | V.P. | |||||||||
Dated: | 2 - 1, 2007 | Dated: | 1/24, 2007 |
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this Amendment ) is entered into and is effective for all purposes as of September 22, 2008, by and between Gateway Jefferson, Inc. , a California corporation ( Landlord ), and Power Great Lakes, Inc. , an Illinois corporation ( Tenant ).
Recitals
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated for reference March 24, 2004 (as amended, the Lease) for the building commonly known as 170-176 Mittel Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois. The Lease was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated as of January 18, 2007 (First Amendment).
B. The Term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on October 31, 2009. Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease and to amend the Lease as more fully set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
Agreements
1. Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term appearing but not defined herein shall have the meaning, if any, ascribed to such term in the Lease.
2. Recitals . The recitals above set forth are true and complete and are incorporated herein by reference.
3. Term . The Term of the Lease, currently scheduled to expire on October 31, 2009, is hereby extended for two (2) years, so that the new Termination Date shall be October 31, 2011.
4. Annual Rent and Monthly Installment of Rent . Until November 1, 2009, rent shall continue to be calculated as per the unmodified Lease. Commencing as of November 1, 2009 and continuing through the end of the Term as extended, rent for the Premises shall be calculated as set forth in the following schedule:
Period |
Rentable Square
Footage |
Annual Rent
Per Square Foot |
Annual Rent |
Monthly Installment
of Rent |
||||||||||||||
from |
through |
|||||||||||||||||
11/1/2009 |
10/31/2010 | 98,652 | $ | 4.80 | $ | 473,529.60 | $ | 39,460.80 | ||||||||||
11/1/2010 |
10/31/2011 | 98,652 | $ | 4.90 | $ | 483,394.80 | $ | 40,282.90 |
5. Condition of Premises .
(a) Except as set forth in the next subparagraph, (i) Tenant accepts the Premises in its AS IS condition; (ii) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any construction or make any additional improvements or alterations, or to
afford any allowance to Tenant for improvements or alterations, in connection with this Amendment; and (iii) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all construction and improvements obligations of Landlord under the Lease have been performed in full and accepted.
(b) Landlord shall, at its sole cost, (i) replace two (2) dock levelers, (ii) perform preventive maintenance on four (4) dock levelers, (iii) replace one (1) exterior warehouse entry door, and (iv) paint one (1) drive-in overhead door.
6. Termination Option . Article 39 TERMINATION OPTION of the Lease, as amended and restated in the First Amendment, is deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefore:
39. TERMINATION OPTION . Provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notice, Tenant shall have one (1) option to terminate this lease (Termination Option), which option may be exercised only in strict compliance with the terms of this Article 39. The Termination Option shall be exercised, if at all, by delivery to Landlord (at the place and in the manner set forth in the Lease for delivery of notices) of a notice of termination (Termination Notice). The Termination Notice must be actually received by Landlord no later than July 31, 2010. If and only if Tenant timely and properly delivers the Termination Notice, the Term of this Lease shall end on April 30, 2011 (Early Termination Date) as though the Early Termination Date had been originally fixed as the expiration of such Term. All terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenants obligations hereunder, including without limitation Tenants obligation to pay rent, shall continue up to and including the Early Termination Date. All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the Early Termination Date shall survive the Early Termination Date. This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to terminate this Lease shall be personal to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to terminate.
7. Tenants Authority (OF AC) . If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Amendment, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Amendment.
Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56,
2
Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.
8. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Amendment, other than Colliers Bennett & Kahnweiler, whose commission, if any, shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement, and (ii) agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any losses, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by such other party due to a breach of the foregoing warranty by the indemnifying party.
9. Incorporation . Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of the Amendment, Tenant (i) is not in default under the terms of the Lease; (ii) has no defense, set off or counterclaim to the enforcement by Landlord of the terms of the Lease; and (iii) is not aware of any action or inaction by Landlord that would constitute an Event of Default by Landlord under the Lease.
10. Limitation of Landlords Liability . Redress for any claim against Landlord under the Lease as amended shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlords interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under the Lease as amended are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment managers trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment under seal as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||||
GATEWAY JEFFERSON, INC., a California corporation |
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC., an Illinois corporation |
|||||||
By: | RREEF Management Company, a Delaware corporation, Authorized Agent | |||||||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey R. Riemer | By: | /s/ Kenneth Winemaster | |||||
Name: | Jeffrey R. Riemer | Name: | Kenneth Winemaster | |||||
Title: | Vice President-District Manager | Title: | Senior Vice President | |||||
Dated: | October 9, 2008 | Dated: | October 6 th , 2008 |
3
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this Amendment ) is entered into and is effective for all purposes as of December 15, 2010, by and between Gateway Jefferson, Inc. , a California corporation ( Landlord ), and Power Great Lakes, Inc., an Illinois corporation ( Tenant ).
Recitals
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated for reference March 24, 2004 (as amended, the Lease) for the building commonly known as 170-176 Mittel Drive, Wood Dale, Illinois. The Lease was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated as of January 18, 2007 (First Amendment) and by Second Amendment to Lease dates as of September 22, 2008 (Second Amendment).
B. The Term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on April 30, 2011. Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease and to amend the Lease as more fully set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
Agreements
1. Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term appearing but not defined herein shall have the meaning, if any, ascribed to such term in the Lease.
2. Recitals . The recitals above set forth are true and complete and are incorporated herein by reference.
3. Term . The Term of the Lease, currently scheduled to expire on April 30, 2011 because Tenant exercised a termination option, is hereby extended for twelve (12) months, so that the new Termination Date shall be April 30, 2012. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant executes and delivers this Amendment after December 31, 2010, the new Termination Date shall be sixteen (16) months after such date of execution and delivery.
4. Annual Rent and Monthly Installment of Rent . Until January 1, 2011, rent shall continue to be calculated as per the Second Amendment. Commencing as of January 1, 2011 and continuing through the end of the Term as extended, rent for the Premises shall be calculated as set forth in the following schedule:
Period |
Rentable Square
Footage |
Annual Rent
Per Square Foot |
Annual Rent |
Monthly Installment
of Rent |
||||||||||||||||
from |
through | |||||||||||||||||||
1/1/2011 |
4/30/2012 | 98,652 | $ | 4.50 | $ | 443,934.00 | $ | 36,994.50 |
5. Condition of Premises . Tenant (i) accepts the Premises in its AS IS condition, (ii) acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any construction or make any additional improvements or alterations, or to afford any allowance to Tenant for
improvements or alterations, in connection with this Amendment; and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that all construction and improvements obligations of Landlord under the Lease have been performed in full and accepted.
6. Termination Option . Article 39 TERMINATION OPTION of the Lease, as amended and restated in the First and Second Amendments, is deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefore:
39. TERMINATION OPTION. Provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notice, Tenant shall have one (1) option to terminate this lease (Termination Option), which option may be exercised only in strict compliance with the terms of this Article 39. The Termination Option shall be exercised, if at all, by delivery to Landlord (at the place and in the manner set forth in the Lease for delivery of notices) of a notice of termination (Termination Notice). The Termination Notice must be actually received by Landlord no later than April 30, 2011. If and only if Tenant timely and properly delivers the Termination Notice, the Term of this Lease shall end on October 31, 2011 (Early Termination Date) as though the Early Termination Date had been originally fixed as the expiration of such Term. All terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenants obligations hereunder, including without limitation Tenants obligation to pay rent, shall continue up to and including the Early Termination Date. All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the Early Termination Date shall survive the Early Termination Date. This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to terminate this Lease shall be personal to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to terminate.
7. Tenants Authority (OFAC) . If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Amendment, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Amendment.
Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the foregoing representation is untrue
2
at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.
8. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Amendment, other than Colliers International, whose commission, if any, shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement, and (ii) agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any losses, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by such other party due to a breach of the foregoing warranty by the indemnifying party.
9. Incorporation . Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of the Amendment, Tenant (i) is not in default under the terms of the Lease; (ii) has no defense, set off or counterclaim to the enforcement by Landlord of the terms of the Lease; and (iii) is not aware of any action or inaction by Landlord that would constitute an Event of Default by Landlord under the Lease.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
3
10. Limitation of Landlords Liability . Redress for any claim against Landlord under the Lease as amended shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlords interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under the Lease as amended are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment managers trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment under seal as of the date and year first above written.
LANDLORD: | TENANT: | |||||||
GATEWAY JEFFERSON, INC. , a California corporation |
POWER GREAT LAKES, INC. , an Illinois corporation |
|||||||
By: | RREEF America L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its Investment Advisor | |||||||
By: | /s/ Sandro Arbulu, Jr. | By: | /s/ Kenneth Winemaster | |||||
Name: | Sandro Arbulu, Jr. | Name: | Kenneth Winemaster | |||||
Title: | Vice President, Portfolio Management | Title: | Senior Vice President | |||||
Dated: | January 10 , 2011 | Dated: | 12/21 , 2010 |
By: | /s Jeffrey R. Riemer | |
Name: | Jeffrey R. Riemer | |
Title: | Vice President, Asset Management | |
Dated: |
12/28 , 2010 |
4
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-174543 of our report dated May 3, 2011 relating to the financial statements of The W Group, Inc. and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Prospectus.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP |
Deloitte & Touche LLP |
Chicago, Illinois |
August 18, 2011 |
Exhibit 23.3
Power Systems Research, Inc.
CONSENT OF RESEARCH CONSULTANT
I hereby consent to the inclusion and/or reference of the following data prepared by Power Systems Research, Inc. in the following sections of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-174543) filed by Power Solutions International, Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission: (1) the industry data presented in the charts under Business Industry and Market Overview Industrial OEM Market regarding the industrial OEM market in 2010 for water-cooled, multi-cylinder diesel and spark-ignited power systems, broken down by geographic regions for which these systems are purchased, and between diesel and spark-ignited engine power systems; (2) the industry data referenced below these charts under Business Industry and Market Overview Industrial OEM Market regarding the increasing trend in worldwide demand for spark-ignited power systems within the industrial OEM marketplace; (3) the industry data referenced under Business Market Trends Increasingly Stringent Regulations and Growing Efforts to Reduce Emission regarding the significant cost increases experienced by industrial OEMs for a comprehensive diesel power system with combustion and aftertreatments incorporated to satisfy new emissions requirements; (4) the industry data presented in the charts under Business Market Trends Increasingly Stringent Regulations and Growing Efforts to Reduce Emission regarding the anticipated growth over the next several years in sales of water-cooled, multi-cylinder, spark-ignited engines, relative to equivalent diesel engines, in the worldwide industrial OEM market for water-cooled, multi-cylinder diesel and spark-ignited engines; and (5) the industry data presented under Business Our Products and Industry Categories Power Systems for Off-Highway Industrial Equipment Material Handling Forklift Trucks regarding the significant use of spark-ignited liquid propane gas or electric power units in the United States indoor forklift market, as compared to the significant use of diesel for all applications in the Asian and European forklift markets.
In addition, I consent to the reference to Power Systems Research, Inc. under the heading Experts in the Registration Statement.
August 18, 2011 |
/s/ George Zirnhelt |
George Zirnhelt President of Power Systems Research, Inc. |